clicking here - Lincoln Aquatics

Transcription

Commercial Swimming Pool Equipment
( 800 ) 223-5450
www.lincolnaquatics.com
2051 Commerce Avenue, Concord, CA 94520 USA
ph (800) 223-5450 / fax (888) 680-2825
int’l (925) 687-9500 / fax (925) 680-2825
catalog 62
lincoln AQUATICS
C omme rc ial Sw imming Pool Equipme nt C a talog
Useful Data
Welcome to Lincoln!
SWIMMING POOL CALCULATIONS
WEIGHTS AND MEASURES
One cubic foot of water contains 7.48 gallons.
One cubic foot of water weighs 62.2 pounds.
One gallon of water weighs 8.32 pounds.
One gallon equals four quarts.
One part per million (ppm) represents 8.32 pounds of
chemical per million gallons of water.
One pound psi equals 2.31 feet of head.
One inch of mercury equals 1.13 feet of head.
We appreciate the opportunity to serve you by meeting your commercial swimming pool
equipment and aquatic supply needs. We are very aware there is one reason why we are
one of the largest swimming pool equipment distributors in the country, and that reason
is you.
Since 1954, Lincoln has served commercial swimming pool operators like you. For over
60 years, our reputation has been built by our knowledgeable staff, by providing
customers with prompt personal service, and by carrying the highest quality products
available. In addition, it remains our goal to offer those products at the best prices
anywhere, delivering you the best value available.
METRIC EQUIVALENTS
1 meter = 39.37 inches
3.2808 feet
1.0936 yards
1 foot = .3048 meters
1 yard = .9144 meters
1 gallon = 3.785 liters
1 liter = .2642 gallons
HIGH RATE SAND FILTERS — 15 gallons per minute per square foot
maximum.
RECTANGULAR OR SQUARE POOLS
Volume = Length x Width x Average Depth x 7.48
RAPID SAND FILTERS — 3 gallons per minute per square foot maximum.
ROUND POOLS
Volume = r2 x π (3.14) x Average Depth x 7.48
TO DETERMINE SQUARE FOOTAGE OF FILTER AREA REQUIRED:
Pool gallonage ÷ 60 minutes ÷ Pool turnover rate (number of hours) ÷
Filtration rate (gpm per square foot of filter area) = Square foot filter area
required.
Customer satisfaction remains our top priority. Our knowledgeable staff is available to
serve you and answer any questions you may have. We appreciate your business and
pledge to do our best to meet your needs and exceed your expectations.
IDEAL POOL CHEMICAL CONTROL
CONTROL
MIN. PPM
IDEAL
MAX. PPM
Chlorine, Free Chlorine
1.0
1.5
3.0
1.5
2.0
4.0
Bromine
1.5
2.5
5.0
Sincerely,
SATURATION INDEX = pH + TF + CF + AF - 12.1
TF
CALCIUM
HARDNESS
EXPRESSED
AS PPM
CaC03
32
0.0
37
0.1
TEMP
ºF
pH
7.2
7.5
7.8
Total Alkalinity
60
120
200
Calcium Hardness
50
150
500
Cyanuric Acid
15
30
100
Dissolved Solids
0
200-1,000
1,500
NOTE: Check with your local Health Department for their water
chemistry requirements in your area.
NUMERICAL VALUES FOR FORMULA
$8.00
WATER CHEMISTRY
Chlorine with Cyanuric Acid
We look forward to being your supplier now and in the future!
Federal Supply
Schedule
Contract No.
GS-07F-9449G
Length x Width x Inches of water lost x .625 = Gallons of water
PRE-COAT
Continuous feed — .1 pounds per square foot of filter area.
Non-continuous feed — .15 pounds per square foot of filter area.
MAXIMUM COAT OF D.E. — Seven times the amount of pre-coat (for
pressure D.E. filter).
Call Toll Free
(800 ) 223-5450 FAX ( 888 ) 680-2825
WATER LOSS
DIATOMACEOUS EARTH FILTERS
FILTER CYCLE — Add 2.5 pounds of D.E. per turnover for 100,000
gallon pool (continuous feed).
Charles R. Luecker
President & CEO
AREA OF A CIRCLE
Area = π r2
Area = 3.14 x r2
POOL GALLONAGES
DIATOMACEOUS EARTH FILTERS — With continuous feed of D.E.,
2.0 gallons per minute per square foot maximum.
Due to space limitations and the technical nature of many of our products, it is not
possible to have them all listed in this catalog. Please contact us for any specific products
you desire. We will be happy to provide you with detailed literature and parts lists for
each of the products we carry.
AREA OF A SQUARE OR RECTANGLE
Area = Length x Width
FILTER SIZING
CARTRIDGE FILTERS — .375 gallons per minute per square foot
maximum.
Our catalog contains the most comprehensive selection of high quality swimming pool
equipment and aquatic supplies available in the industry today. We have organized our
catalog in an easy-to-use format that will help you quickly locate the products you want.
The Lincoln name is recognized around the world for providing customers with quality
products and superior service at competitive prices.
POOL SURFACE AREA
CF
TOTAL
ALKALINITY
EXPRESSED
AS PPM
CaC03
AF
5
0.3
5
0.7
25
1.0
25
1.4
PARTS PER MILLION CALCULATION
46
0.2
50
1.3
50
1.7
53
0.3
75
1.5
75
1.9
60
0.4
100
1.6
100
2.0
66
0.5
150
1.8
150
2.2
76
0.6
200
1.9
200
2.3
84
0.7
300
2.1
300
2.5
94
0.8
400
2.2
400
2.6
105
0.9
800
2.5
800
2.9
128
1.0
1,000
2.6
1,000
3.0
FOR 100% CHEMICAL STRENGTH
Pool Volume (gallons) x 8.32 pounds per gallon
1,000,000 =
Pounds for
1 ppm
FOR LESS THAN 100% CHEMICAL STRENGTH
P 1 pound of chlorine gas
1 gallon of liquid chlorine (sodium hypochlorite)
1.54 pounds of dry chlorine (calcium hypochlorite)
1.8 pounds of S.D.I.C. (sodium dichlor)
SUPER CHLORINATION
Super chlorination = 10 times the weight of the chloramines.
SODA ASH — To maintain pH, add continuously 1.25 to 1.50 pounds of
soda ash for each pound of chlorine gas used. Ideal soda ash solution is
3-6%, with a maximum solution of 12%.
SOLUTION TANK FORMULA — Soda ash tank gallons x 8.32 Ibs. per
gallon x desired soda ash solution percentage = pounds of soda ash for
solution.
INFORMATION RESOURCES
Centers for Disease Control (CDC) — www.cdc.gov
Model Aquatic Health Code (MAHC)
www.cdc.gov/healthywater/swimming/pools/mahc
National Swimming Pool Foundation — www.nspf.org
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
California Dept. of Environmental Health
www.cdph.ca.gov
California Swimming Pool Regulations
http://www.cdph.ca.gov/HealthInfo/EnvironHealth/Water/
Pages/CaliforniaPublicSwimmingPoolRequirements.aspx
Catalog 62
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
PRICES: Prices are subject to change
without notice. Please call us to confirm
pricing before ordering. All prices are F.O.B.
shipping point, unless otherwise stated.
MINIMUM ORDER: $50.00 ($5.00 minimum order charge for orders less than
minimum, excluding freight and taxes.)
TERMS: Net 30 days.
CREDIT POLICY: Credit accounts will
be extended with an approved credit
application. New accounts without prior
credit approval will be shipped C.O.D. or
on a cash-before-order basis. For your
convenience we also accept credit cards.
Custom orders are noncancellable and may
require a deposit.
All past due invoices will carry a service
charge of 11⁄2% per month (18%) per annum.
Any past-due account will be turned over
to a third party for collection, in which case
the purchaser agrees to be responsible
for all costs of collection and reasonable
attorney’s fees.
TAXES: All sales are subject to state and
local taxes, where applicable.
TRANSPORTATION: All orders are
shipped via the best possible carrier. Air freight
or other special handling for rush shipments
is available upon request.
TRANSPORTATION CLAIMS: If any
merchandise is damaged or lost in transit
the purchaser must file a claim with UPS or
the common carrier. Claims must be filed
within the time limit and according to the
regulations allowed by the carrier.
HANDLING CHARGE: Handling charge of
$3.95 is added to each order, to offset costs
associated with order processing, packaging,
shipping, returns, and exchanges.
RETURNED GOODS: Merchandise
returned for credit must be mailed with a
returned goods authorization number clearly
marked on the outside of the package. You
will be given a number when you call us to
arrange a return. All merchandise must be
returned freight prepaid.
Authorized returns must be in original
condition and are subject to a 25%
restocking fee. A higher fee may be charged
on products where the supplier restocking
fee is greater. Custom ordered merchandise
and chemicals are nonreturnable. All returns
must be made within 30 days.
CONTENTS
CHEMICALS ..............................................................................................................................4-9
CHEMICAL FEED SYSTEMS ...............................................................................................10-28
Chemical Controllers ...................................................................................................10-12
Chlorinators .................................................................................................................13-16
Ultraviolet Systems......................................................................................................17-18
Carbon Dioxide Systems.................................................................................................. 19
Chemical Feed Pumps & Accessories........................................................................20-26
Chemical Storage........................................................................................................27-28
MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT .................................................................................................29-54
Pumps & Strainers ......................................................................................................30-35
Filter Systems & Accessories ......................................................................................36-42
Flow Meters & Flow Control ........................................................................................43-44
Valves & Plumbing Fittings..........................................................................................45-46
Main Drains, Fittings & Skimmers................................................................................47-51
Heating Systems & Energy Efficiency.........................................................................52-55
GUTTERS & GRATING SYSTEMS .......................................................................................56-57
TEST KITS AND REAGENTS ...............................................................................................58-62
CLEANING EQUIPMENT ......................................................................................................63-75
Pool Vacuums & Accessories .....................................................................................63-71
UNDERWATER LIGHTS & ELECTRICAL ACCESSORIES .................................................76-78
DECK EQUIPMENT ..............................................................................................................79-91
Diving Stands & Diving Boards...................................................................................79-83
Ladders & Handrails....................................................................................................84-86
Guard Chairs & Stands................................................................................................87-91
LIFEGUARD, RESCUE & SAFETY ....................................................................................92-111
Lifeguard Apparel........................................................................................................92-93
Lifeguard Supplies......................................................................................................94-97
Life Vests & Life Jackets .................................................................................................. 98
Rope, Floats & Anchors.................................................................................................... 99
Signs .......................................................................................................................100-104
Rescue Equipment ..................................................................................................105-108
Safety Equipment ....................................................................................................109-111
COMPETITIVE EQUIPMENT & SWIM TRAINING ............................................................112-135
Racing Lanes & Storage Reels ...............................................................................112-116
Starting Platforms & Accessories............................................................................117-120
Pennants & Stanchions .................................................................................................. 121
Bulkheads ...................................................................................................................... 122
Swim Training & Training Aids ................................................................................123-130
Stopwatches, Pace Clocks, Starting Systems & Timing Systems ...........................131-135
WATER POLO ...................................................................................................................136-139
GAMES & WATER PLAY ..................................................................................................140-154
Games .....................................................................................................................140-144
Tubes, Noodles & Foam Toys.................................................................................145-147
Inflatable Structures ................................................................................................148-149
Water Sports, Paddle Boards & Climbing Walls......................................................150-151
Water Slides & Interactive Play................................................................................152-154
SWIMMING POOL COATINGS & COMPOUNDS .............................................................155-157
LOCKERS & LOCKER ROOM SUPPLIES .......................................................................158-165
OUTDOOR FURNITURE & SITE FURNISHINGS .............................................................166-178
Outdoor Furniture ....................................................................................................166-169
Tables, Benches & Bleachers .................................................................................170-173
Umbrellas & Shade Structures ................................................................................174-176
Outdoor Accessories...................................................................................................... 177
Trash Containers ............................................................................................................ 178
Specialty Equipment................................................................................................179-181
AQUATIC ACCESSIBILITY ...............................................................................................182-187
Pool Lifts ..................................................................................................................182-185
Therapy Ladders ............................................................................................................ 186
Wheelchairs.................................................................................................................... 187
WATER EXERCISE EQUIPMENT & GEAR ......................................................................188-192
ADAPTED AQUATICS ............................................................................................................. 193
POOL COVERS & STORAGE REELS .............................................................................194-197
INDEX ................................................................................................................................198-200
USEFUL DATA ........................................................................................... INSIDE BACK COVER
© 2016 Lincoln Aquatics
No reproduction of any or all of this catalog is allowed, without the written permission of Lincoln Aquatics.
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
1
Committed
to your
pool.
Lincoln Aquatics is the leading national distributor of commercial swimming pool equipment,
chemicals and supplies. For over 60 years, it has been both our philosophy and our mission
to deliver the best quality products and provide the highest level of service to each and every
customer. Our reputation depends on our ability to provide prompt, knowledgeable and
friendly customer service and to get products to our customers the way you want it, when
you need it.
Whatever your pool equipment and supply needs may be, our knowledgeable Lincoln staff is
ready to serve you!
(800) 223-5450
Products You Want.
With over 6,500 products available, you’ll find what you want. Our products are
detailed in our extensive catalog and are available to you 24/7/365 on our website.
uWe understand what you’re looking for.
u Hard-to-find items, no problem.
u Extensive inventory and access to over 400 manufacturer’s products.
u View and download our full-line catalog, current product special flyers, or
contact us for your own printed copies.
u We’re here when you want us!
Service You Need.
Knowledgeable, friendly customer service staff and our national network of sales
representatives, help you get the products and information you need. The right
products for your pool, the first time, when you need them.
uWe don’t just sell the products you purchase from us, we service them too.
u Get answers to your specific questions.
u Request and receive quotes online.
u Review and print product information, parts lists, MSDS sheets, and more.
u Review your account history for orders, invoices, quotes and much more.
Easy Ordering.
Whether by phone, fax or online, your product
order is processed, shipped and delivered
securely and quickly.
u Most products shipped same day or next day.
Online. Anytime.
u Expedited shipping to meet any need.
u Direct, secure online shopping link to our
extensive catalog.
u Use your account, or order by credit
card on our secure site.
u We’re ready when you are!
1-800-223-5450 USA
1-925-687-9500 International
7:00 AM–5:00 PM PST
Over 6,500 products
for your aquatic needs.
1-888-680-2825 USA
1-925-680-2825 International
24 Hours a Day, 7 Days a Week
lincoln AQUATICS
ph (800) 223-5450 / fax (888) 680-2825
int’l (925) 687-9500 / fax (925) 680-2825
[email protected]
24 Hours a Day, 7 Days a Week
(800 ) 223-5450
Chemicals
1-165
1-114
SANITIZERS
SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE — Liquid pool
bleach, 12.5% strength. pH 13.0. Plus deposit
and drum cleaning charges.
4x1 gallon case
1-020 1-99 cases
1-025 100 or more cases
4x1 gallon case - No deposit
1-027 1-99 cases
5 gallon carboy
1-030 1-4 carboys
1-035 5-9 carboys
1-040 10 or more carboys
15 gallon carboy
1-045 1-4 carboys
1-050 5-9 carboys
30 gallon carboy
1-060 1-4 carboys
1-065 5-9 carboys
53 gallon drum
1-086 1-4 drums
1-087 5-9 drums
1-088 10 or more drums
330 gallon tote
1-091
Bulk Delivery - Sodium Hypochlorite
1-090
1-110
PULSAR PLUS BRIQUETTES — A specially
blended form of calcium hypochlorite, 65%
available chlorine, pH 11.5. Patented Briquettes
contain additive to reduce scaling and dissolve
uniformly to provide steady chlorination. Available in California, Northern Nevada, Western
Washington, and Oregon.
CALCIUM HYPOCHLORITE — 65% available
chlorine, pH 11.7.
1-100 100 lb. drum granular
1-105 100 lb. drum 1" tablets
4
LITHIUM HYPOCHLORITE — Granular pool
sanitizer, 35% available chlorine, totally soluble
in water, pH 9.5.
1-171 20 lb. pail
50 lb. drum
1-110 1-8 drums
1-111 9-23 drums
100 lb. drum
1-114 1-4 drums
1-115 5-15 drums
1-180
8-040
PULSAR PLUS ACID CLEANER — Safely
removes scale and residue from Pulsar feeders.
8-040 1 quart
1-205
pH CONTROL
SODA ASH — 58% Sodium Oxide, raises pH,
granular, light.
50 lb. Bags
1-180 1-19 bags
1-185 20 or more bags
BICARBONATE OF SODA — Raises pH and
increases total water alkalinity. 11⁄2 lbs. raises
alkalinity 10 ppm per 10,000 gallons.
50 lb. Bags
1-205 1-19 bags
1-144
1-100
BROMINE — Bromine tablets for use in pools
or spas. Sanitizer stays effective even when
in combined state. 100% active ingredients.
66.2% Active Bromine, 29.4% Active Chlorine,
pH 7.4.
1-165 50 lb. pail, 1" tablets
S.D.I.C. — Sodium Dichloro-iso-cyanurate.
95% active ingredients, 56% available chlorine,
with conditioner. pH 11.0. Granular, completely
soluble in water.
1-119 25 lb. pail
1-120 50 lb. pail
TRICHLOR — Trichloro-s-triozinetrione. 95%
active ingredients, 90% available chlorine with
conditioner, pH 2.8.
1-135 25 lb. pail 1" tablets
1-152 275 lb. drum 3" tablets
SODIUM SESQUICARBONATE — 48% soda
ash, 36.5% bicarbonate of soda, raises pH and
alkalinity. 50 lb. bags.
1-228 1-19 bags
SODIUM BISULFATE — Dry acid. Lowers pH
and reduces total water alkalinity. 21⁄2 lbs. lowers alkalinity 10 ppm per 10,000 gal. of water.
1-356 50 lb. bag
CARBON DIOXIDE — CO2 lowers pH by
creating Carbonic Acid. 50 lb. cylinder plus
cylinder rental and HAZMAT charge.
1-360 1-2 cylinders
1-365 3-9 cylinders
1-370 10 or more cylinders
1-375 Bulk Delivery - Carbon Dioxide
Chemicals
MURIATIC ACID — 31.5% strength Hydrochloric Acid. Lowers pH and Alkalinity. Can also be
used for cleaning surfaces, etching pools prior
to painting, and etching concrete decks. Plus
deposit and drum cleaning charges.
4x1 gallon case
1-280 1-99 cases
4x1 gallon case - No deposit
1-286 1-99 cases
5 gallon carboy
1-290 1-4 carboys
1-295 5-9 carboys
15 gallon carboy
1-305 1-4 carboys
1-310 5-9 carboys
1-315 10 or more
30 gallon carboy
1-320 1-4 carboys
1-325 5-9 carboys
53 gallon drum
1-346 1-4 drums
1-347 5-9 drums
Bulk Delivery - Muriatic Acid
1-351 7% strength
1-350 15% strength
1-352 31.5% strength
CAUSTIC SODA — 50% Sodium Hydroxide,
raises pH. Plus deposit and drum cleaning
charges.
15 gallon carboy
1-245 1-4 carboys
1-250 5-9 carboys
53 gallon drum
1-271 1-4 drums
1-272 5-9 drums
Bulk Delivery - Caustic Soda
1-275
1-380
FILTER AIDS
DIATOMACEOUS EARTH
50 lb. bags
1-380 1-19 bags
25 lb. bags
1-387 1-39 bags
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
FILTER SAND — #20 Silica Sand. 50 lb. bags.
1-400 1-19 bags
1-390
FIBER CLEAR FILTER MEDIA — Cellulose
fiber filter media. 1 lb. replaces 8 lbs. of D.E.
Non-toxic, biodegradable, and safe. Filters finer
particles and is more efficient than diatomaceous earth in D.E. filters. 25 lb. bags.
1-390 1-19 bags
PEA GRAVEL — 1⁄8" to 1⁄4" water rounded. 50
lb. bags.
1-408 1-19 bags
POTASSIUM ALUM — Flocculant for rapid and
high rate sand filters. Creates gel-like coating on
the sand bed surface to help your filter remove
smaller particles. Add 2 oz. per sq. ft. for rapid
sand filters and 1-2 oz. per sq. ft. for high rate
sand filters. pH should be above 7.0 in order
for alum to work properly. Granular.
1-413 50 lb. bag
1-398
1-396
1-475
ZEOBRITE™ FILTER MEDIA — Naturally
formed Zeolite mineral improves sand filter
performance and provides superior water
clarity. Lowers total operating costs by
reducing backwashing up to 50%. Filters
particles down to 3 microns. Absorbs
ammonia ions which reduces chloramine
formation. Reduces costly pool chemicals
required to meet your pool's demand by
30-40%. Contains thousands of micropores
which hold 300-400% more dirt than sand.
Effective size: .45 mm. 50 lb. bags.
1-396 1-19 bags
ZEOBRITE™ XTREME FILTER MEDIA — All
natural Zeobrite mineral has been enhanced
by a Patent Pending process to create a "Dual
Charged" media. Zeobrite Xtreme attracts both
negative and positive charged particles that are
suspended in pool water and can remove over
90% of suspended particles (turbidity) in just
one turnover. 50 lb. bags.
1-475 1-19 bags
VITROCLEAN FILTER MEDIA — Recycled
glass filter media is a direct replacement for
silica sand. Removes finer particles than sand
and improves water clarity. Uses 25% less water to backwash. No hazardous dust or sharp
edges, completely safe to handle. Effective
size: .40 mm. 80 lbs. = 1 cu. ft. 50 lb. bags.
1-398 1-19 bags
1-455
CHLORINE GENERATOR SALT
CHLORINE GENERATOR SALT — High
quality salt for use in Chlorine Generators. 40
lb. bags.
1-455 1-19 bags
1-460 20+ bags
5
Specialty Chemicals
SPECIALTY CHEMICALS
CALCIUM CHLORIDE — Raises calcium
hardness. 1 lb. raises 10 ppm per 10,000 gal.
Correct range 200-275 ppm. 50 lb. bags
1-418 1-19 bags
BLACK ALGAETRINE — A complex long
lasting, non-foaming copper algaecide
specially formulated for use in swimming
pools. Effective against "black algae." No
waiting, can be added at any time. Will control
recontamination by algae because its active
copper remains in solution for an extended
period of time. Initial dosage: 12 oz. per 10,000
gallons. Maintenance dosage: 6 oz. per 10,000
gallons, every 5-7 days.
2-010 1 quart
2-020 1 gallon
2-075
2-078
2-090
SEAKLEAR ALGAE PREVENTION AND
REMOVER — Unique low dosage organic
copper complex formula is non-staining and
non-foaming. Effective against blue-green,
black, and mustard algae. Single treatment
lasts 3 months. Dosage: 1 quart treats 20,000
gallons for algae kill or bloom. Maintenance
dosage: 10 oz. per 20,000 gallons monthly.
Lower pH to 7.2 during treatment.
2-070 1 quart
2-075 1 gallon
YELLOWTRINE — Granular formula helps
eliminate mustard algae on pool walls and
in the water. Dissolves quickly and leaves
no residue. Initial dosage: 4 oz. per 10,000
gallons. Maintenance dosage: 2-4 oz. per
10,000 gallons.
2-078 3 lb. bottle
2-086 25 lb. pail
WINTERTRINE — Long lasting winter
algaecide that kills green and mustard algae.
Reduces Spring clean-up time. Dosage: 1⁄2
gallon per 10,000 gallons.
2-090 1⁄2 gallon
1-434
CYANURIC ACID — Chlorine stabilizer or conditioner. Reduces chlorine loss due to sunlight.
Effective with all types of chlorine. Initial dosage 2 lbs. per 10,000 gal. of water. Granular.
1-434 45 lb. pail
1-435 100 lb. drum
SODIUM THIOSULFATE — Reduces high
concentrations of Chlorine or Bromine.
Reduces shut down time when levels are
dangerously high. 1 oz. will neutralize 1 ppm
of Chlorine/Bromine per 10,000 gallons.
1-446 2 lb. bottle
1-440 25 lb. pail
1-442 55 lb. bag
ALGAECIDES
2-005
DRY ALGAECIDE — Concentrated algaecide
with super killing power on black and green
algae. Active ingredients: Trichloro-s-Triozinetrione (90% available chlorine). Turn off pump
and sprinkle directly on algae. Use 1 lb. per
10,000 gals. of pool water. Granular, pH 2.8.
2-005 50 lb. pail
6
2-096
2-098
2-136
PHOSPHATE REMOVERS
2-010
2-030
2-050
SWIMTRINE PLUS — Completely kills green
and mustard algae, prevents regrowth. Initial
dosage: 3 oz. per 10,000 gallons for visible algae. Maintenance dosage: 1.5 oz. per 10,000
gallons every other week. Brush daily.
2-030 1 quart
2-040 1 gallon
ALGIMYCIN 2000 — Quickly kills green, black
and mustard algae. Contains coagulation
and filtration ingredients that help clarify and
brighten pool water. Prevents new growth by
retaining long lasting residual in water. Will not
foam or stain, does not contain heavy metals.
Initial treatment: 8-12 oz. per 10,000 gallons.
Visible algae growth: 16-24 oz. per 10,000
gallons. Black Algae: 16 oz. per 10,000 gallons. Weekly maintenance: 4-8 oz. per 10,000
gallons.
2-050 1 quart
2-060 1 gallon
PRO SERIES PHOS PREVENT — Reduces
phosphates in swimming pools to help prevent
algae growth. Dosage: As required to remove
phosphates. Maintenance dosage: 1 oz. per
6,000 gallons of pool water.
2-095 1 quart
2-096 1 gallon
SEAKLEAR PHOSPHATE REMOVER —
Commercial Strength - Removes phosphates
from water that provide food source for algae
growth. Nontoxic - 100% safe for patrons and
environment. Dosage: 1 quart removes up
to 9,000 ppb of orthophosphates in 10,000
gallons of water.
2-091 1 quart
2-092 1 gallon
2-093 5 gallon
PHOSPHATE REMOVER CONCENTRATE
Highly concentrated solution formulated
to react with phosphates. Helps prevent
interference with chlorine sanitizing and
disinfection. NSF Listed.
2-136 1 quart
2-137 1 gallon
2-138 5 gallon
Specialty Chemicals
2-100
SHOCK TREATMENT
OXY-BRITE — Non-chlorine shock treatment
eliminates eye burn and chlorine odor. Granular
oxidizing agent “Burns out” organic material.
Dissipates as oxygen. Contains no chlorine or
calcium. Ideal for indoor pools that can't reach
breakpoint chlorination and for facilities with
pool covers where chlorine cannot exceed
1.5 ppm. Initial and weekly dosage: 1 lb. per
10,000 gallons.
2-100 20 lb. bottle
2-108 50 lb. drum
2-110 100 lb. drum
2-141
1-117
PULSAR POWER SHOCK — 78% available
chlorine. Extra strength calcium hypochlorite
based shock treatment.
1-117 25 lb. pail
2-115
2-125
2-140
PRO SERIES STAIN AND SCALE CONTROL —
Stain and scale inhibitor deactivates calcium, iron,
copper, and other minerals. Powerful inorganic
chelating agent. Phosphate free and safe to
bathers. Can be used on any pool surface and
sanitizing system. Dosage: 32 oz. per 10,000
gallons.
2-140 1 gallon
2-141 5 gallon
2-155
2-145
SEAKLEAR NATURAL CLARIFIER —
Clarifies cloudy water and removes excess oils
and lotions. Will improve filter efficiency. Can
be used with any sanitizer. Dosage: 1 oz. per
6,000 gallons.
2-145 1 quart
2-155 1 gallon
2-126
SEQUESTERING AGENTS
SEQUA-SOL — Protects against stain
formation, scale, and rust. Liquid. Initial
treatment: 6 oz. per 10,000 gallons. Weekly
dosage: 4 oz. per 10,000 gallons.
2-114 1 quart
2-115 1 gallon
SUPER SEQUA-SOL — Granular. Prevents
rust, stains, scale and corrosion. Initial
dosage: 2 oz. per 10,000 gallons
2-125 20 lb. pail
SCALE & METAL CONTROL — Award
winning, phosphate free, and environmentally
friendly. Controls metal staining and carbonate
scale. Great for use on pool start-up and to
prevent scale and stains on a maintenance
basis. NSF Listed.
2-126 1 quart
2-127 1 gallon
2-128 5 gallons
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
3-005
3-025
WATER CLARIFIERS
CLEAR BLUE — Highly concentrated water
clarifier. Cleans cloudy water by helping the
filter remove suspended particles. Reduces
organic content of the water so you will use less
chlorine. Adds sparkle back to pool water. Initial
dosage: 1 oz. per 5,000 gallons.
3-005 1 quart
3-015 1 gallon
DROP ’N VAC — Non-alum flocculent that
settles floating debris and unfilterable material
to pool bottom. Removes dead algae after
algaecide treatment and pool opening
cleanups. Dosage: 10 oz. per 10,000 gallons.
Run pump for 2 hours, shut pump off overnight
to let settle, vacuum to waste.
3-025 1 quart
3-260
SEAKLEAR PARTICLE REMOVAL SYSTEM
Patented 2 stage Particle Removal System
(PRS) enhances filter's ability to remove
particles down to .5 microns. EPA approved
to effectively trap Cryptosporidium (to 99.9%)
and reduce outbreak risk. Also traps E. coli,
reduces turbidity, removes oils, and helps
clear cloudy pools. Works with sand, zeolite,
DE, cellulose, and filter cartridges. Dosage:
Stage 1 - add 4 oz. per 20,000 gallons, Stage
2 - add 4 oz. per 20,000 gallons, 6 hours after
Stage 1 for best results.
3-255 1 quart kit (2 quarts)
3-260 1 gallon kit (2 gallons)
NOTE: See page 22 for Low Dosage Chemical Feed Pumps.
7
Specialty Chemicals
3-053
3-200
POOL FIRST AID — The pool problem solver.
Gets rid of scum build-up, waterline ring, cloudy
water, clogging filters, and chemical odors.
Includes electrolyte polymer clarifier for quick
results. Dosage: 2 oz. per 1,000 gallons.
3-053 2 liter bottle (67.6 oz.)
SPA CHEMICALS
FOAM OUT — A food grade anti-foam agent.
Effectively cuts down foam and prevents foam
buildup. Dosage: 1⁄2 teaspoon per treatment
maximum. Wait 10-15 min. before repeating.
3-200 1 quart
3-210 1 gallon
3-300
PULSAR CRS
PULSAR CRYPTO REMOVAL SYSTEM (CRS)
Pulsar CRS should be an integral part of your
risk management program for preventing
recreational water illnesses. Efficiently traps
Cryptosporidium by increasing the filter's
capacity to capture Crypto oocysts. Additionally, CRS improves water clarity by reducing
turbidity in the water. Also reduces fouling
of controller probes by removing oils from
the water and improves the efficiency of UV
Systems. Effectively flocs oils and other debris from pool water, which reduced chlorine
demand. Works with all types of filters - sand,
Zeolite, DE, cartridge, and cellulose. Dosages
are based on bather load and current water
conditions. Low dose chemical feed pump is
used for continuous feed, ordered separately.
Available in California, Northern Nevada,
Western Washington, and Oregon.
3-300 5 gallon - Pool
10-165 Pool 2000 - 9.6 GPD @ 30 psi
ENZYMES
NATURAL CLEAR — Natural enzyme scum
remover for pools and spas. Digests oils, lotions,
and other organic material. Initial treatment: Pool
- 16 oz. per 10,000 gallons. Spa - 1 oz. per 500
gallons. Weekly dosage: Pool - 8 oz. per 10,000
gallons. Spa-1 oz./500 gallons.
3-035 1 quart
3-045 1 gallon
8
3-320
3-035
ENZYME WATER CLEANER — 100% natural
formula reduces organics to create optimal
water clarity. Unique, stabilized liquid enzyme
system that effectively digests non-living
organic contaminates commonly found in
swimming pools and spas. NSF Listed.
3-320 1 quart
3-321 1 gallon
3-322 5 gallon
PROTECT PLUS — Dual purpose liquid
concentrate which acts as protection against
staining and scale formation and as a
flocculating/clarifying agent to keep spa
water sparkling. Initial treatment: 2 ozs. per 250
gallons. Weekly dosage: 1 oz. per 250 gallons.
3-220 1 gallon
SELF-FLOCCING DEFOAMER — Dual action
defoamer and chitosan polymer flocculant in
one. Eliminates foam and gathers unwanted
oils without clogging filter.
3-212 1 quart
3-050
PRO SERIES PRO ZYMES POOL — Natural
enzyme based formula powerfully biodegrades
organics. Ensures sparkling pool water,
lengthens filter cycles, and eliminates waterline
and scum deposits. Initial dosage: 1 oz. per
1,000 gallons. Maintenance dosage: based on
bather load. Refer to bottle for dosages.
3-050 1 gallon
3-052 5 gallon
NOTE: See page 22 for low dosage chemical
feed pumps.
3-212
3-250
PRO SERIES PRO ZYMES SPA — Specially
formulated for high-use, hot water environments. Patented enzyme formula breaks
down and helps remove organic waste. Dramatically improve water and air quality while
reducing labor and chemical usage. Dosage:
1 oz. per 100 gallons.
3-248 1 gallon
3-250 5 gallon
Specialty Chemicals
REMOVIT — Removes and prevents stains
caused by iron, copper, cobalt and manganese.
Nontoxic. Continued use will protect equipment
from scale and rust. Dosage: 1 lb. per 10,000
gallons. Maintenance dosage: 1 lb. per 10,000
gallons every 8 weeks.
3-155 2 lb. bottle
STAINLESS STEEL CLEANERS
SPECTRA-CLEAN ™ STAINLESS STEEL
CLEANERS — Periodic passivation is required
to ensure the corrosion resistance of stainless
steel products. Available in three stages for
weekly maintenance and varying levels of
corrosion.
Item
3-115
TILE CLEANERS
SCUMOFF TILE CLEANER — Thick formula
removes dirt, body oil, and suntan lotion from
pool tile and waterline areas.
3-106 1 quart
3-108 1 gallon
SCALE-B-GON — Removes scale and
calcium deposits from tile and vinyl surfaces.
Jelly thick formula stays on vertical surfaces.
3-115 1 quart
3-125 1 gallon
3-080
3-240
3-155
CLEAN AND PERFECT — Citrus based
enzyme cleaner effectively breaks down
organic contaminants such as grease, grime,
oils and lotions...allowing dirt to be released.
Can be used on decks, tile and patio furniture.
100% non-toxic/biodegradable and will not
effect pool chemistry.
3-240 22 oz. spray bottle
3-245 5 gallon
3-100
TLC — Liquid tile cleaner removes, grime,
oils, and water line ring in one operation. Works
on tile, fiberglass, and acrylic pool surfaces.
3-080 1 quart
3-090 1 gallon
THICK TILE AND VINYL CLEANER —
Removes oil and scum lines from tile and
vinyl surfaces. Cleans grout lines, yet is
non-abrasive and cleans down into pores
to remove soils. Thick formula stays put on
vertical surfaces.
3-100 1 quart
FILTER CLEANERS
3-135
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
Treatment
3-330
System 1
3-335
System 2
1 gallon
3-340
System 3
1 gallon
Weekly
Treatment
Mid-range
corrosion
Severe
corrosion
3-189
3-182
METAL POLISHING SCRUBS — Remove
tarnish and oxidation quickly and easily.
Polishes, brightens and protects. Prevents
water marks and corrosion. Preserves the high
luster of stainless steel and other surfaces.
3-182 Scrubs, 18 towel pack
3-183 Towels, 30 towel dispenser
SHEILA SHINE — World's finest stainless steel
polish and surface preservative. Removes
greasy film and water marks.
3-187 10 oz. aerosol can
3-188 1 quart
3-189 1 gallon
CELL PROTECT — Prolongs life of chlorine
generator. Prevents scale and buildup on the
cells. Formula contains enzymes, clarifiers, and
sequestering agents. Initial dosage: 1 liter per
20,000 gallons. Maintenance dosage: 1 liter per
20,000 gallons per month.
3-275 1 liter
3-275
SURFACE CLEANERS
COBALT CURE — Removes cobalt spots
without draining. Will stop the recurrence of
spots when used as a maintenance product.
3-145 2 lb. bottle
Size
4 - 22 oz.
bottles
SPECIALTY CHEMICALS
FILTER CLEANSE — Cleans sand filters, D.E.
filter grids and filter cartridges. Removes scale,
rust and oils. Restores filter efficiency by descaling and degreasing clogged and channeled
filters. Dissolve 1 lb. in 5 gallons of water.
3-055 20 lb. pail
HCL ADVANTAGE — For acid washing pools.
Makes muriatic acid work better by reducing
acid fumes. Thickens solution for longer
clinging to vertical surfaces. Reduces acid
run off and acid consumption. Sequestering
ingredient prevents drain and bottom staining.
Dosage: mix 1 part Acid to 4 parts water and
add 8 oz. to every 21⁄2 gallons of acid solution.
3-135 1 quart
Description
3-180
DECK CLEANERS
3-055
FILTERTRINE PRO — Reusable cartridge
filter cleaner removes oils. Mixture: 1 part Filtertrine Pro to 4 parts water. Regenerate solution to reuse. Soak cartridges for 12-24 hours.
3-078 5 gallon
KOOL DECK COMMERCIAL CLEANER —
Two-step system restores original finish by removing dirt, stains, and mineral deposits. Safer
than Muriatic Acid. Spot cleaning: 1 cup in 1
gal. water, cleans 90 sq. ft. General cleaning:
1 cup in 5 gal. water, cleans 100 sq. ft./gallon.
3-165 9 lb. pail
CITRUS DEGREASER — Environmentally
friendly Citrus Degreaser removes oils, grease,
tar, and adhesives from any surface.
3-180 1 gallon
9
Chemical Control Systems
CHEMTROL PC CONTROLLERS
Chemical automation is now recognized as a
must for proper treatment of swimming pools
and spas. The controller initiates the addition of
your sanitizer and pH control chemical based
on need and maintains the level you select as
your “desired” set point. Costly underfeeding
and overfeeding is virtually eliminated. Helps
preserve the life of your pool equipment and
surfaces. Most facilities see a payback in one
or two years.
5-033
5-021
The Chemtrol PC programmable
controllers use advanced microprocessorbased technology to introduce a new standard
of sophistication in automated water treatment.
All the monitoring and control communication
functions are incorporated into a single
integrated command center. The main screen
display enables the operator to supervise
all the process functions at a glance and to
quickly respond to any changing condition.
Chemtrol PC options allow you to expand
the parameters of your automation system for
additional monitoring capabilities.
CHEMTROL PC 6000/7000
CHEMTROL PC 6000/7000 — Incorporates
automated control of water chemistry and
filtration. Both the Chemtrol PC 6000 and
PC 7000 controllers operate as the central
command center for total equipment control and
monitoring. These controllers add automated
filter backwash control with programmable
backwash schedules, influent and effluent
pressure sensors, and filter cycle with six relays,
for sequential filter backwashing of multiple filter
tanks. Additionally, the Chemtrol 6000 and 7000
series controllers display ORP, sanitizer/PPM,
pH, temperature, Langelier Saturation Index,
circulation pump control, water level control,
remote telephone/voice communication, and
remote computer operation. The PC 7000 has
the same features as the PC 6000 and adds
true PPM control. Chemtrol PC 7100 has the
same features as the PC 7000 except adds Dual
PPM control for UV and Chloramine treatment.
Includes: PC by-pass assembly and PC sensor
cell cabinet. Additional options listed below.
5 Year Electronics Warranty.
5-021 Chemtrol PC 6000
CHEMTROL PC 3000/5000
CHEMTROL PC 3000/5000 — Displays ORP,
sanitizer/PPM, pH, temperature, and Langelier
saturation index. All functions can be easily
modified through a series of submenus
including probe calibration, automatic probe
cleaning, diagnostic probe monitoring,
proportional feed, automatic superchlorination,
energy saver and water chemistry saver
programs and RS-485 communication port
for data download capabilities. PC 5000 has
same features as PC 3000, except adds true
PPM control. Chemtrol PC 5100 has the same
features as the PC 5000 except adds Dual
PPM control for UV and Chloramine treatment.
Includes: PC by-pass line assembly with PC
safety flow switch, ORP, pH and temperature
probes. Acrylic sensor cell cabinet ordered
separately. 5 Year Electronics Warranty.
CHEMTROL PC CONTROLLER OPTIONS
Options
PPM Control Option
PPM Display
TDS/Conductivity/Temp. Monitoring
Temperature Control
Flow Monitoring
Water Level Control
Influent/Effluent Pressure Monitoring
Additional Common Options
Ethernet/Internet/Remote
4-20 mA (5 Channels for display outputs)
RS-485 Direct Computer Operation
10
7000
6000
5000
3000
2100
incl.
incl.
incl.
incl.
incl.
incl.
incl.
5-345
incl.
incl.
incl.
incl.
incl.
incl.
incl.
incl.
5-315
incl.
5-320
5-325
5-330
5-003
incl.
5-014
incl.
5-018
5-016
5-019
5-002
5-004
5-008
5-009
5-023
•
•
5-007
5-265
5-290
5-260
5-270
5-295
5-262
5-275
5-300
5-015
5-280
5-305
5-017
5-285
5-310
7000
6000
5000
3000
2100
CHEMTROL PC 2100
CHEMTROL PC 2100 — ORP and pH control,
remote alarm and RS-232 communications
port for data history download capabilities.
Offers new 8 line display with option
for true PPM control. Includes flow cell
assembly and paddle wheel flow switch.
PC Sensor cell cabinet ordered separately.
CHEMTROL 250/255
5-022
CHEMTROL 250/255 — Chemical control system for use on small pools or spas. Maintains
ORP and pH. Chemtrol 255 has same features
as Chemtrol 250, except offers true PPM control instead of ORP. All front panel adjustments
include desired set-points, proportional feed,
out-of-range indicating lights and safety feed
lock-out. 110 volt. Includes: flow cell assembly
and paddle wheel flow switch. By-pass line
assembly ordered separately. 5 Year Electronics Warranty.
5-022 Chemtrol 250
5-025 Chemtrol 255
NOTE: See page 11 for Chemtrol by-pass
line assemblies and parts.
Chemical Control Accessories
5-070
CHEMTROL ACCESSORIES
TEK™ CHEMISTRY CONTROL CENTER —
Panel mount your chemistry controller, by-pass
line assembly and chemical feed pumps or
CO2 feed unit on our convenient chemistry
control center. Includes: 36"W x 24"H panel,
pre-plumbing of by-pass line assembly, electrical prep, and mounting of your chemistry
components (ordered separately). Contact
us for your individual system needs. Can be
used with any brand controller or chemical
feed components.
5-230 TEK™ Control Center-Chemtrol 250
5-245 TEK™ Control Center-Custom
CHEMTROL
BY-PASS LINE ASSEMBLY
5-083
BY-PASS LINE ASSEMBLY — Schedule 80
by-pass line assembly. Complete 1⁄2" package
includes: valves, "Y" strainer, in-line flow meter,
safety flow switch and acrylic sensor cell. 5-083 By-pass line Assembly
5-080 By-pass line Assembly (2100)
CHEMTROL
BY-PASS LINE PARTS
5-127
ACRYLIC SENSOR CELL — Acrylic see-thru
sensor cell for ORP and pH probes. Available
with standard 1⁄2" threads for Chemtrol probes
or 3⁄4" threads for use with HP probes.
5-127 Acrylic Senor Cell, 1⁄2"
5-128 HP Acrylic Senor Cell, 3⁄4"
BY-PASS LINE ASSEMBLY PARTS — Parts
for Chemtrol 1⁄2" by-pass line assembly.
5-095 In-line "Y" strainer
5-100 Replacement "Y" strainer filter
5-105 In-line flow meter, 1⁄2"
5-117 Rotary safety flow switch, 2100
5-118 Rotary safety flow switch, digital
5-119 Rotary safety flow switch, analog
5-120 Blade safety flow switch, analog
Item
Flow Control
Ball Valve
Compression
Fitting (probe)
Union (SOC) 1⁄2"
Sample Tap
Sch. 40
Sch. 80
92-2622-005
92-2122-005
5-115
5-115
92-457-005
92-1078002
92-897-005
92-1078002
5-081
5-075
5-076
5-077
5-085
CHEMTROL PROBES — Chemtrol probes
include a 10' cable and have a 1 Year
Warranty. Use with 1⁄2" sensor cell or 1⁄2" probe
fitting.
5-070 ORP Probe
5-075 pH Probe
5-076 Temperature Probe
5-077 Temp./TDS Probe
5-085 PPM Probe, new style
CHEMTROL PPM PROBE PARTS
5-092 Replacement PPM Membrane
5-093 Replacement PPM Gel
CONTROLLER ACCESSORIES
CALIBRATION RECORD TAGS — Allows you
to have a running record of equipment calibration dates. Size: 51⁄4" x 25⁄8". (Package of 5).
5-141
CHEMTROL PORTA-PROBE — Portable
signal tester for testing of Chemtrol unit and
probes. Tests ORP, pH, Temperature, and TDS
probes. 31/2" LCD digital display. 9 volt battery
included.
5-130
9-050
5-150
SOLENOID VALVES
5-082
5-123
SENSOR CELL CABINET — Lockable fiberglass cabinet to protect probes. Includes:
acrylic see-thru sensor cell. Houses Chemtrol
ORP and pH probes and plumbing fittings.
By-pass line assembly ordered separately.
5-123 Sensor cell cabinet
5-124 HP sensor cell cabinet
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
CONTROLLER PROBES
CHEMTROL HP PROBES — New heavy duty
industrial grade probe with exclusive Chemtrol
2 Year Warranty. HP Probes include a 10' cable. Can be used with existing Chemtrol controllers with addition of an HP Acrylic Sensor Cell.
Size: 3⁄4" MPT.
5-081 ORP HP Probe
5-082 pH HP Probe
PLASTOMATIC SOLENOID VALVE —
Watertight valve for chlorine gas service and
installation into vacuum line. 3⁄4" FPT, normally
closed. 110 volt.
5-145
EROSION SOLENOID VALVE — Solenoid for
water service, normally closed. Use with erosion feeders. 1" FPT with 3⁄4" bushing. 120 volt.
5-150
CO2 SOLENOID VALVE — Use with Automatic
Controllers on CO2 systems. 1⁄4" FPT. 110 volt.
9-050
11
Chemical Control Systems
Remote Monitoring and Control
5-505
5-500
PROMINENT® DCM2 CONTROLLERS — The
DCM2 Series controllers provide the same
quality of product as the ProMinent DCM5
Series controllers. The use of the ProMinent
controller can be used stand alone or can
be fully interactive with Ethernet/IP interface.
Allows for true remote monitoring and control
of your pool or spa components via network
enabled PC, smart phone, iPad (or similar
tablet devise) which requires connection
through your computer network or individual
wireless IP address.
The DCM2 controllers feature: 2 line LCD
display, pH control, ORP control or PPM
control, temperature control, and monitors
system flow rates. Additional features include:
PID (Proportion Integral Derivative) Pump
Control to work with your VFD and Data
Logging for record keeping and system
performance validation online or via USB port.
Inputs/Outputs: 2 x digital inputs, 3 x output/
control relays, 2 x assignable digital outputs.
Includes: controller, flow cell assembly with
pH, ORP or PPM, and temperature sensors,
and HTML server with DHCP (Dynamic Host
Configuration Protocol), which allows the
controller be connected to your network and
communicate on an IP Network. The controller
and flow cell assembly are mounted on a PVC
back panel for ease of installation. NEMA 4X
controller enclosure.120 v/ 60 Hz with battery
backup. 5 Year Electronics Warranty.
5-500 DCM 200 ORP Controller
5-501 DCM 200 PPM Controller
PROMINENT® DCM5 CONTROLLERS — The
DCM5 Series controllers are the perfect for selection for precision water quality control. The
ProMinent DCM5 controller can be used stand
alone or can be fully interactive with Ethernet/
IP interface. Allows for true remote monitoring
and control of your pool or spa components
via network enabled PC, smart phone, iPad
(or similar tablet devise) which requires connection through your computer network or
individual wireless IP address.
The DCM5 controller features 2 line LCD
display, pH control, ORP control, temperature
control, and monitors system flow rates. Additional features include: PID (Proportion Integral
Derivative) Pump Control to work with your
VFD and Data Logging for record keeping and
system performance validation online or via
USB port. Inputs/Outputs: 8 x digital inputs, 5
x output/control relays, 4 x assignable digital
outputs. Includes: controller, flow cell assembly with pH, ORP, and temperature sensors,
and HTML server with DHCP (Dynamic Host
Configuration Protocol), to communicate on an
IP Network. Optional sensors: Free Chlorine,
Total Chlorine, Calculated Combined Chlorine,
Salt Generated Free Chlorine, Stabilized Free
Chlorine, Bromine, Conductivity, Corrosion,
Calcification, Flow Rate, and Water Level can be
added. System further can monitor/control UV
system, enzyme dosing, chemical tank levels,
and system pressure. PPM probes for DCM 501
and DCM 502 package controllers are designed
to be used on non-stabilized (CYA) water. PPM
probe on DCM 503 is designed to be used on
stabilized (CYA pools. DCM5 controller and
flow cell assembly are mounted on a PVC back
panel for ease of installation. NEMA 4X controller enclosure.120 v/ 60 Hz with battery backup.
5-505 DCM 500 Controller Package
DCM5 SERIES CONTROLLER OPTIONS
Options
DCM2 with Panel Mount/By-Pass Assembly
12
pH
ORP
Temperature
Free Chlorine PPM
Total Chlorine PPM
Combined Chlorine
Display
Controller Package
500
501
502
503
incl.
incl.
incl.
•
•
incl.
incl.
incl.
incl.
•
incl.
incl.
incl.
incl.
incl.
incl.
incl.
incl.
•
incl.
•
•
incl.
•
DCM5 with Panel Mount/By-Pass Assembly
5-600
5-605
PROMINENT SENSORS & ACCESSORIES
Item
Description
pH
5-600
PPM
5-601
ORP
5-605
ORP - Salt/Gold Tip
5-606
Temperature
5-615
Free Chlorine PPM
5-670
5-660 Free Chlorine PPM - Salt/CYA
5-690 Total Chlorine PPM - Indoor
5-665 Total Chlorine PPM - w/CYA
Bromine PPM
5-655
Corrosion - Copper
5-675
Corrosion - Cupro Nickel
5-680
Corrosion - Stainless
5-681
Flow Rate - 1/2" - 4"
5-625
Flow Rate - 5" - 8"
5-630
Flow Rate - 10"+
5-635
Liquid Level Sensor
5-620
3G Wireless Service
5-640
5-645 Wireless Antenna - 10 ft. cord
5-650 Wireless Antenna - 27 ft. cord
Control Module
5-695
Wireless Router
5-700
Probe
Code
pH
CLB3
ORP
•
SGT
CLE3
CLO
CTE1
CGE2
BRE1
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Pulsar Chlorination Systems
PULSAR CHLORINATION SYSTEMS
PULSAR CHLORINATION SYSTEMS — The New Pulsar Chlorination
Systems are simple and easy to use. They utilize Pulsar Plus Calcium
Hypochlorite Briquettes to provide consistent, dependable pool water
chlorination. The Patented Pulsar Plus chemical formula includes a scale
inhibitor to reduce the scale normally associated with calcium hypochlorite
and improves filter efficiency.
The Pulsar System will give you cleaner, clearer water, less hassle
and longer pool and equipment life. TDS buildup with Pulsar Plus is less
than half that of bleach. It’s the only sanitation method that chlorinates,
removes organics and metals, boosts hardness and shock threats, all in
one process. In addition, you’ll need less acid to control pH. It takes two
and a half times as much acid to maintain proper pH in a bleach pool due
to the caustic stabilizers in bleach.
All internal components are easily accessible with external components mounted on front of feeder. New PLC based Control Box, with
touch screen interface, controls booster pump for optimal efficiency,
with new self cleaning wash down feature. The Patented Pulsar 45,
Pulsar 140 and Pulsar 500 feeders are sized for every size pool. Feeders are installed in their own by-pass loop, downstream from pool
filters and pool heater. Systems include: fully operational system with
feeder, 1 HP booster pump, PLC Control Box, venturi injector, solenoid valve, paddle wheel flow switch, and plumbing kit. NSF Listed.
Available in California, Northern Nevada, Western Washington
and Oregon.
Item
Description
8-020 Pulsar 45 Chlorination System
Briquette
Storage
Capacity
25 lbs.
100 lbs.
300 lbs.
Lid
Switch
Wash Down
Nozzle
Grid
Screen
Spray
Manifold
High Level
Sensor
Sealed
Junction
Box
Discharge Valve
Assembly
Feed Rate/lbs.
Min.
Max.
3.0
8.0
24.0
58.0
163.0
486.0
PULSAR PLC CONTROL BOX
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
13
Pulsar Parts & Accessories
PULSAR 1 PARTS
Diagram
Number
8-001
PULSAR 1 CHLORINATION SYSTEM —
Designed specifically for smaller commercial
pools and spas. The Pulsar 1 Feeder provides
consistent, dependable water chlorination and
is capable of high feed rates. Uses unique
"wave" erosion method to dissolve Pulsar Plus
Briquettes. Improves your pool/spa water clarity, color, and sparkle. The Pulsar 1 Feeder is
installed on the discharge side of your pool/
spa mechanical equipment, to safeguard your
pool systems. The feeder holds 27 pounds of
Pulsar Plus Briquettes and has the ability to
feed up to 25 pounds of available chlorine per
day. Minimum feed rate is .5 pounds per day.
System includes: Pulsar 1 Chlorinator, 11/2"
venturi, and standard installation accessories.
Use Automation Kit with controller. Kit includes: solenoid with transformer and 15' cord.
131/2"W x 151/2"D x 31"H. NSF Listed.
8-015 Pulsar 1 Automation Kit
1
2
3
4
5
6/7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
—
Part
Number
93-74066
93-74065
93-74068
93-74067
93-74062
93-79804
93-71496
93-71910
93-74059
93-71619
11-060
93-71535
93-71538
93-71540
93-71539
93-71536
93-71537
93-79804
93-71583
93-71890
93-71614
93-71588
93-74060
11-065
93-74061
93-71611
93-71974
93-74145
93-71971
Description
P1 Base
P1 Hopper
P1 Grid
P1 Lid
P1 Dissolving Cup with Nozzle Assembly
Discharge Valve Assembly
Emergency Shut Off Valve Assembly - Part 71910 Not Included
Rubber Gasket for Emergency Shut Off Valve
Parker Fitting W6FE4
Elbow (W6ME6) 3/8" For Feeders 30991 & P3, P1, PL AF300, CCH
Poly Tubing, 3/8", per foot
Emergency Shut Off Valve with Arm Only
Emergency Shut Off Float Plate PVC Nut/Discharge Arm Nut
Emergency Shut Off Overflow Float
Emergency Shut Off Float Plate
Emergency Shut Off Mounting Plate
Emergency Shut Off Mounting PVC Screws (1/4 x 20 x 2 1/4)
Discharge Valve Float
Discharge Valve Locknut
Parker Fitting, W8MC8 (also for solenoid)
Tube Connector (P8MC4) for P3, PL AF300, CCH
1/2" x 1/2" Female Connector (P8FC8)
Flow Indicator - P1
Poly Tubing, 1/2", per foot
1/2" FNPT x 1/2" FNPT PVC Ball Valve
1/2" x close PVC Nipple
ORP/Below Grade Installation Kit for Small Feeder (includes venturi)
Cleaning Pan for Small Feeder (not pictured)
Venturi only for Small Feeder
NOTE: The most commonly used parts are listed
here inquire for additional parts you require.
3
4
2
3-300
PULSAR CRYPTO REMOVAL SYSTEM (CRS)
Pulsar CRS should be an integral part of your
risk management program for preventing
recreational water illnesses. Efficiently traps
Cryptosporidium by increasing the filter's
capacity to capture Crypto oocysts. Additionally, CRS improves water clarity by reducing
12
turbidity in the water. Also reduces fouling
of controller probes by removing oils from
the water and improves the efficiency of UV
Systems. Effectively flocs oils and other debris from pool water, which reduced chlorine
demand. Works with all types of filters - sand,
Zeolite, DE, cartridge, and cellulose. Dosages
are based on bather load and current water
conditions. Low dose chemical feed pump is
used for continuous feed, ordered separately.
Available in California, Northern Nevada,
Western Washington, and Oregon.
10-165 Pool 2000 - 9.6 GPD @ 30 psi
17
13
22
25
23
5
24
10
16
25
14
1
23
21
25
9
11
26
27
(not included)
23
15
12
11
28
12
17
11
13
14
19
18
16
8
8
6
18
20
A
14
9
8
7
15
(not included)
A
20
14
A
14
19
Detail E
34
33
Pulsar Parts & Accessories
Pulsar® 4 Detailed View
Detail E
PULSAR 3 PARTS
1
34
Diagram
Part
Number Number
33
3
37
Detail E
34
33
2
1
69
38
2
39
4
3
5
4
37
38
39
37
8
71
38
see Detail A
19
30
18
40
39
6
7
8
6
7
Detail of 25
5
4
64
50
9
36
10
2 ft needed
41
11
77
Detail of 25
7
35
23
see Detail E
20
27
43
Detail of 25
41
74
77
79
78
40
PULSAR
4 PARTS
41
Diagram 77
Part
Number Number
1
2
43
3
4
5
6
7
8
11
18
19
23
25
26
27
30
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
43
50
64
68
73
74
77
--
43
12
79
40
79
Description
74
79
93-71879 Lid for Pulsar 4 Feeder
78
79
93-71880 Shut Off Assembly for Pulsar 4
Screen Assembly for
74
93-71881 Briquette
Pulsar 4
79
93-71882
Screw for Pulsar 4 Lid
78
93-71883
Hinge Rod for Pulsar 4 Lid
93-71884 Pulsar 4 Hopper
93-71885 1Hex Nut5 Plastic Screw,
/4"-20x /8"
93-71886 Mounting Plate for Spray Tree
93-71889 Lid Switch
93-71896 Electronic Shut Off
93-71897 Deflection Plate
11-060 Poly Tubing, 3/8", per foot
93-79217 Discharge Valve Sub-Assembly
93-71903 Discharge Tank
93-71904 Washdown Mounting Plate
93-71898 Parker Fitting (W8ME8)
93-71535 Emer. Shut Off Valve with Arm
93-71536 Emer. Shut Off Mounting Plate
93-71910 Rubber Gasket for Emergency
Shut Off Valve
1
1
93-71749 Plastic Screws ( /4-20) 3 /4" for
ESV (for Pulsar 4 only)
93-71539 Emer. Shut Off Float Plate
PVC/Discharge Arm Nut
93-71540 Emer. Shut Off Overflow Float
93-79810 Discharge Valve Float
93-79806 Discharge Valve Body
93-79805 Discharge Valve Arm
93-71918 Parker Fitting (W10MC8)
93-75860 8 - 32x5/8" PVC Screws (4)
93-72863 Discharge Valve Enh. Adaptor
93-79218 Check Valve (True Union)
93-71576 Discharge Valve Gasket - P4
93-79804 Discharge Valve Assembly
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
13
25
26
14
PULSAR SYSTEM ACCESSORIES
Part
Number
11
15
Description
8-011
Pulsar Venturi, 1" (P3)
8-012
Pulsar Venturi, 11/2" (P4 + P3)
8-013
Pulsar Venturi, 2"
93-79214 Pulsar 1 HP Booster Pump, (P4 + P3)
93-71894 Pulsar Solenoid Valve, 1/2", 24V (P4 + P3)
8-040
Pulsar Plus Acid Cleaner, quart
49-057 Chemical Scoop
NOTE: The most commonly used parts are
Feeder Detailed
View
listedPulsar®
here.3 Inquire
for additional
parts you
require or visit our website.
16
17
18
19
20
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
2
30
37
38
--
3
4
Description
93-71608 Hinge Rod w/Set Screw for
P3 Hopper
93-71607 Lid for P3
93-71609 Briquette Screen Assembly
P3
93-71606 Hopper without Lid for P3
3
93-71619 Elbow (W6ME6) /8" for
Feeders 30991 & P3
93-71617 Spray Nozzle for P3
93-79047 Manifold for P3
93-71620 Deflection Plate Assembly
93-71610 Base without Assembled
Parts for P3
93-79806 Discharge Valve Body
93-71536 Emergency Shut Off
Mounting Plate
93-71535 Emergency Shut Off Valve
with Arm Only
Emergency Shut Off
93-71537 Mounting PVC Screws
(1/4-20x4)
PVC Nut/Dischrge Arm Nut
93-71540 Emer. Shut Off Ovrflow Float
93-71496 Emer. Shut Off Valve
Assembly - part 71910 not included
93-71583 Discharge Valve Locknut
93-71613 (4026) O-ring #115-used
in plug
93-71612 Plug for Feeder Body for P3
93-79805 Discharge Valve Arm
93-79810 Discharge Valve Float
93-71614 Tube Connector(P8MC4) P3
93-71621 1/2" Ball Valve MM (inlet)
93-71627 1/2" Ball Valve MF (outlet)
1
1
93-71588 (5008) /2"x /2" Female
Connector (P8FC8)
93-71611 1/2" x PVC Nipple
93-71910 Rubber Gasket for
Emergency Shut Off Valve
93-72864 P3 Enhancement Kit
93-79217 Discharge Valve Sub-Assy.
93-79804 Discharge Valve Assembly
1
24
26
28
25
5
17
7
6
8
9
30
28
26
13
29
28
27
47
37
20
19
48
18
47
38
18
46
15
Venturi & Erosion Feeders
8-050
8-120
VENTURI FEEDERS
THE SOLUTION FEED SYSTEM — Sodium
hypochlorite venturi feeder eliminates all parts,
labor, and hassles associated with chemical
feed pumps. The Solution feeder utilizes
patented, vacuum induction technology rather
than pressure. Venturi mixes chlorine thoroughly
in the water, which reduces chloramines by
providing continuous breakpoint chlorination.
Maintains set point even in the heaviest demand
periods. Adjustable feed rate from 0 to 1728
GPD. To be used with automatic chemistry
controller. Includes: venturi, flow meter,
pressure gauge, solenoid valve, "Y" strainer,
isolation valves, clear PVC piping, 12" x 24"
PVC mounting board and wall mounting kit.
Feeder comes fully assembled and ready for
plumbing. Booster pump ordered separately.
Overall size: 15"W x 27"H. 120 volt. 2 Year
Warranty. NSF Listed.
8-120
8-077
8-076
8-078
HIGH CAPACITY CHLORINE/BROMINE
FEEDERS — Commercial grade erosion feeder
is designed to be installed permanently with
1" PVC plumbing. High capacity feeders hold
15, 30, or 40 lbs. of Trichlor tablets or Bromine
tablets. Tablets dissolve by passing water
through the tablet chamber and eroding the
tablets. Features include external dial control,
drain valve, union connections, and easy
access lid for refilling. NSF Listed.
Item Capacity
8-076
8-077
8-078
8-085
8-090
15 lb.
30 lb.
40 lb.
Maximum Output Rate (lbs./hr.)
Chlorine
FREE STANDING EROSION FEEDERS
Automatic Chlorine/Bromine feeders work
on pressure side of pump and are installed
downstream of pool equipment. Will feed
3" Trichlor Tablets or smaller sized Trichlor/
Bromine tablets. Spa chamber option limits
feed rate on 19" feeder for small bodies
of water and holds 1⁄2 lb. of 1" tablets. 29"
commercial feeder utilizes 1⁄ 2" tubing for
increased waterflow and feed rates of up to
8.05 lbs. in 24 hrs. NSF Listed.
Item
CHLORINE/BROMINE FEEDERS
Bromine
1.22
.57
2.00
1.15
4.15
1.73
Flow Rate Indicator, 1"
In-Line Check Valve, 11/2" / 2"
16
Description
Tablet Cap. (lbs.)
Small Large
19" Feeder
5.5
8.8
8-050
.5
8-055 19" with Spa Chamber
29" Feeder
9.8
12.7
8-060
12.7
8-065 29" Commercial Feeder 9.8
Commercial Flow Indicator, 1/2"
8-080
In-Line Check Valve, 1/2"
8-095
IN-LINE EROSION FEEDERS — Designed
for permanent installation into PVC line
downstream from pool equipment. Feeders
are designed to handle 3" Trichlor tablets
or smaller sized Trichlor/Bromine tablets.
Includes installation hardware with 2" slip PVC
fittings. Spa chamber option limits feed rate for
small bodies of water. NSF Listed.
Item
8-070
8-075
8-080
8-090
8-125
THE SOLUTION X-2 FEED SYSTEM — Dual
purpose feeder is designed to feed either acid
for pH/Alkalinity control or sodium hypochlorite
for smaller volume pools (less than 50,000
gallons). The Solution X-2 feeder utilizes
patented, vacuum induction technology.
Maintains desired set points even during the
heaviest demand periods. Adjustable feed rate
from 0 to 197 GPD. To be used with automatic
chemistry controller. Includes: venturi, flow
meter, pressure gauge, solenoid valve, "T"
strainer, tubing, check valve strainer, isolation
valves, PVC housing, and wall mounting kit.
Booster pump ordered separately. Overall
size: 15"W x 30"H. 120 volt. 1 Year Warranty.
NSF Listed.
8-125
8-070
Description
Tablet Cap. (lbs.)
Small Large
In-line Feeder
3.5
4.8
In-line Feeder with
.5
Spa Chamber
1
Commercial Flow Indicator, /2"
In-Line Check Valve, 11/2" / 2"
8-145
8-150
NOTE: See page 10 and 12 for automatic
chemical controllers.
FLOATING CHEMICAL DISPENSER —
Linear polyethylene construction, foam filled
for added buoyancy. Twist lock cap with
adjustable chlorinating control ring. Holds six
3" tablets or 3 lbs. of 1" tablets. 36" floating
accessory leash with molded anchor plate
and pressure sensitive pad ordered separately.
8-145 Floating chemical dispenser
8-150 Floating accessory leash
Chlorine Generators & UV Systems
9-485
8-210
9-470
LOW PRESSURE
UV DISINFECTION SYSTEMS
CHLOR KING CHLORINE GENERATORS
Nex-Gen chlorine generators produce liquid
chlorine from salt. On-site chlorine production
eliminates the need to store large amounts
of chlorine and doesn't generate the odors
associated with liquid pool bleach. The NexGen unit is a stand alone, on-site chlorine
generator capable of producing pH neutral
chlorine for use in your pool. Reduces acid
consumption by 30 - 50% versus a bleach fed
pool. These commercial quality generators use
swimming pool water to feed the generator
and distribute chlorine to the pool as needed.
Uses venturi feed system for supply of chlorine
to the pool and can be used with any ORP or
PPM swimming pool controller. This system
does not put salt into the swimming pool and
will not raise TDS levels, like other chlorine
generators. Touchscreen display with built in
safety sensors for air, water, pressure, and
tank level. Max amperage of 24 amps requires
installation of 40 amp breaker. Skid mounted
for easy installation. Requires plumbing vent
line for Hydrogen dissipation. Units available
that produce from 20 PPD (equivalent to 20
gallons of 12% pool bleach) in 24 hours to
80 PPD (equivalent to 80 gallons of 12% pool
bleach) in 24 hours. Can feed up to five bodies
of water from one system with venturis. Multiple
units can be use for larger facilities. Available
to be used as primary chlorine supply with
traditional liquid chlorine or use with calcium
hypochlorite feeders as back up. Excellent
product to use when you have limited delivery
or storage options for chemical supply. 208240v, single phase, 60 Hz. ETL/NSF Listed.
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
8-200
CHLOR KING ULTRAVIOLET DISINFECTION
SYSTEMS — Designed for commercial pools
and spas. Uses low pressure, high output
amalgam technology, for better chloramine
control and inactivation of chlorine resistant
bacteria. Improves water quality and air quality
for patrons. Also helps meet new Health
Codes related to maximum chloramine levels.
Systems pay for themselves through low cost
of operation and long lasting performance.
System uses UV technology to achieve 4 log
reduction for the inactivation of cryptosporidium
and other chlorine resistant bacteria. Designed
with a patent pending quick disconnect sleeve
assembly for install, removal, or repair of the
chamber. Units can be installed horizontally or
vertically in most pump rooms. Constructed of
schedule 80 PVC with 316L interior in U-style or
full 316L stainless steel that is electro polished
and available in U or Z style flange set up. High
output amalgam lamps, built in safety sensors
for pressure or flow, with flanged inlet and
outlet connections. All units operate on 120v.
NSF 50 and UL Listed.
Item
Item
PPD
Production
8-200
8-205
8-210
20 PPD
40 PPD
80 PPD
Skid
Dimensions
(L x W x H)
Weight
(lbs.)
48" x 28" x 68" 950
48" x 28" x 68" 1,000
76" x 32" x 69" 1,250
Model
Flow Rate
Connection
@ 45 mj/
Size
cm2
Lamps
CHLORINE GENERATORS
2"
9-465 SAG-120-APVC 1
3"
9-470 SAG-240-APVC 2
2"
9-475 SAG-120-A 1
3"
9-480 SAG-240-A 2
4"
9-485 SAG-480-A 4
6"
9-490 SAG-720-A 6
9-491 SAG-960-A 8 6" or 8"
9-492 SAG-1200-A 10 8" or 10"
75 GPM
150 GPM
50 GPM
120 GPM
350 GPM
620 GPM
770 GPM
1140 GPM
17
UV Systems
MEDIUM PRESSURE
UV DISINFECTION SYSTEMS
PROMINENT ULTRAVIOLET DISINFECTION
SYSTEMS — Improve water quality at your facility by installing a state-of-the art UV System. The
primary action of UV is to initiate photochemical
and photo oxidation reactions which destroy
chloramines and bacteria. These compounds
are responsible for the unpleasant smells in
pools and spas. This is particularly important
for indoor pools where features such as water
slides and wave pools have a greater surface
area for the release of chloramines into the air.
UV reduces the chloramine load, making the
atmosphere safer and more pleasant. Additionally, UV kills bacteria, viruses, and mold spores,
reducing the risk of transmission of stomach,
skin and respiratory tract infections to bathers.
UV is part of the electro-magnetic spectrum,
which includes visible light. Concentrated sunlight contains UV, which is a powerful natural
disinfectant.
Benefits include:
• Reduces chloramine levels to well below .2
PPM.
• Reduces corrosive atmosphere inside building environment, dramatically improving air
quality and virtually eliminates respiratory
problems associated with chloramines.
• Eliminates 99.9% of all water borne viruses
and bacteria, including chlorine resistant
Cryptospoidium.
Item
Model
9-550
9-555
9-560
9-565
9-570
9-575
9-580
9-585
9-590
9-595
1x1A
1x2A
1x3A
1x3A
2x2A
2x2A
2x3A
2x3A
3x3A
3x3A
• Reduces the need to superchlorinate or
“shock” the pool, and the subsequent downtime required with it.
• Reduces operating costs by cutting down
on chemical usage through reductions in
chemical demand.
• Reduces complaints of swimsuit fading, respiratory problems, and stomach discomfort.
• Safe, non-hazardous, and environmentally
sound; no additional chemicals required.
The UV System requires very low maintenance.
Once installed, only minor adjustments are
made and an annual bulb change is required,
which takes only a few minutes to accomplish.
The unit is installed directly in the filtered water
return line and treats the entire volume of pool
water during recirculation. Systems are fully
automated to insure correct UV dosage and
alarmed for UV tube failure.
Systems consist of: 316TL stainless steel Treatment Chamber with quartz UV lamps; Monitor,
with process alarm, which provides continuous
measurement of UV intensity; and Control
Unit with UV intensity meter output indicators,
alarms; and UV intensity meter output with
real-time LCD display. UL and NSF Listed.
Your Lincoln Representative can help size
the proper UV System for your facility.
Available in California, Nevada, Oregon,
Indiana, and Florida. Inquire for availability
in other states.
Maximum Flow Rate (GPM)
Outdoor 400 J/m2 Indoor 600 J/m2
437
765
1,531
1,531
2,041
2,041
3,061
3,061
4,592
4,592
292
510
1,030
1,030
1,360
1,360
2,041
2,041
2,061
2,061
Voltage Phase
208/240
208/240
480
208/240
480
208/240
480
208/240
480
208/240
1
1
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Lamp Quality Flange
Power kW
Size
1x1
1x2
1x3
1x3
2x2
2x2
2x3
2x3
3x3
3x3
4"
6"
8"
8"
8"
8"
10"
10"
12"
12"
REPLACEMENT LAMPS
9-600 UV Lamp Powerline 1 kW, for UVA and UVS
9-606 UV Lamp Powerline 2 kW, for UVA
9-611 UV Lamp Powerline 3 kW, for UVA
9-650 Lamp Protection Tube, for 1x1A
9-655 Lamp Protection Tube, for 1x2A
9-660 Lamp Protection Tube, for 1x3A, 2x2A, 2x3A, 3x3A
9-635 Wiper Element (2 required per UV lamp), for UVA and UVS
18
Carbon Dioxide Systems
9-045
9-085
9-120
CARBON DIOXIDE DETECTOR
ANALOX CARBON DIOXIDE DETECTOR —
Monitors storage room for excess carbon
dioxide levels. Audible warning alarm and
light flashes on both remote indicator unit
placed outside of room and main sensor
unit mounted inside storage room. Range:
0.1- 5%. 110/240 VAC or 24 VDC.
9-120
CARBON DIOXIDE SYSTEMS
TEK™ CARBON DIOXIDE SYSTEMS — CO2
is used to lower the pH in swimming pools. CO2
forms Carbonic Acid to help lower pH levels.
CO2 generates a natural bicarbonate buffer
that makes the water more stable and prevents
the pH from dropping below 6.8. With Total
Alkalinity at the proper levels, pH changes are
very slow, and the pH is easier to maintain.
Safe! Eliminates the use of Muriatic Acid.
TEK™ AUTOMATIC SWITCHOVER SYSTEM
Includes: wall mounted, automatic switchover
regulator with pressure gauges, cylinder hoses,
20' CO2 tubing, and fittings. Pools without
automatic chemistry control, require purchase
of: TEK™ CO2 feed unit and CO2 diffuser with
check valve, plus any additional CO2 tubing
required, for each pool to be fed. Pools with
automatic chemistry control, require purchase
of: TEK™ CO2 solenoid valve or TEK™ CO2
feed unit with solenoid valve, and CO2 diffuser
with check valve, plus any additional CO2 tubing
required, for each pool to be fed. CO2 in-line
heaters (120v) can be added to each cylinder
being fed to reduce regulator freeze-up. Specify
pool size(s) when ordering.
9-045CO2 system - Auto switchover
TEK™ SINGLE TANK SYSTEM — Includes:
single tank regulator with pressure gauge,
CO2 feed unit with flow meter, CO2 diffuser
with check valve, 20' CO2 tubing, and fittings.
Pools with automatic chemistry control require
purchase of TEK™ CO2 solenoid unit, plus any
additional CO2 tubing required.
9-040CO2 system - Single tank
9-040
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
TEK™ CARBON DIOXIDE ACCESSORIES
9-050CO2 solenoid valve, 120 volt, 1⁄4"
9-055CO2 remote flow meter
9-060CO2 diffuser with check valve
9-061CO2 diffuser muffler
9-065CO2 tubing, per ft.
9-070CO2 teflon washers
9-075CO2 in-line heater
9-076CO2 stainless flex line, 24"
9-085
TEK™ CARBON DIOXIDE FEED UNITS —
Convenient, wall mounted, Carbon Dioxide
Feed Units used with single tank or automatic
switchover regulators ordered separately.
NEMA 4 fiberglass enclosure houses CO 2
solenoid valve only, CO2 feed unit only, or
CO2 feed unit with solenoid valve. Order CO2
diffuser with check valve for each pool to be
fed, separately. 120 volt.
9-079CO2 Solenoid Unit
9-080CO2 Feed Unit
9-085CO2 Feed Unit with Solenoid
TEK™ CARBON
DIOXIDE FEED SYSTEM
System includes fiberglass NEMA 4 enclosure
with CO 2 flow meter,
CO 2 solenoid valve, 3/ 4
HP booster pump, and
venturi. Available with
cast iron or stainless steel
booster pump, mounted
on fiberglass base. Must
be used with automatic
chemical controller. Use
one feed system for
each pool. CO2 regulator
(for each pool) ordered
separately. 120 volt.
9-115 CO2 Feed System - cast iron pump
9-116CO2 Feed System - stainless pump
9-102
9-107
BULK STORAGE TANKS
CARBON DIOXIDE BULK STORAGE TANKS
Replaces need to store high pressure CO2
cylinders. Use of a bulk CO2 tank will do the job
of eight or more CO2 cylinders and will require
less floor space. Bulk tanks are permanently
installed and do not require your employees to
do cylinder changes or to move high pressure
cylinders. Exterior fill box allows bulk tank to be
filled conveniently. Double wall stainless steel
vessels with stable 6" welded uni-body legs.
Patented Sure-Fill system enables tank filling
with no manual venting. Available in 2 sizes:
450 lbs. (20" dia.) and 750 lbs. (26" dia.) Bulk
storage tanks include: tank with legs, external
tank epoxy coating, easy-to-read gauges for
CO2 contents and tank pressure, external
remote fill box, and connecting fill/vent hoses.
Item
Description
9-102 Carbo-Mizer 450
9-107 Carbo-Max 750
Liquid Maximum
Storage Continuous
Capacity Feed Rate
(lbs.)
(lbs./Hr.)
453
771
5.5
15
19
Chemical Feed Pumps
10-650
PROMINENT ELECTRONIC
SOLENOID PUMPS
PROMINENT MOTOR DRIVEN
PUMPS
PROMINENT MULTIFUNCTION VALVE
Back pressure, anti-siphon protection, pressure
relief, priming aid, and for draining discharge
line. PVDF materials with smooth action rotary
knobs. Used with Beta pumps.
10-650 Multifunction valve, 1/2"
PROMINENT INJECTION VALVES — For
ProMinent series pumps.
10-500
PROMINENT CONCEPT PLUS FEED PUMPS
Solenoid metering pumps with capacity range
of 0.20 to 3.17 GPH at pressures up to 145 psi.
Adjustment of the pump capacity is via the
stroke length in the range of 10-100% or can
be set at 1 of the 4 stroke frequency settings.
This gives an adjustment ratio of 40:1. External
control via dry contact pulse (1:1). Acrylic/
PVC liquid end materials. 115 volt, 60 Hz. NSF
50/61 Listed.
Item
Output
10-500
10-505
10-510
10-515
10-520
13 GPD @ 145 psi
17 GPD @ 145 psi
28 GPD @ 102 psi
51 GPD @ 44 psi
76 GPD @ 29 psi
Tube
Size
1/4" OD
1/4" OD
1/4" OD
3/8" OD
3/8" OD
Spare
Parts Kit
10-525
10-530
10-535
10-540
10-545
10-550
PROMINENT BETA FEED PUMPS — Solenoid
metering pump capable of flows from 0.16 to
8.45 GPH and pressures to 363 psi. Feed
rate is determined by stroke length and stroke
frequency. Stroke length is adjusted from
0% to 100% with a 10:1 turndown. Stroke
frequency is adjusted in 10% increments from
10-100. External contact input for pulse control
with a range from 1:64 – 64:1. 110/230 volt, 60
Hz. NSF 61 Listed.
Item
Output
Tube
Size
10-550 120 GPD @ 58 psi 1/2" OD
10-555 109 GPD @ 58 psi 1/2" OD
10-560 203 GPD @ 29 psi 1/2" OD
20
Spare
Parts Kit
10-565
10-570
10-525
10-600
Item
Pump Series
10-725
10-730
10-735
10-740
10-745
Concept
Concept
Beta
Sigma
Sigma
Valve Connection
Size
1/4"
3/8"
1/2"
3/4"
3/4"
PROMINENT SIGMA FEED PUMPS —
Mechanically-actuated diaphragm pumps.
Pumps are programmable and display
comprehensive data for monitoring and
recording. Functions include: digital setting
of stroke frequency, manual stroke length
adjustment, integral variable speed and
access codes. Designed to be hard plumbed.
3/4" MPT connections, 115 volt, 60 Hz. NSF
61 Listed.
Item
Output
13.2 GPH (316.8 GPD)
@ 102 psi
26.7 GPH (640.8 GPD)
10-605
@ 58 psi
41 GPH (984 GPD)
10-610
@ 145 psi
69.7 GPH (1,672.8 GPD)
10-615
@ 145 psi
10-600
Spare
Parts Kit
10-675
10-620
10-620
10-630
10-635
10-695
PROMINENT ACCESSORIES
PROMINENT WALL MOUNTING BRACKETS
Two models available: Fiberglass reinforced
model for Beta and Concept pumps and
Polypro model for Sigma pumps.
10-695 Beta and Concept pumps
10-700 Sigma pumps
10-685
PROMINENT PULSATION DAMPENERS
Used to separate air and liquid from chemical
feed lines. Single-port model is teed off pump
suction or discharge line. Dual-port model
is mounted in the pump suction or pump
discharge line. Viton materials for sodium
hypochlorite and muriatic acid or PVDF/Nordel
for sodium hydroxide (caustic) applications.
Used with Sigma pumps.
10-675 Single Port Pulsation Dampener
10-680 Dual Port Pulsation Dampener
PROMINENT PRESSURE VALVES — 2-Port
Backpressure valve to provides constant
discharge pressure for protection from
siphoning. 3-Port Pressure Relief valve is
mounted in discharge line and returns product
back into source tank. Used with Concept and
Beta pumps.
10-685 2-Port Backpressure valve, 1/2"
10-690 3-Port Pressure Relief valve, 1/2"
Chemical Feed Pumps
10-025
10-070
ELECTRONIC
CHEMICAL FEED PUMPS
PULSATRON E PLUS FEED PUMPS —
Electronic solenoid pump with stroke length
and stroke speed control. 100:1 turndown
ratio for accurate feed control. Clear hinged
cover protects controls from moisture. PVC
Head. Includes: injection fitting, 16' of tubing,
and choice of standard bleed valve, 5 function
valve with anti-siphon, or 5 function valve with
degas (for sodium hypochlorite) and antisiphon. Specify chemical being used. 120
volt. ETL Listed.
Maximum
With Bleed With 5 F.V. with
PSI
Output
Valve
5 F.V.
Degas
12 GPD
24 GPD
44 GPD
120 GPD
192 GPD
100
100
100
100
50
10-050
10-055
10-060
10-065
10-070
10-051
10-056
10-061
10-066
10-071
10-052
10-057
10-062
10-067
10-072
LMI CHEMICAL FEED PUMPS — Solenoid
driven pump with variable speed and stroke
length. Chemical resistant housing. Includes: 16'
tubing, injection fitting, and foot valve. Specify
chemical being used. P, A, and B Series pumps
listed below use 3⁄8" tubing and C Series pumps
use 1⁄2" tubing. 120 volt, 50/60 Hz. 4 Function
Valves and AutoPrime Valves ordered separately. 2 Year Warranty. NSF Listed.
Item
10-005
10-015
10-018
10-020
10-023
10-025
10-030
Maximum
Pump
PSI
Output
Series
10 GPD 110
24 GPD 110
24 GPD 110
48 GPD 50
48 GPD 50
108 GPD 50
192 GPD 60
P
A
P
A
P
B
C
10-290
10-275
PULSATRON A PLUS FEED PUMPS —
Electronic solenoid pump with stroke length
and speed control. 100:1 turndown ratio. PVC
Head. Includes: injection fitting, 16' of tubing,
and choice of standard bleed value, 5 function
valve with anti-siphon, or 5 function valve with
Degas (for sodium hypochloriite) and antisiphon. Specify chemical being used. 120 volt.
ETL Listed.
Maximum
With Bleed With 5 F.V. with
PSI
Output
Valve
5 F.V.
Degas
12 GPD 150
24 GPD 100
48 GPD 50
10-245
10-260
10-275
10-250
10-265
10-280
10-255
10-270
10-285
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
Priming
Valve
Not Included
Not Included
Not Included
Not Included
Not Included
3FV
3FV
10-040
LMI PRIMING VALVES
LMI PRIMING VALVE ASSEMBLIES —
Available in three styles. 3 Function Valve
provides pressure relief, priming aid and line
drain. 4 Function Valve adds anti-siphon
protection. Specify pump model number
when ordering.
Valve Style
1/4"
Tubing
3 Function Valve 10-031
4 Function Valve 10-034
3/8"
Tubing
10-032
10-035
LMI SD SERIES FEED PUMPS — High output
metering pumps with 10:1 turndown ratio.
Mechanically actuated diaphragm pumps
with manually adjustable stroke length. Totally
enclosed 120 volt motor, with urethane coated
cast housing. Pump heads have 1/ 4" NPT
plumbing connections. 345.6 GPD pump only
includes: liquid end kit with 4 function valve, foot
valve, and injection check valve. Order pressure
relief valve to protect pump separately. Specify
chemical being used. NSF Listed.
10-290
10-291
10-292
Maximum
Output
345.6 GPD
600 GPD
1200 GPD
10-033
10-040
10-292
MOTOR DRIVEN
CHEMICAL FEED PUMPS
Item
1/2"
Tubing
PSI
150
100
100
Pressure
Relief Valve
10-283
10-284
10-284
10-300
LMI AUTOPRIME™ VALVES — Allows for
constant removal of vapors and gasses
inherent with sodium hypochlorite. Valve
keeps pump automatically primed and
functions as an airgap anti-siphon valve.
Retrofitable to older style ball and seal ring
pumps as well as new "LiquiPro™" cartridge
style pumps. Specify pump model number
when ordering.
AutoPrime™
Valve Style
Acrylic-LiquiPro
PVC - LiquiPro
PVC - Cartridge
1/4"
Tubing
10-295
10-310
10-325
3/8"
Tubing
10-300
10-315
10-330
1/2"
Tubing
10-305
10-320
10-335
21
Chemical Feed Pumps
10-101
PERISTALTIC
CHEMICAL FEED PUMPS
STENNER CHEMICAL FEED PUMPS —
QuickPro Series single head, peristaltic metering pumps with unique control mechanism
that allows pump feed rate to be scaled from
5%-100%. Built with three detachable components: motor, feed rate control and pump head.
Output is determined by: motor rpm, percentage setting of feed rate control and pump tube
size. 120v/60 Hz. 220v models also available.
Includes: pump, spare pump tube, connecting
nuts, ferrules, 20' suction/discharge tubing,
injection fitting, weighted suction line strainer,
latches, mounting bracket, and operations
manual. Rain Roof for outdoor installation
ordered separately. Adjustable models tested
to conform to ANSI/NSF STD 50.
Single
Head
Feed
Tube
Size
10-095
10-096
#2
#5
10-100
10-101
11-139
Maximum
Output
Total
Output
45 M Series
.5 - 10 GPD
10 GPD
2.5 - 50 GPD
50 GPD
85 M Series
#2
.8 - 17 GPD
17 GPD
#5
4.3 - 85 GPD
85 GPD
Stenner Rain Roof
10-120
ROLA-CHEM CHEMICAL FEED PUMPS —
Peristaltic feed pump. Measured feed rate with
built-in timing system, heavy-duty gear motor,
self priming pumping with quick release cover
for fast tubing access, and chemical resistant
plastic housing. Includes: feed tube, 66" x
7/16" vinyl discharge tubing, and injection
fitting. 120 volt, 60 HZ. NSF Listed.
10-115 12.0 GPD @ 30 psi
10-120 38.0 GPD @ 30 psi
10-125 77.0 GPD @ 30 psi
10-220
BLUE-WHITE CHEMICAL FEED PUMPS —
Peristaltic pump with new Tube Failure
Detection System (TFD). Self priming with
precise variable speed output control.
Chemical resistant thermoplastic housing
that's weather proof (NEMA3R) and heat
resistant. Includes: foot valve with ceramic
weight, injector fitting, two feed tubes and 10'
of 3/8" tubing. Specify chemical being used.
ETL/NSF Listed.
10-210 8.0 GPD @ 100 psi
10-215 16.0 GPD @ 100 psi
10-220 24.0 GPD @ 100 psi
10-230 52.5 GPD @ 50 psi
10-240 95.1 GPD @ 50 psi
10-150
LOW DOSAGE PERISTALTIC
CHEMICAL FEED PUMPS
STENNER ECON-T CHEMICAL FEED
PUMPS — Compact, easy to program pump
for timed applications. Flexibility to schedule
up to 24 separate events within a 7 day period. Features a 24 hr. integral clock that has
a battery back-up to maintain the time of day.
Automatic dosing control for reliable timed
dispensing of low volume liquid solutions,
such as enzymes or liquid solar blankets. Includes: pump, spare pump tube, 1/4" suction/
discharge tubing, injection fitting, weighted
suction line strainer, mounting bracket, and
operations manual. Additional output sizes
available - inquire. 120v/60 Hz. For indoor use.
NSF 61 Listed.
Item
10-150
10-151
10-152
10-153
Output
GPH
.02
.05
.10
.21
Output
GPD
0.6
1.3
2.5
5.0
PSI
80
80
25
25
10-110
STENNER CHEMICAL FEED PUMPS —
QuickPro Series dual head, peristaltic metering
pumps. Same as single head pump features
described above. 120v/60 Hz. 220v models also
available. Includes: pump, spare pump tube,
connecting nuts, ferrules, 20' x 3/8" suction/
discharge tubing, injection fitting, weighted
suction line strainer, latches, and mounting
bracket. Rain Roof for outdoor installation
ordered separately. ANSI/NSF STD 50.
Dual
Head
10-105
10-106
10-109
10-110
11-139
22
Feed
Tube
Size
Maximum
Output
Total
Output
100 MDC Series
#2
1.0 - 20 GPD
20 GPD
#5
5.0 - 100 GPD 100 GPD
170 MDC Series
#2
1.7 - 34.0 GPD 34 GPD
#5
8.5 - 170.0 GPD 170 GPD
Stenner Rain Roof
10-195
FLEX-PRO™ CHEMICAL FEED PUMPS
High output chemical feed pumps by BlueWhite. Ideal pump for large commercial pools
and water features. Outputs up to 33.3 GPH
(799.2 GPD). Pressure rating to 125 psi,
patented tube failure detection, NEMA 4X
enclosure, multicolor LCD display, 2,500:1
turndown ratio, self-priming design, and easyto-access electronics with color coded overlays.
3/8" OD x 1/4" ID compression type tubing
connections. 115 volt/60HZ. ETL/NSF Listed.
Item
10-195
10-200
10-205
10-208
Output
GPH
.001 - 2.10
.008 - 19.0
.010 - 25.3
.013 - 33.3
Output
GPD
.024 - 50.4
.192 - 456
.24 - 607.2
.312 - 799.2
PSI
125
110
125
125
10-165
BETA CHEMICAL FEED PUMPS — Peristaltic,
self priming chemical feed pumps. Easy to
read liquid crystal display screen, allows you to
program dose, delay, and lockout feed times.
Water and UV resistant enclosure. Available
in 2 styles: Pool Shot - for repeated dosage
or controller activated cycles. Pool 2000 - low
dosage pump with turndown rates as low as 1
second per day. 7 day clock allows programming
up to 24 events per day, one day per week, all
weekdays, all weekends, or daily events. 1/4"
tubing connections. Includes battery back-up to
protect dosage cycles. 115 volts. NSF Listed.
2 Year Warranty.
10-160 Pool Shot - 14 GPD @ 30 psi
10-165 Pool 2000 - 9.6 GPD @ 30 psi
Chemical Feed Pump Parts & Accessories
CHEMICAL FEED PUMP PARTS
AND ACCESSORIES
11-010
LMI FEED PUMP PARTS
AND ACCESSORIES
LMI SPLASH GUARDS —
11-010 B & C Series Splash Guard
PULSATRON KOP KITS — Pre-packaged
liquid end maintenance kits provides
convenient, economically priced package of
parts required for routine maintenance. Kits
include new valve cartridge, with "O" ring seal,
head screws, and washers. Specify pump
model number when ordering.
11-205 Kit #K3VTC1, for 12 GPD Pump
11-210 Kit #K4VTC1, 24/44/48 GPD Pump
STENNER FEED TUBE ASSEMBLIES —
Replacement feed tubes with 3/8" ends are
interchangeable with all Stenner Feed Pumps.
Tube #1 to #5 are selected based on desired
pump output requirements. Available in packages of 2 tubes or 5 tubes.
Tube Assembly
#1
#2
#3
#4
#5
Package
of 2
11-140
11-150
11-160
11-170
11-180
Package
of 5
11-145
11-155
11-165
11-175
11-185
11-UCDBINJ
11-040
11-UCINJ38
11-015
LMI WALL MOUNTING BRACKET — ABS
wall mounting bracket with hardware safely
secures pump in place.
11-015 A, B, C Series Bracket
11-035
ROLA-CHEM REPLACEMENT FEED TUBE
11-035
ROLA-CHEM SILICONE GEL LUBRICANT
11-040
STENNER INJECTION CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLIES — For use with Stenner chemical
feed pumps.
11-UCDBINJ 1/4" Check Valve
11-UCINJ38 3/8" Check Valve
11-UCAK100 Connect Nut, 1/4", pkg. of 10
11-MANUT00 Connecting Nut, 3/8", each
11-MCADPTR Lead Tube Adapter w/nut
3/8", pkg. of 5
11-UCAK200 Ferrule, 1/4", pkg. of 10
11-MCCVDB0 Duckbill, pkg. of 5
11-UCCVDB0 Duckbill, pkg. of 2
11-310
LMI MAINTENANCE KITS — Prepackaged
rebuild kits for LMI chemical feed pump liquid
ends. RPM Kits include: diaphragm, shaft
seal, 4 screws, 3 clamp rings, 3 cartridge
valve assemblies, and injection valve rebuild
kit with spring. Specify pump model number
when ordering.
RPM MAINTENANCE KITS
Item
11-017
11-018
11-019
11-021
11-022
11-026
11-027
LMI Part #
RPM 392/398
RPM 362/368
RPM 312/318
RPM 822
RPM 832
RPM 102
RPM 135
Liquid End #
392, 398
362, 368
312. 318
822
832
SD 43
SD 72, SD 73
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
11-300
BLUE-WHITE FEED TUBES — Replacement
chemical feed tubes for A-100N pumps and
FlexPro pumps.
Item
11-300
11-305
11-310
11-320
11-325
11-330
11-335
Pump
Model #
A-100N
A-100N
A-100N
FlexPro
FlexPro
FlexPro
FlexPro
Tube
Diameter
1/4"
3/8"
7/16"
3/4"
1/4"
39/125"
19/50"
Vendor
Tube Part #
A-002N-4T
A-002N-6T
A-002N-7T
A3-SND-T
A3-SNH-T
A3-SNJ-T
A3-SNK-T
11-195
11-AK600
IN-LINE FLOW INDICATORS — In-line
solution flow indicators installed on chemical
feed pump suction tubing. Float rises as
solution is drawn by the chemical feed pump.
Blue White
11-190
11-195
Tubing Size
3/8"
1/4"
Stenner
11-AK700
11-AK600
23
Chemical Feed Pump Parts
STENNER FEED RATE ASSEMBLY PARTS
Part Number
Description
11-FC5040D Single Head Feed Rate Control with Shaft
11-DM5040D Double Head Feed Rate Control with Shaft
Dual Head Dual Control Feed Rate Control
11-DM504DC
with Shaft
11-FCS000A FRC Screw "A"
11-FC5N000 Feed Rate Mounting Plate
11-FC5M040 Dial Ring
11-UCFC5H0 Variable Cam, pkg. of 2
11-UCFC5L1 Index Pin Lifter, pkg. of 2
11-FC5L003 Index Pin Holder
11-FC5L005 Index Pin Spring
11-FC5L002 Index Pin
11-FC5K00D Index Spider
11-UCFC5ID Index Plate
11-FC5F000 Roller Clutch
11-FC5E000 O-Ring Seal 3/8"
11-FCS000C Mounting Rivet "C"
11-UCFC5AD Main Shaft for Single Head-Adjustable Rate
11-DM5A00D Main Shaft for Double Head Adjustable Rate
Main Shaft for Dual Head Dual Control 11-DM5A0DC
Adjustable Rate
Feed Rate Housing with Roller Clutch, Seal
11-FC5D0OS
and Rivets
STENNER FEED RATE ASSEMBLY PARTS
STENNER CLASSIC PUMP HEAD PARTS
Part Number
11-UCCP400
11-UC3ASYD
11-CP33000
11-CP31RSB
11-CP100CB
11-UCCP100
11-UCCPS0B
Description
Tube Housing Only
Roller Assembly
Standard Roller
Roller Shaft Bushing
Tube Housing Cover Bushing Only
Tube Housing Cover with Bushing
Cover Screw "B" Package of 10
STENNER CLASSIC (NON-QP) PUMP HEAD PARTS
STENNER QUICKPRO PUMP HEAD PARTS
Part Number
11-QP251-1
11-QP252-1
11-QP253-1
11-QP254-1
11-QP255-1
11-QP257-1
11-QP400-1
11-QP500-1
11-QP501-3
11-QP100-1
11-QP401-2
24
Description
#1 QuickPro Pump Head with ferrules 1/4"
QuickPro Tube Housing w/latches
QuickPro Roller Assembly
QuickPro Roller Arm Assembly
(includes arms, bushings, rollers, screws)
QuickPro Tube Housing Cover with bushing
QuickPro Latches (2/pkg.)
STENNER QUICKPRO PUMP HEAD PARTS
Chemical Feed Pump Parts
STENNER CLASSIC
PUMP HEAD
SERVICE KITS
STENNER QUICKPRO
PUMP HEAD
SERVICE KITS
STENNER CLASSIC PUMP HEAD SERVICE
KITS — Contains parts to rebuild 0-25 psi
Stenner Classic pump head. Kit includes: pump
tube, roller assembly, 2 x connecting nuts, 3 x
ferrules, and 2 x cover screws. 11-PSKL01 #1 Pump Head Service Kit
11-PSKL02 #2 Pump Head Service Kit
STENNER QUICKPRO PUMP HEAD
SERVICE KITS — For single head 0-25 psi
pumps. Includes: pump tube, roller assembly,
2 x connecting nuts, 3 x ferrules, and 2 x
latches. 11-QP251K #1 QP Pump Head Service Kit
11-QP252K #2 QP Pump Head Service Kit
STENNER MOTOR
SERVICE KITS
STENNER MOTOR SERVICE KITS —
Contains parts to service 120 volt and 220 volt
motors. Kit includes: coil, rotor assembly with
brackets, tolerance rings, fan, ground screw,
2 x coil screws, and 2 x wire nuts.
11-MSK120 120 volt/60 Hz
11-MSK220 220 volt/60 Hz
STENNER FEED RATE
CONTROL SERVICE KIT
STENNER GEAR CASE
SERVICE KITS
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
STENNER FEED RATE CONTROL SERVICE
KIT — Service kit for adjustable pumps.
Kit contains: lifter, index plate, 1 oz. tube
AquaShield grease, 3 x Screw A, and variable
cam.
11-FSK100
STENNER GEAR CASE SERVICE KITS —
For 45 and 100 Series Stenner pumps. Kit
contains: metal reduction gear, 1 oz. tube
AquaShield grease, phenolic gear with spacer,
motor shaft with gear, 4 x cover screw B, and
2 x gear posts.
11-GSK45A Adjustable 45/100 Series
11-GSK45F Fixed Output 45 Series
25
Chemical Feed Accessories
Union Tee
92-P6TU6
92-P8TU6
92-P8TU8
Tube Dia. (O.D.)
3⁄8"
x 3⁄8" x 3⁄8"
x 1⁄2" x 3⁄8"
1⁄2" x 1⁄2" x 1⁄2"
1⁄2"
FAST & TITE REPLACEMENT PARTS
Replacement Part
Stainless grab ring
Buna-N "O" ring
Nut & Spacer set
REPLACEMENT TUBING
3⁄8"
92-6GR
92-60R
92-P6NS
1⁄2"
92-8GR
92-80R
92-P8NS
POLYETHYLENE TUBING
O.D. I.D.
Wall
Black-UV
Natural
Size Size Thickness
Protected
1⁄4"
.170"
.250"
.375"
.500"
.600"
3⁄8"
1⁄2"
5⁄8"
3⁄4"
.040"
.062"
.062"
.062"
.075"
TYGON TUBING
11-055
11-060
11-065
11-068
11-070
11-051
11-053
11-052
11-054
•
Clear
O.D.
Size
I.D.
Size
Wall
Thickness
3⁄8"
1⁄4"
1⁄16"
1⁄4"
9⁄16"
3⁄4"
1⁄8"
3⁄8"
1⁄2"
1⁄16"
3⁄32"
1⁄8"
11-240
11-225
11-230
11-235
TUBING ACCESSORIES
SMALL TUBING CUTTER — Spring loaded
tubing cutter cuts plastic tubing and hose up
to 1⁄2" O.D. Replaceable hardened steel blade.
11-073
11-074 Replacement blade
CARBOY DRUM WRENCH
11-100 Drum wrench - 15, 30, 52 gal.
11-105 Drum wrench - 5 gal.
11-115
11-250
CHEMICAL FUME PREVENTER
11-073
11-100
PROMINENT ACID FUME SCRUBBER —
Cost effective way to prevent corrosion and
equipment damage caused by acid fumes.
Captures and neutralizes acid fumes allowing
acid tanks to be completely sealed. Refillable
media turns from white to pink when it's time
to be replaced. Non-metallic module includes:
media, vent assembly, and 3/4" male NPT
tank connection kit. Wall mounting kit ordered
separately.
11-250 Acid Fume Scrubber
11-252 Wall Mounting Kit
11-255 Repl. Acid Fume Scrubber Media
SOLUTION TANK LABELS — 14" x 10"
pressure sensitive label can be mounted on
tank or on most walls. OSHA approved sign.
11-110 Danger Chlorine
11-115 Danger Acid
11-120 Danger Caustic
11-121 Blank
11-135
FAST & TITE TUBE FITTINGS — Installs in
seconds without tools. Provides tight, leakproof seal on polyethelene tubing. Black polypropylene. Additional sizes available.
Male Connector
Tube Dia. (O.D.)
MPT
92-P6MC4
92-P6MC6
92-P6MC8
92-P8MC6
92-P8MC8
3⁄8"
1⁄4"
Male Elbow
3⁄8"
3⁄8"
1⁄2"
1⁄2"
3⁄8"
1⁄2"
3⁄8"
1⁄2"
Tube Dia. (O.D.)
MPT
Female Connector Tube Dia. (O.D.)
MPT
92-P6ME6
92-P6FC4
92-P6FC8
92-P8FC8
26
3⁄8"
3⁄8"
3⁄8"
1⁄2"
3⁄8"
1⁄4"
1⁄2"
1⁄2"
11-125
CHEMICAL TRANSFER PUMPS
11-095
CHEMICAL HANDLING
ACCESSORIES
11-090
DRUM HANDLING TRUCKS — Steel hand
truck available in two styles with drum holding
clamp. 10" x 21⁄2" ball bearing wheels. 1000 lb.
capacity. Makes handling heavy liquid drums
easier and safer. Heavy duty hand truck has
continuous hand bar and rear wheels that act
as a pivot for lifting drums onto raised areas.
11-090 Drum truck
11-095 Heavy duty drum truck
DRUM TRANSFER PUMPS — Motor driven
chemical transfer pump, up to 30 GPM, with
polypropylene suction tube. 27" pump is for
30 gal. carboys and 39" pump is for 52 gal.
drums. For use with liquid chlorine, muriatic
acid or caustic soda. 115 volt with 16' cord.
11-125 27" Transfer Pump
11-130 39" Transfer Pump
PVC HAND TRANSFER PUMP — With Viton
seals for acids and caustics. Pumps 1 gallon
in 6 strokes and has 2" IPS bung adapter. 11⁄2"
dia. x 38" H with 3' discharge hose.
11-135
PLASTIC FUNNEL — Excellent for
transferring chemicals. 51⁄ 2" diameter, 32 oz. capacity. Color: Red.
11-137
Chemical Storage
12-214
12-175
12-060
12-020
POLYETHYLENE TANKS
POLYETHYLENE SOLUTION TANKS — High
density linear polyethylene cylindrical tank
with flat bottom. FDA approved resin. Optional
cover and tank fittings purchased separately.
Item
12-005
12-010
12-015
12-020
12-025
12-030
12-035
12-040
Capacity
30 gallon
55 gallon
100 gallon
150 gallon
200 gallon
275 gallon
360 gallon
500 gallon
Dimensions
18" x 281⁄2" H
221⁄2" x 34" H
27" x 421⁄2" H
31" x 48" H
36" x 48" H
42" x 48" H
48" x 48" H
52" x 60" H
12-165
12-180
LMI SOLUTION TANKS
LMI SOLUTION TANKS — UV resistant yellow
polyethylene tanks. Each tank has capped
fill port and suction tube port. 35 gallon tank
utilizes flooded suction design with convenient
pump mounting location. 50 gallon tank cover
has pump and mixer mounting pads.
Item
12-165
12-170
12-175
12-180
Capacity
10 gallon
30 gallon
50 gallon
35 gallon
flooded suction
12-213
LINCOLN DOUBLE CONTAINMENT TANKS
Dual wall tank design with specially molded
top for mounting of feed pump, mixer, and
liquid level sensor. 8" dia. threaded opening.
Available in blue or white - specify.
Item
Tank
Capacity
Dimension
Basin
Capacity
12-213 35 gallon 25" x 283⁄4" H 50 gallon
12-214 65 gallon 28" x 391⁄2" H 90 gallon
12-212 120 gallon 33" x 50" H 160 gallon
Dimensions
141⁄2" x 173⁄4" H
23" x 23" H
23" x 423⁄4" H
20" x 32" H
TANK COVERS
POLYETHYLENE TANK COVERS — Polyethylene cover for solution tanks.
12-045 18" dia.
12-065 36" dia.
12-050221⁄2" dia. 12-070 42" dia.
12-055 27" dia.
12-075 48" dia.
12-060 31" dia.
12-080 52" dia.
12-256
SECONDARY CONTAINMENT
12-222
DOUBLE WALL BULK TANKS
DOUBLE WALL BULK STORAGE TANKS —
Solve dual containment problems with one
tank. Double wall seamless polyethylene
construction with 8" man way. Outer tank has
over 110% capacity of inner tank. Optional
tank fittings purchased separately. Available
in natural or black - specify.
Capacity
12-230
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
100 gallon
150 gallon
200 gallon
350 gallon
500 gallon
1,000 gallon
Dimensions Natural
35" x 39" H
34" x 48" H
41" x 52" H
52" x 56" H
59" x 71" H
74" x 85" H
12-215
12-217
12-220
12-222
12-225
12-230
Black
12-216
12-218
12-221
12-223
12-226
12-231
SECONDARY CONTAINMENT BASINS —
Polyethylene secondary containment basin
protects against accidental spills, leaks, and
overflows. Basins should be selected to contain 110% of the volume of the primary tank.
Available in rectangular and round styles.
Color: black or natural.
Item Capacity
Style
Dimensions
(inches)
47"L x 32"W
x 20"H
57"L x 38"W
12-241 140 gal. Rectangular
x 24"H
641/2"L x 52"W
x 24"H
Round
64" Dia. x 33"H
12-249 385 gal.
Round
66" Dia. x 46"H
12-256 675 gal.
Round
86" Dia. x 38"H
12-262 950 gal.
27
Chemical Storage
12-305
MIXER PARTS
PROPELLERS — Stainless steel propeller,
used with clamp mount mixers. 4" diameter.
12-300 5⁄16" hub
12-305 1⁄2" hub
12-310 5⁄8" hub
12-400
STORAGE SYSTEMS
12-390
SPILLDECK CONTAINMENT PLATFORMS
Polyethylene secondary containment platforms protect against accidental spills and leaks.
Available in 1, 2, and 4 drum modules that are easily connected together with bulkhead fittings
to create unlimited configurations. Low profile design (53/4" high) with rugged, slip-resistant
polyethylene grates. Options include: ramp, bulkhead fitting, "T" strip (26" long-use 2 for long
sides), sidewall plugs, and bladder systems for extra sump capacity. Load Capacity: 1 drum
(1,500 lbs.), 2 drum (3,000 lbs.), and 4 drum (6,000 lbs.)
Item
Capacity
Sump
Dimensions
Capacity
(inches) HxWxL
(gal.)
11
12-385 1 drum 53/4x257/8x257/8
53/4x257/8x52
22
12-390 2 drum
53/4x52x52
44
12-395 4 drum
53/4x24x32
•
12-400 Ramp
Bulkhead Fitting
12-405
"T" Strip - 26"
12-410
Sidewall Plugs
12-415
12-416 Bladder System - 1 drum - 77 gallon
12-350
MIXER SHAFT COUPLINGS — For connecting motor to mixer shaft.
12-340 1⁄2" to 1⁄2"
12-345 1⁄2" to 5⁄8"
12-350 5⁄8" to 5⁄8"
12-355 5⁄8" to 3⁄4"
SOLUTION TANK MIXERS
HARDTOP STORAGE LOCKERS — Safely
store drums outdoors with unique "dual closure" containment locker. All polyethylene
construction with "roll top" door and dual
"swing out" doors. Polyethylene ramp allows
for easy loading/unloading of drums. Available
in 2 drum (671/4"W x 411/4"D x 74"H) or 4 drum
(641/4"W x 62"D x 79"H) styles. Low profile containment pallet with drain holds 66 gallons (2
drum) or 75 gallons (4 drum). Forkliftable and
lockable. Loading ramp 46"L x 28"W x 83/4"H,
ordered separately.
12-420 Storage locker 2 drum
12-425 Storage locker 4 drum
12-430 Loading ramp
28
IMPELLERS — Neoprene coates impellers
with brass hub. 304 stainless steel impeller
for 5⁄8" shaft low speed mixer.
12-315 1⁄2" high x 5⁄16" hub
12-32011⁄4" high x 1⁄2" hub
12-32511⁄4" high x 5⁄8" hub
12-330 2" high x 1⁄2" hub
12-335 2" high x 5⁄8" hub
12-336 3" high x 14" diameter
HIGH SPEED MIXERS — For mixing slurry
solutions. 1725 RPM TEFC motor with bracket
mount. Also available in clamp mount, flange
mount, and thread mount styles. Provided with
neoprene impellers. Epoxy coating for chlorine
and muriatic acid extra. Specify chemical
being mixed.
12-270 1⁄20 HP - 5⁄16" x 28" (30, 35, 50 gal.)
12-275 1⁄3 HP - 1⁄2" x 36" shaft (140-200 gal.)
12-280 1⁄2 HP - 1⁄2" x 36" shaft (200-300 gal.)
12-285 1 HP - 5⁄8" x 44" shaft (300-500 gal.)
LOW SPEED MIXERS — For DE slurry or light
viscosity fluids. Prevents mixer from crushing
DE diatoms by mixing at 60 RPM. TEFC motor
with bracket mount. Optional clamp mount
also available.
12-290 1⁄3 HP - 5⁄8" x 40" shaft (200-400 gal.)
12-295 1⁄2 HP - 5⁄8" x 44" shaft (400 + gal.)
See page 26 for solution tank labels and
chemical transfer pumps. See pages 102103 for NFPA signs and safety signs.
LIQUID
LEVEL SENSOR
ULTRSONIC LIQUID LEVEL
TRANSMITTER — Noncontact liquid level transmitter mounts on top of chemical
12-365
tank and can detect tank
levels up to 9'8" deep. Order one level transmitter per tank. USB fob required for sensor
programming, Multi-Tank Level Controller (with
dual display, which can receive up to 4 tank
level inputs), and tank installation fittings - ordered separately. Level transmitter can provide
4-20 mA output to chemical controllers that are
designed to accept tank level inputs. 24 VDC.
12-365 Ultrasonic level transmitter
12-370 Ultrasonic USB fob
12-375 Multi-tank level controller
INSTALLATION FITTINGS
12-380 2" NPT x 1" NPT - Sch. 80
12-381 2" Socket x 1" NPT - Sch. 80
12-382 1" NPT flange - Sch. 80
12-383 1" NPT bracket, polypropylene
Variable Frequency Drives
13-830
13-878
VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES
PENTAIR ACU DRIVE XS VFD — By Danfoss. The ACU Drive XS Variable Frequency Drives
(VFD) combine the benefits of a frequency converter with the power of a high efficiency motor. The
ACU Drive XS frequency converter controls pump speed, torque, and the overall performance
of your AC pump motor, by controlling the power input. Significant power savings are achieved
by the adjustment of the power supplied to your pump motor, based on your system's needs
and demands.
System includes both Variable and Constant torque operation. Thermal protection for the drive
and motor is built into the ACU Drive XS software, to guard against motor overheating, and
requires no additional sensors or wiring. Unique Automatic Energy Optimizer (AEO) function
makes it possible to save an additional 5-10% on your energy bill. These functions optimize the
current supplied to your motor according to your specific load.
Easy-to-use design with digital interface provides full control of the motor. "HARD START"
enables start and control of motor speed, "OFF" turns off the motor, and "AUTO START" shifts
control to digital inputs and/or serial communication. All HP sizes use same keypad. Keypad
can be remotely mounted with easy-to-read display.
Options include: Fused By-Pass Assembly, Digital Flow Meter, Battery Back-up, Conformal
Circuit Board Coating, and Enclosures (NEMA 1, NEMA 12, NEMA 3R/4X or IP66). Single phase
VFD's also available - inquire. Includes: factory start-up and on-site Warranty.
With Fused Disconnect
Horsepower
Amps
Frame
Enclosure
NEMA 12
NEMA 4X
Three Phase Drives — 200 - 240 Volt with Fused Disconnect
5
16.7
A5
13-820
13-821
71/2
24.2
B1
13-825
13-826
10
30.8
B1
13-830
13-831
15
46.2
B1
13-835
13-836
20
59.4
B2
13-840
13-841
25
74.8
C1
13-845
13-846
30
88.0
C1
13-850
13-851
5
8.2
A5
13-855
13-856
71/2
11.0
A5
13-860
13-861
10
14.5
A5
13-865
13-866
15
21.0
B1
13-870
13-871
20
27.0
B1
13-875
13-876
25
34.0
B1
13-880
13-881
30
40.0
B1
13-885
13-886
5
6.1
A5
13-890
13-891
71/2
9.0
A5
13-895
13-896
10
11.0
A5
13-900
13-901
15
18.0
B1
13-905
13-906
20
22.0
B1
13-910
13-911
25
27.0
B1
13-915
13-916
30
34.0
B1
13-920
13-921
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
With Fused By-Pass
Enclosure
NEMA 1
NEMA 12
13-822
13-827
13-832
13-837
13-842
13-847
13-852
13-823
13-828
13-833
13-838
13-843
13-848
13-853
13-857
13-862
13-867
13-872
13-877
13-882
13-887
13-858
13-863
13-868
13-873
13-878
13-883
13-888
13-892
13-897
13-902
13-907
13-912
13-917
13-922
13-893
13-898
13-903
13-908
13-913
13-918
13-923
19-012
19-009
FLOW METERS
SIGNET SMARTPRO TRANSMITTER —
Flow meter with large backlit display and dial
type bar graph. Accuracy of + .2% with 4-20
mA output. Available in Panel Mount or Field
Mounts. Optional Wall Mount Box Kit available
for wall mounting of panel mount meter. Order
Transmitter and Magmeter Flow Sensor
separately. Runs on 12 to 32 VDC power (24
VDC nominal). Installation fittings ordered
separately. Specify size and type of pipe when
ordering. UL Listed.
19-009 SmartPro Transmitter, field mount
19-012 SmartPro Transmitter, panel mount
19-013 SmartPro Wall Mount Box Kit
19-008 Flow Meter transformer, 24 volt
19-400 Magmeter Flow Sensor, 1/2" to 4" pipe
19-405 Magmeter Flow Sensor, 5" to 8" pipe
19-410 Magmeter Flow Sensor, 10" to 36" pipe
See page 43 for Signet installation fittings.
19-013
ACU-DRIVE VFD OPTIONS
Extented Warranty
3 Year
5 Year
0 - 10 HP
13-950
13-955
Galvanized Backplates
A5
B1
B2
C1
15 - 40 HP
13-951
13-956
15 - 40 HP
13-960
13-965
13-970
13-975
Your Lincoln Representative can recommend
the correct VFD for your application.
29
Commercial Pumps
13-005
SELF-PRIMING PUMPS
STA-RITE CSP/CCSP SERIES PUMPS —
Commercial self-priming pump. Cast iron with
bronze impeller. 6" suction x 4" discharge
flanged connections. 3450 RPM, 208-230/460
volt, 3 phase. Oversized hair and lint strainer
with "O ring" seal and electro-polished stainless
steel basket. Strainer ordered separately.
Pumps and strainers available without corrosion
resistant epoxy coatings (CSP) or with epoxy
coatings on all wetted surfaces (CCSP). Also
available with single phase/230 volt motors on
71⁄2 HP and 10 HP models. 3 phase/200 volt
motors also available. NSF Listed.
Size
Phase
PENTAIR CMK/CHK SERIES PUMPS — Commercial self-priming bronze main circulation
pump with integral hair and lint strainer
with stainless steel basket. 6" suction x 4"
discharge, flanged connections. 3450 rpm,
3 phase, 60/50 HZ, and 208 volt or 220/440
volt motors. Available as high head (CHK) or
medium head (CMK) models. Also available
with single phase motors on 5 HP, 71⁄2 HP, and
10 HP high head (CH) and medium head (CM)
models. NSF Listed.
Size
HP
3
13-005 13-006
10 HP
3
13-010 13-011
15 HP
3
13-015 13-016
20 HP
3
13-020 13-021
Hair & Lint Strainer Assembly 13-025 13-026
Replacement Stainless Basket
13-027
Replacement Strainer "o"-ring
13-024
STA-RITE CSP
150
20 HPI
50
25
71/2 HPI
100
200
TOTAL HEAD IN FEET
10 HPI
15 HPI
300 400 500 600 700
U.S. GALLONS PER MINUTE
800
BEST EFFICIENCY SIZING
125
100
20 HPI
75
50
25
30
13-250
13-260
13-267
13-256
13-266
13-271
13-276
13-281
13-282
13-285
13-290
Size
Phase
Weight with
Strainer (lbs.)
5 HP
1
189
71⁄2 HP
1
235
10 HP
1
154
5 HP
3
167
71⁄2 HP
3
189
10 HP
3
234
15 HP
3
235
Pentair EQ flange kit - 4"
Pentair EQ flange kit - 6"
Repl. Hair & Lint Strainer Basket
Repl. Strainer "o"-ring
60 CYCLE
THREE PHASE
3450 RPM
80
60
CMK-150; 15 HP
40
CMK-100/CM-100; 10 HP
20
0
0
CMK-75/CM-75; 7.5 HP
CMK-50/CM-50; 5 HP
100
STA-RITE CCSP
150
0
Item
100
75
0
13-271
PENTAIR EQ SERIES PUMPS — Heavy duty
commercial pump specifically designed for
large pools, fountains, and water features. Self
priming pump is the only non-corrosive, allplastic pump available. Efficient closed impeller
design lowers motor load, for longer motor
life. Close coupled Noryl pump, with separate
hair and lint strainer (included), with clear
Lexan lid. Flanged 6" suction x 4" discharge
connections. NEMA rated 3450 RPM, TEFC 3
phase, 460/230-208 volt, 60 Hz motors and ODP
single phase 230 volt, 60 Hz motors. Order 1 x
4" and 1 x 6" flange kit with gasket and stainless
hardware with each pump. NSF Listed.
CM/CMK SERIES PUMP
120
100
CH/CHK
High
Head
1
13-028
13-029
1
13-033
13-034
1
13-037
13-038
3
13-030
13-031
3
13-035
13-036
3
13-040
13-041
3
13-045
13-046
3
•
13-050
Replacement Strainer "o"-ring
140
71/2 HPI
100
200
10 HPI
15 HPI
300 400 500 600 700
U.S. GALLONS PER MINUTE
800
200
300
400
500
600
FLOW-RATE IN G.P.M.
700
800
900
1000
PUMP PERFORMANCE CURVE
CH/CHK SERIES PUMP
160
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD IN FEET OF WATER
TOTAL HEAD IN FEET
125
CM/CMK
Medium
Head
PUMP PERFORMANCE CURVE
CM/CMK SERIES PUMP
160
BEST EFFICIENCY SIZING
Phase
5 HP
71⁄2 HP
10 HP
5 HP
71⁄2 HP
10 HP
15 HP
20 HP
13-051
13-052
CCSP
Epoxy
Coated
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD IN FEET OF WATER
71⁄2
CSP
Cast
Iron
13-035
CH/CHK SERIES PUMP
140
60 CYCLE
THREE PHASE
3450 RPM
120
100
80
60
CHK-200; 20 HP
40
CHK-150; 15 HP
20
0
0
CHK-100/CH-100; 10 HP
CHK-75; 7.5 HP
CHK-50/CH-50; 5 HP
100
200
300
400
500
600
FLOW-RATE IN G.P.M.
700
800
900
1000
Commercial Pumps
13-430
PENTAIR EQ SERIES WATERFALL PUMPS
Heavy duty, commercial waterfall pump,
for low head and high flow requirements
for water features. Self-priming pump uses
non-corrosive plastic parts for durability and
long life. Close coupled design. Available
with or without hair and lint strainer, with clear
Lexan lid. Flanged 6" suction x 4" discharge
connections. NEMA rated 3450 RPM, TEFC 3
phase motors and ODP single phase motors.
Order 1 x 4" and 1 x 6" flange kit with gasket
and stainless hardware with each pump with
strainer or 1 x 6" kit for pumps without strainer.
NSF Listed.
Size
3 HP
3 HP
5 HP
5 HP
13-281
13-282
13-283
Voltage
Phase
With Without
Strainer Strainer
13-074
13-225
ITT MARLOW "4 SPC" SERIES PUMPS — 6"
suction x 4" discharge, commercial self-priming
centrifugal pumps. Ideal for large commercial
pools and waterparks. Pumps utilize 1750 RPM
motors for quiet operation and extended service
life. 10 HP/230 volt, single phase pump also
available. Includes oversized pump strainer
with stainless steel basket and enclosed bronze
impeller for high efficiencies. NSF Listed.
Item
HP
Voltage
10
200-230/460 V
13-225
15
200-230/460 V
13-230
20
200-230/460 V
13-235
13-236 Replacement PVC Basket
Phase
3
3
3
115/230
1
13-400 13-420
208-230/460 3
13-405 13-425
230
1
13-410 13-430
208-230/460 3
13-415 13-435
Pentair EQ flange kit, 4"
Pentair EQ flange kit, 6"
Pentair EQ flange kit, 6", w/o strainer
STA-RITE MAX-E-PRO PUMPS — High
efficiency, self-priming pool pumps. 2" suction/
discharge ports incorporate external and
internal threads. Large see-thru lid with
Quick-Lock cover allows easy inspection and
cleaning. Three phase motors are TEFC. 230
volt motors also available. NSF Listed.
Item
HP
Voltage
GPM@
60' TDH
Phase
115/230 V
1
30 GPM
13-072 1/2
115/230 V
1
55 GPM
13-073 3/4
115/230 V
1
72 GPM
13-074 1
3
95 GPM
13-081 11/2 208-230/460 V
3 115 GPM
13-082 2 208-230/460 V
3 140 GPM
13-083 3 208-230/460 V
3 HP
11/2 HP
1/2
HP
3/4
HP
2 HP
1 HP
13-215
ITT MARLOW "3B" SERIES PUMPS — 4"
suction x 3" discharge, commercial selfpriming centrifugal pumps. Includes hair
and lint strainer with stainless steel basket.
High efficiency design provides maximum
performance. 3450 RPM motors available with
either 230 volt single phase or 208-230/460 volt
three phase models. NSF Listed.
Size
5 HP
71⁄2 HP
13-221
Single
Phase
Three
Phase
13-205
13-210
13-215
13-220
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
13-520
PENTAIR WHISPERFLO PUMPS — High
efficiency, self priming pool pumps, with
large strainer basket and see-thru lid. High
efficiency impeller create maximum water
flow, while minimizing turbulence and noise.
Energy efficient, single speed motors, with
commercial grade frame. 2" suction/discharge
ports. Available with single phase and TEFC
three phase motors. NSF Listed.
Item
HP
13-500
13-505
13-510
13-540
13-515
13-545
13-520
13-550
13-525
13-555
13-560
1/2
Voltage
Phase
115/208-230 V
1
115/208-230 V
1
115/208-230 V
1
1
208-230/460 V
3
208-230 V
1
1
1 /2
208-230/460 V
3
208-230 V
1
2
208-230/460 V
3
208-230 V
1
3
208-230/460 V
3
Replacement PVC Basket
3/4
GPM@
60' TDH
40 GPM
60 GPM
76 GPM
100 GPM
112 GPM
142 GPM
13-580
PENTAIR WHISPERFLO XF PUMPS —
Whisper quiet, self priming pumps with high
efficiency performance are ideal for commercial
applications. Large capacity hair and lint
strainer with see through lid. 2.5"/3" union
connections. Available in 208-230 volt/single
phase High Efficiency motors or 208-230/460
volt/three phase TEFC motors. NSF Listed.
Item
HP
Voltage
Phase
GPM@
60' TDH
208-230 V
1
13-565
2
110 GPM
208-230/460 V
3
13-570
208-230 V
1
13-575
3
152 GPM
208-230/460 V
3
13-580
208-230 V
1
13-585
5
220 GPM
208-230/460 V
3
13-590
31
Commercial Pumps
13-118
FLOODED SUCTION PUMPS
INTELLIFLO VS + SVRS
PENTAIR INTELLIFLO PUMPS — Available in
2 versions: IntelliFlo VF and IntelliFlo VS+SVRS.
These high performance pumps reduce
operating costs and are the quietest pumps
ever built. IntelliFlo VF pump utilizes a variable
drive and can reduce pump operating costs up
to 90%. Digital controls allow you to program
optimum speed per function. TEFC, permanent
magnet motor produces less heat and vibration
than traditional induction motors. IntelliFlo
VS+SVRS pump utilizes a variable speed
motor that provides energy efficiency, with 8
programmable speeds, ranging from 1150 to
3450 RPM. Additionally, this pump includes
an integrated Safety Vacuum Release System
(SVRS) that provides entrapment protection.
Complies with VGB Pool and Spa Safety Act
Requirements. Both pumps have 2" suction x 2"
discharge connections. 230 volt. NSF Listed.
13-118 IntelliFlo VS+SVRS pump, 3 HP
13-115 IntelliFlo VF pump, 3 HP
13-560 Replacement Basket
13-115
INTELLIFLO VF
13-175
AURORA 340 SERIES COMMERCIAL PUMPS
Single stage, end suction centrifugal pumps
with flow rates up to 2,500 GPM. Available
in 3 styles: horizontal close coupled (341A),
vertical close coupled (342A), and horizontal
flexible coupled (344A). Cast iron bronze fitted
construction. Bronze impellers are vacuum
cast, dynamically balanced and key locked
to the shaft. Available with Open Drip Proof
(ODP) or Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled (TEFC)
motors. Contact your Lincoln Representative
for a quote on a pump for your specific needs.
NSF approved models available.
13-175 Horizontal Close Coupled Pump
13-180 Vertical Close Coupled Pump
13-185 Horizontal Flexible Coupled Pmp
13-180
13-185
PACO MAIN CIRCULATION PUMPS — End
suction centrifugal pumps custom designed
to meet your pool’s exact flow and head
characteristics. Available in cast iron or all
bronze and single phase or three phase.
Capacities up to 4100 GPM, heads to 800'.
Sizes 1" to 10" (discharge) and horsepower
1⁄3 to 125. NSF approved models available.
13-120
13-310
ITT MARLOW "L" SERIES PUMPS — End
suction centrifugal pumps. Rugged cast iron
construction with high efficiency enclosed
bronze impeller. Bronze fitted pumps with open
drip proof 1750 RPM, 3 phase, 60 HZ motors. 5
to 10 HP pumps have 208-230/460 volt motors
and 15 and 20 HZ pumps have 230/460 volt
motors. Capacities to 1250 GPM. Heads to 80'
TDH. NSF Listed.
Item
Size
13-295
13-300
13-305
13-310
13-315
13-320
13-325
13-330
5 HP
71/2 HP
71/2 HP
10 HP
10 HP
15 HP
15 HP
20 HP
13-070
Flanged
Connection
Size (S x D)
3" x 21⁄2"
4" x 3"
5" x 4"
4" x 3"
5" x 4"
5" x 4"
6" x 5"
6" x 5"
13-100
STA-RITE “CC” SERIES PUMPS — For
flooded suction location. High head cast iron
pump with bronze impeller. 208-230/460 volt,
3 phase motors. 21/2" suction/2"discharge also
available with all bronze construction, medium
head models, and 208-230 volt, 1 phase motors.
Order hair and lint strainer separately. NSF
Listed.
13-100 3 HP, 140 GPM @ 60' TDH
13-105 5 HP, 215 GPM @ 60' TDH
13-065 6" Hair and Lint Strainer, cast iron
13-066 6" Replacement Basket
13-070 8" Hair and Lint Strainer, cast iron
13-120
32
Booster Pumps & Air Blowers
BOOSTER PUMPS
13-605
BERKELEY SSCX BOOSTER PUMPS —
High head performance centrifugal booster
pumps with corrosion resistant 304 stainless
steel housing shaft and propeller. ODP motors
provided. TEFC motors and units with Noryl
impellers also available for additional cost inquire. Available with 115/130 volt single
phase or 208-230/460 volt three phase motors.
Size
3⁄4
HP
1 HP
11⁄2 HP
2 HP
21⁄2 HP
Single Phase
Three Phase
13-600
13-605
13-610
13-615
13-620
13-625
13-630
13-635
13-640
13-645
13-350
SWIM JET SYSTEMS
SPECIALTY PUMPS
13-165
STA-RITE “EDPH” PORTABLE PUMP — Cast
iron self-priming pump with 4 cycle gasoline
engine. Includes: 6" hair and lint strainer and
portable skid base. 2" suction x 2" discharge.
Will produce up to 150 GPM.
13-165 3 HP
BADUJET SWIM JET SYSTEMS — Convert
your smaller pool into a lap pool. Suction
and discharge housed in the patented one
piece nozzle housing. Volume control and
on/off button located on face of jet housing.
Includes: dual nozzle jet housing, massage
hose, 4 HP pump, control box with GFCI. VGB
Compliant and UL listed. Specify: round cover
or rectangular cover. Specify voltage.
13-350 BaduJet Swim Jet System, 1 phase
13-355 BaduJet Swim Jet System, 3 phase
13-167
PENTAIR STAINLESS SUBMERSIBLE PUMP
Utility drainer pumps water down to 13/8" in
depth. Stainless steel casing, suction strainer,
clog-resistant impeller and shaft, for corrosion
resistance. External float switch included. 15
ft. power cord. 115 volt/60 Hz.
13-167 1/2 HP
13-380
13-162
PENTAIR BOOSTER PUMP — High pressure
booster pump is made from durable, corrosionproof thermoplastic. 115/230 volt, 1 phase
motor.
13-162 3/4 HP
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
Blower Size
1 HP
11⁄2 HP
2 HP
3 HP
Single
Phase
14-005
14-015
14-025
14-035
Three
Phase
14-010
14-020
14-030
14-040
17.2”
14.4”
32.0”
≤ 1.9”
~16.0”
COMMERCIAL AIR BLOWERS — Heavy duty
regenerative air blower. Die-cast aluminum
housing, impeller, and cover. TEFC motor
with permanently sealed ball bearings. Inlet
and outlet internal muffling for quiet operation.
Installation requires 12-15' of copper plumbing
on discharge side. Available in 115/230 volt.
1 phase and 230/460 volt, 3 phase motors.
44.4”
AIR BLOWERS
~10.0”
14-025
BADUJET SWIM JET SYSTEMS — Overthe-wall water swim jet for existing pools. Two
piece ABS body houses pump, adjustable
water flow jet nozzle, and air regulator controls.
Unit includes 4 HP pump and deck mounting
hardware. Massage hose ordered separately.
VGB Compliant and UL listed. Specify voltage.
13-380 Inspiration System, 1 phase
13-370 Massage hose with Pulsator, 5 ft.
13-375 Massage hose with Pulsator, 15 ft.
16.0”
11.6”
33
Hair & Lint Strainers
14-905
14-053
STAINLESS STEEL
HAIR AND LINT STRAINERS
STAINLESS STEEL BASKET STRAINERS —
Constructed of T304 stainless steel with T304
stainless Van Stone flange connections.
Clear acrylic cover with easy open tee
handles and stainless basket with "baffle."
Lightweight design allows for installation in
difficult applications. Designed for pump
suction applications. 50 psi maximum working
pressure. Available in straight line size styles
and eccentric reducing styles. Inquire for
additional sizes available.
PRO FLO PRO STRAINER — Patented all
stainless (304L) basket strainer with dual
stainless baskets and stainless Vanstone
flanges. Lowest industry footprint allows
strainer to fit in most any pump space.
Improved basket open area ratios versus other
strainers. Includes see-through lid with quick
release stainless latches. Available in straight
and concentric styles.
STAINLESS STRAIGHT STRAINERS
Item
14-900
14-905
14-910
Size
4"
6"
8"
Item
14-915
14-920
•
Size
10"
12"
•
STAINLESS REDUCING STRAINERS
Item
14-940
14-945
14-950
Size
6" x 4"
6" x 5"
8" x 6"
Item
14-955
14-960
•
Size
14-585
FIBERGLASS REDUCING STRAINERS
Item
14-575
14-580
14-585
14-590
Size
4" x 3"
6" x 5"
6" x 4"
6" x 3"
Item
14-595
14-600
14-605
14-610
Size
8" x 6"
8" x 5"
10" x 8"
10" x 6"
10" x 8"
12" x 10"
•
STAINLESS STRAIGHT STRAINERS
Item
14-043
14-045
14-053
14-050
Size
3"
4"
5"
6"
Item
14-055
14-060
14-065
14-068
Size
8"
10"
12"
14"
14-715
14-410
FIBERGLASS
14-535
STAINLESS REDUCING STRAINERS
Item
14-530
14-542
14-540
14-535
34
Size
4" x 3"
6" x 5"
6" x 4"
6" x 3"
Item
14-545
14-544
14-555
14-550
Size
8" x 6"
8" x 5"
10" x 8"
10" x 6"
FIBERGLASS REINFORCED BASKET
STRAINERS — Composite strainer body is
constructed of fiberglass reinforced plastic
(FRP) and PVC for maximum resistance to
corrosion, pressure, and temperature. Clear
acrylic cover with easy open tee handles and
stainless steel basket. Rated to 50 psi. Flanges
are PVC Van Stone style. Available in straight
in-line style or eccentric reducing style. Inquire
for additional sizes not listed. Also available in
offset and angled offset styles.
FIBERGLASS STRAIGHT STRAINERS
Item
14-395
14-400
14-405
14-410
Size
3"
4"
5"
6"
Item
14-415
14-420
14-425
14-430
Size
8"
10"
12"
14"
LARGE PORT FIBERGLASS STRAINERS
Composite strainer body with fiberglass
reinforced plastic (FRP) and PVC material.
Same features as our Fiberglass Basket
Strainers, but includes large outlet design.
Includes clear acrylic cover with easy open tee
handles. Available in straight in-line style and
eccentric reducing style. Inquire for additional
sizes and styles not listed. Rated to 50 psi.
LARGE PORT FRP STRAINERS
Item
14-700
14-705
14-710
14-715
Size
3"
4"
5"
6"
Item
14-720
14-725
14-730
14-735
Size
8"
10"
12"
14"
LARGE PORT FRP REDUCING STRAINERS
Item
14-750
14-755
14-760
14-765
Size
4" x 3"
6" x 5"
6" x 4"
6" x 3"
Item
14-770
14-775
14-780
14-785
Size
8" x 6"
8" x 5"
10" x 8"
10" x 6"
Hair & Lint Strainers
14-135
14-205
CAST IRON
MUELLER CAST IRON BASKET STRAINER
Iron body simplex basket strainer with flanged
ends and clamp-type cover. Includes: lid
gasket and stainless steel basket. Available with
standard iron finish or 8-10 mil Pota-pox epoxy
lining, suitable for potable water. NSF 71 Listed.
Size
2"
3"
4"
6"
8"
10"
12"
14-120
14-125
14-130
14-135
14-140
14-145
14-150
14-155
14-160
14-165
14-170
14-175
14-180
14-185
MUELLER STAINLESS STEEL BASKETS
Replacement baskets for Mueller #155 M
strainers.
Item
14-190
14-195
14-200
14-205
Size
2"
3"
4"
6"
Item
14-210
14-215
14-220
•
Size
8"
10"
12"
•
MUELLER STRAINER LID GASKETS —
Replacement gaskets for Mueller #155 M
strainers.
Item
14-191
14-196
14-201
14-206
14-450
Standard Iron Finish Epoxy-Lined
Size
2"
3"
4"
6"
Item
14-211
14-216
14-221
•
HAIR AND LINT STRAINER
REPLACEMENT PARTS
FLUIDTROL STAINLESS STEEL BASKETS —
Replacement stainless steel basket for Fluidtrol
hair and lint strainers. T304 stainless steel
basket with 1⁄8" perforations. Baskets available
with and without secondary "baffle" design.
Removable baffle extends your time between
required cleanings and allows for more consistent
flow through the strainer basket.
Size
Regular
3"
4"
5"
6"
8"
10"
12"
14"
When ordering give manufacturer and all
dimensions as follows:
A. Height of tall side — under the lip.
B. Height of short side — under the lip.
C. Outside diameter of basket.
D. Width of basket including lip.
Baffle
14-435
14-440
14-445
14-450
14-455
14-460
14-465
14-470
14-044
14-047
14-051
14-052
14-057
14-062
14-067
14-069
REPLACEMENT BASKETS
14-295 PVC baskets
14-300 Neoprene coated baskets
14-305 Custom stainless steel baskets
Size
8"
10"
12"
•
FLUIDTROL STRAINER PARTS
Strainer Size
3"
4"
5"
6"
8"
10"
12"
14"
14-490
Lid Gasket
Acrylic Cover
14-436
14-437
14-441
14-442
14-446
14-447
14-451
14-452
14-456
14-457
14-461
14-462
14-466
14-467
14-471
14-472
Replacement Strainer Lid
"T" Handle
PENTAIR PS STRAINER PARTS
Strainer
Size
14-450
14-452
HAIR AND LINT STRAINER
REPLACEMENT BASKETS
14-451
14-490
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
6"
8"
10"
14-880
Stainless
Basket
Lid "O"
Ring
Acrylic
Cover
14-860
14-865
14-870
14-860
14-865
14-870
14-875
14-865
14-870
Replacement Strainer Lid Knob
14-294
14-286
LINE STRAINERS
LINE STRAINERS — Thermo-plastic
construction with transparent strainer for easy
inspection. Pressure rated to 150 psi. Available
with or without True-Unions. True-Union design
eliminates need for flanges and permits easy
installation and repair. Includes: 20 mesh
screen. Socket / threaded connections.
Size
1⁄2"
3⁄4"
1"
11⁄2"
2"
Strainer
Without
Unions
14-265
14-270
14-275
14-280
14-285
Strainer
With Unions
Repl.
Screen
14-266
14-271
14-276
14-281
14-286
14-290
14-291
14-292
14-293
14-294
35
Commercial Filter Systems
FIBERGLASS HIGH RATE SAND FILTERS
STARK HORIZONTAL HIGH RATE SAND FILTERS — Filament wound fiberglass filters are
designed for simple, fast installations. Filter tanks are designed for maximum operating pressure
of 75 psi with a maximum burst safety factor of 4 to 1. Gel coat fiberglass tank lining is filament
wound with continuous fiberglass strand. Lighter weight than most comparably sized carbon steel
filters. Horizontal design allows tanks to fit thru most doorways. Multi-spray head diverters and
full width laterals result in long filtration cycles and maximum backwashing effectiveness. Vessel
finished with Paracote UV resistant coating, for added protection. Available in a 36” diameter and
42” diameter single and multiple tank configurations. Stacking and custom designed systems
also available. Completely non-corrosive filters withstand the effects of pool water chemistry,
electrolysis and corrosion. 15 Year Limited Warranty. NSF Listed.
A, B, and C Style Systems include: Side mounted manhole with viewport, Schedule 80 PVC
face piping with flanged connections, water actuated backwash valves, semi-automatic multiport
valve, influent/effluent pressure gauges, automatic air relief and back wash sight glass.
S Style Systems include: Front mounted manhole with viewport, pre-glued Schedule 80 PVC
face piping with grooved connections, backwash valves, semi-automatic multiport valve, manual
air relief ball valve and media dump port. UL Listed Automatic Backwash Controller (24VAC)
is available as an option on both A, B, C Style Systems and on S Style Systems. The S Style
Controller Package also includes a flow meter and temperature probe. Para-Pump Booster
System, to maintain water pressure to backwash valves, available as an option.
A, B, C STYLE SYSTEMS — 42” DIAMETER
Model
S1-48
S1-72
S1-96
S1-120
S1-144
Tank Size
DxL
Tank
Connection
Size
Filter Area
Sq. Ft.
Flow Rate
@ 15 GPM
per sq. ft.
42" x 48"
6"
12.8
192
42" x 72"
6"
20.0
300
42" x 96"
6"
27.0
405
42" x 120"
6"
35.0
525
42" x 144"
6"
41.0
615
Automatic Backwash Controller
Para-Pump Booster System
S STYLE SYSTEMS — 36 "AND 42" DIAMETER
Model
Tank Size
DxL
RS1-60-04
RS1-72-04
SS1-48-04
SS1-72-06
SS1-96-06
36" x 60"
36" x 72"
42" x 48"
42" x 72"
42" x 96"
Tank
Connection
Size
4"
4"
4"
6"
6"
Filter Area
Sq. Ft.
13.5
17.2
13.5
20.0
27.0
Flow Rate
@ 15 GPM
per sq. ft.
203
258
203
300
405
6 HR. Turnover
@ 15 GPM
per sq. ft.
69,120
108,000
145,800
189,000
221,400
6 HR. Turnover
@ 15 GPM
per sq. ft.
72,900
92,880
72,900
108,000
145,800
Semi
Automatic
FILAMENT WOUND VESSELS
CLEAR MANWAY VIEWPORT
Automatic
•
15-005
•
15-010
•
15-015
•
15-020
•
15-025
•
15-030
15-032
Semi
Automatic
Automatic
15-035
15-040
15-045
15-050
15-055
15-060
15-065
15-070
15-075
15-080
CLEAR 3-WAY VALVE
NOTE: See page 37 & 38 for Stark
Accessories and Parts.
36
Commercial Filter Systems
5-005
AUTOMATIC BACKWASH
CONTROL SYSTEMS
STARK HORIZONTAL HIGH RATE SAND FILTERS — Filament wound, composite filter tanks
with end manway and top connections for ease of assembly and service. 60" diameter tanks are
designed for a maximum operating pressure of 75 psi with a maximum burst safety factor of 4 to
1. Gel coat fiberglass tank lining is filament wound with continuous fiberglass strand. Horizontal
design maximizes filter area square footage and provides a deeper filter bed depth than other
horizontal high rate sand filters. Multi-spray head diverters and full width laterals result in long
filtration cycles and maximize backwashing effectiveness. Vessels finished with Paracote UV
resistant coating, for added protection. Available in single tank and multiple tank configurations.
Completely non-corrosive systems withstand the effects of pool water chemistry, electrolysis,
and corrosion. 15 Year Limited Warranty.
CHEMTROL 4000 FILTER CONTROLLER —
Integrated filter controller for continuous
monitoring and/or control of flow rate, influent
and effluent pressures, temperature, main
circulation pump and filter backwash cycles.
Includes: electronic flow meter, electronic
temperature sensor, NEMA 4X (rain and splash
proof) lockable fiberglass cabinet, memory
storage battery, and on-board storage for up to
6 months of data. Additional options available,
inquire. 5 Year Warranty.
5-005
5S STYLE SYSTEMS include: Front mounted manhole with viewport, influent/effluent pressure
gauges, pre-glued Schedule 80 PVC face piping with flanged connections, water activated
backwash valves, semi-automatic multiport backwash valve, manual air relief ball valves, and
media dump port. UL Listed Automatic Backwash Controller (24 VAC) is available as an option,
in place of semi-automatic backwash valve, and includes flow meter/saddle and temperature
probe. Optional Stark Controller Interface allows use of integrated backwash controllers from other
manufacturers in place of semi-automatic multiport valve. Para-Pump Booster System, to maintain
water pressure to backwash valve also available as an option. NSF Listed.
5S STYLE SYSTEMS – 60" DIAMETER
Model
5S1-30
5S1-35
5S1-40
5S1-45
5S1-50
Tank Size
DxL
Tank
Connection
Size
Filter Area
Sq. Ft.
Flow Rate
@ 15 GPM
per sq. ft.
60" x 78"
6"
30.0
450
60" x 90"
6"
35.0
525
60" x 102"
6"
40.0
600
60" x 114"
8"
45.0
675
60" x 126"
8"
50.0
750
Automatic Backwash Controller
Para-Pump Booster System
6 HR. Turnover
@ 15 GPM
per sq. ft.
162,000
189,000
216,000
243,000
270,000
Semi
Automatic
Automatic
15-800
15-900
15-820
15-920
15-840
15-940
15-860
15-960
15-880
15-980
•
15-030
15-032
STARK ACCESSORIES
15-030
AUTOMATIC BACKWASH
CONTROLLER
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
15-032
PARA-PUMP BOOSTER
SYSTEM
15-720
STARK CS400 BACKWASH CONTROL —
Compatible with Stark or Pentair THS filtration
systems that utilize diaphragm style backwash
valves. Integrated multiport valve can actuate
up to 6 filters. Backwash can be initiated in
three ways: true semi-automatic backwash
at the single touch of a button, via external
signal from a master filter room controller,
or by a signal from a differential pressure
switch. Includes: Fireman's heater time delay,
programmable backwash times, alarm, and
data logging.
15-720
SEMI-AUTOMATIC
MULTIPORT VALVE
37
Commercial Filter Parts
18-080
STARK FILTER PARTS
18-080 Stark Multiport Actuator
18-095 Stark Actuator check valve, 1⁄4"
18-085 Stark polyethylene tubing, 1⁄4"
18-385
18-390
STARK 2-WAY PRIORITY VALVES
Size
6"
4"
Flanged
18-390
18-395
18-100 Stark sight glass, 6” flanged
18-101 Stark sight glass, 2”
Grooved
18-380
18-385
18-106
18-107
18-106 Stark influent pressure gauge
18-107 Stark effluent pressure gauge
18-108 Stark Multiport pressure gauge
18-112 Stark pressure regulator, 1/4", w/fittings
18-101
18-100
STARK FIBERGLASS NUT & BOLT SET —
Set includes: 1 nut and 1 bolt.
18-105
18-400
18-405
18-096
18-400 Stark grooved coupling, 6”
18-405 Stark grooved coupling, 4”
18-097
18-104
18-098
18-103
18-099
18-111
STARK TUBE FITTINGS
18-055
STARK GASKETS
18-070
Size
6"
4"
18-055
18-056
Flanged
Gasket
Grooved
Gasket
18-075
18-053
18-076
18-052
Stark manhole gasket
Stark sideport seal, 4"
18-096 Stark 1/4" x MPT quick elbow fitting
18-097 Stark 1/4" FPT quick tubing fitting
18-098 Stark union elbow, 3/8"
18-099 Stark 1/4" quick tubing tee
18-104 Stark 1/4" MPT x quick tubing fitting
18-111 Stark 1/4" MPT x brass quick tubing
18-103 Stark air relief strainer only
18-069
18-060
18-071
STARK 3-WAY BACKWASH VALVES
Size
Flanged
Grooved
6"
4"
6" clear
18-071
18-068
18-070
18-072
18-069
18-067
18-172 Stark valve rebuild kit, 6"
18-173 Stark valve rebuild kit, 4"
18-174 Stark valve rebuild kit, 6" clear
38
18-057
18-058
18-059
STARK MANWAY COVER WITH VIEWPORT —
Replacement manway cover with viewport
allows inspection of sand bed. Rated at 100
psi. Yokes and hardware ordered separately.
18-057 Stark manway cover with viewport
18-058 Stark manway yoke, set of 2
18-059 Stark manway bolt/washer, set of 2
18-060 Stark lateral, 10”
18-061 Stark small/short lateral, 31/2"
18-054 Stark media dump lateral, 1/2" x 6"
18-065 Stark diverters
18-065
Filter Systems
17-065
16-200
COMMERCIAL HIGH RATE
SAND FILTER SYSTEMS
PENTAIR THS HORIZONTAL HIGH RATE
SAND FILTERS — Fiberglass filter vessels
eliminate corrosion issues. Filter tanks are
ordered individually and can be banked together
to handle different size pool applications. Tanks
include: 12" x 16" man-way, tank internals, tank
drain, and 6" flanged connections. 34" x 61"
tanks utilize 4" diaphragm valves with Victaulic
connections. Face Piping Kits are available
for single tank and dual tank systems and
are ordered separately. Diaphragm Valve Kits
require automatic or semi-automatic controls and
include: flanged diaphragm valves, pre-glued
Sch. 80 PVC piping, backwash sight glass,
gaskets and hardware. Semi-automatic controls
include: multiport valve with gauge panel,
pressure regulator and check valve. Automatic
Controls include: microprocessor controller with
influent/effluent pressure transducers. Manual
systems with butterfly valves and systems
utilizing more than two tanks also available inquire. 50 psi operating pressure. NSF Listed.
THS FILTERS
Item
Tank
Size
DxL
72,900
102,600
106,200
125,280
144,000
Single Tank
Systems
Diaphram
Diaphragm
Valve Kits - 4" Valve Kits - 6"
Dual Tank
Systems
Diaphram
Diaphragm
Valve Kits - 4" Valve Kits - 6"
Automatic
Semi-Automatic
MULTIMEDIA FILTERS
STA-RITE SYSTEM 3 FILTERS — Dura-Glas
tank construction. System offers interchangeability of filter media. Posi-lok clamping system
makes maintenance easy. Available in high
rate sand, diatomaceous earth and cartridge
filter styles. 2" tank port size. Backwash valve
and media extra. NSF Listed.
Item
17-005
17-010
17-015
17-020
17-025
17-030
Filter
Media
Sand
Sand
D.E.
D.E.
Cartridge
Cartridge
Sq. Ft.
Filter Area
2.4
3.4
37
53
300
450
Tank
Diameter
21"
25"
21"
25"
21"
25"
PENTAIR TRITON FILTERS — Patented
one-piece fiberglass tank with UV protected
surface. Top loading with swing-away diffuser
for instant access to sand bed. Available with
2" threaded or 3" flanged tank ports. TR 140C
/ TR 100C commercial models have larger 8"
opening, 3" flanged connections, and 2" drain.
Tandem plumbing kits and automatic backwash
controls available. Backwash valve and media
extra. NSF Listed.
Item
Model
17-050
17-055
17-060
17-065
17-070
17-075
17-080
17-081
17-082
TR 40
TR 50
TR 60
TR 100
TR 140
TR 100C
TR 140C
TR 100 C-3
TR 140 C-3
Sq. Ft.
Tank
Tank
Filter
Color Port
Dia.
Area
Size
1.92
2.46
3.14
4.91
7.06
4.91
7.06
4.91
7.06
19"
21"
24"
30"
36"
30"
36"
30"
36"
Almond
Almond
Almond
Almond
Almond
Almond
Almond
Black
Black
2"
2"
2"
2"
2"
2"
2"
3"
3"
Flow
6 Hr.
Filter
Rate Turnover
Area
Sq. Ft. @ 15 GPM /Sq. Ft.
16-300 34" x 61" 13.5 203 GPM
16-305 34" x 84" 19.0 285 GPM
16-200 42" x 72" 19.7 295 GPM
16-205 42" x 84" 23.2 348 GPM
16-210 42" x 96" 26.7 400 GPM
FACE PIPING KITS/CONTROLS
Automatic
Semi-Automatic
17-005
16-267
16-265
16-235
16-225
16-280
16-270
16-240
16-230
System 3
Cartridge Filter
17-082
36" x 84" Dual Tank Face Piping Kits
Automatic
•
16-290
Semi-Automatic
•
16-285
AUTOMATIC CONTROL OPTIONS
16-245 Flow Meter Kit — with 6" saddle
16-250 Temperature Probe Kit
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
System 3
DE Filter
System 3
Sand Filter
39
Filter Systems & Accessories
17-315
17-300
17-305
16-150
DIATOMACEOUS EARTH
FILTER SYSTEMS
MER-MADE VACUUM D.E. FILTER —
Commercial vacuum D.E. filter system takes
up to 1⁄4 of the space required for sand filters of
the same capacity. Vacuum D.E. systems are
easy to install, take less water to backwash,
and provide the highest water quality of
any system. Filter leaves are made of highimpact polystyrene and covered with woven
polypropylene fabric. Costs for filter system
are lower than other systems on the market.
Each system is custom designed based on
the gallonage of the pool. Stainless steel leaf
clamps, hold down bars, manifold support
clamps, and filter leaves are provided to install
in field fabricated concrete, fiberglass, or metal
filter tanks. Bottom outlet style listed, also
available in vertical edge outlet style. Contact
us to review your pool requirements and to
properly design your system.
Item
Grid Size
16-140
16-145
16-150
16-155
16-160
24" x 45"
30" x 36"
38" x 48"
30" x 60"
48" x 60"
Grid Sq. Ft.
Filter Area
15
15
25
25
40
MER-MADE FILTER ACCESSORIES — Can
be purchased as parts or as components to
the filter systems listed above.
16-165 Fiberglass D.E. filter tank
16-175 Leaf clamp assembly
16-180 Manifold support clamp
16-185 Rubber hold-down strip
16-190 Leaf gaskets
16-195 Felt collars
PENTAIR QUAD DE FILTERS — DE filter uses
four removable DE cartridges for greater dirt
trapping capacity. FRP filter tank for long life.
Backwash valve ordered separately. NSF Listed.
Item
Model
17-200 DE 60
17-205 DE 80
17-210 DE 100
Sq. Ft.
Tank
Tank
Filter
Port
Diameter
Area
Size
60
80
100
21.5"
21.5"
21.5"
2"
2"
2"
17-310
SPECIALTY VALVES
17-325
PENTAIR FULLFLO XF VALVES — Available
in 2-Way, 3-Way, and diverter styles. These
valves are ideal for diverting, shutoff, or mixing
applications. PTFE coated diverter seal requires
no lubrication. Can be operated by hand or
used with motorized valve actuator. Chemical
resistant CPVC material with 21/2"/3" connection.
17-300 3-Way Diverter valve
17-305 3-Way Solar valve, with drain down
17-310 2-Way Diverter valve
17-315 90 degree 2-Way valve
17-320 Motorized valve actuator, 90 degree
17-325 Straight body check valve
17-330 90 degree body check valve
17-335 Check valve rebuild kit
CARTRIDGE FILTERS
PENTAIR CLEAN & CLEAR FILTERS —
Durable FRP tank with union connections and
coreless cartridge for easy cleaning. 2" tank
ports with 1" drain and wash out opening. 151/2"
diameter tank, for tight installations. NSF Listed.
Item
Model
Number
17-250
17-255
17-260
17-265
17-270
CC 50
CC 75
CC 100
CC 150
CC 200
Sq. Ft.
Tank
Filter
Diameter
Area
50
75
100
150
200
151⁄2"
151⁄2"
151⁄2"
151⁄2"
151⁄2"
Tank
Port
Size
2"
2"
2"
2"
2"
17-175
BACKWASH VALVES
17-170
STA-RITE BACKWASH VALVES
17-170 2" ABS Unitrol valve, D.E. / Sand filters
17-175 2" Multiport Rotary valve, D.E./Sand filters
17-176 2" Multiport Rotary valve, Sys 3 D.E.
17-165
SEPARATION TANKS
16-175
16-180
40
STA-RITE D.E. SEPARATION TANK — For
efficient removal of spent D.E. and debris
from backwash water. Allows closed loop
system which returns backwash water to pool.
Eliminates D.E. disposal problems by trapping
material. Constructed of fiberglass reinforced
thermo-plastic. 2" NPT inlet and 1 1/2" NPT
outlet. For D.E. filter tanks up to 60 sq. ft.
17-165 D.E. Separation Tank
17-166 Replacement Separation Tank Bag
17-185
17-180
PENTAIR BACKWASH VALVES
17-180 2" PVC slide valve, D.E. / Sand filters
17-185 2" Multiport valve, D.E. filters
17-190 2" Multiport valve, D.E. / Sand filters
17-191 2" Hi Flow valve, D.E. / Sand filters
17-192 2" Hi Flow valve, D.E. filters
17-083 2" adapter kit, threaded (2 required)
Filter Accessories
18-005
18-020
18-010
18-155
18-160
18-161
18-164
18-165
21⁄2"
31⁄2"
41⁄2"
41⁄2" Fiberglass
18-115
18-130
18-136
18-164
18-165
18-170
18-171
18-186
AIR RELIEF VALVES
18-350
18-340
18-345
18-355
0-60 psi
18-110
18-115
18-120
•
18-140
18-145
18-150
0-100 psi
18-125
18-130
18-135
18-136
•
•
•
Gauge Dia. 0-100 psi 0-30" Hg 30" - 30 psi
21⁄2"
31⁄2"
18-335
18-350
18-365
18-370
18-340
18-355
18-145
18-150
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
18-345
18-360
18-377
GAUGE ACCESSORIES
18-140
18-190
AIR RELIEF VALVES
18-180 Automatic, steel
18-186 Automatic, poly/stainless steel
18-190 Manual air relief valve - 1⁄4"
(gauge ordered separately)
18-360
LIQUID FILLED GAUGES — 1⁄4" NPT
PRESSURE GAUGES - 1⁄4" NPT
21⁄2"
31⁄2"
41⁄2"
41⁄2" Fiberglass
2" Back mount
2" Bottom mount
4" Back mount
30" - 30 psi
18-155
18-160
18-161
18-162
LIQUID FILLED GAUGES
DRY GAUGES
Gauge Diameter
0-30" Hg
18-120
18-335
18-125
18-170
VACUUM/COMPOUND GAUGES — 1⁄4" NPT
Gauge Diameter
18-110
MERCURY SWITCHES
MERCURY SWITCHES — Visible calibrated
dial with on/off indication and two adjustable
set points. Vacuum switch has adjustable
operating range of 0-30" Hg and pressure
switch has 5-100 psi adjustable operating
range. 120 volt, UL listed.
18-175 Vacuum switch
18-176 Pressure switch
BACKWASH SIGHT GLASS
BACKWASH SIGHT GLASS — Clear sight
glass installs into backwash line to inspect
discharge water. Available in 11⁄2" MPT brass
vertical styles or 11⁄2" FIP and 2" socket ABS
horizontal in-line styles.
18-005 11⁄2" brass, 4 bolt style
18-010 11⁄2" brass, center bolt style
18-015 11⁄2" ABS, in-line style
18-020 2" ABS, in-line style
18-175
18-176
18-365 Brass gauge cock, 1⁄4" NPT
18-370 Brass snubber, 1⁄4" NPT
18-375 Brass needle valve, 1⁄4" NPT
18-377 Brass nipple, 1⁄4" NPT
18-375
FILTER ACCESSORIES
SACRIFICIAL ANODES — Used as a
sacrificial metal to prevent against electrolysis.
Reduces pitting of your filters, heaters, and
lines. For anode rods, please give make and
model of filter and size of anode when new.
18-030 10" anode rod, Swimquip
18-035 Anode rod, Miami HH series
18-040 Anode rod, Miami SFV series
18-045 Anti-electrolysis ball
18-050
MANHOLE GASKETS — Replacement
gaskets for around filter inspection ports.
Specify filter brand and model number.
18-050
41
Filter Grids & Cartridges
FILTER GRID ASSEMBLIES
REPLACEMENT CENTER DRAIN GRIDS —
Complete grid with polypropylene cover.
Specify filter manufacturer when ordering.
Spacers, end caps, and thru-rods ordered
separately.
18-285 16" diameter Chester
18-290 24 diameter Paddock, 4.125" hub
18-295 24 diameter Paddock, 4.75" hub
18-195 26" dia. Swimquip, without spacer
18-206 Swimquip HBF grid conversion kit
18-207 Universal filter grid spacer
REPLACEMENT DOUBLE SIDE OUTLET
GRIDS — Complete grid assembly with
grid and polypropylene cover. Specify filter
manufacturer when ordering. Manifold adapters
and element clamps ordered separately.
18-315 30" x 36"
18-325 30" x 60"
FILTER CARTRIDGES
REPLACEMENT FILTER CARTRIDGES —
Replacement polyester cartridges for cartridge
filters. Many other sizes available.
18-250 Harmsco 93⁄4" x 23⁄4", 6 sq. ft.
18-251 Harmsco 95⁄8" x 73⁄4", 55 sq. ft.
18-252 Harmsco 191⁄2" x 73⁄4", 105 sq. ft.
18-253 Harmsco 291⁄16" x 73⁄4", 155 sq. ft.
FILTER GRID COVERS
REPLACEMENT FILTER GRID COVERS —
Polypropylene cover with velcro closure for
easy-on, easy off field replacement. Zipon covers available but recommended for
pressure filters only. Specify outlet location.
Grid Cover
Size
REPLACEMENT BOTTOM OUTLET GRIDS —
Complete grid assembly with grid,
polypropylene cover, and gasket. Specify
filter manufacturer when ordering. Manifold
adapters and element clamps ordered
separately.
18-210 30" x 36"
18-215 38" x 48"
18-220 30" x 60"
18-221 36" x 60"
24" diameter
26" diameter
24" x 36"
24" x 45"
30" x 36"
38" x 48"
30" x 60"
Velcro
Closure
18-223
18-225
18-228
18-229
18-230
18-235
18-240
Zipper
Closure
18-224
18-226
•
•
•
•
•
FILTER GRID RECOVERING
FILTER GRID RECOVERING SERVICE —
Strip off old fabric and send grids to factory to
have new polypropylene covers sewn on your
existing element. Other sizes available.
18-244 24" diameter
18-245 26" diameter
TUBULAR ELEMENT COVERS
TUBULAR ELEMENT COVERS — Replacement polypropylene "filter socks" for pressure
DE Filters. Specify filter manufacturer when
ordering. Other sizes available - inquire.
18-241 3" x 33"
18-242 3" x 37"
18-243 3" x 49"
CARTRIDGE FILTER CLEANER
REPLACEMENT SIDE OUTLET GRIDS —
Complete grid assembly with grid,
polypropylene cover, and gasket. Specify
filter manufacturer and side outlet location
when ordering. Manifold adapters and element
clamps ordered separately.
18-300 30" x 36"
18-305 38" x 48"
18-310 30" x 60"
42
18-265
18-270
18-255 Sta-Rite System 3, 100 sq. ft.
18-250
WATER WAND FILTER CLEANER —
Hand-held cartridge filter cleaner takes the
time, hassle, and mess out of
cartridge maintenance. Nozzle
fingers opens 8 filter pleats
at a time. 8 x 180 degree fan
nozzles flush cartridges clean
with no splash back. Uses
garden hose connection.
18-334
18-332
FILTER CLEANING AIDS
SIDE BLASTER ELEMENT WASHER —
Side spray pattern cleans grids while in filter.
Reduces need for acid washing and damage
to grids from handling. Includes: standard 48"
pressure washer wand with protective rubber
balls and right and left lateral spray nozzles.
2 right and 2 left nozzle models add 4" to
wand length. 3 right and 3 left nozzle models
add 8" to wand length. Use with your existing
pressure washer.
18-330 1 right / 1 left nozzle, 1200 psi
18-331 2 right / 2 left nozzles, 1500 psi
18-332 3 right / 3 left nozzles, 1500 psi
ACID PROOF TANK SPRAYER
Wide opening and acid resistant
valve. Translucent tank with 40"
chemical resistant hose.
18-280 2 gallon sprayer
Flow Meters
19-012
19-053
FLOW METERS
19-009
SIGNET TRANSMITTERS/MONITOR —
Available in two styles digital or analog. Signet
SmartPRO Transmitter features a large
backlit digital display and dial type bar graph.
Accuracy of + .2% with 4-20 mA output. Runs
on 12 to 32 VDC power (24 VDC nominal).
Signet Sensor Powered Flow Monitor features
a balanced-spring meter movement that is
powered by the AC output of the Signet 515
Paddlewheel flow sensor. No additional power
source is required. Flow sensor and installation
fittings ordered separately. UL Listed.
19-009 SmartPro Transmitter, field mount
19-012 SmartPro Transmitter, panel mount
19-013 SmartPro Wall Mount Kit
19-053 Sensor Powered Flow Monitor
19-065
1/2" - 4"
5" - 8"
10" - 36"
Signet 515
(Red Cap)
19-065
19-070
19-075
SIGNET MAGMETER FLOW SENSORS —
Magmeter is an insertion style magnetic
flow sensor without any moving parts and is
constructed of corrosion resistant materials
for long term reliability. 4-20 mA output can be
used for direct input to controllers or for other
output needs. Can provide long distance signal
output of up to 1,000 ft. Accuracy of +/- 1%. Can
be mounted on pipes from 1/2" to 36" diameter.
Installation fitting ordered separately. Specify
size and type of pipe when ordering. 24 VDC.
19-445 Flow Sensor with Display, 1/2" - 4" pipe
19-450 Flow Sensor with Display, 5" - 8" pipe
19-455 Flow Sensor with Display, 10" - 36" pipe
19-008 Flow meter transformer, 24 volt
Signet 2536
(Blue Cap)
19-066
19-071
19-076
19-100
3"
4"
5"
6"
8"
10"
12"
PVC
Clamp Saddle
19-095
19-100
•
19-105
19-110
•
•
19-096
19-101
19-103
19-106
19-111
19-116
19-121
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
HORIZONTAL PIPE
Item
Item
19-245
BLUE-WHITE F1000 DIGITAL FLOW METER
Battery operated digital flow meter and flow
totalizer. Tamper-proof, ABS, NEMA 4X enclosure.
Clear 6 digit LCD display. +/- 2% accuracy.
PVDF saddle mount (2"/ 3") or Sch. 80 PVC
saddle mount (4"/ 6" / 8"). Operates on 2 AAA
batteries, included. Also available, as flow rate
only or flow totalizer only meters, inquire.
Item
Size
19-235
19-240
19-245
GPM
Range
Item
2"
30-300 19-250
3"
60-600 19-255
4" 100-1,000
•
Size
6"
8"
•
GPM
Range
250-2,500
400-4,000
•
19-101
Saddle
Fitting
19-133
BLUE-WHITE FLOW METERS — Clear
acrylic body, stainless steel float, and easyto-read GPM/LPM scale. Units include: meter,
seal, and stainless steel mounting clamps.
Available for horizontal pipe and vertical pipe
(flow up or flow down). For Sch. 40 PVC pipe
installation. Meters for copper tubing mounting
also available - inquire. Specify type of pipe.
GPM
Range
Size
Item
Size
GPM
Range
VERTICAL PIPE
SIGNET INSTALLATION FITTINGS
Pipe
Size
19-140
19-135 11⁄2" 20-100 19-155 4" 125-500
19-140 2" 40-150 19-160 6" 250-1,050
19-145 21⁄2" 60-240 19-165 8" 500-1,900
•
•
•
19-150 3" 80-300
19-167 Replacement Flow Meter Relief Cap
19-066
SIGNET ROTOR-X FLOW SENSOR —
Paddlewheel sensor is simple to install with a
highly repeatable output. Can be installed on
pipe up to 36". The Signet 515 flow sensor is
self-powered and offers an operating range
of 1 to 20 ft./sec. The Signet 2536 flow sensor
generates an open-collector output and offers
an operating range of 0.3 to 20 ft./sec. The
2536 is also a direct replacement for units
used with controllers. Transmitter/ monitor
and installation fitting are ordered separately.
Pipe
Size
19-450
19-170
BLUE-WHITE IN-LINE FLOW METERS —
Machined acrylic body with stainless float and
reinforced FPT adapters for vertical installation.
Item
Size
Flow Range
19-170
19-175
19-180
1⁄2"
.5 - 5.0 GPM
1.0 - 10.0 GPM
1.0 - 17.0 GPM
3⁄4"
1"
19-131
19-132
19-133
19-134
Size Flow Direction Flow Range
11/2"
2"
Up
Down
Up
Down
20-100 GPM
40-150 GPM
19-215
19-220
PIRO FLOW METERS — Plexiglass meter
with engraved calibration is visible from
both sides. Can handle pressures up to
250 psi. 1⁄2" IPS polished brass fittings and
brass air relief valve. Available in two styles:
Horizontal - mounts on top of horizontal pipe
and Vertical - which mounts on face of vertical
pipe or can be mounted on side of horizontal
pipe. Specify type of pipe when ordering.
Size
3"
4"
5"
6"
8"
10"
12"
GPM
Range
40-240
100-400
200-600
200-900
400-1,600
500-2,500
700-3,500
Horizontal
Vertical
19-185
19-195
19-205
19-215
19-225
19-233
•
19-190
19-200
19-210
19-220
19-230
19-231
19-232
43
Flow Control
20-290
20-005
WATER LEVEL CONTROLS
SURGE CHAMBER FLOAT CONTROL —
Float actuated multiport pilot control which
provides hydraulic on/off operation. Designed
for use in open surge tanks. Control operates
on minimum level change of 1" and maximum
level change of 19". Includes: float control
with 2' PVC rod, and wall mounting bracket.
Additional 1' PVC rod extensions and brass
connectors ordered separately. PVC rod
length is 5' maximum unless counter weight
is changed. Optional stainless steel float rods
and epoxy coated surfaces available. Use
with water make up valve, ordered separately.
20-005 Surge chamber float control
20-006 1' rod extension, PVC
20-007 Brass float rod connector
20-001 Repl. surge chamber float only, s.s.
LEVOLOR ELECTRONIC WATER LEVEL
CONTROLLER — Patented water level control
system electronically maintains water level in
pools, spas, and fountains. Easy to install on
new or existing facilities. Easy-to-read LED
display installed in weatherproof enclosure.
Remote sensor mounts in stand pipe or static
pipe. Includes: level controller (110V), sensor,
remote sensor housing, and 1" solenoid valve
(24V). Note: Sensor cable must not be spliced.
Maximum pressure 125 PSI. Custom length
cables available for additional charge.
20-290 Controller with 50 ft. sensor cable
20-065
FLOAT VALVES
LINCOLN VERTICAL FLOAT VALVES —
Polypropylene body and disc with dual 8"
diameter adjustable plastic floats on stainless
steel vertical float rods. For horizontal pipe
installation. 80% shut off.
20-050 3"
20-065 8"
20-055 4"
20-070 10"
20-060 6"
20-075 12"
20-132 Replacement float only
20-096
20-030
20-010
WATER MAKE-UP VALVES — Hydraulically
operated, globe pattern diaphragm valve with
threaded connections. For use with surge
chamber float control. Ordered separately.
20-010 1"
20-02521⁄2"
20-030 3"
20-01511⁄2"
20-020 2"
20-045.B
20-045.A
20-045.C
WARRICK WATER LEVEL CONTROLLER —
Electric control monitors fluid levels and
activates water solenoid, when required.
Components include: differential level relay
mounted in NEMA 4 enclosure, flanged 3
probe holder, and 316 stainless steel probes,
3 required. Components ordered separately to
make complete system. Specify probe lengths
required. 120 volt solenoid ordered separately.
20-045.A Control w/NEMA 4 enclosure
20-045.B Flanged 3 probe fitting
20-045.C Stainless probes, per ft.
44
WATER SOLENOID VALVES —
For use with
water level controls to actuate water makeup
supply. 24 volt or 120 volt styles.
Size
3/4"
1"
11/2"
2"
24 Volt
20- 040
20-041
20-042
20-043
120 Volt
20-046
20-047
20-048
20-049
MERMADE LEVEL
CONTROL VALVES —
For water level control
in open top vacuum DE
filters and surge tanks
located below water level.
Water activated by water
pressure from circulation
pump. Powerful spring
actuator closes butterfly
valve, with positive shut
off, due to loss of flow
20-175
or power failure. Cast iron
body, with nylon coated aluminum bronze disc,
and EPDM seat. Pilot valve assembly ordered
separately and includes: 1⁄2" in-line strainer, 1⁄2"
needle valve, and 0-60 psi pressure gauge.
Minimum 20 psi air or water pressure required.
20-170 4"
20-185 10"
20-175 6"
20-190 12"
20-180 8"
20-195 Brass Pilot Valve Assembly
LINCOLN MODULATING FLOAT VALVES —
Polypropylene body and disc with dual or
single 8" diameter adjustable plastic floats
on stainless steel float rod. For vertical or
horizontal pipe installation. 80% shut off.
Size
3"
4"
6"
8"
10"
12"
20-132
Single Arm
Dual Arm
20-080
20-081
20-085
20-086
20-090
20-091
20-095
20-096
20-100
20-101
20-105
20-106
Replacement float only
YMCA STYLE FLOAT VALVES — Modulating
float valve for use in surge tanks and open
top Vacuum D.E. filters. YMCA style encases
float valve in PVC pipe, with angled diversion
plumbing and flanged connection. Float arm,
shaft, and disc are stainless steel, with black
plastic float ball.
20-320 4"
20-335 10"
20-325 6"
20-340 12"
20-330 8"
Valves & Plumbing Fittings
POOL PRO PVC BUTTERFLY VALVES — PVC
body, PVC disc, and EPDM materials with 316
stainless steel stem. Seat design eliminates
need for mating flange gaskets. Rated at 150
psi (11/2" - 10") and at 100 psi (12") at 70°F. Field
mountable accessories include: stem extensions, gear operators, and electric or pneumatic
operators - inquire.
Size
Lever Handle
11⁄2"
2"
21⁄2"
3"
4"
6"
8"
10"
12"
Gear Operated
•
•
•
•
•
•
92-1728080.G
92-1728100
92-1728120
92-1728015
92-1728020
92-1728025
92-1728030
92-1728040
92-1728060
92-1728080.L
•
•
92-252311-060
92-2622-020
92-252321-060
92-199-037-002
ALUMINUM BUTTERFLY VALVES
CAST ALUMINUM BUTTERFLY VALVES —
Cast aluminum valve housing and ductile iron
valve disc with Rilsan® coating to provide high
resistance to corrosion. EPDM seat with 150
psi pressure rating at 73°F. Hand lever or gear
operated valves mount between pipe flanges.
Size
2"
21⁄2"
3"
4"
5"
6"
8"
10"
12"
Hand Lever
92-199-037-000
92-199-037-001
92-199-037-002
92-199-037-003
92-199-037-004
92-199-037-005
92-199-037-006
92-199-037-007
92-199-037-008
Gear Operated
92-199-037-026
92-199-037-027
92-199-037-028
92-199-037-029
92-199-037-030
92-199-037-031
92-199-037-032
92-199-037-033
92-199-037-034
PVC BUTTERFLY VALVES
PVC BUTTERFLY VALVES — PVC valves
with EPDM seat and Type 316 stainless steel
stem. Lever operated valves have high impact
polypropylene handle (to 8" size) with built-in
lockout capability. Gear operated valves have
hand wheel with position indicator. Rated to
150 psi at 73°F. Reversible 180° for either left
or right side operation.
Size
2"
4"
6"
8"
10"
12"
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
Gear Operated
•
92-252321-040
92-252321-060
92-252321-080
92-252321-100
92-252321-120
PVC BALL VALVES — High quality quarter-turn
shut off valve. 150 psi pressure rating at 73°F.
EPDM "O" Ring seals and Teflon Ball seats. NSF
listed. PVC with SOC connections.
Size
⁄2"
3
⁄4"
1"
11⁄4"
11⁄2"
2"
1
PVC Ball Valves
92-2622-005
92-2622-007
92-2622-010
92-2622-012
92-2622-015
92-2622-020
VALVE EXTENSIONS
VALVE EXTENSION HANDLES — Stainless
steel valve extension handles allow you to
adjust valves remotely. Valve extension, "T"
handle, and stainless valve extension anchor
ordered separately.
Item
92-199-037-031
Lever Handle
92-252311-020
92-252311-040
92-252311-060
92-252311-080
•
•
PVC BALL VALVES
Length
Item
Length
5'
11'
20-345
20-375
6'
12'
20-350
20-380
7'
13'
20-355
20-385
8'
14'
20-360
20-390
9'
15'
20-365
20-395
10'
•
•
20-370
20-400 Valve ext. tee handle, 28" x 36"
20-405 Valve ext. anchor with cap
PVC TRUE UNION BALL VALVES
PVC TRUE UNION BALL VALVES — True
union design with double "O" Ring stem seals.
PTFE seats with elastomeric backing. 150 psi
rating (from 71-120°F). Schedule 80 PVC with
SOC connections. NSF Listed.
Size
⁄2"
3
⁄4"
1"
11⁄4"
11⁄2"
2"
1
PVC Ball Valves
92-1640005
92-1640007
92-1640010
92-1640012
92-1640015
92-1640020
45
Valves & Plumbing Fittings
20-270
STAINLESS REDUCER FITTINGS
FLANGED REDUCER FITTINGS — Available in concentric and eccentric designs and
constructed of T304/T316 stainless steel. ANSI
flange connections and includes 2 neoprene
flange gaskets. Other sizes available - inquire.
Eccentric reducers installed with flat side up.
PLUMBING FITTINGS
PVC PLUMBING FITTINGS — Available in
Schedule 40 and Schedule 80 PVC with solvent weld connections (SOC). Flanges available in Schedule 80 only and are Van Stone
style with plastic ring.
Size
92-444015
INSTALLATION SADDLES
90° Ell (SOC) Schedule 40
2"
4"
6"
8"
10"
12"
Tee (SOC)
2"
4"
6"
8"
10"
12"
92-406-020
92-406-040
92-406-060
92-406-080
92-406-100
92-406-120
Schedule 40
92-401-020
92-401-040
92-401-060
92-401-080
92-401-100
92-401-120
Schedule 80
92-806-020
92-806-040
92-806-060
92-806-080
92-806-100
92-806-120
Schedule 80
CLAMP-IT PVC SADDLES — Heavy duty PVC
tapping saddles available with SOC or FPT
connections. Other sizes available.
Pipe
Size
11/2"
2"
92-453015
92-454015
92-456015
92-458015
92-453020
92-454020
92-456020
92-458020
92-443015
92-444015
92-446015
92-448015
92-443020
92-444020
92-446020
92-448020
1"
SOC Connection
3"
92-453010
4"
92-454010
6"
92-456010
8"
92-458010
FPT Connection
3"
92-443010
4"
92-444010
6"
92-446010
8"
92-448010
92-801-020
92-801-040
92-801-060
92-801-080
92-801-100
92-801-120
4" x 3"
6" x 3"
6" x 4"
6" x 5"
8" x 4"
8" x 5"
8" x 6"
10" x 5"
10" x 6"
Concentric Design Eccentric Design
20-200
20-205
20-210
20-215
20-220
20-225
20-230
20-235
20-240
20-245
20-250
20-255
20-260
20-265
20-270
20-275
20-280
20-285
39-405
WATER STOP FITTINGS
WATER STOP FITTINGS — PVC water stop
fittings are designed to slip over PVC pipe at
wall inlet and floor inlet locations. Eliminates
leaking and weeping plumbing by providing
a "hydrodynamic" water stop.
39-40011/2"
39-405 2"
20-155
CHECK VALVES
Flanges
(Van Stone)
2"
4"
6"
8"
10"
12"
46
Schedule 80
Gaskets
92-854-020
92-854-040
92-854-060
92-854-080
92-854-100
92-854-120
•
92-PF-400NF8
92-PF-600NF8
92-PF-800NF8
92-PF-1000NF8
92-PF-1200NF8
BUTTERFLY CHECK VALVES — Provides low
profile body with extremely quick response to
back-flow, without slamming. PVC/CPVC materials with reinforced EPDM seal for long life. Can
be mounted in horizontal or vertical positions.
2"-8" valves rated to 150 psi and 10"-12" rated
to 100 psi. Available in sizes to 24" - inquire.
20-1352"
20-1558"
20-1403"
20-16010"
20-1454"
20-16512"
20-1506"
39-420
WATER STOP COUPLINGS — PVC/Fiberglass construction fittings are designed for
larger connection sizes than the smaller PVC
water stop fittings. The couplings stop leaks at
surge tanks, equipment room walls, and gutter
manifolds. Anywhere your piping must pass
through pool shell or facility walls.
39-4103"
39-43010"
39-4154"
39-43512"
39-4206"39-44014"
39-4258"
Main Drain Grates
39-721
VIRGINIA GRAEME BAKER
POOL AND SPA SAFETY ACT
The Virginia Graeme Baker Pool and Spa Safety Act (VGB) was signed
into federal law on December 19, 2007 and requires all public swimming
pools and spas be compliant by December 19, 2008.
Public swimming pools and spas must replace their suction outlet covers
with drain covers that meet the ASME/ANSI A112.19.8 performance
standard. VGB Compliant drain covers are tested and rated for flow rates
relating to body and hair entrapment. Each drain cover is listed with specific
flow ratings, based on whether the drains are placed on the floor or on the
vertical wall.
The VGB Act identifies remedies for pools and spas that have
single drains, multiple drains, and exceptions for pools or spas with
"unblockable drains" (drains more than 18" x 32" in size, with an open
area diagonal of more than 29 inches). The additional remedies include:
adding an additional drain (if you have a single drain system), installing a
Safety Vacuum Release System (SVRS), installing a suction limiting vent
system, installing an automatic pump shut-off system, installing a gravity
drainage system, or considering drain disablement or reversal of flow.
Be sure to contact your local health department to insure compliance.
Additional information is available from the Consumer Product Safety
Commission website at www.cpsc.gov or our Lincoln website at
FREE-FLO VGB GRATE AND FRAME — 16" x 16" grate: 101 sq. in.
open area fits 12" x 12" opening. Floor - 460 GPM @ 1.46 fps or Wall
- 445 GPM @ 1.4 fps. 14" x 14" grate: 84 sq. in open area fits 9" x 9"
opening. Floor/Wall - 394 GPM @ 1.5 fps. Unit with frame can be used
for new installation. All components meet or exceed NSF 50/ASME/
ANSI A112.19.8 performance standards and ASTM G154 UV Testing.
39-721 16" x 16" Grate & retro frame, fits Hayward & Waterway
39-722 16" x 16" Grate, frame, & retro frame, fits Pentair & AquaStar
39-723 14" x 14" Grate & retro frame, fits Hayward & Waterway
39-724 14" x 14" Grate, frame, & retro frame, fits Pentair & AquaStar
39-735
39-835
39-760
39-815
39-860
39-725
AQUASTAR VGB GRATES
AQUASTAR VGB GRATES — For Single or Multiple Drain Use (See
Installation Instructions). Manufactured from superior UV-resistant engineered polymers. For new construction or retrofit into existing frames.
Confirm sump depth requirements. AquaStar grates are to be replaced
every 5 years after date of install. All components (cover, frame, screws)
meet or exceed NSF 50/ASME/ANSI A112.19.8 performance standard
and ASTM G154 UV Testing.
AQUASTAR SQUARE VGB GRATES
Item
39-705
39-840
39-860
39-712
39-820
39-845
39-725
39-717
39-729
39-716
39-731
39-718
39-730
Size
Description
Wave Grate w/riser ring & frame
MoFlow Grate w/frame, 3/4"
MoFlow Grate replacement, 1"
12"x12" MoFlow Grate w/frame, 3/4"
MoFlow Grate replacement, 1"
18"x18"
Wave Grate retrofit kit
Star Grate w/riser ring & frame
18"x18"
Star Grate retrofit kit
Wave Grate with frame
24"x24"
Wave Grate retrofit kit
24"x24"
Flat Grate with frame
9"x9"
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
Open Flow Rate GPM
Area
(Sq. In.) Floor Wall fps
48.4
36.8
35.8
90.8
71.2
69.1
224 224
172 172
147.3 147.3
361 361
332.9 332.9
323.1 323.1
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.3
1.5
1.5
176.8
628
628
1.1
160.8
740
740
1.5
340.8 1,444 1,444 1.3
352.0 1,531 1,531 1.4
AQUASTAR ROUND VGB GRATES
Item
Size
39-735 8" dia.
39-742 8" dia.
39-835 8" dia.
39-855 8" dia.
39-760 10" dia.
39-815 10" dia.
Description
Suction outlet cover
with riser ring & frame
Super Hi Flow grate
with riser ring & frame
MoFlow Suction
outlet cover & frame
Retrofit MoFlow Suction
outlet cover & frame
Star Grate with retrofit
adapter & frame
MoFlow Suction outlet
cover & frame
Open
Area
(Sq. In.)
Flow Rate GPM
(@1.5 fps)
Floor
Wall
13.1
61.2
61.2
16.0
75
75
16.6
77.8
77.8
16.1
75.3
75.3
31.5
147.3
147.3
31.3
146.3
146.3
47
Main Drain Grates
39-545
39-500
STAINLESS STEEL VGB GRATES
39-540
39-560
HAYWARD VGB GRATES
HAYWARD VGB GRATES — These high quality VGB Compliant
grates are designed with a smooth, sloped edge for safety and comfort. Available in: retro-fit style for use on existing Hayward frames or
with new frame and grate assembly, for new construction. Grates are
to be replaced every 7 years after date of install. Meets ANSI/ASME
A112.19.8 performance standard.
Item
Size
Description
39-545 9" x 9" Repl. inner frame & grate
39-550 12" x 12" Repl. inner frame & grate
Inner & outer frame
39-555 12" x 12"
& grate, pkg. of 2
Inner & outer frame
39-560 18" x 18"
& grate, pkg. of 2
39-525 8" dia. Frame & grate, pkg. of 2
39-540 8" dia. Repl. floor cover & screws
Open Flow Rate GPM
Area
Wall
(Sq. In.) Floor
23.96
41.07
264
515
224
308
41.07
515
308
92.72
812
732
8.1
8.1
125
125
72
72
STAINLESS STEEL VGB GRATES — VGB Compliant drain covers
have gradual sloped sides and a solid top surface for safety. These
grates are designed to be placed over the top of your existing grate and
sump to fully cover the opening and allow your facility to be compliant.
Grates must be grounded. Grates are to be replaced every 20 years
and hardware every 10 years after date of install. Meets ANSI/ASME
A112.19.8 performance standard.
Item
Size
39-500 20"x20"
39-505 26"x26"
39-510 32"x32"
39-515 44"x44"
Description
Stainless cover
(fits 12"x12" sump)
Stainless cover
(fits 18"x18" sump)
Stainless cover
(fits 24"x24" sump)
Stainless cover
(fits 36"x36" sump)
Open
Area
(Sq. In.)
Floor
Wall
73.6
223
•
108.9
495
•
144.3
675
•
209.1
975
•
39-605
SUPERFLOW™ VGB GRATES
SUPERFLOW™ VGB GRATES — Domed SuperFlow™ grates have
high effective flow rates compared to competitive grates. Raised crossridged profile for safety and foot comfort. Includes frame, grate, and
attaching hardware. Available in 3 sizes. Grates are to be replaced
every 10 years after date of install. Meets ANSI/ASME performance
standard. NSF listed.
Item
Size
Description
Frame & grate assembly,
set of 2
39-605 12" x 12"
set of 2
39-610 18" x 18"
set of 2
39-600 9" x 9"
48
Open Flow Rate GPM
Area
Wall
(Sq. In.) Floor
42.12
261
248
81.3
365
340
183.06
816
712
FIBERGLASS VGB GRATES
Flow Rate GPM
39-800
AEGIS FIBERGLASS VGB GRATE — This grate is the only solid
fiberglass VGB drain cover available. Requires no grounding to the pool
shell and is completely resistant to corrosion. 30" x 30" grate size allows
main drain up to 24" x 24" to be covered. Stainless steel sumps with 30"
x 30" VGB fiberglass grate available for new construction in two sizes:
18" x 18" x 18" sump (with 6" flanged connection) and 24" x 24" x 24"
(with 8" flanged connection). Aegis VGB Grate includes stainless steel
mounting hardware. NSF Certified Maximum Flow Rate: Floor - 1432
GPM and Wall - 1120 GPM. Maximum Flow Rate @ 1.5 fps - 600 GPM.
Open Area: 128.21 sq. in. Grates are to be replaced every 10 years
after date of install. 10 Year Warranty. Meets ANSI/ASME A112.19.8a
performance standard and NSF listed.
39-800 Aegis 30" x 30" grate only
39-805 Stainless Steel Sump, 18" x 18" x 18" with grate
39-810 Stainless Steel Sump, 24" x 24" x 24" with grate
Main Drain Sumps & Fittings
39-519
STAINLESS STEEL VGB SUMPS
STAINLESS STEEL VGB SUMPS — Commercial grade stainless steel sump with upper
lip around sump perimeter to accept stainless
steel anti-entrapment grate. Constructed from
Type 304 stainless steel and includes 2” stainless steel full coupling and stainless steel flange
for plumbing connection. These sumps and
grates are ASME A.112.19.8M-2007 Approved.
Item
39-518
39-519
39-520
39-521
Main Drain Size Flange Flow Rate
(L x W x H)
Size
GPM
12" x 12" x 14"
18" x 18" x 20"
24" x 24" x 25"
36" x 36" x 30"
4"
6"
8"
10"
223
495
675
975
PVC VGB SUMPS
39-630
SUPERSUMP™ — Includes SuperFlow™ VGB
Compliant grate that provides exceptional
flow rates. Internal plumbing fittings and builtin water stop with two vertical extensions,
prevents water from passing over the 39-519
flange.
Injection molded design with tapered body, for
additional strength, allows for water expansion
during freeze periods. ASME-2007 and NSF
Listed. UV and strength tested under ASME
A.112.19.8M.
Item
Main Drain
Opening Size
39-620
39-625
39-630
9" x 9"
12" x 12"
18" x 18"
Flow Rate
(@ 1.5 fps)
Floor
Wall
261 GPM 248 GPM
365 GPM 340 GPM
816 GPM 712 GPM
39-185
HYDROSTATIC RELIEF VALVE
HYDROSTATIC RELIEF VALVE ASSEMBLY
Relieves ground water pressure from damaging pool. Installed in the main drain, which
allows ground water to vent into the pool.
Includes: cycolac collection tube, brass noleak flange and brass hydrostatic relief valve.
Complete.
39-180 11⁄2"
39-1852"
39-190
39-720
39-635
FIBERGLASS VGB SUMPS
SUPERFLOW™ LARGE AREA SUMPS —
Fiberglass main drain sumps with flat, “unblockable” PVC SuperFlow™ grates. Can be installed
in floor or wall. Includes 2 x 2” female adapters,
hydrostatic relief valve and collection tube, and
1 x 10” coupling. Connections can be threaded,
flanged, or slip- specify. Additional custom sizes
available. Grating available in 2 colors: black
or white. Hydrostatic relief value and collection
tube ordered separately. ASME-2007 and NSF
Listed. UV and strength tested under ASME
A.112.19.8M.
Item
Grate
Size
39-635
39-640
39-645
18" x 36"
18" x 54"
18" x 72"
Flow Rate
Open
GPM
Area
(Sq. In.) Floor Wall
343.44
515.16
686.88
2,080 1,496
4,269
•
4,569
•
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
COMMERCIAL SUMP WITH WAVE OUTLET
COVER — 12" deep PVC sump with 12” x 12”
“wave” style frame and grate assembly. Grate
has 85.2 sq. in. open area and can be mounted
on floor or wall. Rated at 400 GPM (@1.5 fps).
Two 2 1/2” x 2” S/S bottom ports with 2” FPT
inside sump. NSF 50/ASME/ANSI A112.19.82007 national standards and ASTM G154
UV Testing.
39-720
COLLECTION TUBE — Cycolac.
39-19011⁄2" / 2"
39-195
39-200
NO-LEAK FLANGE — Brass.
39-19511⁄2"
39-2002"
39-590
DELUXE SUCTION OUTLETS WITH COVER
Dual, 8” diameter suction outlet set, with VGB
Compliant domed cover. 2” FPT side and bottom ports. Grate has 8.1 sq. in. open area and
can be mounted on floor or wall. Rated at 125
GPM (Floor) and 72 GPM (Wall). Sold as package of 2 only. Meets ANSI/ASME A112.19.82007 national standards.
39-590
39-188
39-205
39-210
HYDROSTATIC RELIEF VALVE
39-20511⁄2" Brass
39-210 2" Brass
39-18811⁄2" / 2" ABS
49
Drains & Fittings
40-037
39-215
WALL INLET FITTINGS
GUTTER DRAINS
ANGLE GUTTER DRAIN — Chrome-plated
bronze. 2" FIP connection.
39-215 25⁄8" x 53⁄8" — complete
39-220 Replacement grill
39-225
39-230
FLUSH GUTTER DRAIN — Chrome-plated
bronze. 2" FIP connection.
39-22527⁄16" x 55⁄8" — complete
39-230 Replacement grate
39-23521⁄2" x 39⁄16" — complete
39-250
FLUSH GUTTER DRAIN — ABS, 2" FIP / 2"
socket connection.
39-25023⁄4" x 47⁄16" — complete
ADJUSTABLE WALL INLET — Cycolac.
40-037 11/2" FIP X 2" MIP
40-045
40-040
NONADJUSTABLE WALL INLET — CPB.
40-040 11/2" FIP
40-052 Repl. cover plate only
ADJUSTABLE WALL INLET — CPB.
40-045 11/2" FIP
40-050 2" FIP
40-052 Repl. cover plate only
40-060
WALL INLET FITTING — Cycolac with adjustable nozzle orifice sizes.
40-05511⁄4" solvent weld
40-06011/2" solvent weld
40-005
FLOOR INLET FITTINGS
40-010
ADJUSTABLE FLOOR INLET — Cycolac
fitting with internal threads for pressure testing. Adjustable cover plate with set screw.
For floor mounting only. Colors: white, gray,
or black.
40-005 11/2" / 2" solvent weld
40-010 Replacement cover plate only
40-012 Replacement set screw only
40-020
40-015
ADJUSTABLE FLOOR INLET — CPB.
40-01511/2" FIP
40-020 Replacement cover plate only
40-035
ADJUSTABLE FLOOR INLET — Cycolac.
40-035 11/2" FIP x 2" MIP
40-301
40-306
40-070
EYEBALL WALL INLET FITTING — Cycolac.
11/2" solvent weld. Variable direction, 3⁄4" return
orifice.
40-070
40-300
40-305
VGB EQUALIZER FITTINGS
40-090
40-085
VACUUM FITTINGS
40-075
CYCOLAC VACUUM FITTINGS — Complete.
40-075 11/2" FIP x 2" MIP
40-08011/2" vacuum fitting plug only
CPB VACUUM FITTINGS — Complete.
40-085 For 11/2" hose - 2" MIP x 11/2" FIP
40-090 For 2" hose - 21/2" MIP x 11/2" FIP
40-09511/2" CPB plug only
40-100 2" CPB plug only
50
40-065
ADJUSTABLE INLET FITTING — 5" x 5"
square inlet is designed for both floor or wall
installation. Inlet allows flow adjustment in four
directions. Color: white.
40-065 11/2" / 2"
VGB SUCTION OUTLET COVERS — Used
to retro-fit skimmer equalizer lines. 4" dia. - 5.5
sq. in. open area, rated at 24.4 GPM @ 1.5 fps.
6" dia. - 11.4 sq. in. open area, rated at 53.6
GPM @ 1.5 fps. Includes mounting screws. 2"
MPT x 11/2" slip sumpless bulkhead fitting ordered separately. Other fitting sizes available
- inquire. Color: white
40-300 4" dia. VGB suction outlet fitting
40-305 6" dia. VGB suction outlet fitting
40-301 4" dia. Bulkhead fitting
40-306 6" dia. Bulkhead fitting
Skimmers & Tools
SELF-ANCHORING SKIMMER WEIRS —
Easy to install. Just position, pull out pins,
and it’s done. Stainless steel spring-loaded
to ensure against slipping from position.
Additional sizes to 16" available - inquire.
40-1956"
40-21083⁄8"
40-2007"
40-2209"
40-2058"
40-22510"
Kit Includes: Hand Knob
Cylinder
40-155
Hex Bar
SURFACE SKIMMERS
AUTOMATIC SURFACE SKIMMER — Swimquip U-3 trouble free, efficient skimmer with
float for low water pump protection. Removes
floating leaves and debris from pool surface.
Color: white. NSF listed.
40-155 2" slip connection — complete
Anchor Extractor
Hardened Stud
40-190
40-230
SKIM-PRO SKIMMER BASKET — Basket
tower allows continued water circulation, even as
basket fills with debris. Fits Pentair/Swimquip U-3
skimmers and Hayward 1070 Series skimmers.
81⁄4" basket dia. x 13" high tower.
40-190
CIRCULAR SKIMMER WEIR — Convert U-3
skimmer basket to use circular skimmer weir.
Weir adapter snaps onto skimmer basket.
Basket ordered separately.
40-230
WINTERIZING PLUGS
GIZZMO WINTERIZING PLUGS — Designed
to absorb expansion in skimmers due to
winter freeze-up. Super New Gizzmo fits deep
skimmers and Ultra Gizzmo includes built-in
blowout tube for winterizing pool lines. Both
Gizzmos are 16" long and have 11/2"/2" tapered
pipe threads.
40-270 Super New Gizzmo
40-275 Ultra Gizzmo
Wing Key
12-24 Tap
Castle Nut
5/16 Tap
SERVICE TOOLS
WINGMASTER SERVICE TOOLS — MultiTool Service Kit contains specially designed
tools for removing seized safety cover anchors
(pop-up or threaded style). Wingmaster
Plus Tool raises and lowers safety cover
anchors, removes/installs vacuum fittings,
and winterizing plugs. Wing HydroTool is
accessory to Wingmaster Plus Tool which
allows installation/removal of Hayward
hydrostatic relief valves and floor inlet fittings.
Wing Jet Key allows installation/removal of
spa jet fittings and pool inlet fittings.
40-250 Multi-Tool Service Kit
40-255 Wingmaster Plus Tool
40-260 Wing Hydro Tool
40-265 Wing Jet Key
40-405
SKIMMER ACCESSORIES
U-3 SKIMMER PARTS
40-160 Skimmer basket
40-165 Deck lid (white)
40-17083⁄8" weir
40-175 Float valve with diverter and o-ring
40-18011⁄2" spring check valve
40-185 2" spring check valve
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
40-250
40-110
FILL SPOUTS
FILL SPOUTS — Available in T304 stainless
steel or CPB. 18" wide.
40-105 1" MIP, stainless steel
40-11011⁄2" MIP, stainless steel
40-115 2" MIP, CPB
40-255
PIPE SHEARS — Ratcheting PVC pipe
shears with replaceable blades. For Sch. 40
or Sch. 80 pipe.
Item
Description
Pipe Size
Repl.
Blades
40-400 Pipe Shears 3/4"-1" O.D.
40-415
40-405 Pipe Shears 11/4"-15/8" O.D. 40-420
40-410 Pipe Shears 17/8"-21/2" O.D. 40-425
51
Heating Systems
21-560
LOW NOX POOL HEATERS
21-025
COMMERCIAL POOL HEATERS
PENTAIR MEGATHERM HEATERS — Commercial pool heaters are available for indoor or
outdoor installation, in either natural gas or propane. Includes: Copper-finned heat exchanger, glass-lined cast iron headers, stainless steel
burners, operating gas valve/safety regulator,
redundant safety gas valve, automatic temperature control, safety high limit, manual shut off
valve, manual pilot valve, pressure relief valve,
two temperature gauges, integral pump and
energy management control system. Spark ignition standard on natural gas models. Standing pilot with electronic pilot supervision and 1
second shut down, standard on propane models. 82% efficiency. When ordering, specify indoor or outdoor installation location, natural gas
or propane, and facility altitude. Vent piping
on indoor models not included. Other options
available at additional cost include: Bronze
headers, cupro-nickel heat exchangers, and
other special code options. Units installed over
2,000 feet above sea level, must be derated 4%
per 1,000 feet above 2,000 feet. Specify State
Code Requirements. Limited availability in California. ASME Certified.
BTU/Hr.
Input
500,000
600,000
715,000
850,000
1,010,000
1,200,000
1,430,000
1,670,000
1,825,000
2,000,000
2,200,000
2,450,000
2,800,000
3,050,000
3,200,000
3,500,000
3,600,000
4,000,000
4,050,000
4,500,000
5,000,000
Cal Code
52
Indoor
Heaters
21-005
21-010
21-015
21-020
21-025
21-030
21-035
21-040
21-045
21-145
•
21-155
•
21-165
•
21-175
•
•
21-195
21-205
21-215
21-050
Outdoor
Heaters
21-003
21-008
21-013
21-018
21-023
21-028
21-033
21-038
21-043
•
21-150
•
21-160
•
21-170
•
21-180
21-190
•
21-210
•
21-050
21-380
RAYPAK COMMERCIAL POOL HEATERS —
These heaters are unmatched for heating efficiency (up to 82% thermal efficiency), operating economy, low cost installation and
all-around dependability. Electronic Pilot ignition, bronze headers, cupro-nickel finned
tubes, and long lasting polytuf powder coat
finish. Unitherm governor (models 514-1223)
or By-Pass Pump (models 1287-4001) for
temperature control within heater and to avoid
condensation and sealing. Dual gas valves
for safety and stainless steel burners for corrosion protection. When ordering, specify
indoor or outdoor installation location and
natural gas or propane. Indoor models require
draft hood, not included. Units installed over
2,000 feet above sea level, must be derated
4% per 1,000 feet above 2,000 feet. Specify
State Code Requirements. Limited availability
in California. ASME Certified.
BTU/Hr.
Input
511,500
627,000
726,000
825,000
926,000
961,700
1,083,000
1,124.700
1,178,000
1,222,500
1,287,000
1,336,600
1,413,000
1,467,000
1,570,000
1,630,000
1,758,000
1,825,000
2,100,000
2,499,000
3,000,000
3,500,000
4,000,000
Cal Code
Indoor
Heaters
21-310
21-320
21-330
21-340
•
21-355
•
21-360
•
21-370
•
21-380
•
21-390
•
21-400
•
21-410
21-415
21-420
21-425
21-430
21-435
21-437
Outdoor
Heaters
21-315
21-325
21-335
21-345
21-350
•
21-357
•
21-365
•
21-375
•
21-385
•
21-395
•
21-405
•
•
•
•
•
•
21-437
Your Lincoln Representative can help you
size the best heater for your pool based
on your pool size and climate conditions.
RAYPAK HI DELTA POOL HEATERS —
85% thermal efficiency with sealed combustion chamber and hot surface ignition, with
remote sensing. Ultra-low NOx (less than 20
ppm) with bronze headers, cupro-nickel and
bronze waterways. Unitherm governor provides condensation free operation. Available
in natural gas or propane and can be installed
indoors or outdoors, specify. Includes: Cal
Code. Easy installation requires only 1"
clearance. Units are stackable and require
small vent sizes out the top or the back. Vent
caps, other options and rack systems also
available at additional cost. Contact us for
requirements on more than 3,000 feet above
sea level. Specify State Code Requirements.
ASME Certified.
BTU/Hr.
Input
300,000
399,000
500,000
650,000
750,000
900,000
990,000
1,260,000
1,530,000
1,800,000
1,999,000
2,070,000
2,340,000
Natural
Gas
21-440
21-450
21-460
21-470
21-480
21-490
21-500
21-510
21-520
21-530
21-540
21-550
21-560
Propane
21-445
21-455
21-465
21-475
21-485
21-495
21-505
21-515
21-525
21-535
•
21-555
21-565
21-330
21-420
Heating Systems
21-660
21-720
PENTAIR POWERMAX POOL HEATERS
High performance, energy efficient pool
heaters specifically designed for commercial
pool and water park applications. 85%
efficiency, that exceeds Low NOx emission
requirements.
The advanced features of the PowerMax
pool heaters include a built-in automatic
mixing system that compensates for low
water temperature and prevents formation
of problematic, corrosive condensation in
the heat exchanger. The mixing system
includes: automatic 3-way valve, fast acting
electronic actuator, factory mounted pump,
and controls that monitor all functions of the
system operation. Every PowerMax heater
also comes standard with a “Backwash Switch”
which allows maintenance staff to prepare the
heater for a filter backwash by allowing the
pump time delay to complete its cycle before
shutting down the heater.
The PowerMax automatic bypass and
combustion systems are factory preset and
no further adjustments are necessary. No
orifice or component changes for high altitude
installations are required, other than derating
performance 2% per 1,000 ft. above sea
level. Fan assisted and filtered combustion
air, reversible vent and intake air terminals,
front panel diagnostics, and reversible gas
and water connections allow PowerMax to be
installed almost anywhere with minimal effort.
Service is simple with quick access panel for
igniter replacement, combustion chamber
sight glasses on both right and left sides, and
dual ignition system. Optional: Cupro-nickel
heat exchanger and rack-mounting system,
inquire. Specify state code requirements,
facility altitude, and whether for indoor or
outdoor installation, when ordering. Outdoor
heater accessory kits ordered separately.
ASME Certified.
BTU/Hr.
Input
500,000
750,000
1,000,000
1,250,000
1,500,000
1,750,000
2,000,000
Natural
Gas
21-700
21-710
21-720
21-730
21-740
21-750
21-760
Propane
21-705
21-715
21-725
21-735
21-745
21-755
21-765
Outdoor
Kit
21-706
21-716
21-726
21-736
21-746
21-756
21-766
properly size your pool/spa heater based on
pool size, climatic conditions, altitude, and
local codes for emissions. Inquire.
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
HIGH EFFICIENCY HEATERS
RAYPAK XTHERM POOL HEATERS - Newest generation pool heater from Raypak. Vertical
modulating heater offers thermal efficiencies
of up to 98%. Installation of an XTherm heater
will allow your facility to realize substantial energy savings and will show a short payback
time, when compared to your existing heater
costs. Ultra low NOx emissions with multiple
venting options. XTherm has one of the smallest installed footprints available. Cold water
run system protects against condensation
in primary heat exchanger. Includes: Cupronickel finned tubes, bronze headers, and
electronic diagnostic controls. Venting and
Cal Code ignition ordered separately. Contact us for requirements on heaters installed
above 5,000 ft. All models are indoor/outdoor
certified. Available in natural gas or propane.
Specify state code requirements. ASME Certified. 10 Year Limited Warranty.
BTU/Hr.
Input
1,000,000
1,500,000
2,000,000
Cal Code
Natural
Gas
21-650
21-660
21-670
21-680
21-614
RAYPAK PROFESSIONAL 84 HEATERS
Digital commercial pool heaters with self diagnostic controls. Includes: bronze headers, direct spark ignition, internal by-pass, and stainless steel base. Direct vent capable, top and
rear. Cupro-nickel heat exchanger, with 84%
efficiency and Low NOx emissions. Can be installed outdoors or indoors with venting. Available in natural gas or propane, with 0-2,000 ft.
or 2,000-5,000 ft. altitude units. For installations
over 5,000 ft. — inquire. ASME Certified heat
exchanger. 3 Year Limited Warranty.
BTU/Hr.
Input
250,000
399,000
21-618
Elevation
Natural
Gas
Propane
0-2,000 ft.
21-610
21-611
2-5,000 ft.
21-612
21-613
0-2,000 ft.
21-614
21-615
2-5,000 ft.
21-616
21-617
Outdoor horizontal vent cap kit
Propane
21-655
21-665
21-675
21-680
21-785
21-641
RAYPAK PROFESSIONAL X94 HEATERS
Digital, low NOx, condensing pool heater.
399,00 BTU input that produces 94% efficiency
with ASME Stainless Steel Marine Grade
Heat Exchanger and Stainless Steel headers.
Specially engineered for corrosion resistance.
Designed for durability and can be installed
indoors or outdoors. Requires Cat IV venting:
PVC, CPVC, Dura-Vent Polypro, or stainless
steel. 2" PVC inlet/outlet connection with 1/2"
PVC drain port. Available in natural gas or
propane. 115 V/60 Hz power supply. 3 Year
Commercial Warranty.
21-641 399,000 BTU, natural gas
21-642 399,000 BTU, propane
STA-RITE MAX-E-THERM POOL HEATERS
For indoor and outdoor installations. Lightest
weight heater available in its class. Patented,
rust proof Dura-Glas heater enclosure, handles
the heat and weathers the elements. 84% Efficiency. Includes: top mounted digital heater
controls with LED temperature readout, dual
thermostat and temperature safety lockout.
PMG burner technology requires no outdoor
draft hood. Plastic manifold with PVC union
connections. Available in natural gas or propane. Units also available with HD cupro-nickel
heat exchangers and ASME Certified (400,000
BTU only). All units are certified for Low NOx
emissions. 2 Year Limited Warranty.
Natural Gas
Propane
BTU/Hr.
Input Standard HD
ASME Standard ASME
200,000 21-775 21-777 •
•
21-776
333,000 21-780 21-782 •
•
21-781
400,000 21-785 21-787 21-790 21-786 21-791
53
Heating Systems & Accessories
21-804
ELECTRIC HEATERS
COMPACT ELECTRIC POOL/SPA HEATERS All stainless tank for long life and corrosion resistance. Features include: flow
switch, manual reset hi-limit switch, heavy
duty contactor, and element and flow switch
"on" lights. 11/2" male NPT connections. UL
Listed for indoor/outdoor installation.
Voltage
240 volt/1 phase
208 volt/3 phase
240 volt/3 phase
480 volt/3 phase
12 KW
21-800
21-803
21-806
21-809
15 KW
18 KW
21-801
21-804
21-807
21-810
21-802
21-805
21-808
21-811
21-925
CORROSION MONITOR
PROMINENT LOG R CORROSION MONITOR
Single channel corrosion rate monitor that
uses Linear Polarization Resistance (LPR) to
measure the corrosion rate of metals. Readings are taken every 2.5 minutes giving accurate corrosion rates instantly. Stores up to
one year of log data. Includes: monitor, sensor, 3/4" "T" fitting, wall mounting bracket, and
110VAC/24 VDC power adapter.
21-925 Cupro-nickel sensor package
21-930 Copper sensor package
21-935 Admiralty sensor package
21-940 Carbon steel sensor package
21-945 Zinc sensor package
21-125
21-115
21-120
IN-LINE THERMOMETERS
IN-LINE THERMOMETERS — 7" aluminum
case in-line thermometer that allows you to
check circulation line temperatures. Scale
range 30-240° F. 31⁄2" separable brass socket allows for removal of thermometer without
leakage. Available in vari-angle for quick adjustment to all angles, straight form stationary, or angle form stationary.
21-115 Vari-angle
21-120 Straight form stationary
21-125 Angle form stationary
21-835
COMMERCIAL
ELECTRIC
POOL/SPA
HEATERS — Medium duty pool and spa
heaters with built-in flow switch. Operating
range: 20-80 GPM. Includes: Incoly heating
elements, stainless tank, digital thermostat,
manual reset hi-limit switch, flow switch, and
element, flow and high temp "on" lights. 24/30
KW units (CPH Series) with 11/2" male NPT
connections. 36 KW and higher units (PHS
Series) have 2" male NPT connections. UL
Listed for indoor/outdoor installation.
CPH SERIES
Voltage
240 volt/1 phase
208 volt/3 phase
240 volt/3 phase
480 volt/3 phase
PHS SERIES
Voltage
24 KW
21-820
21-822
21-824
21-826
36 KW 45 KW
240V/1 phase 21-830 21-831
208V/3 phase 21-834 21-835
240V/3 phase 21-838 21-839
480V/3 phase 21-842 21-843
Electric Spa Heater Sizing:
30 KW
54 KW
21-832
21-836
21-840
21-844
57 KW
21-833
21-837
21-841
21-845
KW required = Gallonage x 8.3 lbs./gal. x TEMP rise (in °F/Hr.)
3413
Electric Pool Heater Sizing:
KW required =
Surface Area x TEMP differential (°F) x 12
3413
Heat Loss Factor:
For use in electrical pool heater sizing formula above.
12 = outdoor pool or 10 = indoor pool
54
21-132
21-821
21-823
21-825
21-827
21-131
21-135
WATER THERMOMETERS
21-305
PORTABLE AERATION SYSTEM
WATERCANNON AERATION SYSTEMS —
Reduces summertime pool water temperature
15-20°. Portable water feature makes your facility fun and relaxing. Improves water quality and
safety. Units include: GFCI, 50 ft. cord, safe
triple suction assembly, and sprayer arm assembly with chrome/brass adjustable nozzles.
Available in: 11/2 HP (115 volt/20 amp/single
phase/110 GPM) and 3 HP (230 volt/20 amp/
single phase/160 GPM) models. 50Hz/60Hz. 3
HP unit comes with stainless steel cart.
21-303 Watercannon 1.5
21-305 Watercannon 3
JIM BUOY THERMOMETER — Convertible
top allows thermometer to be used as floating
unit or tethered with 36" lanyard. 8" injection
molded plastic body with shatter proof lens.
21-132
ECONOMY THERMOMETER — 10" long
plastic case thermometer with 12" lanyard.
21-131
DELUXE THERMOMETER — 7" long solid
brass thermometer with chrome finish, magnifying plastic lens, and 36" lanyard.
21-135
SKIMMER LID THERMOMETER — Round
skimmer lid with built-in 3" diameter thermometer. Specify skimmer manufacturer when
ordering.
21-140
Energy Conservation
98-110
ENERGY CONTROLLERS
TEK™ ENERGY SMART™ CONTROLLERS
Commercial pool monitoring and control system
gives you unprecedented remote control and
access to pool information and conditions at
your facility. Allows control and scheduling of
swimming pool systems with multiple pumps,
heaters, solar arrays, and variable frequency
drives (VFD) to maximize energy efficiency.
Monitor and control pool parameters on any
internet enabled device, including smart phones
and tablets. Supports 24/7 e-mail alerts for
system conditions based on user definable
set points. Standard internal 24V power supply
simplifies expanded pool instrumentation.
SOLAR ENERGY SYSTEMS
SOLAR ENERGY SYSTEMS — Your pool
and pool equipment are one of the biggest
consumers of energy in your facility and one
of the biggest expenses in your budget. New
solar and energy efficiency technologies can
dramatically reduce your energy consumption and operating costs.
Solar and energy efficiency products have
the potential to dramatically improve your
pool operations and reduce your energy and
maintenance expenses. They are complex
and require special expertise to optimize their
performance, insure proper installation and
maximize your savings.
Lincoln has a team of professional engineers, consultants, and contractors with extensive experience in the design and installation of complete energy conservation systems
for commercial pools. Our team can deliver a
turnkey solution for your specific situation.
Generous rebates and other incentives are
available from the state and your local utility,
but applying for them can be complex and
requires a trained and certified expert. To receive rebates and incentives for your project
an application, energy savings calculations,
pay back data and other documentation is
required. Lincoln has successfully applied
for and been granted numerous rebates and
incentives for its customers.
Each component of your energy efficiency
upgrade project must be installed and configured to operate at peak efficiency. Depending on the scope of your project, many
different contractors and experts may be required to complete your installation.
Our team of engineers and contractors can
manage the project for you. We have many
years of experience with commercial swimming pool products so we can insure that the
right products are selected and installed to
optimize the efficiency at your facility.
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
98-100
Our new Eco-Spark Solar Systems allow
you to optimize energy efficiency and begin
to generate your own heat source for your
swimming pool. Extend your swimming season, save money, and reduce your carbon
footprint. These solar panels have been designed with a special glazing, significantly
increasing the performance of the collector.
The glazing creates a greenhouse effect to
preserve energy in the collector. Made from
100% UV stabilized polypropylene, using a
unique over-molding process, which provides a seamless leak proof unit. The panels
polymeric composition allows it to withstand
harsh swimming pool chemicals and salt
water environments. The multiwall glazing
seals the panel and protects it against external water and dust, while stabilizing it from
the damaging effects of UV light exposure.
Square header design assures tight fastening and mounting of the solar panels. Headers and risers are molded together forming
one solid piece, eliminating welds that crack
with age and stress. The design preserves
water flow with minimum pressure drop
across the panel. 12 Year Warranty.
98-100
The Controller is available in 2 versions:
Basic Energy Smart™ Controller - Enables monitoring of system performance
and tracking of energy use on any internet
enabled device. Provides basic control of
solar systems, many Pentair variable speed
pumps, and Dan Foss VFDs. Programmable
PLC logic for custom pool monitoring, including monitoring of up to 4 parameters. Also
includes output control of up to 2 devices for
solar control, filter pump and VFD scheduling.
Expanded Energy Smart™ Controller Features front panel touch screen interface
and expanded inputs and outputs. Enables
onsite and internet based remote control and
automation of complex commercial pool systems. Provides detailed monitoring, control
and reporting of energy use/production and
pool water conditions/chemistry. Customizable to facilitate local utility mandated load
shedding. Monitors up to 8 separate devices
and provides up to 8 output relays. Can be
optionally configured for Modbus and other
industrial control strategies.
Flow sensors, installation fittings, and other required pool components ordered separately.
Requires hard wired internet connection or
can be optionally configured for wifi or with
internal internet cell modem. Includes first 6
months of internet hosting and cloud based
data logging.
98-105 Energy Smart Controller - Basic
98-110 Energy Smart Controller - Expanded
55
Grating Systems
PARALLEL
PVC GRATING SYSTEMS
LAWSON QUIET-FLOW® PARALLEL GRATING — Designed to capture water quickly and reduce the noise of
commercial gutters. Can be fitted to any free-form design. SuperGrip™ non-slip surface. Quiet-Flow® equals
faster water for competition pools and reduces gutter
width requirements. ASTM Tested for friction and loads.
Parallel, 45° and 90° inside or outside corners available in 1" increments (6" - 18") - inquire. Complies with
ADA regulations. Standard Colors: white, bone or gray.
10 Year Warranty.
Straight Grating
Item
22-210
22-245
22-200
22-205
22-210
22-215
22-220
22-225
22-230
Width
6"
8"
10"
12"
14"
16"
18"
Radius Grating
Length
1'
1'
1'
1'
1'
1'
1'
Item
22-235
22-240
22-245
22-250
22-255
22-260
22-265
Width
Length
6"
8"
10"
12"
14"
16"
18"
24"
24"
24"
24"
24"
24"
24"
PERPENDICULAR
PVC GRATING SYSTEMS
LAWSON SUPERGRIP™ PERPENDICULAR GRATING
Perpendicular style grating available in widths from 4" to
20". Made from high grade UV-stabilized, outdoor quality PVC, these grates comply with all ASTM load and
deflection requirement. SuperGrip™ non-slip pattern design. Completely modular with interlocking stainless steel
hardware. Perpendicular, 45° and 90° inside or outside
corners available in 1" increments (4" - 20") - inquire.
Complies with ADA regulations. Standard Colors: white,
bone or gray. 10 Year Warranty.
Item
22-245
22-003
22-004
22-006
22-007
22-008
22-009
22-010
22-011
22-012
22-015
Grating Length
4"
6"
8"
10"
12"
14"
16"
18"
20"
Style
Surface Width
T
T
T
T
T
I
I
I
I
Custom mitered corners
⁄8"
⁄8"
5
⁄8"
5
⁄8"
5
⁄8"
3
⁄4"
3
⁄4"
3
⁄4"
3
⁄4"
5
5
PVC GRATING ACCESSORIES
STAINLESS STEEL HOLD DOWN CLIPS —Stainless
steel hold down clips to safely anchor grating. Fasten
grates every 2 ft. alternating sides. Pkg. of 50 clips.
22-013 Perpendicular grate fasteners (per 100 ft.)
22-280 Parallel grate fasteners, straight (per 100 ft.)
22-285 Parallel grate fasteners, radius (per 50 ft.)
HAND HOLD BRACKET — Fits PVC grating. Specify
color: white or bone.
22-014
22-006
56
HEAVY DUTY CURB ANGLE — For use with PVC grating installations. Available "without tail" when anchored
into place or "with tail" when formed into deck. 10' sections. Colors: white or bone.
22-016 Heavy duty curb angle - without tail
22-001 Heavy duty curb angle - with tail
Grating Systems
22-035
FIBERGLASS GRATING SYSTEM
PVC DECK DRAINING SYSTEM
LAWSON DRAIN-THE-DECK™ SYSTEM — A system of PVC components: deck drain, base
and sleeves which are designed to offer a generous 25% open space for water flow for the
quickest, most efficient handling of excess water flow from rain or deck cleaning. All grates are
completely modular and interlocking, making them extremely simple to install or replace, yet
strong enough for pedestrians and light vehicle traffic. Drain-the-Deck™ complies with federal
ADA regulations. It's the ONLY drain system that can truly radius to any pool or fountain design
without cutting or mitering. ASTM Tested for loads and friction. Deck Drain package available in
10 foot lengths and priced per foot. Standard Colors: white, bone or gray. Radius Deck Drains
also available, inquire. 10 Year Warranty.
Item
22-018
22-075
22-080
22-085
22-090
22-095
22-100
22-105
22-110
Description
Deck Drain Package with grate, per ft.
Deck Drain 90° inside corner
Deck Drain 45° inside corner
Deck Drain Down Adapter, 2" connection
Deck Drain Down Adapter, 3" connection
Deck Drain “T” section
Deck Drain End Adapter
Deck Drain Custom mitered corners
Deck Drain Connector sleeve
22-018
22-095
Base 10' Section
End Adaptor with
End Outlet
End Adaptor
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
Down Adaptor
45° Corner
FIBERGLASS GRATING SYSTEM — 100%
corrosion-resistant grating system that can be
used for safety grates over filter pits, sumps,
trenches, or gutters. Can also be used as a
perimeter trench drain cover. The grating is
made of “pultruded” fiberglass, which consists
of densely packed glass fibers wrapped by a
continuous glass mat. The densely packed
core makes the grating stronger than steel
in both longitudinal flexible strength and
impact strength. The anti-skid top consists
of a permanently bonded quartz grit, with UV
stabilized polyurethane top coat. Available
in 1" thick “T” bar and “I” bar styles. “T” bar
grating has 18% open area and “I” bar grating
has 40% open area. Available with cross-rods
placed 6" or 12" on center. Specify required
bearing bar direction. Each panel listed below
is 12" x 120". Stainless steel hold down insert
clips and socket head bolt assemblies ordered
separately. The structure of the grating system
allows the panels to be cut and fabricated
like a solid sheet. Custom grates to meet your
requirements are also available. Color: white.
T-1800 “T” Bar Grating
22-035 Cross rods @ 6"
22-040 Cross rods @ 12"
22-042 T-1800 Custom Grating
22-045 T-1800 insert clip
22-050 Bolt assembly
I-4000 “I” Bar Grating
22-055 Cross rods @ 6"
22-060 Cross rods @ 12"
22-062 I-4000 Custom Grating
22-065 I-4000 insert clip
22-070 Bolt assembly
“T” Section
90° Corner
57
Test Kits
Palintest Pooltest 25 Bluetooth
23-101
PALINTEST
PHOTOMETER TEST KITS
Water testing provides a pivotal role in ensuring that your pool or spa water is kept at
its best. The Palintest method of testing is
unparalleled in accuracy compared to traditional test kits. Palintest test kits feature photometer technology with digital electronics.
The Palintest Photometer is used to measure
color formed in the test sample solution. Light
from the photometer is passed through the
sample, then through an optical filter into a
photocell. The photometer will display the test
result with a digital readout. Uses Palintest
tablet reagents for rapid and reliable results.
PALINTEST PROFESSIONAL PHOTOMETERS
PALINTEST POOLTEST 25 AND POOLTEST
9 SERIES WATERPROOF PHOTOMETERS
Meters are designed for the commercial pool
operator looking for a comprehensive collection of the most common water test used in
an all-in-one unit. Features include: Bluetooth
communication, extended chlorine reading
and a direct reading with large backlit display
for ease of use and Langelier Saturation Index. Stores test results on its internal memory
and you can transfer them to a PC database
with USB computer connection. Memory storage: Palintest 25 (1,000 tests) and Palintest 9
(100 tests). Both units include: hard carrying
case, glass test tubes and reagents. Check
standards help ensure your meter is calibrated and reading accurately.
Palintest Pooltest 9 Bluetooth
58
23-116
PALINTEST POOLTEST 25 PHOTOMETER
Description
Palintest Pooltest 25
Palintest Pooltest 25 Check Stds.
Item
23-101
23-102
Description
Palintest Pooltest 9
Palintest Pooltest 9 Check Stds.
Item
23-116
23-110
PALINTEST POOLTEST 25 & 9 TEST
RANGES AND REPLACEMENT TABLETS
Test
Range
Replacement
Tablets
50
250
tests
tests
Tests Included Palintest 25 and 9 Kits
Free Chlorine
0-5 ppm 25-650 25-655
Total Chlorine
0-5 ppm 25-660 25-665
Ext. Free Chlorine 0-10 ppm 25-810 25-815
Ext. Total Chlorine 0-10 ppm 25-820 25-825
pH
6.8-8.4
25-670 25-675
Cyanuric Acid
2-200 ppm 25-680 25-685
Bromine
.04-10 ppm 25-690 25-695
Alkalinity
10-500 ppm 25-700 25-705
Cal. Hardness
5-500 ppm 25-710 25-715
Total Hardness 5-500 ppm 25-800 25-805
Iron LR
.01-1 ppm
•
25-725
Ozone
.01-2 ppm 25-770 25-775
Manganese High
.01-5 ppm 25-845 25-850
Range
Sulfate
5-200 ppm 25-855 25-860
Hydrogen Peroxide 1-100 ppm 25-865 25-870
Additional Tests Included In Palintest 25 Kit
HR Chlorine
1-250 ppm 25-780 25-785
Salt
0-10,000 ppm 25-730 25-735
Chloride
10-500 ppm 25-730 25-735
TDS
0-10,000 ppm
by sensor
PHMB
2-100 ppm 25-740 25-745
Free Copper
.03-5 ppm
•
25-755
Total Copper
.03-5 ppm 25-760 25-765
Phosphates
.03-4 ppm 25-830
•
Nitrate
.02-20 ppm 25-875
•
Aluminum
.02-0.5 ppm 25-880 25-885
Ammonia
.01-1.0 ppm 25-890 25-895
NOTE: Lincoln is an Authorized Service
Center to calibrate your Palintest Photometers and Hand-Held Photometers.
23-135
23-120
PALINTEST HAND-HELD
PHOTOMETERS
PALINTEST POOLTEST 6 & 3 PHOTOMETERS — The newest in photometric testing
packed in a compact hand-held meter. Improved test kit features include: large backlit
display screen, enhanced wavelength filters,
automatic blank recognition and zero setting,
plus extended range chlorine reading. Both
units include a hard carrying case. Check
standards help ensure your meter is calibrated and reading accurately.
Description
Item
Palintest Pooltest 6 Photometer
Palintest 6 & 3 Check Standards
23-120
23-146
Description
Item
Palintest Pooltest 3 Photometer
Palintest 6 & 3 Check Standards
23-135
23-146
PALINTEST POOLTEST 6 & 3 TEST
RANGES AND REPLACEMENT TABLETS
Test
Range
Replacement
Tablets
50
250
tests
tests
Tests Included in Palintest 6 and 3 Kits
Ext. Free Chlorine 0-10 ppm 25-810 25-815
Ext. Total Chlorine 0-10 ppm 25-820 25-825
pH
6.8-8.4
25-670 25-675
Cyanuric Acid 2-200 ppm 25-680 25-685
Additional Tests Included In Palintest 6 Kit
Bromine
.04-10 ppm 25-690 25-695
Alkalinity
10-500 ppm 25-700 25-705
Cal. Hardness 5-500 ppm 25-710 25-715
PALINTEST REPLACEMENT PARTS — For
all Palintest photometers.
23-150 Palintest 25 & 9 Glass test tubes,
pkg. of 5
23-151 Palintest 6 & 3 Glass test tubes,
pkg. of 5
23-155 Dilution tube, plastic
23-160 Crushing/stirring rods, pkg. of 10
Test Kits
23-005
TAYLOR COMPARATOR TEST KITS
TAYLOR PROFESSIONAL SERIES TEST
KITS — As a series, these test kits are
distinguished by the accuracy of liquid-toliquid colorimetric testing. Slide Comparators
have 9 liquid color standards for optimum
color matching. Professional Series Kits
include Water Balance™ Calculator. Chart listed
below indicates what test each Taylor Test
Kit features. Taylor Professional Complete
Test Kit includes: 5 slide comparators (low
chlorine/bromine, high chlorine/bromine, pH,
copper and iron.) Taylor Professional Test
Kit includes: 3 slide comparators (low chlorine/
bromine, high chlorine/bromine & pH) All other
tests work with a standard drop method.
TAYLOR PROFESSIONAL COMPLETE KITS
23-005 Chlorine Professional Complete
23-010 Bromine Professional Complete
TAYLOR PROFESSIONAL KITS
23-015 Chlorine Professional
23-020 Bromine Professional
TAYLOR PROFESSIONAL KITS
23-020
23-015
1.0 - 10.0 ppm
0 - 3.0 ppm
1.0 - 10.0 ppm
Total Chlorine
0 - 3.0 ppm
2.0 - 10.0 ppm
Bromine
0 - 3.0 ppm
pH
6.8 - 8.4
Total Alkalinity 1 Drop = 10 ppm
Calcium
1 Drop = 10 ppm
Hardness
Total Hardness 1 Drop = 10 ppm
Acid/Base
–
Demand
Cyanuric Acid 20 - 100 ppm
Copper
0 - 3.0 ppm
Iron
0 - 2.0 ppm
Free Chlorine
23-010
Range
23-005
Test
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
23-025
TAYLOR COMMERCIAL TEST KIT — DPD
slide comparator based test kit includes 2
slides: low chlorine (0.0-3.0 ppm) and pH
(6.8-8.4). Uses 2 oz. reagents.
23-025
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
23-031
TAYLOR SLIMLITE LAMPS — Source for
simulated daylight needed for accurate color
matching of results from your test kit. Ideal for
indoor pools. Taylor Slimlite Lamp is used with
all Taylor Drop test kits.
23-031 Taylor Slimlite Lamp
23-041
TAYLOR TITRATION TEST KITS
TAYLOR COMPLETE FAS-DPD TEST KITS
Same as the Complete Test Kit except uses a
titration based drop test for chlorine or bromine.
Eliminates color matching problems associated with color comparators. The Complete
Chlorine/Bromine FAS-DPD includes .75 oz.
reagents and the Service Complete uses 2
oz. reagents.
23-041 Complete Chlorine FAS-DPD
23-042 Complete Bromine FAS-DPD
23-043 Service Complete Chlorine,
FAS-DPD
TAYLOR FAS-DPD CALIFORNIA TEST KIT
Designed for those who only need to test for
sanitizer (chlorine only), pH and cyanuric acid.
Uses .75 oz. reagents.
23-044
23-035
TAYLOR DROP TEST KITS
TAYLOR COMPLETE TEST KITS — Available
with English or Spanish instructions. Tests for
free, combined and total chlorine, bromine,
pH, acid/base demand, total alkalinity, calcium
hardness, and cyanuric acid. Also includes
Taylor's Watergram to help determine proper
dosage of treatment chemicals. The Complete
Test Kit includes .75 oz. reagent bottles and
the Service Complete Test Kit includes larger
2 oz. reagent bottles.
Description
Complete
Service Complete
English
23-035
23-040
Spanish
23-034
23-039
23-045
TAYLOR STARTER TEST KIT — Basic Starter
Test Kit includes: tests for free, combined and
total chlorine, and pH with acid/base demand.
Uses .75 oz. reagents.
23-045
TAYLOR CALIFORNIA TEST KIT — Test kit
designed for health inspectors who only need
to test for sanitizer (chlorine or bromine) pH,
and cyanuric acid. Uses .75 oz. reagents.
23-047
23-050
TAYLOR FAS-DPD TEST KITS — Sanitizer
only titration based test kit provides laboratory
accuracy at an economical price. Distinct color
change signals end test results. Also helpful
when higher levels of sanitizer are present.
Available in Chlorine or Bromine Test Kit. Uses
.75 oz. or 2 oz. reagents.
23-050 Chlorine FAS-DPD, .75 oz.
23-051 Chlorine FAS-DPD, 2 oz.
23-055 Bromine FAS-DPD, .75 oz.
23-056 Bromine FAS-DPD, 2 oz.
23-065
TAYLOR MONOPERSULFATE TEST KIT
Drop test for accurate reading of free and
combined chlorine when monopersulfates are
being used. With the use of this test kit you will
eliminate false readings off of your standard
test kit. This test should be used for 18 hours
after monopersulfates have been added to
your pool. Uses 2 oz. reagents.
23-065
59
Test Kits
23-070
TAYLOR SPECIALITY TEST KITS
TAYLOR TOTAL ALKALINITY TEST KIT
Drop test kit for total alkalinity. Uses .75 oz.
size reagents.
23-070
TAYLOR TOTAL HARDNESS TEST KIT
Drop test kit for total hardness. Uses 2 oz.
size reagents.
23-075
TAYLOR TDS TEST KIT — Drop test kit helps
in determining total dissolved solids that are
present in your pool water. Uses 2 oz. reagents.
1 drop = 50 ppm.
23-076
24-100
SPECIALTY TEST KITS
24-016
TOTAL DISSOLVED SOLIDS METER — Used
to tell when the accumulated chemicals dissolved in the water will begin to interfere with
the overall operation of the equipment and
bather comfort. Range: 0-5000 ppm TDS.
Reagents sold separately.
24-100 TDS meter, 0-5000 ppm
25-620 Taylor Deionized Water, 2 oz.
25-625 Taylor TDS Solution, 2 oz.
24-019
TAYLOR SALT TEST KITS — Combines
Taylor's top selling combination test kits and
adds sodium chloride test for monitoring
salt levels in the pool, when using a chlorine
generator. Measures: free chlorine, total
chlorine, pH, alkalinity, calcium hardness,
cyanuric acid, and sodium chloride. Available
with DPD sanitizer test or FAS-DPD sanitizer
test. Uses .75 oz. reagents.
23-057 DPD/Salt, .75 oz.
23-058 FAS-DPD/ Salt, .75 oz.
23-080
CYANURIC ACID TEST KIT — For reading the
level of stabilizer or conditioner in pool water
by means of a turbidity chart. Range 0 to 100
ppm. Comes with 8 oz. of test reagent.
23-080
25-281 Repl. Cyanuric Acid Reag., 16 oz.
25-282 Repl. Cyanuric Acid Reag., 1 quart
Item
24-020
PHOSPHATE TEST KIT — New test kit helps
identify phosphate levels present in your pool
water. Range 0-1000 ppm.
24-083
LAMOTTE COLORQ PRO TEST KITS —
Hand-held photometer measures pool tests
directly on a digital display for accurate test
results. The ColorQ PRO 7 is available with
liquid reagents or easy-to-use test tabs.
Includes convenient carrying case. The
ColorQ PRO 9 Plus features liquid reagents
and easy-to-use test tabs. Includes rugged
plastic carrying case for on-site testing.
COLORQ PRO TEST KITS
Description
24-016 ColorQ PRO 7 Liquid
24-017 ColorQ PRO 7 Test Tabs
24-019 ColorQ PRO 9 Plus
LAMOTTE
COMPARATOR TEST KITS
24-083
LAMOTTE
PHOTOMETER TEST KITS
LAMOTTE POOL MANAGER TEST KIT
Precise and easy to use with a wide test
range for chlorine. Uses LaMotte Test Tablets.
Reagent refill is a complete set of reagents
identical to those furnished with the original kit.
24-020 Pool Manager Test Kit
24-021 Reagent Refill
24-024 Repl. OctaSlide Test Tube, 10 ml
24-035 OctaSlide2 Viewer
24-050 Chlorine OctaSlide2 (.5-10.0 ppm)
24-051 pH OctaSlide2 (6.6- 8.2 ppm)
Reagent Refill
24-026
24-027
24-028
COLORQ PRO TEST KIT RANGES
Test
Range
Free Chlorine
0 - 10 ppm
Total Chlorine
0 - 10 ppm
Bromine
0 - 22 ppm
pH
6.5 - 8.5 ppm
Total Alkalinity 0 - 250 ppm
Calcium Hardness 0 - 700 ppm
Cyanuric Acid 0 - 125 ppm
Iron
0 - 3.0 ppm
Copper
0 - 4.0 ppm
ColorQ ColorQ
PRO 7 PRO 9
incl.
incl.
incl.
incl.
incl.
incl.
incl.
incl.
incl.
incl.
incl.
incl.
incl.
incl.
•
incl.
•
incl.
POOL MANAGER TEST KIT RANGES
Test
24-091
HAND HELD pH METER — Hand held meter
for testing of pH. Includes pH sensor. Must be
calibrated for accurate readings before each use.
24-091
24-092 Replacement pH sensor
60
Range
Free Chlorine 0.5 - 10.0 ppm
Total Chlorine 0.5 - 10.0 ppm
pH
6.8 - 8.2 ppm
Total Alkalinity 60 - 400 ppm
Calcium Hardness 60 - 400 ppm
Acid Demand
Cyanuric Acid
# of Tests
50
50
50
20
20
Calculated
•
from Alk. Test
0 - 100 ppm
20
24-030
WATERSAFE® TEST KIT
WATERSAFE ® BACTERIA TEST KIT —
Detects the presence of pseudomonas and
E-coli in swimming pools and spas in less than
20 minutes. Includes: 10 one time only tests.
24-030 Watersafe® Bacteria Test Kit
Test Kits
24-022
24-023
INSTANT STRIP TEST KITS
24-065
24-075
24-085
LAMOTTE HAND HELD METERS
WATERPROOF HAND HELD METERS
Microprocessor pocket testers with easy to
read LCD display. Auto off and hold features
save on battery life. pH range: 1-14 ppm which
includes automatic temperature compensation;
TDS range: 0 -10,000 ppm; ORP range: -50 to
+1050 mV. Salt range: 0-10,000 ppt. pH, TDS
and Salt meters require calibration reagents
with each use. Batteries included.
24-065 pH waterproof meter
24-070 pH buffer solution. 500 ml
24-075 TDS waterproof meter
24-080 TDS conductivity solution, 500 ml
24-085 ORP waterproof meter
24-086 Salt waterproof meter
24-087 Salt calibration standard, 120 ml
LAMOTTE INSTA-TEST STRIPS — Instant reliable results without reagents. 50 strips per bottle.
Tester
Item
Total
Chlorine
Free
Chlorine
Bromine
Alkalinity
pH
Cyanuric
Acid
Total
Hardness
Insta-Test Insta-Test Insta-Test
6
5
3
24-025
24-022
24-023
0-10 ppm 0-10 ppm
•
0-10 ppm 0-10 ppm 0-10 ppm
•
0-20 ppm 0-20 ppm
0-240 ppm 0-180 ppm 0-180 ppm
6.2-8.4
6.2-8.4
6.2-8.4
0-250 ppm
•
•
50-800
ppm
50-800
ppm
•
24-116
POOL RECORD LOG BOOKS
24-120
LAMOTTE TRACER POCKET TESTER —
Tracer Pocket Tester Kit tests for Chlorine,
pH, and ORP. Includes tester with three
interchangeable probes, 20 ml sample cup,
tablet crusher, 100 Chlorine tablets and case.
Bar graph display shows sample temperature
when testing Chlorine or pH. Saves calibrations between sensor changes. Also available
as individual Tracer Pocket Testers (Chlorine,
pH or ORP) which includes Tester with probe,
and 20 ml sample cup.
Tester
Kit
Chlorine
pH
ORP
Tracer
Pocket
Tester
24-120
24-130
24-140
24-150
Repl.
Probe
Range
•
•
24-135 0.0 - 10.0 ppm
0.0 - 14.0
24-145
24-155 -999 - 999 mv
POCKET TESTER ACCESSORIES
24-160 Sample cup, 20 ml
24-165 Weighted stand w/5 sample cups
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
ALL-WEATHER LOG BOOKS — All-weather
log books for essential pool records. Commercial Pool and Spa Log Book is a detailed 6
month record documenting chemical readings,
mechanical equipment log, bather load and
more. Pool Maintenance Log Book records
chemicals added, filter/pump maintenance and
chemical readings.
24-116 Pool and Spa Log Book
24-117 Pool Maintenance Log Book
TAYLOR PARTS
TAYLOR COMPARATOR SLIDES — Optional
comparators for Taylor Professional Complete,
Professional and Commercial Test Kits.
25-005 Low Chlorine (0.0-3.0 ppm)
25-010 High Chlorine (1.0-10.0 ppm)
25-025 pH (6.8-8.4)
25-030 Copper (0.0-3.0 ppm)
25-035 Iron (0.0-2.0 ppm)
ENSLOW BASE — Replacement base for test
cells when using the Professional Complete,
Professional and Commercial Test Kits.
25-040
25-003
25-002
SAMPLESIZER — Precisely displaces the
right amount of water needed for Taylor 25 mL
or 10 mL test samples. Anodized aluminum.
25-003
SPEEDSTIR — Compact magnetic stirrer
drops intoTaylor test vial for automatic stirring.
Requires 4-AA batteries.
25-002
UNIT DOSE DISPENSER — For use with
Taylor's DPD Powder. Quickly and neatly dispenses the exact amount of reagent powder
needed to perform FAS-DPD titration test.
25-004
25-045
25-065
25-050
MOLDED TEST CELLS
25-045 Low range, 11.5 ml
25-050 High range, .5 ml
25-055 Replacement cap, 11.5 ml
25-060 Replacement cap, .5 ml
25-081 Test cell brush
DPD POWDER SPOON
25-257
PIPETTE — Calibrated eye dropper
25-065 .5 ml pipette
25-066 .5 ml / 1.0 ml pipette
CYANURIC ACID SAMPLE VIEW TUBE
25-070
CYANURIC ACID DISPENSING BOTTLE
25-075 15 ml
MULTIPURPOSE TEST SAMPLE TUBE —
FAS-DPD, alkalinity & calcium hardness
sample tube.
25-079 25 ml
25-085
25-097
COMPARATOR TEST BLOCKS — For use
with Taylor test kits.
25-085 Comparator test block
25-086 FAS-DPD Comparator test block
25-090 Replacement cap, small
25-095 Replacement cap, large
WATER BALANCE CALCULATORS — Easy
to use Saturation Index calculator for your pool
water. Available in new electronic version or
re-designed Watergram™ Wheel.
25-097 Electronic Watergram™
25-099Watergram™ Wheel
61
Test Reagents
TAYLOR LIQUID REAGENTS
Reagent
Taylor #
DPD No. 1
DPD No. 2
DPD No. 3
pH Indicator Solution
Acid Demand Reagent (ADR)
Base Demand Reagent (BDR)
Thiosulfate N/10
Total Alkalinity Indicator
Sulfuric Acid .12N
Calcium Buffer
Calcium Indicator Liquid
Hardness Reagent
Cyanuric Acid Reagent
Phenol Red Indicator
Chromate Indicator
Silver Nitrate
FAS-DPD Titrating Chlorine
FAS-DPD Titrating Bromine
Phosphate Reagent #1
Phosphate Reagent #2
Deox Reagent
.75 oz.
R-0001
R-0002
R-0003
R-0004
R-0005
R-0006
R-0007
R-0008
R-0009
R-0010
R-0011L
R-0012
R-0013
R-1003J
R-0630
R-0718
R-0871
R-0872
R-0980
R-0981
R-0867
2 oz.
25-100
25-110
25-120
25-130
25-140
25-150
25-160
25-170
25-180
25-190
25-200
25-220
25-229
25-235
•
25-635
25-259
25-269
25-271
25-272
25-275
16 oz.
•
•
•
25-136
25-146
25-156
25-166
25-176
25-186
25-196
25-206
25-226
25-233
25-245
•
•
25-265
•
•
•
•
25-105
25-115
25-125
25-135
25-145
25-155
25-165
25-175
25-185
25-195
25-205
25-225
25-230
25-240
25-630
•
25-260
25-270
•
•
25-280
TAYLOR POWDERED REAGENTS
Reagent
Calcium Indicator Powder
DPD Powder
Taylor #
R-0011P
R-0870
10 gram
50 gram
25-210
25-250
25-215
•
.25 lb
1 lb.
•
25-255
•
25-256
LAMOTTE COLORQ LIQUID REAGENTS
Reagent
LaMotte #
DPD 1A
DPD 1B
DPD 3
pH Reagent
Total Alkalinity
Calcium Hardness 1
Calcium Hardness 2
6740
6741
6743
7037
7038
7042
7041
ColorQ
PRO 7 Test Kit
(Liquid)
30 ml
25-520
25-530
25-540
25-552
25-577
25-562
25-561
ColorQ
PRO 9 Test Kit
(Liquid)
60 ml
25-525
25-535
25-545
25-553
25-578
25-567
25-568
LAMOTTE COLORQ TABLET REAGENTS
Reagent
DPD 1 Instrument Grade
DPD 3 Instrument Grade
pH Instrument Grade
Alkalinity
Instrument Grade
Calcium Hardness Instrument Grade
Cyanuric Acid
100
1,000
LaMotte #
(Test Tabs) (Test Tabs)
6903A
6197A
3880A
25-636
25-638
25-640
25-637
25-639
25-641
3882A
25-642
25-643
3883A
25-644
6996A
25-487
ColorQ
PRO 7
Test Kit
(Test Tabs)
incl.
incl.
incl.
ColorQ
ColorQ
PRO7
PRO9
Test Kit
Test Kit
(Liquid) (Test Tabs)
•
•
•
•
•
•
incl.
•
•
25-645
incl.
•
•
25-488
incl.
incl.
incl.
LAMOTTE POOL MANAGER TABLET REAGENTS
62
Reagent
LaMotte #
Chlorine DPD 1R
Chlorine DPD 3R
Phenol Red pH
Alkalinity
Calcium Hardness
Cyanuric Acid
6999A
6905A
6915A
6920A
6846A
6994A
100
(Test Tabs)
25-335
25-375
25-415
25-435
25-475
25-495
1,000
(Test Tabs)
25-345
25-385
25-425
25-445
25-485
25-505
Battery Operated Vacuums
29-004
26-036
HAMMER-HEAD VACUUMS
HAMMER-HEAD VACUUMS — Finally a
vacuum that is perfect for quick fixes and efficiently handles your big jobs. Sets up faster
than conventional vacuum systems, saving
you time and money. No installation or priming required and the unit runs independently
of the pool circulation system. Head design
provides 30 lb. thrust resulting in 16,000 GPH.
Two sizes available: Resort 30 - with 30" wide
vacuum head and the Resort 21 - with 21"
wide vacuum head. Both units include 60'
cord, cart and 2 debris bags. Pole and 12 volt
deep cycle marine battery and battery charger not included. 1 Year Warranty.
26-036 Hammer-Head Resort 30
26-037 Hammer-Head Resort 21
26-048 Hammer-Head Smart Charger
29-005
29-051
HAMMER-HEAD DEBRIS BAGS
Bag Mesh Tag
Extra
Short
Regular
Style
Color
Large (Fountain)
Coarse Purple
Standard Red
Super Fine Blue
Ultra Fine White
26-040 26-043
26-038 26-041
26-039 26-042
•
26-034
•
26-044
•
•
HAMMER-HEAD REPLACEMENT PARTS
Item
26-051
26-052
26-053
26-054
Description
Includes
3 Blade
Prop Pins (2)
Propeller Kit
Prop Nut (1)
Vacuum Head
Bushing (1)
Wheel, Large
Vacuum Head
Bolt (1)
Wheel, Small
Bushing (1)
Cart Wheel, 20" Wheel Bearing (1)
BATTERY OPERATED VACUUMS
POOL BLASTER VACUUMS — Battery powered hand-held vacuums can attach to a pole
for bigger jobs. Pole ordered separately. Switch and go battery insures no job is left undone.
Available in three models: PRO 1500, PRO 900 for larger vacuuming requirements and MAX
CG for lighter duty needs.
POOL BLASTER VACUUMS
Features
PRO 1500
Item
Vacuum Head Width
Throat
Rechargeable Battery
29-004
19"
2"
2 - 60 min.
POOL BLASTER REPLACEMENT FILTER BAGS
Description
All-Purpose Filter Bag
Sand and Silt Filter Bag
Xtreme Multi-Layer Micro Filter Bag
Micro Filter Bag
PRO 1500
29-008
29-009
29-010
•
POOL BLASTER REPLACEMENT PARTS
Description
26-037
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
Battery
Motor Box Assembly
Charger
Wheels
Brushes
PRO 1500
29-012
29-016
29-011
29-014 (set of 4)
29-007 (set of 6)
PRO 900
29-005
15"
2"
2 - 60 min.
PRO 900
29-008
29-009
29-010
•
PRO 900
29-012
29-016
29-011
29-006 (set of 11)
29-007 (set of 6)
MAX CG
29-051
10.5"
1"
1 - 60 min.
MAX CG
29-054
•
•
29-015
MAX CG
29-059
29-017
29-058
29-052 (set of 5)
29-053 (set of 6)
63
Automatic Vacuums
26-171 DuraMAX Duo Jr.
26-160 DuraMAX Duo
AUTOMATIC VACUUMS — With the use of an automatic pool vacuum you will
save on labor costs and improve water quality. In many cases an automatic vacuum will pay for itself in less than one year. The vacuum is self-propelled, selfcontained and operates unattended. Removable filter bags rinse clean in minutes. This allows your staff to do other duties while your pool is being cleaned.
Because of the ease of use, you will vacuum more frequently and, as a result,
you will have a cleaner pool. Demonstration units are available in some areas.
DURAMAX AUTOMATIC VACUUMS — The DuraMAX line of commercial pool
cleaners are designed to handle any size swimming pool. The roving nature of the
DuraMAX removes debris from all areas of your pool. Since the DuraMAX is a selfcontained filter system, collected debris does not pass into your main pool filter,
thereby reducing the need for backwashing. The DuraMAX modular components
and heavy duty drive system provides extended service and dependable performance. In addition, rugged rubber brushes scrub and scour your pool surface for
the best results. All DuraMAX vacuums include remote control, air sensor and user
selectable cleaning programs which include: user selectable 1 hour delay start,
adjustable cleaning cycle lengths (1-7 hours), or continuous run cycles. The DuraMAX Duo unit adds an additional hydro-scrubbing, power washing, jet feature
for increased cleaning performance. DuraMAX vacuums have been engineered to
work with VGB main drain covers. 24 volt power supply.
DURAMAX AUTOMATIC VACUUMS
Feature
Item
Pool Size
Vacuum Width
GPH
Cord Length
Drive Motor
Pump
Remote
Cart
Floor/Wall
Warranty
Infrared Sensor
Zero Depth Sensor
Weight
Filter Bag (fine)
Rubber Brushes, blue
Rubber Brushes, hard gray
Drive Belt Set*
Bottom Lid Assembly
DuraMAX Duo
26-160
up to 150'
34"
9,600
120'
2
2
4-way
UltraKart included
yes/yes adjustable
2 year
26-126
included
49 lbs.
94-100
94-200 (pair)
94-215 (pair)
94-300
94-400
DuraMAX Duo Jr.
26-171
over 75'
26"
9,600
120'
2
2
4-way
UltraKart Jr. included
yes/yes adjustable
2 year
26-126
included
45 lbs.
94-105
94-205 (set of 4)
94-220 (set of 4)
94-300
94-405
Visit www.lincolnaquatics.com for a complete list of vacuum parts.
64
26-173 DuraMAX RC
26-174 DuraMAX Biturbo T-RC
DuraMAX RC
26-173
up to 75'
26"
4,800
120'
2
1
4-way
yes/yes adjustable
2 year
26-126
included
37 lbs.
94-105
94-205 (set of 4)
94-220 (set of 4)
94-300
94-405
DuraMax Biturbo T-RC
26-174
up to 75'
26"
9,600
120'
1
2
3-way
yes/yes adjustable
2 year
26-126
included
41 lbs.
94-105
94-210 (pair)
94-225 (pair)
94-300
94-405
Automatic Vacuums
26-180 UltraMAX XL
26-078
AUTOMATIC VACUUM CARTS
H Y D R O - VA C ™ C A R T — H e a v y - d u t y
powder-coated steel storage cart. Provides a
convenient solution for moving your automatic
vacuum to where you need it most. Storage for
vacuum, cord and transformer box. Rubber
wheels provide ease of portability on deck.
Fits Aqua Products and Dolphin automatic
vacuums.
26-078
26-179 AquaMAX X3
26-178 AquaMAX X2
ULTRAMAX & AQUAMAX AUTOMATIC VACUUMS — The UltraMAX is one of the most technologically advanced, easy to use, commercial pool cleaners available. Operates with wireless
remote control to spot clean your pool or let the on-board computer guide the UltraMax to give
you the cleanest pool possible. The AquaMAX vacuums are designed for smaller commercial
pools and features a smart cleaning system with sensors to make cleaning your pool as easy
as the touch of the button. Unique forward and reverse motion eliminates any entanglements in
corners and ladders. Heavy duty filtration system filters out all types of debris including algae
and other particles down to 2 microns in size. UltraMAX and AquaMAX vacuums have been
engineered to work with VGB main drain covers. 24 volt power supply.
ULTRAMAX & AQUAMAX AUTOMATIC VACUUMS
Feature
Item
Pool Size
Vacuum Width
GPH
Cord Length
Drive Motor
Pump
Remote
Cart
Floor/Wall
Warranty
Infrared Sensor
Zero Depth Sensor
Weight
Filter Bag (fine)
Rubber Brushes
Drive Belt (each)
Bottom Lid Assembly
UltraMAX XL
26-180
up to 164'
30"
9,690
150'
2
2
4-way
UltraKart included
floor only
2 year
included
included
49 lbs.
94-120
94-230 (set of 4)
94-305
94-410
AquaMAX X3
26-179
up to 75'
20"
4,330
100'
2
1
4-way
UltraKart included
floor only
2 year
N/A
included
25 lbs.
94-105
94-235 (set of 4)
94-305
94-415
AquaMAX X2
26-178
up to 75'
15.5"
4,330
100'
2
1
4-way
yes/yes
2 year
N/A
included
22 lbs.
94-120
94-240 (set of 4)
94-305
94-420
26-080
ULTRAKART/ULTRAKART JUNIOR — UltraKart and UltraKart Junior assist in moving
and storage of Aqua Products vacuums.
26-080 UltraKart
26-081 UltraKart Junior
26-086
VACUUM TIMER
AUTOMATIC TIMER — 24 hour timer for use
with your automatic pool vacuum. Allows the
vacuum to work fewer hours and work more
efficiently as the debris in the pool water settles
to the pool floor.
26-086
LINCOLN is a factory trained Service Center for Aqua Products pool vacuums.
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
65
Automatic Vacuums
Complete pool scanning
To ensure thorough cleaning, your
Dolphin cleaner is equipped with
built in software that systematically
cleans your entire pool regardless
of your pool’s shape or surface.
Gyro XL scanning
Unique gyroscopic system delivers
accurate and effective scanning
for systematic cleaning along the
entire pool.
26-215
CleverCleanTM system
The unique CleverClean Scanning
system, powered by intelligent
software, helps the robot optimize
its scanning capabilities by learning the various parameters of the
pool and adjusting its patterns
accordingly. This guarantees
complete coverage of any type of
pool during each cleaning cycle,
including shaped pools and pools
with obstacles.
26-210
Dual-filtration porosity options
Covers all pool conditions from
rough debris to fine dust particles:
Ultra-fine filter collects fine dust
particles and net for leaves and
rough debris.
Top-access
The filter cartridges system is accessed from the top of the robot for
easy and convenient cleaning (C4
and C3 only).
Feature
Item
Pool Size
Vacuum Width
Cycle Time
GPH
Cord Length
Drive Motor
Pump
Digital Power Supply
Cable Swivel
Remote
Cart
Floor/Wall/Waterline
Warranty
Zero Depth Sensor
Weight (Shipping)
Combined Brush
Filtration Type
Filter Bag or Cartridge
PVC Brush
Wonder Brush Ring
Bottom Lid
Tracks
Dolphin
C6+
26-215
up to 110'
30.5"
4,6 or 8 hours
8,466
131'
1
1
LED w/Full Bag Indicator
Yes
PRO
Yes
Floor, Wall, Adjustable
2 Year
included
89 lbs.
included
Bag
91-105
91-200 (pair)
91-220 (set of 4)
91-400
91-300 (pair)
26-200
Dolphin
C5
26-210
up to 82'
16"
4,6 or 8 hours
4,233
98'
2
1
Yes
PRO
Yes
2 Year
included
55 lbs.
included
Bag
91-105
91-205 (set of 4)
91-220 (set of 4)
91-400
91-300 (pair)
26-205
Dolphin
C4
26-205
up to 60'
16"
1.5, 2.5 or 3.5 hours
4,233
78'
2
1
Digital
Yes
PRO
Yes
Floor, Wall, Waterline
2 Year
included
55 lbs.
included
Top Load Cartridge
91-110 (pkg. of 4)
91-210 (set of 4)
91-220 (set of 4)
•
91-300 (pair)
Dolphin
C3
26-200
up to 50'
16"
1 or 2.5 hours
4,233
60'
1
1
Digital
Yes
Basic
Yes
2 Year
included
55 lbs.
included
Top Load Cartridge
91-110 (pkg. of 4)
91-215 (pair)
91-220 (set of 4)
•
91-300 (pair)
LINCOLN is a factory trained service center for Dolphin pool vacuums.
66
Automatic Vacuums
Complete pool scanning
To ensure thorough cleaning, your
Dolphin cleaner is equipped with
built in software that systematically
cleans your entire pool regardless
of your pool’s shape or surface.
Gyro XL scanning
Unique gyroscopic system delivers
accurate and effective scanning
for systematic cleaning along the
entire pool.
26-255
26-260
26-270
Feature
Item
Pool Size
Vacuum Width
Cycle Time
GPH
Cord Length
Drive Motor
Pump
Digital Power Supply
Cable Swivel
Remote
Cart
Floor/Wall/Waterline
Warranty
Zero Depth Sensor
Weight (Shipping)
Combined Brush
Filtration Type
Filter Bag
PVC Brush
Wonder Brush Ring
Bottom Lid
Tracks
Dolphin
2x2
26-255
up to 110'
30.5"
4,6 or 8 hours
8,466
131'
1
1
Yes
PRO
Yes
1 Year
included
85 lbs.
included
Bag
91-105
91-200 (pair)
91-220 (set of 4)
91-400
91-305 (pair)
Dynamic
ProX 2
26-260
up to 82'
16"
4,6 or 8 hours
4,233
114'
2
1
Yes
PRO
Yes
1 Year
included
59 lbs.
included
Bag
91-105
91-205 (set of 4)
91-220 (set of 4)
91-400
91-305 (pair)
CleverCleanTM system
The unique CleverClean Scanning
system, powered by intelligent
software, helps the robot optimize
its scanning capabilities by learning the various parameters of the
pool and adjusting its patterns
accordingly. This guarantees
complete coverage of any type of
pool during each cleaning cycle,
including shaped pools and pools
with obstacles.
Dual-filtration porosity options
Covers all pool conditions from
rough debris to fine dust particles:
Ultra-fine filter collects fine dust
particles and net for leaves and
rough debris.
Dolphin
3001
26-270
up to 75'
16"
6 hours
4,233
91'
1
1
Yes
NO
Yes
1 Year
included
55 lbs.
included
Bag
91-105
91-200 (pair)
91-220 (set of 4)
91-400
91-305 (pair)
LINCOLN is a factory trained service center for Dolphin pool vacuums.
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
67
Portable Pool Cleaners
27-009
27-025
PORTABLE VACUUMS
27-100
27-010
LINCOLN PORTABLE VACUUM SYSTEMS — Stainless steel cartridge filter mounted on a
easy-to-maneuver powder-coated steel cart. 100' #10-3 wire electric cable with in-line GFCI.
Available in electric or gas versions. Includes (2) 11⁄2" and (2) 2" hose connection fittings. Vacuum
accessories ordered separately.
REPLACEMENT PARTS
Filter
Max
Item
HP Sq. Ft. Volts Amps
18-250 6 sq. ft. cartridge
ELECTRIC
1 HP
105
110V
15
27-009
18-272 Antimicrobial 105 sq. ft. cartridge
1
1 ⁄2 HP
155
110V
18.6
27-010
18-273 Antimicrobial 155 sq. ft. cartridge
2 HP
155
110V
19.6
27-015
27-035 Rim gasket
2 HP
155
220V
19.6
27-020
27-040 Strainer basket
GAS
27-041 Strainer "O" ring
27-042 Strainer lid
3.5 HP
155
Gas
•
27-025
27-129 Replacement vacuum cart wheel
27-055
27-060
27-045
27-050
MAXI-SWEEP PORTABLE VACUUM SYSTEMS — Portable vacuum system saves pool water, chemicals and energy by filtering dirty water and returning clean water to the pool as you vacuum. Includes:
2" x 50' hose, 1 - 8' x 24' telescopic pole and 2 – 8' extension poles. Specify: 30", 36" or 42" vacuum
3-port vacuum head. For electric units, specify 110 volt/30 amp or 220 volt/20 amp.
Item
ELECTRIC
27-055
27-060
GAS
27-045
27-050
68
HP
Filter
Cord
Sq. Ft. Length
GPH
2 HP
2 HP
225
225
50'
100'
8,000
8,000
4 HP
51/2 HP
225
225
•
•
8,000
8,000
REPLACEMENT PARTS
27-065 Dacron cartridges (set of 3)
27-075 30" vacuum head
27-090 Vacuum head wheel assembly, ea.
27-091 Leaf trap
NOTE: See pages 69-72 for vacuum accessories and aluminum poles.
LINCOLN PORTABLE PUMP SYSTEM — Allows
you to vacuum and discharge debris to waste.
System features powder-coated steel cart and
rubber wheels, pump with clear-lid strainer
basket and vacuum priming “T”. Includes: (2)
1½" and (2) 2" hose connection fittings. Electrical pumps include in-line GFCI and watertight
power switch. Pump Overhaul Kit includes:
impeller, shaft seal and “o” ring.
Item
HP
ELECTRIC
11/2 HP
27-100
2 HP
27-095
GAS
3 HP
27-120
Volts
Cord
Length
GpH
110
220
100'
100'
6,000
8,200
•
•
7,800
27-120
REPLACEMENT PARTS
27-104 Replacement vacuum priming "T"
27-110 Strainer lid
27-115 Strainer “O” ring
27-106 Shaft seal w/o copper insert
27-129 Replacement vacuum cart wheel
27-108 Portable pump overhaul kit, 11/2 HP
27-109 Portable pump overhaul kit, 2 HP
IMPORTANT: Due to possible electrical
danger, portable vacuums must be wired
to proper receptacles utilizing G.F.I.’s. It is
recommended that a 20 amp service outlet
be used on all portable pool vacuums and
pumps.
Vacuum Heads
28-006
COMMERCIAL VACUUM HEADS
32" TOW VACUUM HEADS — Ideal for large
commercial pools. Available in two attachment
styles: Rope attaches to vacuum head so two
people can work together pulling vacuum
across pool or with pole attachment. Body
made of chrome, bronze and anodized aluminum. 2" hose connection.
28-005 Tow Vacuum w/rope attachment
28-006 Tow Vacuum w/pole attachment
TOW REPLACEMENT PARTS
28-010 Wheel, each
28-015 Axle assembly, each
28-020 31" brush
28-075
18" CPB VACUUM HEAD — Chrome plated
brass vacuum head designed especially for
rugged commercial use. Includes: adjustable
brush and skirt kit and heavy duty handle. Available in 2" or 11⁄2" hose connection.
28-075 18" CPB, 2"
28-080 18" CPB, 11⁄2"
CPB REPLACEMENT PARTS
28-085 Wheel and axle kit, each
28-095 Brush kit with hardware
28-100 Skirt kit set
28-101 CPB handle
28-186
COMMERCIAL VACUUM HEAD — Flexible
dual manifold vacuum head provides maximum cleaning performance. 24" wide vacuum
head features enclosed lead weights. Adjustable ball bearing polyurethane wheels. Fits
both 2" or 11⁄2" vacuum hose.
28-186 24" Commercial
COMMERCIAL REPLACEMENT PARTS
28-188 Wheel, each
28-191Handle
28-250 Swivel caster, each
28-255 Stainless retainer clip, each
28-194 Manifold hose assembly
28-150
28-025
28-025
18" HEAVY DUTY VACUUM HEAD — All
metal vacuum head designed specifically for
commercial use. Housing made of chrome,
bronze and anodized aluminum. Handle is all
stainless steel. Fits both 2" or 11⁄2" vacuum hose.
28-025 18" Heavy Duty
HEAVY DUTY REPLACEMENT PARTS
28-030 Wheel, each
28-040 18" brush
28-045
18" AND 14" COMMERCIAL VACUUM
HEADS — The professional’s choice vacuum.
Aluminum body with heavy duty plastic handle,
fits 11⁄4" pole. 11⁄2" hose connection.
28-045 18" Commercial, 11⁄2"
28-050 14" Commercial, 11⁄2"
COMMERCIAL REPLACEMENT PARTS
28-055 Wheel, each
28-065 18" brush
28-070 14" brush
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
28-155
28-156
FLEXIBLE VACUUM HEADS
LINCOLN PROVAC VACUUM HEADS —
Commercial vacuum head with Even-flow
design for optimum vacuum suction. Flex strips
guide debris into suction chamber. Adjustable
ball bearing wheels, lead weights and chrome
steerable handle. Fits 2" or 11⁄2" vacuum hose.
Available in two models: Lincoln Super ProVac
is 41" wide with dual suction ports for increased
coverage in cleaning commercial pools. Lincoln
ProVac 29" and 14" wide vacuum heads are
available with single port suction chamber.
28-150 41" Super ProVac
28-155 29" ProVac
28-153 22" ProVac
28-156 14" ProVac
PROVAC REPLACEMENT PARTS
28-188 Wheel, each
28-241 Adjustment washer
28-170 5' white flex strip, short
28-175 5' blue flex strip, long
28-194 Manifold hose assembly
28-180 Metal swivel handle
28-245 Snap-Adapt handle
28-185 Handle joining assembly
28-230
SWIVEL WHEEL VACUUM HEAD — Commercial grade pool vacuum heads with swivel
wheels that allow the vacuum to be moved in
any direction for ease in cleaning. Will fit any
curvature of the pool. Fully enclosed weights
help keep the vacuum head on the pool bottom. Fits both 2" or 11⁄2" vacuum hose.
28-23019" Swivel
SWIVEL WHEEL REPLACEMENT PARTS
28-235 Swivel wheel, each
28-189 Swivel axle assembly, each
28-246 Wheel base caster support
28-245Handle
28-250 Swivel caster, each
28-255 Stainless retainer clip, each
69
Vacuum Accessories
27-135
29-120
GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTERS
G R O U N D F A U LT I N T E R R U P T E R S
Designed to protect your equipment around
the pool from power surges. Available in two
styles: user attachable GFCI that is wired-in
on-site and as in-line plug in style that does
not require installation. Rated for 18-12 gauge
cords. UL listed.
27-130 In-line GFCI, 120 volt
27-135 User attachable, 120 volt
27-132 User attachable, In-Line GFCI,
110/220 volt
VACUUM HOSES
POOL KING VACUUM HOSE — Commercial
grade crush-proof floating hose. Excellent flexibility makes it easy to handle. UV resistant.
Available in 11⁄2" and 2" diameter sizes. Custom
lengths available — inquire.
29-040
LEAF CLEANING
JANDY LEAF MASTER — Cleans up leaves
and twigs faster than any other method. Attaches to any garden hose. Works on the
bottom of the pool. Powerful water jets push
leaves into large collector bag. Constructed
of high impact plastic with 6" throat.
29-040
LEAF MASTER REPLACEMENT PARTS
29-041 Wheel, each
29-045 Vacuum bag
29-050 Fine mesh bag
Hose Length
50'
75'
100'
11/2" Dia.
29-100
29-105
29-110
2" Dia.
29-120
•
29-130
29-118
29-115
HYDRO-FLO™ VACUUM HOSE — Professional grade floating hose features I-beam construction providing an interior surface which
stays smooth for a clog-free flow and easy
handling. Light weight for ease of handling. UV
stabilized. Colors: green (11/2") and blue (2").
29-056
Hose Length
29-027
50'
75'
11/2" Dia.
29-114
29-115
2" Dia.
29-117
29-118
29-056
HAND OPERATED VACUUM
COMMERCIAL SPAWAND — Ideal for
quick touch-up cleanings on pool steps,
spas and other small bodies of water. With
just a few easy hand-powered strokes debris
is sucked into a built-in filter basket for easy
removal. No hoses or electricity required. Includes interchangeable nozzles.
29-056
70
LEAF TRAP — Specifically designed to be
used as a pre-filter for your vacuum or pump
system. Leaf Trap captures large amounts of
leaves, twigs, rocks, and other debris before it
reaches your pump strainer basket. Features
snap open and close lid, clear housing and
large handle for ease of carrying. Includes 3’
of flexible vacuum hose and bag.
29-026 Leaf Trap, 11/2"
29-027 Leaf Trap, 2"
29-028 Repl. Standard mesh bag
29-029 Sand/silt bag
DISCHARGE HOSE
DISCHARGE HOSE — Vinyl collapsible
discharge hose. Specify length.
29-14011⁄2", per ft.
29-145 2", per ft.
Vacuum Accessories
29-160
29-150
DISCHARGE HOSE REEL
VACUUM HOSE REELS
PARAGON STAINLESS HOSE REEL — Portable stainless steel vacuum hose storage
Reel. Holds up to 100' of 2" vacuum hose.
Saves on deck space and prolongs the life
of your vacuum hose. Holds 11⁄2" or 2" hose.
29-150
PORTABLE DISCHARGE HOSE REEL —
Holds up to 85' of discharge hose. Holds both
11⁄2" and 2" discharge hose.
29-160
29-195
29-200
VACUUM HOSE END CONNECTOR — Female threads at one end. Plastic.
29-195 11⁄2" hose end connector
29-200 2" hose end connector
VACUUM HOSE HANGER
VACUUM HOSE HANGER — Cycolac, pair.
29-165
29-215
29-210
HOSE-TO-WALL FITTINGS
29-21011⁄2" male to 11⁄2" hose-PVC
29-215 2" male to 2" hose-PVC
29-170
29-165
VACUUM HOSE FITTINGS
29-155
VACUUM HOSE REEL — UV stabilized polyethylene hose storage reel. Lightweight and
portable. Hose stays cleaner and free from
tangles. Holds up to 50' of 11/2" hose.
29-155
VACUUM HOSE COUPLING — Female
threads at both ends. Plastic.
29-170 11⁄2" hose coupling
29-175 2" hose coupling
29-180
29-157
VACUUM HOSE CARRIER
HOSE HUGGER — Handy way to cope
with vacuum hoses. Made of durable polypropylene and wide Hook & Loop closure.
Holds up to 50' of 2" vacuum hose.
29-157
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
29-185
29-190
VACUUM HOSE INSERT COUPLING — 2"
O.D. plastic. (Hose clamps extra.)
29-180
HOSE CLAMP — Stainless steel.
29-185 11⁄2" hose clamp
29-190 2" hose clamp
29-225
29-220
HOSE-TO-WALL SWIVEL FITTINGS
29-22011⁄2" male to 11⁄2" hose-CPB
29-225 2" male to 2" hose-CPB
29-230
QUICK CONNECT HOSE COUPLING — Ensures fast, positive, leak proof connections
for your vacuum hose. Includes: polypropylene connectors (2) and stainless steel clamp.
29-230 Quick Connect hose coupling, 11⁄2"
29-235 Quick Connect hose coupling, 2"
71
Cleaning Accessories
30-107
30-005
30-035
30-045
30-050
30-065
30-083
CAM LOCK — For use with Dually Poles replacement internal cam lock.
30-106 Replacement large cam
30-107 Replacement cam plug
30-130
POLES
STRAIGHT POLES — For use with brushes
or life hook.
Length
ALGAE REMOVERS
ALGAEGON ™ BLANKET — Kill algae with this
new underwater Algaegon Blanket applicator.
Allows concentrated granular algaecide or
chlorine to be applied directly on the algae for
long periods of time. For stubborn black algae,
wire brush immediately before and after using
application. Also helpful in bleaching out stubborn stains. Do not use on vinyl lined pools.
30-005 12" x 14", 1-pocket
30-010 24" x 39", 6-pocket
30-015 48" x 75", 12-pocket
12'
16'
Length
6' - 12'
8' - 16'
12' - 24'
16' - 32'
Aluminum
•
30-050
30-055
30-060
Sections
2 x 8'
3 x 8'
30-045
30-046
Fiberglass
30-035
30-040
30-041
•
Aluminum
30-075
30-080
QUICK SHIP TELESCOPIC POLES — Nylon
twist-lock assembly secures sections in place.
Quick ship poles are built in sections and can
be shipped via UPS.
30-020
ALGEE-GON — Simply insert a 3" diameter
TriChlor tablet into holder, attach to your cleaning pole and scrub on black algae spots. Use
algae brush to sweep dead algae away.
30-020 Algee-gon
30-021 3" TriChlor tablets, 4.3 lb. (10)
Length
6' - 12'
8' - 16'
9' - 31'
Sections Aluminum Fiberglass
2 x 6'
2 x 8'
4 x 8'
•
•
30-084
30-035
30-040
•
QUICK SHIP DUALLY POLES — New .042"
wall thickness aluminum poles with dual lock
assemblies with twice the locking capabilities
for heavy duty jobs. Quick Ship Dually poles are
built in sections and can be shipped via UPS.
Length
8' - 16'
6' - 18'
8' - 24'
Sections
2' - 8'
3' - 6'
3' - 8'
30-120
Fiberglass
QUICK SHIP STRAIGHT POLES — .042" wall
thickness aluminum pole for use with brushes or
life hook. Quick ship poles are built in sections
and can be shipped via UPS.
16'
24'
Aluminum
30-081
30-082
30-083
30-125
30-110
30-115
30-135
DELRIN SPRING CLIP — Replaces nuts and
bolts. Plastic spring for snap adapter handles.
3 per package.
30-110
BRASS WING NUT & BOLT SET — Set of 2
bolts and nuts for attaching vacuum heads
and brushes to the end of pole.
30-115
SPEED POLE COUPLER — Attaches to your
pole so you can quickly change to any vacuum
head, brush or skimmer, without the necessity
of using 2 bolts and nuts each time you change
heads. Reduces the number of poles needed.
30-120
POLE CAPS — White polyethylene caps
protect pole ends.
30-12511⁄4"
POLE HANGERS
POLE HANGERS — Holds 2 poles on wall or
fence. Set of 2 hangers.
30-130 Plastic
30-135 Aluminum
30-025
STAIN REMOVER — An easy-to-use
underwater applicator of muriatic acid that
will remove rust, scale and other stains without
the necessity of draining the pool. The Stain
Remover enables you to apply undiluted
muriatic acid to the submerged surface by
siphoning acid from a gallon bottle to a cuplike
applicator.
30-025
72
30-065
30-070
TELESCOPIC POLES — Features twist-lock
connector for easy adjustment.
Length
STAIN REMOVER
Aluminum
30-106
POLE PARTS & FITTINGS
30-105
TELESCOPIC TWIST-LOCK CONNECTOR
Replacement Nylon twist-lock assembly for use
with aluminum telescopic poles.
30-105
NOTE: Due to size restrictions from UPS,
poles over 8' must be shipped via common
carrier. Please call for freight estimate.
30-140
MISSING LINX POLE HANGERS — Plastic
chain link fence pole hanger allows you to
utilize your fence for easy pole storage. Holds
one pole. Set of 2 hangers.
30-140
Cleaning Accessories
STRAIGHT END WALL BRUSHES
STRAIGHT END WALL BRUSH — Deluxe
nylon bristles, plastic back with kwik-fit metal
handle.
31-005
18"
31-010
24"
31-015
36"
CURVED END WALL BRUSHES
31-086
SPECIALTY BRUSHES
WALL WHALE — The Wall Whale creates a
downward force, which keeps the brush firmly
against the pool floor, with 10 times the force
of a regular brush. Hinged Wall Whale vane
eliminates drag on the upstroke and lifts the
brush off the wall. Available complete with
nylon bristle brushes or add a Wall Whale to
your existing brush with the addition of the
component kit.
31-086
Wall Whale with 24" brush
31-087
Wall Whale with 36" brush
31-088
Wall Whale Component Kit
31-071
ANGLED CORNER BRUSH — Angle design
corner brush with synthetic bristles. Dualpurpose handle attaches to telescopic pole
or male threaded pole. Ideal for those hard
to reach areas.
31-071
CURVED END WALL BRUSH — Deluxe nylon
bristles, plastic back with kwik-fit metal handle.
31-020
18"
31-025
24"
31-030
36"
31-090
ALGAE BRUSHES
ALGAE BRUSHES — “Algae-fighter”
brushes. Stainless steel bristles, plastic back
with kwik-fit metal handle.
31-035
5"
31-040
9"
31-045
18"
SWEEPEASE BRUSH — Patented design lets
the water do the work for you. Easily sticks to
the pool wall and floor as you push the brush.
Airfoil design also makes it easier to pull brush
back through the water. Fast and easy way to
clean your pool, with 10 times the brushing
power of a standard pool brush. Now brushing
can be done efficiently, even when you're using
only one hand. Quick release pole connection.
31-090
31-076
31-077
CORNER BRUSH — Perfect for cleaning hard
to reach places. Staggered bristle pattern allows for better brushing action. Durable metal
handle. Available in synthetic bristles or combination synthetic and stainless steel bristles.
31-076
Corner Brush, Synthetic
31-077
Corner Brush, Combination
31-070
TILE & ACID BRUSHES
TILE & ACID BRUSHES — Tile & acid wash
brushes with blue plastic bristles. 27⁄8" wide.
Durable hardwood back with 5' pole.
31-050
5"
31-055
10"
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
DUAL ACTION SCRUB BRUSH — Dual surface
brush and double edge squeegee all-in-one
cleaning tool. Ideal for decks, locker and shower
areas. Stiff crimped plastic bristles, 10" solid
plastic back, with 5' wood pole.
31-070
31-080
MINI SCRUB BRUSH — All purpose scrub
brush with poly bristles set into molded hand
grip.
31-080
73
Deck Cleaning Accessories
31-095
31-100
31-140
31-100
LEAF SKIMMERS & RAKES
DELUXE SKIMMER & LEAF RAKE —
Designed for heavy duty commercial use.
Features plated steel handle, stainless steel
rim and protective tubing to guard from wear
and tear.
Item
31-095
31-100
Style
Skimmer
Leaf Rake
Pocket Depth
CHAMPION™ LEAF RAKE — Commercial
heavy duty 21" wide leaf rake with lip design
that allows for easier pick up. Plastic rim and
21" deep net. Color coated aluminum handle.
Wear panel helps extend the life of the mesh
pocket on the leaf rake. Repair kit includes:
plastic rim, 21" mesh net and v-clip.
31-135
Champion™ leaf rake, standard
31-140
Champion™ leaf rake with wear panel
31-145
Champion™ leaf rake repair kit
8"
10"
32-012
POOLSTONE CLEANING BLOCK — Pumicelike cleaning block made from recycled
materials. Provides chemical-free, non-toxic
cleaning for hard water, mildew, and rust
stains. Safe for use on pool tile, concrete,
gunite and stone. Starter Kit includes 1
block and EZ-grip plastic handle. Refill
Pack contains 3 PoolStone cleaning blocks
for cleaning by hand or for use with EZ-grip
handle. Pole Attachment fits on standard
cleaning pole ends.
Item
PoolStone
32-011 Pole Attachment
Starter Kit
32-012
32-013 Refill Pack - 3
32-014 Large Block
Block Size
91/2"H x 2"W x 2"D
2"H x 4"W x 3"D
2"H x 4"W x 3"D
3"H x 6"W x 3"D
31-101
32-010
32-005
POOL BLOK — A quick way to remove stains,
rust, scale and algae deposits from ceramic
tile and pool surfaces. Specially treated
pumice stone is pH neutral so it can be used
underwater. Optional aluminum handle fits
larger Pool Blok pumice stone only.
31-102
DURAPRO SKIMMER & LEAF RAKE — An
economical alternative to the Deluxe line of
skimmers & leaf rakes with half the weight.
Plated steel handle and rim with protective
tubing. High Capacity model, with pocket stays
to keep the pocket open, allowing debris to
enter and empty easily.
Item
31-101
31-102
31-103
Style
Skimmer
Leaf Rake
High Capacity
Leaf Rake
Item
32-004
32-005
32-010
Pocket Depth
8"
10"
16"
32-026
32-017
Pool Blok
Small
Medium
Handle
Size
6" x 13/4"
6" x 3" x 3"
6"
32-016
32-027
POOL SURFACE CLEANERS
31-103
74
TELESCOPIC TILE SCRUBBER — Allows
you to clean your pool or spa tile standing
up. Anodized aluminum 41" telescopic pole
extends to 70" length with vinyl hand grips.
Durable 7" x 4" polyethylene scrub pad attaches
to the pole with a pivoting head attachment
which enables you to work on cleaning the tile
line at varying angles. Replacement hand knob
and pad allows you to put more pressure on the
pad for trouble spots.
32-026
Telescopic tile scrubber
32-027
Replacement pad with hand knob
32-028 Replacement pivoting head
32-018
STAIN ERASER — Cleans rust, calcium, algae
and miscellaneous stains on surfaces. Won't
scratch or gouge surface.
32-016
Stain eraser
32-017
Spa eraser
32-018
R-Teez tile and grout eraser
Deck Cleaning Accessories
32-058
CLEANING SYSTEMS
WYSIWASH SPRAY SYSTEMS — Clean and
disinfect using chlorine caplets and your water
hose. Ideal for locker rooms, pool decks and
general facility maintenance. Eliminates algae
and bacteria all while washing dirt away.
Proper dispensing of chemical is automatic.
Simply connect the applicator to a hose and
spray. Calcium Hypochlorite caplets last up
to 3 hours.
PORTABLE HOSE REEL
32-101
CHAMPION™ HOSE REEL — Industrial water
hose reel with double handle and extra wide
turf tires allows easier maneuverability on
deck. Holds up to 150' of 5⁄8" hose.
32-101 Champion™ Hose Reel
32-052
WYSIWASH HAND SPRAYER — Hand
Sprayer with ergonomic grip and convenient
squeeze trigger. Unit has a trigger lock for
consistent spray and less hand fatigue.
Caplets ordered separately.
32-052 Wysiwash Hand Sprayer
32-058 Wysiwash Caplets, 9 caplets
32-053
WYSIWASH FCV HAND SPRAYER — New
all-in-one Flow Control Valve (FCV) Hand
Sprayer with adjustable flow rate. Unit has
fewer parts for ease of use and requires less
maintenance. Caplets ordered separately.
32-053 Wysiwash FCV Hand Sprayer
32-058 Wysiwash Caplets, 9 caplets
WATER HOSE
HEAVY DUTY WATER HOSE — Commercial
grade 3 ⁄ 4 " I.D. rubber hose with brass
connections.
32-105 50' hose
32-106 75' hose
32-107 100' hose
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
32-080
32-070
32-075
32-085
32-090
WATER NOZZLES
32-038
WATER BROOMS
HEAVY DUTY WATER BROOM — Water
conserving water broom uses less water than
just hosing the deck with a hose nozzle. Quickly
and efficiently cleans any paved surface in
less time. The cleaning power comes from the
brass nozzles that push the water ahead as it
cleans, leaving fewer puddles behind on the
surface. Heavy gauge steel construction with
brass fittings and brass shut-off ball valve.
Heavy gauge swivel casters provide easy
maneuverability on the deck. 50 psi minimum
water pressure required, except for 48" wide
unit, which requires 80-100 psi water pressure.
32-037 5 nozzle, 24" wide
32-038 7 nozzle, 36" wide
32-039 10 nozzle, 48" wide
WATER NOZZLE — Brass nozzles reduce
wash down time and water consumption.
Available in flat sheet spray pattern or fireman
type nozzle for a concentrated stream of water
at one spot.
32-070 Flat sheet nozzle, 25° angle
32-075 Flat sheet nozzle, 40° angle
32-080 Fireman type nozzle
WATER SHUT-OFF PETCOCK — For back of
nozzle. Allows one to shut off water at nozzle
rather than at water line.
32-085 Brass
32-090 Plastic
32-060
DECK CLEANING ACCESSORIES
SQUEEGEE — 36" wide with curved ends,
moves large volume of water with greater water
control. Non-marking gray blade can easily be
replaced. Zinc plated, heavy duty stamped steel
handle and iron frame with 5' wood pole.
32-060 Squeegee
32-066 Replacement 5' wood pole
32-056
32-051
WATER REMOVERS
ROL-DRI® MASTER WATER REMOVER —
Removes water easily from tennis courts, pool
decks and patios. Non-deteriorating foam
is molded directly onto the roller core for a
seamless fit to ensure rapid, streakless drying.
Complete with handle. 36” wide.
32-051Rol-Dri® Master Water Remover
32-056 Repl. Master Sponge & Roller
75
Underwater Lights
33-115
33-150
33-175
33-135
33-110
UNDERWATER LIGHTS
AMERLITE LIGHTS — Incandescent
underwater pool light. Available in 120 volt
and 12 volt styles with stainless steel face
ring. Niche ordered separately. Units with
longer cord lengths are available — inquire.
UL Listed.
Cord Length
15'
50'
100'
Niche - 3⁄4"
Repl. Lens, 83⁄8"
Lens Gasket, 83⁄8"
Repl. Silicone
Lens Gasket, 83⁄8"
120 V
300 W
33-100
33-106
33-108
33-110
33-210
33-230
120 V
500 W
33-115
33-121
33-123
33-110
33-210
33-230
12 V
300 W
SUNLITE HALOGEN LIGHTS — Quartz
halogen light uses less electricity than standard
pool lights and produces bright light and is
only 5.60" diameter. Perfect for spas and baby
pools, where space is tight and the water depth
is shallow. UL Listed.
Cord Length
30'
50'
100'
Niche - 3⁄4"
120 V
100 W
33-130
33-131
33-132
33-135
120 V
250 W
33-150
33-151
33-152
33-135
33-094
33-097
•
33-110
33-210
33-230
Cord Length
25'
50'
100'
Repl. Lens, 71⁄2"
Repl. Lens Gasket, 71⁄2"
Repl. Silicone Lens
Gasket, 71⁄2"
120 V
500 W
33-068
33-071
•
33-200
33-220
33-227
33-227
NOTE: All lights are to be installed only
into the manufacturers matching niche.
76
PARAGON SLIMLITE POOL LIGHTS —
Designed for fresh water, concrete pools.
Bronze and copper construction with chrome
plated reflector shell. Cast bronze grille has
protective powder coating. Dual halogen bulb
design light is 10" diameter and only 31/2" deep.
Light is Niche ordered separately. Custom cord
lengths available. 110 volt/ 500W. UL Listed.
33-155 13' cord
33-161 50' cord
33-160 26' cord
33-162 75' cord
33-163 Custom Cord Lengths
33-164 Repl. 250W Bulb (2 per light)
33-165 Niche - 3/4"
12 V
300 W
33-060
33-066
33-067
33-200
33-220
35'
Niche - 3⁄4"
Repl. Lens, 83⁄8"
Repl. Lens Gasket, 83⁄8"
Repl. Grid Gasket, 83⁄8"
120 V
300 W
33-169
33-180
33-215
33-235
33-240
33-225
LENS GASKETS
33-226
SILICONE LENS GASKETS — Replacement
gaskets provide superior chemical resistance.
33-225 Amerlite repl. lens gasket
33-227 Swimquip repl. lens gasket
33-226 SpaBrite repl. lens gasket
120 V
500 W
33-175
33-180
33-215
33-235
33-240
33-480
LED POOL LIGHTS
33-160
33-060
Cord Length
33-420
33-225 33-225 33-225
SWIMQUIP LIGHTS — Incandescent
underwater light with CPB face ring. Available
in 120 volt and 12 volt models. Swimquip Niche
is no longer available. Lights are for direct
replacement only. UL Listed.
HYDREL QUARTZ LIGHTS — Heavy duty
cast bronze fixture with safety "electrogrid" design. Stainless steel niche, ordered
separately. Custom cord lengths available.
Available in 300W and 500W sizes. Includes
low water cutoff. UL Listed.
HYDREL LED POOL LIGHTS — White LED
lights with either 18 LED array (60 watts) or
36 LED array (96 watts). White LED outputs of
3000K, 4100K, or 5300K. Custom cord lengths
available. 120 volt. UL Listed.
Cord
Length
35'
35'
33-426
33-427
33-428
33-429
LED
Array
3000K
4100K
5300K
18
33-420 33-421 33-422
36
33-423 33-424 33-425
Custom Cord Lengths
Niche - 3/4"
Repl. LED Engine Kit - 18 LED
Repl. LED Engine Kit - 36 LED
PARAGON SLIMLITE 5G POOL LIGHTS
Energy efficient LED light is 10" diameter and
only 31/2" deep. Direct replacement for existing
500W Slimlite incandescent fixtures. Uses 86%
less energy than comparable incandescent
fixture. Designed for fresh water, concrete
pools. Bronze and copper construction with
chrome plated reflector shell. Cast bronze grille
has protective powder coating. Niche ordered
separately. 110 volt/500W LED equivalent. UL
Listed.
33-480 30' cord
33-481 50' cord
33-482 100' cord
33-483 150' cord
33-484 250' cord
33-490 Repl. 5G Engine Kit
33-165 Niche - 3/4"
Underwater Lights & Accessories
33-750
LED POOL LIGHTS
INTELLIBRITE WHITE LED LIGHTS — Uses
less watts of power, yet produces illumination
equivalent to incandescent lights. Superior
lens geometry, with exclusive reflector design,
creates a wider beam with more uniform light
distribution. Replacement Light Engine Kit
includes: LED light assembly, Uni-tension
clamp, and lens gasket. Replacement Lens Kit
includes: lens and lens gasket. Available in 120
volt and 12 volt styles. UL Listed.
40 WATT LED - EQUIVALENT TO 300 WATT
Cord Length
30'
50'
100'
150'
33-870
120 volt
12 volt
33-750
33-770
33-755
33-775
33-760
33-780
33-765
33-785
Repl. Light Engine Kit
Cord Length
30'
50'
100'
150'
33-871
120 volt
12 volt
33-790
33-810
33-795
33-815
33-800
33-820
33-805
33-825
Cord Length
30'
50'
100'
150'
33-872
120 volt
12 volt
33-830
33-850
33-835
33-855
33-840
33-860
33-845
33-865
33-875 Replacement Lens/Gasket Kit
33-276
33-390
LED LIGHT BULBS
PURE WHITE 2 LED LIGHT BULBS —
Replacement LED bulbs offer ultrabright white
LED light. Compatible with most standard
medium base fixtures. Uses only 40 watts
of power. Reduces energy consumption
and maintenance, while providing brighter
illumination than standard bulbs. Proprietary
cooling system maximizes lamp life up to 50,000
hours. Available in 120 volt and 14 volt styles.
14 volt will work in 12 volt fixtures, but output
will be slightly dimmer. Includes silicone lens
gasket. Specify brand of light when ordering.
Pool (up to 95˚) - 3 Year Warranty. Spa (up to
104˚) - 1 Year Warranty.
Voltage
120 volt
14 volt
Pool
Up to 95˚
33-276
33-277
Spa
Style
33-520
PURE WHITE LED POOL LIGHTS — Stainless
steel LED light fixture, for use in pools or spas.
Used 80% less energy than similarly sized
incandescent fixture. Available in 500 watt
(58 watt LED) and 300 watt (39 watt LED)
equivalent output fixtures in 120 volt and 12
volt styles. Niche ordered separately. 3 Year
Warranty. ETL Listed.
300 Watt
500 Watt
Cord
Length 120 volt 12 volt 120 volt 12 volt
30'
50'
100'
150'
Niche
33-610
33-615
33-620
33-625
33-110
33-630
33-635
33-640
33-645
33-110
33-520
33-525
33-530
33-535
33-110
33-540
33-545
33-550
33-555
33-110
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
Reflector
Flood
Reflector
Reflector
Globe
Globe
Base
HYDREL JUNCTION BOX — Cast bronze
junction box for above deck or wall mounting.
Can be drilled for 1/2", 3/4" or 1" sizes. Size:
75/8" L x 61/2" W x 47/16"D. UL listed.
33-320
Up to 104˚
33-278
33-279
33-390
33-395
120 volt
33-675
33-685
33-695
12 volt
33-670
33-680
33-690
REPLACEMENT LIGHT BULBS
Bulb
Style
JUNCTION BOXES
Mini-Spa
AMERBRITE LED
LIGHT BULBS — The
only UL listed LED
replacement bulb for
Amerlite incandescent
fixtures. Uses only 34
to 51 watts of power.
Includes: bulb, lens
and lens gasket. Lens
can be rotated 180
degrees to provide wide or narrow beam.
Available in 300, 400, and 500 watt equivalent
versions in 12 volt or 120 volt styles.
300 watt (34 watt LED)
33-320
33-315
JUNCTION BOXES — Cast bronze base with
polycarbonate cover. UL listed.
33-315 Bronze with poly top, 3 x 3/4" ports
33-295
TRANSFORMERS
TRANSFORMER — For use with low voltage
lights. Converts line voltage from 120 volts to
12 volts. Waterproof enclosure. UL listed.
33-290 100 watt
33-295 300 watt
120 volt
12 volt
300W 300W 400W 500W
Medium 33-244 •
•
•
Cleated 33-245 •
•
•
Mogul
• 33-250
•
33-265
Medium
• 33-255
•
33-270
Mogul
•
•
•
33-275
Medium
•
•
•
33-260
33-196
33-194
LIGHT ACCESSORIES
ADAPTABLE LIGHT RING — Adapt your old
niche to new style lights. Order to match brand
fixture currently in use.
33-194 Purex light
33-195 Amerlite light
LIGHT WEDGE — Holds pool light in when
niche tab is stripped or broken. Fits all lights.
33-196
77
Electrical Accessories
33-340
TIMERS & CONTROLS
33-338
ENTRAPMENT PREVENTION
STINGL SVRS SYSTEM — Patented "Safety
Vacuum Release System" (SVRS), by Stingl.
Certified and fully compliant with the VGB Pool
and Spa Safety Act. Automatically shuts down
the circulation pump and activates an audible
alarm when a sudden change in vacuum is
detected. Vacuum is monitored 128 times
per second. Pump remains off until manually
reset. Units include: NEMA 3R enclosure
with back-lit LCD display, low vacuum sensor, fireman's switch output, auxiliary pump
control, programmable filter cycle, display
error readout, and power back-up, in case
of power failure. Remote visual/audible alarm
switch for poolside safety ordered separately.
Directly operates pumps to 3 HP/20 amps.
Larger horsepower, or 3 phase pumps, require
purchase of external pump contactor. Specify
120 VAC or 240 VAC. Complies with ASME/
ANSI 112.19.17.
33-338 Stingl SVRS System
33-335 Stingl remote visual/audible alarm
33-344
VAC-ALERT SVRS SYSTEM — Safety Vacuum
Release System (SVRS) reacts in less than one
second to quickly release dangerous pump
suction vacuum. Provides a critical layer of
proection against body or limb entrapment.
This totally mechanical, non-electric safety
system is easy to install, adjust, and test. Available in 2 versions - Submerged - for below
grade submerged suction installations, which
provides pump start-up surge protection and
Lift - for above grade suction lift installations,
that allows flow to the pump when priming, for
lifts up to 3.5 ft. Fail-safe design is constructed
of engineered plastics and Type 316 stainless
steel components for long life and reliability.
Meets or exceeds the performance requirements of ASME/ANSI A112.19.17. 3 Year
Limited Warranty.
33-343 Vac-Alert, Submerged
33-344 Vac-Alert, Lift
78
EMERGENCY SPA SHUT-OFF SYSTEM
Spa side emergency shut-off switch turns off
filter pump and spa jet pump instantly. Power
center at the equipment site has status lights
for pumps and audible alarm. 115V/230V.
33-340
33-341
SPA CONTROL SYSTEM — Remote spa jet
switch with electronic count down timer (15
or 30 minutes) for spa users to activate. Also
includes a spa side emergency shut-off switch
which disables pumps instantly and filter pump
time clock. 115V/230V.
33-341
33-345
LIGHTNING DETECTORS
SKY SCAN LIGHTNING DETECTOR —
Portable Electronic instrument can detect and
track lightning up to 40 miles away. Audible
tone and LED lights that track storms in
miles away. 2 x 9 volt batteries required (not
included). Protective soft case, 110 volt AC
Adapter, and wall mount ordered separately.
33-345 Lightning detector
33-346 Protective case
33-347 110 volt AC adapter
33-348 Wall mount
33-015
33-005
UNDERWATER
SPEAKER SYSTEM
33-280
33-285
SPRING WOUND TIMERS — Installs as switch
in standard 21/2" deep, vertically installed,
junction box.
33-280 15 minute timer
33-285 30 minute timer
27-130
27-135
GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTERS
GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTERS — Available
in two GFCI styles: user attachable which is
wired on site and in-line plug in style. Rated
for 18-12 gauge cords. UL listed.
27-135 User attachable, 120 volt
27-132 User attachable, In-Line GFCI,
110/220 volt
UNDERWATER SPEAKER SYSTEM —
Underwater speakers utilize patented design
that produces the highest output/bandwidth.
Provides music and voice communication
for: synchronized swimming, competitive
swimming, and scuba training. Portable
System includes: 120 watt mixer/amplifier,
PVC underwater speaker with 25' cord,
protective cage and transformer. Permanent
In-wall package allows PVC speaker to be
permanently mounted into pool wall. Includes:
stainless steel niche with stainless steel grille,
speaker with 50' cable, and transformer. Install
at 6' depth. Use 1 speaker per 1,500 sq. ft.
at pool surface area. Optional air speaker
ordered separately. Additional accessories
available.
33-005 Speaker system - portable
33-010 Speaker with niche - permanent
33-015 Optional air speaker
33-020 Air speaker cord, 25 ft.
33-025 Air speaker cord, 50 ft.
33-010
Diving Stands
34-075
34-095
PARAGON DIVING STANDS
Paragon Aquatics is known around the world
as the premier manufacturer of world class
commercial deck equipment.
PARAFLYTE DIVING STANDS — Are a
family of stands available in three different
grades of materials, to meet varying needs
and budgets. All stands come complete with
flanged pedestal, railings, safety handrails, 15°
sloping ladder, front anchors, rear anchors,
and diving board rear swivel assembly. Diving
board ordered separately. When ordering,
specify brand and length of diving board to be
used and pool deck-to-water level dimension.
Ultraflyte, the top grade, uses 1.90" O.D.
x .145" wall thickness stainless steel Type 304
tubing.
Superflyte, the general purpose midgrade, uses 1.90" O.D. stainless steel type
304 tubing. Fulcrum supports and the base
bar are .145" wall thickness. The ladder risers
and rear legs utilize .109" wall thickness.
All other tubular members utilize .065" wall
thickness tubing.
Topflyte, the economy grade, uses
1.90" O.D. x .065" wall thickness Type 304
stainless steel tubing, except on the flexural
members which use .145" O.D. wall thickness
tubing. Flanged pedestals are listed with plain
pedestals also available — Inquire.
NOTE: See pages 81-83 for diving boards,
diving board accessories, and parts.
See page 83 for replacement steps and
hardware.
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
34-080
34-100
Aquatics 2005
ONE© Paragon
METER
DIVING STANDS — Stands
come in three grades, Ultraflyte, Superflyte,
and Topflyte. Diving board ordered separately.
Specify brand and length of diving board to be
used and pool deck-to-water level dimension
when ordering.
34-095 Ultraflyte - flanged rear mount
34-100 Ultraflyte - flanged side mount
34-105 Superflyte - flanged rear mount
34-110 Superflyte - flanged side mount
34-111 Topflyte - flanged rear mount
34-112 Topflyte - flanged side mount
THREE METER DIVING STANDS — Stands
come in three grades, Ultraflyte, Superflyte,
and Topflyte. Diving board ordered separately.
Specify brand and length of diving board to be
used and pool deck-to-water level dimension
when ordering.
34-075 Ultraflyte - flanged rear mount
34-080 Ultraflyte - flanged side mount
34-085 Superflyte - flanged rear mount
34-090 Superflyte - flanged side mount
34-091 Topflyte - flanged rear mount
34-092 Topflyte - flanged side mount
79
Diving Stands
34-035
DURAFIRM SHORT STANDS — Aluminum
rear anchor assembly, fulcrum box and choice
of stainless steel handrails. For mounting onto
concrete platform. Custom handrails available
and ordered separately. Anchors, Duraflex or
Maxiflex diving boards ordered separately.
Specify board length when ordering.
34-035 Double rails on two sides
34-050 Without handrails
34-055 Bronze deck anchors (set of 6)
36-140 Custom handrails
34-015
DURAFIRM DIVING STANDS
Durafirm diving stands are designed for use with
Duraflex and Maxiflex diving boards. Stands are
constructed from aluminum for strength, rigidity,
and long life. All Durafirm diving stands are now
provided with new, replaceable 2-piece slip
resistant stair treads. By far the most popular
stands for competitive diving.
34-005
DURAFIRM ONE METER STANDS — Aluminum stand with adjustable fulcrum and
double polished stainless steel handrails on
both sides. Specify deck-to-water level when
ordering. Anchors, Duraflex or Maxiflex diving
boards ordered separately.
34-015
34-050
DURAFIRM THREE METER STAND —
Aluminum stand with adjustable fulcrum and
double polished stainless steel guard railings
on two sides. Specify deck-to-water level when
ordering. Anchors, Duraflex or Maxiflex diving
boards ordered separately.
34-005
NOTE: Durafirm Diving Stands and Duraflex Diving Boards can only be supplied to pools
meeting FINA and local code safety standards. Measurement guides are required to be
submitted to determine if your pool meets those standards.
34-125
34-115
S.R. SMITH DIVING STANDS
STEEL DIVING STANDS — Powder coated
steel diving stand. Each stand has beautiful
sleek design with durable, double coated
finish. Each stand includes pedestal and
jig anchor assembly. Available in 1⁄2, 3⁄4, 1
meter heights and each stand is predrilled for
optional stainless steel handrails. Diving board
ordered separately.
Item
34-015
80
34-115
34-120
34-125
34-130
34-135
34-140
34-145
Description
1/2 meter stand
3/4 meter stand
3/4 meter stand
1 meter stand
1 meter stand
Handrail set
Handrail set
Board Size
10'
10'
12'
10'
12'
10'
12'
Diving Boards
35-020
DIVING BOARDS
FIBERGLASS DIVING BOARDS — Available
in 2 different commercial grades. Swim Club
Series boards are designed with a solid
laminated wood core, which is reinforced at
the fulcrum. Eureka Series boards have a
solid laminated wood core, which is reinforced
along its full length and width. Both style boards
utilize an acrylic skin with hand-laid fiberglass
and resin roving. Includes mounting hardware.
Colors: marine blue, white, and tile blue.
Board
Length
DURAFLEX DIVING BOARDS — Extruded
aluminum construction with single-taper
design. Includes 5⁄8" dia. anchor bolts.
35-00514'
35-01016'
10'
12'
14'
16'
MAXIFLEX MODEL B DIVING BOARD —
Extruded aluminum, dual-taper design
with new reinforced board end. Slotted
“cheeseboard” slots are installed to increase
lift. Includes 5⁄8" dia. anchor bolts.
35-02016'
Swim Club
Series
35-024
35-025
35-029
35-034
Eureka
Series
•
•
35-030
35-035
Marine Blue
White
NOTE: Durafirm Diving Stands and Duraflex
Diving Boards can only be supplied
to pools meeting FINA and local code
safety standards. Measurement guides are
required to be submitted to determine if
your pool meets those standards.
Tile Blue
35-045
35-020
NOTE: See pages 79 and 80 for diving
stands and diving board accessories. See
page 82 for diving stand anchors. See page
83 for replacement steps and hardware.
OLYMPIAN ALUMINUM DIVING BOARD
Proven “I beam” extrusions with welded end
construction. Safe, non-slip surface that resists
wear. 12' board is 18" wide and the 14' and
16' boards are 20" wide. Includes mounting
hardware. Colors: marine blue, white or tile
blue.
35-03910'
35-04514'
35-04012'35-05016'
DURAFLEX BOARD
FACTORY REFINISHING
MAXIFLEX B BOARD
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
FACTORY REFINISHING — Duraflex or
Maxiflex boards only. Board sent to factory,
old finish stripped to the bare aluminum and
refinished to original condition. Vinyl channels
extra. Please note fulcrum location for correct
replacement of channels. Board will be
examined at factory to see if board warrants
refinishing.
35-060 14'
35-065 16'
81
Diving Board Accessories & Anchors
35-185
DIVING STAND ANCHORS
PARAGON DIVING STAND ANCHORS —
Paragon Diving Stands include Anchor Bolt
Assembly when originally purchased. The
Flanged Stub Anchor or the Cage Anchor
can be substituted as the anchor for the
flanged pedestal for additional charge, both
available in carbon steel or stainless steel.
ANCHOR BOLT ASSEMBLY — Standard
diving tower anchor. Includes template for
accurate setting and alignment of flanged
tower pedestal.
35-185
PLATFORM MATTING
UNDERWATER WINDOWS
PARAGON UNDERWATER WINDOWS —
Rectangular and round styles. Installs in any
poured concrete or gunite pool with plain, tile,
or plaster finish. Stainless steel frame with 3
ply (3/8" thick each) tempered glass laminate or
single thickness 11/4" Plexiglas. Round windows
are constructed from powder coated cast
bronze frames with 2 plies of 3/8" tempered glass
or single thickness of 3/4" Plexiglas. Windows
are pressure tested and factory sealed. Custom
windows or windows designed for custom
depths also available — inquire.
Window
Glass
Opening Glazing
24" x 24"
24" x 36"
24" x 48"
24" x 60"
36" x 36"
36" x 48"
36" x 60"
18" dia.
35-220
35-230
35-240
35-250
35-260
35-270
35-280
35-290
Max Plexiglas Max
Depth Glazing Depth
14' 6"
8' 6"
7' 0"
6' 3"
6' 6"
4' 3"
3' 6"
14' 6"
35-225
35-235
35-245
35-255
35-265
35-275
•
35-295
16' 6"
9' 3"
6' 6"
6' 0"
4' 9"
3' 0"
•
8' 9"
DIVETEX MATTING — Provides superior foot
traction and consistent response. Vulcanized
rubber with molded embossed surface,
channels water away. 1/2" thick, in 2 different
widths, and priced per square foot. Use
adhesive to anchor matting in place.
35-300 3' wide
35-310 5' wide
35-316 Adhesive, 1.9 gallon
CAGE ANCHOR — For installation on a beam
or slab of any thickness greater than 6". Must
be used when diving tower is to be supported
on a framed slab.
35-188 Carbon steel
35-189 Stainless steel
SAFETY PADDING SYSTEMS
SOFTSIDE™ SAFETY PADS — Designed
specifically for aquatic applications. Used
under slide flumes, spray features, and diving
boards. Durable PVC covered-safety foam
padding system meets all CPSC guidelines
and complies with fall-zone regulations. Foam
is totally watertight and is formulated with
biocides to resist mold and algae growth. Can
be installed underwater or above waterline,
either indoors or outdoors. Very easy to
maintain. For existing facilities, padding is
“tapered on grade” and for new facilities,
padding is “flush with grade”. Includes
mounting hardware. Padding material is
colorfast and UV-stabilized to resist fading.
Colors: white, light blue, Caribbean blue, or
French blue. Available in 1/2" - 4" thick, with
custom texture options. 2 Year Warranty.
35-320 SoftSide Safety Pad, 3' x 4'
35-324 SoftSide Safety Pad, custom
design the Soft-Water Landing System to
best meet your needs. Inquire.
82
35-186
35-189
FLANGED STUB ANCHOR ASSEMBLY —
For use when tower is supported by a
foundation pad, on grade or in a framed beam,
if it's at least 18" deep.
35-186 Carbon steel
35-187 Stainless steel
REAR ANCHOR ASSEMBLY —
Anchor for rear legs of Paragon
diving stands. Two-piece heavy
cast bronze with chrome plate
upper flange.
37-025
34-010
34-055
DURAFIRM STAND ANCHORS — Cast bronze
deck anchor for 1M and 3M stand, set of 8.
Includes 1/2" x 5" bolts for positioning in cement
and 5/8" x 1" bolts for layout positioning. Short
stand anchors, set of six, same as 1M and 3M
anchors, except does not include 5" bolt. For
existing decks (1M and 3M stands) - Concrete
threaded insert kit (set of 8) with epoxy. Available
with or without epoxy dispenser. Stand anchor
bolts purchased separately.
34-010 Deck anchors, set of 8 (1M & 3M)
34-055 Deck anchors, set of 6 (Short Stand)
34-065 Inserts w/disp., set of 8 (1M & 3M)
34-070 Inserts w/o disp., set of 8 (1M & 3M)
35-520 Anchor bolt, 5/8" x 13/4"
35-525 Anchor bolt, 5/8" x 2"
35-530 Anchor bolt, 5/8" x 21/2"
35-535 Anchor bolt, 5/8" x 3"
Diving Board Parts & Accessories
35-190
DURAFIRM STAND PARTS
GUARD RAIL PARTS
35-400 C107 Guard rail plug
35-405 C206 Rail bracket
35-105 C207 Stainless steel rail clamp
35-410 SF117 5/16"x1/2" S.S. rail clamp bolt
FULCRUM PARTS
35-425 515 Rubber bumper
35-430 516 Anti rattle clamp
35-517 517 Roller block assembly
35-135 518 Slide bearings
35-140 521 Roller clamps
35-435 522 Tie plate assembly with bolts,
nuts & washers
35-145 524 Roller bearings
35-440 526 Tie plate bolt w/nut & washers
35-150 528 Anti-rattle bolt with lock nut
35-445 532 Expansion pin
35-155 533 Roller clamp stud w/lock nut
HINGE PARTS
35-115 C202 Hinge asmbly w/bolts & nuts
35-450 C202A Hinge (male)
35-455 C202B Hinge (female)
35-120 C203 Hinge pin
35-125 C209 Hinge nyliner
35-130 C210 Hinge “O” ring
35-460 SF103 3/8" x 1" rd. head aluminum
bolt with nut
35-465 SF106 3/8" x 11/2" hex head
aluminum hinge bolt
35-100
RUBBER CHANNELS & SHIMS
35-470 MP107 Shim set, round,
6 phenolic/12 plastic
35-475 MP108 Shim set, square, 4 each
of 7 thicknesses
35-480 MP110 Rubber channel set, 6"
with glue
35-100 MP112 Rubber channel set, 30"
with glue
35-486 Glue kit with adapter
PAINT & GREASE
35-490 MP105 Touch-up paint, 2 x 2 oz.
bottles, buff
35-156 PM110 Grease gun
35-157 PM111 Grease
NOTE: These are the most commonly
ordered Durafirm parts. Inquire for the other
Durafirm parts you may need.
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
35-500
DURAFIRM STEP INSERT — Replaceable
aluminum insert has non-skid texture like
the Duraflex diving board surface. Includes
replaceable insert and mounting hardware.
35-500 Replacement step insert only
35-505 Replacement ladder tread bolt
with nut
DIVING BOARD ACCESSORIES
ANCHOR BOLTS — Includes: bolt with nut
and washer. Priced as a set, each. Two sets
required per board. Stainless steel.
35-085 5⁄8" x 5"
35-070 1⁄2" x 6"
35-090 5⁄8" x 31⁄2"
35-075 1⁄2" x 5"
35-080 1⁄2" x 4"
DIVING BOARD ANCHORING KIT — Kit
includes: two aluminum anchoring plates, two
rubber pads, 51⁄2" bolts, nuts, and washers.
35-094 18" wide
35-095 20" wide
PA R A G O N D E L U X E A D J U S TA B L E
FULCRUMS — Cast bronze with chrome gear
track and adjustable foot wheel. Calibrated
with full view markings on gear track for
competitive diving. Rubber fulcrum roller
assembly has 24" adjusting range. Available
in 2 sizes: 26" wide (center-to-center) for
Paragon Rear Mount Stands and 30" wide for
Paragon Side Mount Stands. Track length is
26" for both width fulcrums. Includes stainless
mounting hardware. Replacement fulcrum
roller assembly includes: axle assembly,
rubber sleeve, and stainless gears.
35-190 26" adjustable fulcrum
35-191 30" adjustable fulcrum
35-195 Foot wheel only
35-200 26" fulcrum roller assembly
35-201 30" fulcrum roller assembly
35-205
PARAGON REAR SWIVELS — Includes
pair of swivels and collars for Paragon Diving
Stands. 35-205 Rear swivel, Duraflex
35-210 Rear swivel, Maxiflex
35-215 Rear swivel, all other boards
35-095
56-086
DIVING BOARD SAFETY SIGNS
35-180
FULCRUMS AND ACCESSORIES
SPLIT FULCRUM COVER — Slips on easily
over 11⁄2" or 2" O.D. pipe. For nonadjustable
fulcrums. Silences and protects diving boards.
35-180 20" wide
BOARD CLOSED SIGN — High visibility, free
standing marker. Notifies your patrons that
board is closed and not authorized for use.
Folds flat for convenient storage.
56-086
NOTE: See page 103 for additional standing
safety signs.
83
Ladders & Grab Rails
36-335
36-305
GRAB RAILS
PARAGON ADJUSTABLE GRAB RAILS —
Adjustable front leg provides additional strength
and rigidity. Front leg is adjustable in field so
it can set atop curbs or into gutters. Requires
four anchor sockets, four escutcheons, and
recessed steps as needed (extra).
Style
Adjustable
36-195
COMMERCIAL LADDERS
PARAGON HEAVY DUTY CROSS BRACED
LADDERS — Stainless steel cross braced
ladders are designed especially for commercial
use. Cross brace adds extra rigidity and
strength. 1.90" O.D. tubing is available in three
wall thickness, lighter duty .065" wall or heavier
duty .109" wall & ultra duty .145" wall. Width of
frame front to back is available in 24", 29" and
35" widths. Standard spacing between ladder
rails is 19" (center-to-center of anchor). All
ladders include cycolac non-skid steps and
ladder bumpers. Requires two anchor sockets
and escutcheons (extra).
.065"
36-300
.109"
36-305
.145"
36-310
Style
2-step
3-step
4-step
5-step
29" WIDTH
Style
2-step
3-step
4-step
5-step
35" WIDTH
Style
2-step
3-step
4-step
5-step
.065"
.109"
36-150
36-195
36-225
36-255
36-155
36-200
36-230
36-260
.065"
.109"
.145"
36-160
36-035
36-045
36-055
36-165
36-005
36-015
36-025
36-170
36-010
36-020
36-030
.065"
.109"
.145"
36-180
36-210
36-240
36-270
.065"
.109"
36-330
36-335
PARAGON LONGREACH ADJUSTABLE
GRAB RAILS — Sized to fit extra wide gutter
system in increasingly popular "fast-pool"
designs. Specify "B" dimension when ordering.
Custom widths can range from 3'0" - 4'6".
Requires four anchor sockets, four escutcheons,
and recessed steps as needed (extra).
Style
.065"
.109"
.145"
Longreach Adjustable 36-315 36-320 36-325
36-350
CALIFORNIA GRAB RAILS — Extra-wide
grab rails to clear wide gutters. Legs offset
laterally to minimize deck width requirements.
Front end dips downward for a shorter reach
for low water level pools. Requires four anchor
sockets, four escutcheons, and recessed
steps as needed (extra).
Style
California
.065"
.109"
36-345
36-350
.145"
S.R. Smith LLC Comme
36-355
Product Specif
Commercial Ring Hand
36-185
36-215
36-245
36-275
26.72
1
R6.00
2
Ø1.625
3.63
3
24.00
36-070
PARAGON FIGURE 4 GRAB RAILS — Our
most popular grab rails. For decks without
unusual curbs or coping. Requires four anchor
sockets, four escutcheons, and recessed steps
as needed (extra).
Style
Figure 4
.065"
36-065
.109"
36-070
.145"
36-075
36-080
VIEW
COMMERCIAL RING GRAB SIDE
RAILS
—
Stainless steel 1.625" O.D. tubing x .065" wall
thickness. Requires anchor kit, escutcheons,
and recessed steps in pool wall (extra).
36-080 Commercial ring grab rails - pair
37-015 Double anchor socket assembly
37-020 Repl. wedge retrofit kit
NOTE: 1.50" O.D. Stainless Steel Ladders
and Grab Rails are available, inquire.
Specification Number:
Product Description:
S.R. Smith Part Number:
Revision:
Written By:
Approved By:
Page 1 of 2
84
.145"
36-340
.145"
36-145
36-190
36-220
36-250
36-175
36-205
36-235
36-265
Style
Pretzel Bend
36-320
CROSS BRACED LADDERS
24" WIDTH
PRETZEL BEND GRAB RAILS — Requires
the least amount of deck width with the
narrowest profile as the legs are offset laterally
instead of front to back. Requires four anchor
sockets, four escutcheons, and recessed
steps as needed (extra).
SRS-602
Commercial Ring Handrails
CRH-100 to CRH-100B-MG
A
T. Weil
B. Bisceglia
Scale: NTS
Date: 05/29/03
Date: 05/29/03
Date: 05/30/03
Proprietary and confidential: The information contained in this specification is the sole
property of S.R. Smith LLC. Any reproduction in part or whole without the written consent
of S.R. Smith LLC is prohibited.
Handrails & Railings
36-510
36-515
36-470
36-475
36-090
HANDRAILS
PARAGON 2-BEND HANDRAILS — 2-Bend
Handrails allow you to have safe access to your
pool. Front leg requires underwater anchor
socket. Stainless steel 1.90" O.D. tubing x
.065", .109" and .145" wall thickness. Requires
two anchor sockets and escutcheons (extra).
2-BEND HANDRAILS
Size
48"
60"
72"
.065"
36-085
36-090
36-095
.109"
36-086
36-091
36-096
36-120
PARAGON DECK-MOUNTED WELDED
RAILS — Sloping handrail for pool entry steps
provided safe entry and exit from the pool.
Welded rail offers greater rigidity than standard
handrails. Does not require underwater anchor
socket. Stainless steel 1.90" O.D. x .065"
wall thickness. Requires two anchors and
escutcheons (extra).
36-120
.145"
36-087
36-092
36-097
ADA TRANSFER RAILS
ADA TRANSFER RAILS — Allows users to
independently access your pool or spa. Bent
or straight rails with or without flanges are
available in 12", 14", 16" and 18" lengths and
are 5.75" high to meet ADA requirements. 1.50"
O.D. x .120" wall thickness. Includes mounting
hardware.
ADA BENT TRANSFER RAILS
Size
12"
14"
16"
18"
With Flanges Without Flanges
36-450
36-460
36-470
36-480
36-455
36-465
36-475
36-485
ADA STRAIGHT TRANSFER RAILS
Size
36-115
12"
14"
16"
18"
With Flanges Without Flanges
36-490
36-500
36-510
36-520
36-495
36-505
36-515
36-525
PARAGON DECK-MOUNTED HORIZONTAL
RAILS— Deck Mounted Rails allow you to have
safe access to your pool without the need for an
underwater anchor socket. Stainless steel 1.90"
O.D. x .065" wall thickness. Requires two anchors
36-115
36-105
PARAGON 3-BEND HANDRAILS — 3-Bend
Handrails feature a 18" horizontal transition to
the sloping portion of the handrail. Handrail
allows you to have safe access to your pool.
Front leg requires underwater anchor socket.
Stainless steel 1.90" O.D. tubing x .065", .109"
and .145" wall thickness. Requires two anchors
3-BEND HANDRAILS
Size
48"
60"
72"
.065"
36-100
36-105
36-110
.109"
36-101
36-106
36-111
.145"
36-102
36-107
36-112
NOTE: 1.50" O.D. Stainless Steel Ladders
and Grab Rails also available, inquire.
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
36-435
ADA STAIR RAILS
ADA 2-BEND STAIR RAILS — ADA Stair Rails
are 34" high to meet ADA guidelines. 2-bend
handrail is designed with an extended loop at
the top of the rail to meet ADA requirements.
1.90" O.D. x .065 wall thickness. Requires two
anchor sockets and escutcheons (extra).
Size
48"
60"
72"
.065"
36-430
36-435
36-440
36-140
CUSTOM LADDERS & RAILS
PARAGON CUSTOM LADDERS/HANDRAILS
Custom fabricated railings exclusively from
Paragon Aquatics. We can help you with any
facility needs with our design and engineering
team. Available in our standard 1.90" O.D. or
smaller 1.50" O.D. stainless steel tubing.
36-280 Custom Ladders
36-140 Custom Handrails
85
Handrail Accessories & Anchors
37-004
37-005
37-009
37-010
ANCHORS
HANDRAIL COVERS
KOOLGRIP HANDRAIL COVERS —
Neoprene covers with zipper closure provides
sure grip on rails when entering or exiting pool
or spa. Material insulates rail surface against
heat and cold. SureGrip hand area for slipresistance. 4' Koolgrips are 1.625" diameter
for tight fit on ladders and single handrails. All
others are 1.90" diameter. Install 6-8" above
water line. Colors: Royal Blue, Indian Teal,
and Desert Tan.
35-3354'
35-3406'
PARAGON BRONZE ANCHOR SOCKET
4" deep anchor for 1.90" O.D. and smaller 1.50"
O.D. rails. Fits all wall thickness stainless steel
tubing. Includes wedge anchor.
Description
Bronze Anchor Socket
Repl. Wedge Assembly
1.90" O.D. 1.50" O.D.
37-005
37-010
37-004
37-009
37-031
37-030
ESCUTCHEONS
37-035
37-040
ESCUTCHEONS — For covering anchor
socket deck penetrations. Available in 1.90"
O.D. and 1.50" O.D. tubing.
Description
Paragon Deluxe S.S.
Paragon Stainless Steel
Paragon CPB
Round Stainless Steel
1.90" O.D. 1.50" O.D.
37-028
37-030
37-035
37-040
37-029
•
•
37-031
37-045
35-3458'
35-35010'
37-045 Double Escutcheon, plastic, each
37-011
BRONZE ANCHOR SOCKET — 4" deep anchor
for 1.90" O.D. x all wall thickness stainless steel
37-011
37-012 Replacement wedge assembly
LADDER
ACCESSORIES
HANDRAIL STABILIZING
PLUGS — Insert plug into
end of handrail to provide
permanent supporting
surface for anchor to
tighten onto. For use with
1.90" O.D. rails.
37-048
37-048
35-335
37-026
STAINLESS STEEL ANCHOR SOCKET — New
Paragon 6" deep stainless steel anchor for 1.50"
O.D. rails. Fits all wall thickness stainless steel
Description
Stainless Steel Anchor
Repl. Wedge Assembly
3-182
STAINLESS STEEL CLEANERS
METAL POLISHING SCRUBS — Remove
tarnish and oxidation quickly and easily with
convenient stainless steel scrubs. Exclusive
formula polishes, brightens and protects.
3-182 Scrubs, 18 towel pack
3-183 Towels, 30 towel dispenser
NOTE: See page 9 for additional stainless
steel cleaners.
86
37-025
1.50" O.D.
37-026
37-009
37-021
PARAGON REAR ANCHOR ASSEMBLY
Used to anchor rear legs of all Paragon diving
stands. Two-piece heavy cast bronze with
chrome plated upper flange.
37-025
PARAGON GUARD CHAIR PEDESTAL
ANCHOR ASSEMBLY — Stainless steel anchor
for Paragon permanent guard chairs only.
37-021
37-050
37-051
37-052
CRADLE HEAD BOLT ASSEMBLY —
Stainless steel bolt, nut and washer for use
with replacement ladder treads. Replacement
bolt assembly must match ladder tread
manufacturer for best fit.
37-050 Paragon, 23/4" L x 5/16" dia.
37-051 S.R. Smith, 21/2" L x 3/8" dia.
37-052 S.R. Smith, 31/4" L x 3/8" dia.
37-053 S.R. Smith, 23/4" L x 5/16" dia.
37-055
37-056
LADDER BUMPERS — Protects pool finish
from damage by ladder end or wall goal end.
Fits .145", .109" and .065" wall thickness.
37-055 Female Bumper, each
37-056 Male Bumper, each
UNIVERSAL LADDER
BUMPERS — Protects pool
finish from damage by ladder
end. Fits .065" wall thickness
ladders only.
37-054 Universal Bumper
37-054
Steps & Chair Parts
37-085
37-130
37-080
REPLACEMENT GUARD SEATS
37-071
SAFETY LADDER TREADS
37-072
37-060
LADDER TREADS
REPLACEMENT LADDER TREADS — For
ladders, guard chairs/stands and diving stands.
Measurements below indicate the overall width
(O.D.) of the tread and the inside width (I.D.)
for the distance between rails on the tread. All
treads include cradle head bolt assembly.
VERTICAL LADDER TREADS
Item
37-060 Paragon 19" cycolac
37-071 S.R. Smith 20" HIP
37-072 S.R. Smith 20" Elite
183⁄16"
1915⁄16"
191⁄8"
251⁄4"
SLOPING LADDER TREADS
Item
Description
37-073 S.R. Smith 20" Elite
S.Q. 22" cycolac
37-080
SAFETY STEP KIT — Convert your pool
ladder into a safety ladder. Twice as wide as
a conventional step. Extends to the pool wall
giving added support to the feet. Side skirts are
included preventing automatic pool cleaners from
becoming entangled in the ladder. Kit includes: 8"
wide by 19" long cycolac steps, side skirts, rubber
bumpers and stainless steel hardware.
37-057 2 step kit
37-059 4 step kit
37-058 3 step kit37-061
5 step kit
37-122
PARAGON CUSHIONED GUARD SEAT
Plastic seat with cushion for added comfort.
Seat can be folded down to prevent UV
damage to vinyl. Available so you can
upgrade new Paragon lifeguard chairs with the
cushioned seat or you can retrofit to existing
Paragon lifeguard chairs in the field.
37-121 Cushioned Guard Seat, upgrade
37-122 Cushioned Guard Seat, retrofit
Width
O.D.
I.D.
Description
PARAGON GUARD SEAT — Fiberglass guard
seat with pre-drilled holes. Includes: stainless
steel mounting bolts.
37-130 Paragon Guard Seat, turquoise
37-131 Paragon Guard Seat, white
17"
18"
18"
24"
Width
O.D.
I.D.
183⁄16"
191⁄8"
217⁄8"
251⁄4"
17"
18"
20"
24"
37-110
37-105
RECESSED STEPS
37-120
PIT ACCESS STEPS
LINCOLN POLYPRO PIT STEPS — Black
polypropylene pit step with 1⁄2" steel reinforcing
bar for new construction or add to your existing
filter, surge or pump pit. Allows for safe and
easy access with textured slip-resistant step
and high visibility reflectors. Size: 151⁄4" wide.
37-120
37-125
PARAGON GUARD SEAT SWIVEL &
PEDESTAL — Stainless steel swivel & pedestal
assembly. Guard seat ordered separately.
37-125
38-044
FULLY-RECESSED STEPS — Fully recessed
steps provide a flush finish for pool wall.
Description
Paragon frost proof white
Paragon stainless steel
Overall
Width
171/2"
161/2"
37-110
37-115
SEMI-RECESSED STEPS — Cycolac semirecessed steps. Color: white.
Description
Pentair-cycolac white
Overall
Width
161/2"
38-047
Item
Item
37-105
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
38-048
PARAGON GUARD CHAIR PARTS
PARAGON GUARD CHAIR PARTS
38-044 Rubber base pad, each
38-047 Umbrella ring holder
38-048 Umbrella ring guide
37-135
37-137
S.R. SMITH REPLACEMENT GUARD SEAT
Available as Replacement Seat and Swivel
(bolt hole pattern is 51⁄4" square) or as Blank
Replacement Seat only without pre-drilled bolt
holes and swivel. Seat color: white.
37-135 S.R. Smith Seat with Swivel
37-136 S.R. Smith Seat, Blank
37-137 S.R. Smith Swivel, only
87
Guard Chairs
38-057
38-063
38-056
38-061
PLASTIC GUARD CHAIRS
CHAMPIONTM GUARD CHAIRS — Recycled
plastic guard chair won't rot, splinter or require
paint. Ultra-smooth surface with contoured
back, umbrella holder and cup holder. All
stainless steel hardware. Four styles to choose
from: the No Step Guard Chair, the Front
Step Guard Chair which provides an easier
approach to get in the chair and a comfortable
footrest for your guard, the Side Step Guard
Chair which allows you to place the chair
closer to the pool edge, and the Front Ladder
Guard Chair which has an easy access ladder
for the guards. Specify color: white, green,
sand or cedar. 3 Year Warranty.
CHAMPION™ NO STEP GUARD CHAIRS
Item
38-061
Seat
Height
30"
Overall
Height
51"
38-058
Platform
Kit
38-056
38-064
CHAMPION™ FRONT LADDER GUARD CHAIRS
Item
38-064
38-063
Seat
Height
50"
64"
Overall
Height
70"
85"
38-059
38-071
CHAMPION™ FRONT STEP GUARD CHAIRS
CHAMPION™ SIDE STEP GUARD CHAIRS
Item
38-072
38-071
88
Seat
Height
50"
64"
Overall
Height
70"
85"
Item
Platform
Kit
38-076
38-077
38-061
38-057
38-058
38-059
Seat
Height
30"
40"
50"
Overall
Height
51"
61"
70"
Guard Chairs
38-080
38-085
PORTABLE GUARD CHAIRS
LINCOLN GUARD STATION — Director
chair design with GUARD and white cross
embroidered on rubber backed canvas.
Forward pedestal allows guards to stand
without leaving their station. Fluted PVC over
aluminum frame construction. 31" seat height.
Includes wheels for convenient transportation
on deck. Optional storage box clips on either
side of chair for holding guard supplies.
38-080 Lincoln Guard Station
38-085 Storage Box
38-035
PARAGON MOVABLE GUARD CHAIRS —
Allows you to move chair to the most desirable
life guarding location. .065" thickness stainless
steel with cycolac steps. Semi-pneumatic front
wheels. Includes rescue tube and umbrella
holder.
38-034 Movable Guard Chair, 4'
38-035 Movable Guard Chair, 6'
PARAGON MOVABLE CHAIR PARTS
37-090 Paragon 26" sloping tread, cycolac
38-041 Solid rubber wheel, 7", each
37-064 Paragon Guard Chair foot board
38-033
PARAGON ROVER GUARD CHAIR — The
Rover Guard Chair is designed for pools where
the lifeguard chair must be anchored yet still
be capable of being moved to accommodate
your facility needs. The rear legs are set into
sockets anchored in the deck while the front
legs have wheels for easy relocation of the
guard stand. Includes: two anchors.
38-033 Paragon Rover Guard Chair, 6'
ROVER GUARD CHAIR PARTS
37-065 Paragon 19" slopping tread, cycolac
37-069 Rover Guard Chair foot board
37-005 Bronze anchor socket
37-010 Replacement wedge assembly
LINCOLN GUARD STATION PARTS
38-081 Replacement fabric seat/back
38-067
38-068
Size: 42" dia. footprint. Includes: rescue tube
holder, umbrella holder and transport wheels.
ALL TERRAIN GRIFF'S GUARD STATION
Designed to work on any terrain with large
pneumatic wheels, which lock or remove
in seconds. Station provides front and rear
access for quick emergency response.
Features: cushioned swivel seat and zip-on
safety grip covers. Optional railing powdercoat upgrade available.
38-067 All Terrain Griff's Guard Station, 4'
38-090 Powder-coat upgrade
O-SERIES GUARD STAND PARTS
37-178 Repl. guard chair seat
37-056 Rubber leg cap, each
37-179 Rubber wheel, 4", each
ALL TERRAIN GRIFF'S STATION PARTS
37-090 Paragon 26" slopping tread, cycolac
38-043 All Terrain Wheel, each
38-044 Rubber base pad, each
37-068 All Terrain Guard Chair foot board
38-042 Replacement zip-on safety covers
37-180
O-SERIES GUARD STAND — Innovative
circular design allows for 360º view of facility.
37-175 O-Series Guard Stand, 30" ht.
37-180 O-Series Guard Stand, 42" ht.
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
38-055
PARAGON PORTABLE GUARD CHAIRS —
Lightweight chair with sloping front ladder
allows easy access to fiberglass seat. .065" wall
thickness stainless steel frame with angled legs
gives extra stability. Rescue tube and umbrella
holder not available with this guard chair.
Optional wheel kit allows for easier movement
around your pool deck.
Item
Model
38-050
38-055
38-060
2-Step
3-Step
4-Step
Seat
Height
3'10"
4'6"
6'
Wheel
Kit
38-051
38-052
38-053
PARAGON PORTABLE CHAIR PARTS
38-049 Plastic wheel, each
89
Guard Chairs
38-005
PERMANENT GUARD CHAIRS
PARAGON OSHA GUARD CHAIR —
Designed for usage that requires chairs to
comply with federal OSHA regulations. Guard
rails are 42" above the platform and extend
to the front of the platform. Fiberglass swivel
guard seat. Includes rescue tube and umbrella
holder. Complete with pedestal anchor, rear
anchors and escutcheons.
38-005 OSHA Guard Chair, 6'
PARAGON OSHA CHAIR PARTS
37-035 Paragon CPB escutcheon
38-025
PARAGON LADDER AT SIDES GUARD
CHAIR — Two access ladders, one at each
side, allow the lifeguard to dismount quickly
and safely from either side. Provides additional
security of unbroken surveillance during
guard changes. Fiberglass swivel guard
seat. Includes rescue tube and umbrella
holder. Complete with pedestal anchor, ladder
38-025 Ladder at sides Guard Chair, 6'
PARAGON LADDER AT SIDES PARTS
43-080
LIFEGUARD UMBRELLAS
LIFEGUARD UMBRELLA — Heavy-duty
vinyl umbrellas with bound valance. Two-piece
aluminum pole with push button tilt allows user
to position the umbrella so they can protect
themselves from the sun. Size: 6' dia., with
7' H x 1½" dia. pole. Colors: red/white, navy/
white, royal blue/white, or hunter green/white.
43-080
43-090
CHAMPION™ LIFEGUARD UMBRELLAS
Available with weather-resistant nylon fabric
with vinyl laminate white trim or all vinyl fabric.
Highly visible “LIFE GUARD” imprinted for
easy identification of your Lifeguard stations.
Size: 61/2' dia. with 71/2' H x 13/4" dia. pole with
push button tilt. Color: red with white lettering.
43-090 Nylon, 61/2' dia.
43-091 Vinyl, 61/2' dia.
38-010
PARAGON PARAFLYTE GUARD CHAIRS —
Ladder at rear with flared guard rails provides
easy access to the platform. Horizontal rails
provide protection and serve as arm rests.
Ultraflyte available in .145" wall thickness
stainless steel and Superflyte available in .065"
wall thickness stainless steel. Fiberglass swivel
guard seat. Includes rescue tube and umbrella
holder. Complete with pedestal anchor, rear
38-010 Ultraflyte Guard Chair, 6'
38-015 Superflyte Guard Chair, 6'
PARAGON PARAFLYTE CHAIR PARTS
90
38-031
PARAGON PARAFLYTE CLUB GUARD
CHAIR — Acclaimed Paraflyte styling and
quality. A single anchor at pedestal base
supports the entire chair. The vertical access
ladder requires less deck space and does not
need separate anchors. Includes Pedestal
Anchor. Rear anchors and escutcheon plates
not required.
38-031 Paraflyte Club Guard Chair, 6'
PARAGON PARAFLYTE CLUB CHAIR
PARTS
43-084
WIND WARRIOR UMBRELLA — Protects
from damaging UV rays and keeps guards 15°
cooler. Vented mesh design lets wind pass
through for added stability. Size: 61/2' dia.
with 71/2' H x 11/4" dia. pole with push button
tilt. Color: silver with blue or silver with green
under canopy. Includes carry bag.
43-084
Guard Stands
37-162
38-065
GRIFF'S GUARD STATION — Wide front entry
elevated viewing station provides easy access for
Life Guards. Griff's Sun Shade that raises, tilts,
and rotates for all day sun protection, ordered
separately. Available in 7 colors – inquire.
Model
Model
37-156 3-Step
37-158 2-Step
37-162 1-Step
Platform
Size
48"W x 55"D x 70"T
38"W x 40"D x 58"T
38"W x 40"D x 38"T
Seat
Height
54"
42"
30"
LOOKOUT CHAIR PARTS
37-085 Paragon 26" vertical tread, cycolac
38-049 Plastic wheel, each
Seat
Ht.
GRIFF'S GUARD STATION PARTS
38-131 Repl. Sun Shade canopy only
GUARD STANDS
Item
Station Size
(W x D x T)
Flat 38-065 38-135 623/4" x 591/2" x 651/2" 42"
Step 38-070 38-140 60" x 591/2" x 80"
42"
Tall 38-075 38-145 97" x 61" x 104"
48"
37-156
PARAGON LOOKOUT CHAIRS — Designed
for pools that do not require a full height chair,
but want to separate guard from patrons. All
Lookout chairs feature an elevated 360° swivel
seat, for easy access. 40" x 38" slip resistant
top. Wheels included on 2 and 3 step models
for portability.
Without Sun
Shade Shade
37-164
LOOKOUT DUAL SIDE MOUNT CHAIR —
Guard stand provides convenient access for
lifeguards from both sides of the stand. Wheels
on the front legs allow for easy relocation of the
chair. Stainless steel construction with 48" x
48" fiberglass slip resistant top. Seat height is
54" from deck. Includes umbrella and rescue
tube holder.
37-164
38-195
37-165
37-158
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
LOOKOUT PLATFORM CHAIR — Designed for
busy aquatic centers and water parks. Allows
for uninterrupted guard changes with sloping
ladder on both sides of the stand. Stainless
steel construction with 40" x 60" fiberglass slip
resistant top. Seat height is 54" from deck.
Includes umbrella and rescue tube holder.
37-165
GRIFF’S VISION GUARD STATION — Design
minimizes deck space while maximizing
the frontal edge of the guard station for
increased lifeguard effectiveness. Dual access
assures that swimmers are covered during
shift changes. Includes: cushioned swivel
seat, non-skid decking, umbrella holder and
rescue tube/life ring holder. Available with or
without adjustable shade structure. Vision Sun
Shade that raises, tilts, and rotates, ordered
separately. Available in 7 colors – inquire.
Model
3-Step
2-Step
1-Step
38-205
Without
Shade
Station Size
Seat Ht.
87"W x 50 /4"D
56"
38-190
87"W x 503/4"D
44"
38-195
813/4"W x 503/4"D
32"
38-200
Vision Sun Shade Structure, complete
3
91
Lifeguard Apparel
WOMEN'S TYR ® GUARD
SUITS – Suits feature an
easy-to-see GUARD logo on
front for quick identification.
Women's GUARD suits are
available in an assorted collection of styles. UPF 50+
Material: TYR ® Reversible
one piece with cups: 88%
polyester/12% spandex, fully
lined, TYR® Solid Diamondfit:
80% nylon/20% extra life lycra.
Specify size.
41-020
41-017
TYR® Reversible Suit
41-017 One Piece
TYR® Solid Diamondfit Suit
41-015 One Piece
41-020 Two Piece
41-015
TYR® Female Guard Sizing Guide
LIFEGUARD SUITS
Clothing Size
Reversible 1-Pc
One Piece Size
Two Piece Size
Chest
Waist
Hips
41-005
MENS TYR® HYDROSHORT — Nylon shell
with comfortable mesh liner. Side pockets and
drawstring waist. GUARD logo on front left leg.
18" outseam. Specify size: S, M, LG, XL, or
XXL. Color: red or navy.
41-005
41-025
2
•
28
•
28
24
30
4
•
30
XXS
30
25
32
6
XS
32
XS
32
26
34
8
S
34
S
34
27
36
10
M
36
M
36
29
40
12
L
38
L
38
30
42
14
XL
40
XL
40
32
44
16
•
42
•
42
33
46
41-070
LIFEGUARD SHIRTS
TYR® GUARD T-SHIRTS — 60% cotton/40%
41-008
41-010
TYR CHALLENGER GUARD TRUNK —
Sanded polyester with comfortable mesh liner.
Side pockets. Velcro® closure back pocket and
drawstring waist. GUARD logo on front left leg.
91/2" inseam. Specify size: S, M, LG, XL, or
XXL. Color: red or navy.
41-010
®
92
41-011
TYR AERO GUARD TRUNK — Soft sanded
polyester material with mesh liner. Side pockets, Velcro® closure back pocket and drawstring waist. GUARD logo on front left leg. 91/2"
inseam. Specify size: S, M, LG, XL, or XXL.
Color: red or navy.
41-011
®
polyester T-Shirt with GUARD logo on front
chest. Sizes: (Men's) S, M, L, XL, XXL; (Women's) XS, S, M, L, XL.
41-070TYR® Guard T-Shirt, Men's
41-060TYR® Guard T-Shirt, Women's
TYR® ELEMENT GUARD SHIRT — TYR®
long sleeve guard shirt protects from the sun's
harmful effects, UPF 50+. With GUARD logo on
front chest. Color: white. Specify size: XS, SM,
M, LG, XL, or XXL.
41-025 Element Guard Shirt, Men's
41-030 Element Guard Shirt, Women's
Lifeguard Apparel
41-351
LIFEGUARD HATS & VISORS
TYR® GUARD CAP — Red 100% cotton with
41-145
LINCOLN GUARD SHIRTS — 100% cotton
T-Shirt with GUARD screened on front. Specify
size: M, L, or XL
41-145
GUARD embroidered on front. One size fits
all. Color: red.
41-351
41-225
LIFEGUARD JACKETS
GUARD PARKA — For those really cold days,
full length, water resistant, red nylon shell Guard
Parka. Heavyweight arctic fleece lining with
drawstring hood, two-way zipper, reinforced
seams and pile lined pockets. GUARD embroidered on back in 4" letters. Color: red with red
fleece lining. Specify size: Adult (Men's chest
size): XS (30"-32"), S (34"-36"), M (38"-40"), L
(42"-44"), XL (46"-48"), XXL (50"), or XXXL (52").
41-225
41-367
LINCOLN GUARD SHARK VISOR — Red
cotton visor with adjustable Velcro closure.
GUARD embroidered on front with Lincoln
Guard Shark on side of headband. One size
fits all. Color: red.
41-367
41-150
LINCOLN INSTRUCTOR T-SHIRT — 100%
cotton T-Shirt with INSTRUCTOR screened on
front. Color: white. Specify size: M, L, or XL.
41-150
41-200
LIFEGUARD JACKET — Nylon jacket with
flannel lining. Drawstring bottom with snap
front. LIFEGUARD flocking on back in 3"
letters. Available in red or navy. Specify size:
S, M, L, or XL.
41-200Red
41-220Navy
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
42-007
CLASSIC LIFEGUARD STRAW HAT —
Woven straw hat with adjustable drawstring
chin strap. Provides more sun protection due
to tighter straw weave and broader rim. One
size fits all.
42-007
93
Lifeguard Supplies
42-057
42-100
SUN PROTECTION
42-101
ROCKY MOUNTAIN SUNSCREEN — Protect your staff from the sun with FDA certified
“Broad Spectrum” sunscreen. 2-year shelf life.
Optional chrome wall bracket for ease of use.
42-100 Sunscreen Sport 30+ SPF, 1 gallon
42-105 Chrome wall bracket
ROCKY MOUNTAIN LIP BALM — Alpine Ice
menthol or Kiwi flavors.
42-170
LIFEGUARD FIRST RESPONDER KIT —
Lifeguard Fanny Pack designed for the first
responder. Kit includes: fanny pack, CPR
mask, foil blanket, Lifeguard whistle, break-away neck lanyard and gloves.
42-057 First Responder Kit
FIRST RESPONDER KIT SUPPLIES
42-046 Lifeguard Fanny Pack
48-041 CPR Mask
48-055 Latex gloves, (box of 100)
42-043 Disposable blanket
43-052 Lifeguard whistle
43-070 Break-a-way neck lanyard
42-009
SILHOUETTE DOLLS — Weighted full body
silhouette dolls for underwater identification
training. 1 adult and 1 child included. Dark
brown on one side and light tan on the other.
42-009
64-033
42-010
RESCUE CAN
RESCUE CAN — Hard plastic, high-visibility
64-035
LIFEGUARD TRAINING
DIVING BRICK — For lifeguard training
42-046
LIFEGUARD FANNY PACKS
LIFEGUARD FANNY PACK — Made to with-
stand the rigorous use of lifeguards. Durable,
tear-resistant nylon construction. Features
heavy duty adjustable 45” waist strap and three
water-resistant zipper pockets. Size: 7.25" x
4.5" x 3". Color: red.
42-046
42-044
LIFEGUARD FANNY PACK WITH STRAPS
Same as the Lifeguard Fanny Pack with the
addition of top straps which allows you to secure a water bottle to the top of the Lifeguard
Fanny Pack.
42-044
NOTE: See pages 105 - 108 for spine boards
and CPR training supplies.
94
or
fun in the pool. Available in 2 styles - original
black diving brick or new non-marking EasyGrip style in blue.
64-035 Diving Brick
64-033 Easy-Grip Diving Brick
orange rescue can. Lightweight and durable,
weighs only 3 lbs. 28" long. Includes: 2" Velcro
shoulder strap and tow line. Stainless steel
storage rack ordered separately.
42-010 Rescue Can
42-015 Rescue Can storage rack
42-048
LINCOLN KEY CHAIN
LINCOLN RESCUE TUBE KEY CHAIN —
Floating, rescue tube style keychain helps
keep keys handy.
42-048
33-350
42-110
LIFEGUARD TRAINING MANIKIN —
Lifeguard Training Manikin is an indispensable
tool for those involved in the training and/
or testing of lifeguards. It is designed to
approximate towing an average size person in
the water. Weight dry: 18 lbs., and weight filled
with water: approximately 180 lbs. 37" high.
42-110
PERSONAL
LIGHTNING DETECTOR
STRIKE ALERT LIGHTNING DETECTOR —
Hand-held detector provides early warning
of approaching lightning strikes from up to
40 miles away. Audible alarm with LED light
has 4 distance warnings which activate when
lightning is in range.
33-350
Lifeguard Supplies
RESCUE TUBES
42-030
LINCOLN RESCUE TUBES — Vinyl-dipped
Ensolite foam rescue tubes. 1" tow line
extends completely through the tube with 2"
adjustable shoulder strap for added comfort.
Rounded edges on tube help prevent peeling
of vinyl coating. Lincoln Rescue Tube includes
Delrin buckle on end. Color: orange.
Item
42-020
42-035
42-025
42-032
42-030
42-020
Description
Dimensions
Super Rescue Tube 50"x5.5"x3"
Rescue Tube
39"x5.75"x3.5"
MARINE RESCUE TUBES — Ensolite foam
covered with heavy-duty vinyl. Poly tow line
with 2" adjustable shoulder harness. Marine
Rescue Tube includes a brass buckle and "D"
ring. Color: red.
Item
42-035
42-025
Description
Super Rescue Tube
Rescue Tube
Dimensions
50"x6"x4"
40"x5"x31⁄4"
GATOR RESCUE TUBES — Gator Rescue
Tubes incorporate a mesh material that
completely encases the foam before they
are vinyl-dipped, creating a rugged, textured
surface that will add to the life expectancy of your
tubes. Gator Tubes feature 2" adjustable tow
strap with Velcro closure. Gator Tubes feature a
2” adjustable tow strap with Velcro closure and
a reach assist loop. Color: red.
Item
Description
42-032 Super Rescue Tube
Rescue Tube
42-022
Dimensions
50"x51/2"x31/2"
40"x51/2"x31/2"
42-022
42-140
42-039
VINYL REPAIR KIT — Quick easy way
to repair cracked rescue tubes and vinyl
inflatables. Kit includes: one each of 3" x 12",
7
/8" x 7/8", and 13/8" x 13/8" clear self-adhesive
patches. Trim to size as needed.
42-039
GATOR RESCUE TUBE SURFACE
42-040
RESCUE TUBE ACCESSORIES
RESCUE TUBE COVER — Nylon covered
neoprene sleeve to help protect your Rescue
Tube or Super Rescue Tube. Will help your
tubes last longer.
42-040
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
42-041
RESCUE WRAP™ — Nylon covered neoprene
strap holder for rescue tube tow strap. Slip
over any rescue tube to hold excess strap in
place when not in use. Size: 8" x 4".
42-041
AQUATIC ALARM
AQUATIC INCIDENT ALERT SYSTEM — The
AIA System is an extended range incident
alarm system. Used by Lifeguard staff to
alert multiple areas of a facility of a situation
that requires assistance. Includes: base unit,
transmitter unit with antenna, receiver unit
with antenna, and alarm siren. Remote SOS
Sensors are placed on rescue tubes to detect
submersion and will initiate alarm, ordered
separately. Can accommodate multiple SOS
inputs. Base unit can receive signal from sensors up to 150 ft. away. All components plug
into AC outlets. Specify sensor colors: green
or blue. Contact us for design assistance for
multiple pool facilities.
42-138 Aquatic Incident Alert System
42-140 SOS Sensor
95
Lifeguard Supplies
42-075
42-080
ALUMINUM RESCUE POLES
ALUMINUM RESCUE POLES — Heavy duty
42-047
RING BUOYS
R I N G BUOYS —
U.S. Coast Guard
approved. Sof-Tex surface resists weather
and temperature extremes. Color: white.
44-070 20" diameter
44-075 24" diameter
44-080 30" diameter
RESCUE THROW BAG — 50' or 90' of 3⁄8"
polypropylene rope stored in a nylon bag. Line
and bag are thrown to victim. Bag is high visibility
yellow with black “Rescue Bag” markings.
42-047 50'
42-049 90'
extruded aluminum rescue pole with end caps.
42-070 16' with caps
FIBERGLASS RESCUE POLES
FIBERGLASS RESCUE POLES — Rigid
fiberglass construction with UV protective
coating to prevent splintering with age. Straight
fiberglass with pole caps on ends.
NOTE: Due to size restrictions from UPS,
poles over 8' must be shipped via common
carrier. Please call for freight estimate.
44-085
RING BUOY ACCESSORIES
RING BUOY SAFETY STATION — Plastic
protective cabinet with non-breakable
polycarbonate window for convenient ring
buoy mounting. Station encloses 20", 24",
or 30" ring buoy, plus a 60' heaving line kit.
Includes: cabinet and 60' heaving line kit. Ring
buoy ordered separately.
44-084 20"
44-085 24"
44-08630"
42-050
RESCUE THROW ROPE — With either 30',
60', or 75' of 3⁄8" rope with “Foot Float” attached
to hold rope.
42-055 30'
42-050 60'
42-051 75'
42-060
LIFE HOOKS
LIFE HOOK — Sturdy anodized aluminum with
44-100
RING BUOY MOUNTING HOOK — Stainless
steel hook with stainless steel screws.
44-100
double crook design. Available as Life Hook or
Life Hook with 16' pole and attachments.
42-060 Life Hook
42-065 Life Hook with Pole
42-085
RESCUE BOARDS
RESCUE BOARDS — Our
HEAVING LINE KIT — Includes 1⁄4" heaving
line, with foot float and aluminum mounting
hook.
44-090 30' kit
44-095 60' kit
44-094 90' kit
96
Rescue Boards
offer a perfect blend of light weight and
durability. Soft Top Rescue Board - 10'L x
24"W x 3.25"D. Features honeycomb foam and
wood core with EVA deck, gel coat bottom, 6
handles, safety flex skeg and 2 leash plugs.
19 lbs. Color: yellow. Rescue Board - 10'L x
22.5"W x 3.5"D. Features durable polyfoam
deck with iFoam core, and sturdy plastic
bottom. 20 lbs. Color: yellow.
42-085 Soft Top Rescue Board, 10'
42-088 Rescue Board, 9'
Lifeguard Supplies
43-055
BATTERY POWERED
MEGAPHONES
WHISTLES
BATTERY POWERED MEGAPHONES —
Battery operated, solid state megaphone. All
weather construction with push/pull amplifier.
Available in 20 watt with 2,400' sound range,
16 watt with 1,800' sound range and 10 watt
with 900' sound range.
43-019 20 watt megaphone
ACME THUNDER WHISTLES — Heavy duty
nickel-plated whistle.
43-055
PROTECTIVE TIP GUARD — Protective
rubber mouth guard for the Acme Thunder
whistle. Color: red or blue.
43-060
43-030
43-035
43-040
HAND HELD MEGAPHONES
HAND HELD MEGAPHONES — White,
high-density plastic megaphone with chrome
mouth guard. Easy to handle and projects voice
effectively. 25" and 19" sizes have chrome handle.
7" Hand Held Megaphone without handle.
43-030 25"
43-035 19"
43-040 7"
43-028
43-002
SPLASH-PROOF MEGAPHONE — Compact
and lightweight. Features long lasting battery
life, wide frequency range for enhanced audio
quality and anti-bacterial treated mouthpiece.
10 watt megaphone. Audio range: 250 M.
Whistle range: 315 M. Five Year Warranty.
43-002
MEGAPHONE MOUTHPIECE — Personal
mouthpiece for hand held megaphone. Colors:
green, red, royal blue, white, or yellow.
43-028
SAFETY HORN
PORTABLE AIR HORN — Loud and clear
sound signals guards and patrons. Plastic horn
assists in directing sound.
62-060 Air Horn
62-065 Extra power can
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
43-045
43-075
43-052
PEALESS WHISTLES — Chambers are
designed to self-clear when submerged in
water. Easily heard over long distances.
Available in two styles: original Fox 40 or new
Lifeguard models. Colors: Fox 40 - red or
blue. Lifeguard - red or black.
43-045 Fox 40 Whistle
43-052 Lifeguard Whistle
LANYARDS & WRIST BANDS
FLEX COIL WRIST BANDS — Bright flexible
plastic coil wrist bands. Assorted colors.
43-075
43-065
43-070
43-072
2-WAY RADIO & ACCESSORIES
WATERPROOF 2-WAY RADIO — Compact
LANYARDS — Braided nylon lanyards.
Colors: red, blue, white, black, green or yellow.
43-065
WATERPROOF FLOAT PACK — Waterproof
plastic case that you can hear and speak
through. Radio pack will also float if immersed
in water when sealed.
43-043 Waterproof Float Pack, each
LIFEGUARD LANYARD — "Lifeguard"
lanyard provides additional identification for
your guards.
43-072
43-042
62-060
43-060
43-043
design that can be in up to 1 meter of water
for up to 30 minutes (headset cover must be
closed). 4-Watt, 16 channels.
43-042 Waterproof Radio, each
BREAK-AWAY NECK LANYARD — Corded
neck lanyard with re-connecting closure.
Break-Away feature increases guard safety
during rescues. Assorted colors.
43-070
97
Life Vests & Life Jackets
44-040
ENSOLITE SAFETY VESTS — Type III Swim
Vests. High quality durable Ensolite material
with high gloss vinyl coating. Measure around
chest and under arms for sizing.
44-035
Adult
44-016
Child
44-018
44-020
44-025
44-030
44-035
44-040
44-045
Adult
Child
•
XXL (46"-48")
•
XL (43"-46")
•
Lg. (40"-43")
Med. (37"-40") 44-050 Med. (26"-29")
Sm. (34"-37") 44-055 Sm. (23"-24")
XS (31"-34")
44-060 XS (21"-23")
Youth
44-017
Infant Heads-up
44-003
SAFETY VESTS
NYLON SAFETY VESTS — Type III Safety
Vests with durable flotation foam. Bright nylon
outer shell and three adjustable belts. Child's
Safety Vest has adjustable leg strap. Headsup feature has rounded flotation collar with
grab strap.
Size
Adult (oversize)
Adult (over 90 lbs.)
Youth (50-90 lbs.)
Child (30-50 lbs.)
Infant Heads-up (<30 lbs.)
98
Swim Vests
44-001
44-016
44-017
44-018
44-003
44-005
44-010
LIFE JACKETS
LIFE JACKETS — Type II Life jackets, du-
rable flotation foam and bright orange nylon
outer shell. Adjustable belt for secure fit.
Size
Adult (over 90 lbs.)
Youth (50-90 lbs.)
Child (30-50 lbs.)
51-350
44-015
Life Jackets
44-005
44-010
44-015
VEST STORAGE
VEST STORAGE CART — Helps keep
your vests organized and allows them to dry
properly. Durable PVC cart with high density
plastic base and non-marking swivel casters.
Six crossbars for hanging allows you to store
up to 60-70 vests. Hangers not included. Size:
64" L x 30" W x 75.5" H.
51-350
Rope, Floats & Anchors
44-145
44-165
44-190
ROPE
TWISTED ROPE — Polyethylene rope.
Colors: blue/white, yellow or white.
Color
Blue/White
Yellow
White
1/4"
3/8"
1/2"
BRAIDED ROPE — Polyethylene rope.
Colors: blue/white, yellow or white.
Color
Blue/White
Yellow
White
1/4"
44-101
44-102
44-103
3/8"
44-119
44-121
44-109
1/2"
WALL ANCHORS
44-140
POLYETHYLENE FLOATS — Colors: Solid
red, blue, yellow, white, or combination of red
and white or blue and white, specify.
•
44-097
44-098
44-140
44-145
44-123
44-150
44-155
Item
44-120
ROPE HOOKS & CLAMPS
CPB ROPE HOOKS — CPB two-piece sure
grip rope hook.
44-123 3/8"
44-124 1/2"
44-125 3/4"
44-160
44-165
44-170
44-175
44-128
NYLON ROPE CLAMPS — For clamping
rope ends together to make a loop.
44-126 3⁄8"
44-127 1⁄2"
44-128 3⁄4"
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
3" x 5"
5" x 9"
Float Keepers
3" x 5"
5" x 9"
Lok-on Float
3" x 5"
5" x 9"
8" x 14"
Rope-Lok
44-185
44-190
Handi-Lock Floats
3" x 5"
5" x 9"
PARAGON HEAVY WALL ANCHOR —
Machined brass insert with 5/8" CPB heavy
eyebolt.
40-120
40-121 5⁄8" diameter heavy eyebolt
Fits Rope
3
3
⁄8"
⁄4"
Fits Rope
3
3
⁄8"
⁄4"
Fits Rope
40-125
40-126
SAFETY LINE INSERT ANCHOR — For
installation into existing pools. Complete with
lead expansion anchor.
40-125
40-126 Replacement safety line eyebolt
⁄8"
⁄4"
1"
Fits All Sizes
3
3
HANDI-LOCK FLOATS — Self-locking floats
secure onto rope with a patented twist-lock
design. Eliminates floats from moving on your
rope. Colors: Alternating blue and white or red
and white, specify.
Item
BRASS SWIVEL ROPE HOOK — Heavy duty,
brass rope hook for 1/4" or 3⁄8" rope.
44-120
Polyethylene Float
LOK-ON ROPE FLOATS — Tough plastic
outer shell with solid core. Provides maximum
durability. Use 1 Rope-lok per float to secure
float in place. Colors: blue and white, yellow
and white or red and white, specify.
Item
44-124
44-160
44-185
FLOATS
Item
44-125
40-120
40-121
3/4"
44-105 44-110 44-113 44-115
44-104 44-111 44-114 44-116
44-106 44-112 44-117 44-118
Fits Rope
⁄8"
3
⁄4"
3
40-135
40-136
CUP ANCHORS
PARAGON COMMERCIAL CUP ANCHORS
Cast stainless steel cup anchor available with
integral crossbar which eliminates loss of
eyebolts or with removable triangular eyebolt.
Size: 5" deep x 4" square face plate.
40-135 Cup anchor, crossbar style
40-136 Cup anchor, triangular eyebolt style
40-137 Replacement triangular eyebolt
44-130
40-140
SWIM AREA BUOYS
SWIM AREA BUOYS — Identify swim areas
EYEBOLTS
on lakes and rivers with buoys and floats.
Swim area buoys are visible 41" above water
line. Other daymarks available. Size: 59" high
x 12" can dia. x 13" base dia. Color: white.
44-130 Swim Area Buoy
40-145
40-150
40-121
40-137
REPLACEMENT EYEBOLTS
40-140 1⁄2" diameter eyebolt
40-121 5⁄8" diameter heavy eyebolt
40-137 Replacement triangular eyebolt
99
Safety Signs
CPR You Can!
Yes
Perform
Basic Life Suport for Adults
and Children (Ages 1-8)
CALL 911
If you are alone with a child victim, give two minutes of CPR before
calling 911. Check the victim for unresponsiveness. If there is no response,
have someone CALL 911 and return to the victim. In most locations, the
emergency dispatcher can assist you with CPR instructions.
For unresponsive children, the lone rescuer should perform 5 cycles
(about 2 minutes of CPR before phoning 911).
PUMP
ADULT
POSITION HEEL
OF ONE HAND
IN THE CENTER
OF THE CHEST
WITH SECOND
HAND ON TOP
CHILD
POSITION HEEL
OF ONE HAND
IN THE CENTER
OF THE CHEST
WITH/WITHOUT
SECOND HAND
ON TOP
ADULT
FIRMLY
PUSH DOWN
AT LEAST
2 INCHES
ON THE CHEST
30 TIMES
CONTINUE
WHEN IN A POOL OR
SHALLOW WATER
1. From behind, wrap the
arms around your victim's
waist, placing the thumb
side of the fist against the
victim's abdomen.
CHILD
FIRMLY
PUSH DOWN
AT LEAST
1/3 TO 1/2
DEPTH
OF CHEST
30 TIMES
If the victim is not breathing normally, begin chest compressions. Push down on the chest
at least 2 inches for adults and 1/3 to 1/2 depth of chest for children ages 1-8. Pump 30
times right between the nipples. Push hard and push fast by compressing the chest at a
rate of at least 100/minute. Allow chest to recoil (return to normal position) completely after
each compression.
45-330
First aid for
Choking
Children
1 - 8 years old
2. With the other hand, grab the fist and
press into the abdomen with a quick upward
thrust.
WHEN THE VICTIM IS LYING
ON THE GROUND
1. Place the victim on her back. Turn her
face to one side to drain water from her
mouth.
2. Begin CPR.
Compression-to-ventilation ratio of 30:2 is recommended.
GIVE TWO EFFECTIVE BREATHS
IF UNABLE OR UNWILLING TO GIVE
BREATHS CONTNUE TO GIVE
COMPRESSION.
CONTINUE WITH
TWO BREATHS
AND 30 PUMPS
UNTIL HELP
ARRIVES.
NOTE: This ratio is the same for one-person and two-person CPR. In two-person CPR,
the person pumping the chest stops while the other gives mouth-to-mouth breathing.
If the adult or child is or becomes
unresponsive, perform CPR. If you see an
object in the throat or mouth, remove it.
Basic Life Support for Infants
(Less than 1 Year old)
Shout and Tap
Give 30 Compressions
If no regular breathing, give 30 effective chest compressions at the rate of
at least 100 per minute. Position your 3rd and 4th fingers in center of chest,
just below nipple line. Press down about at least 1/3 to 1/2 the depth of the
chest. Push hard and fast and allow chest to recoil completely.
Shout and gently tap the infant
on the shoulder. If there is no
response, position the infant
on his or her back.
Open the
Airway
Open the airway by
tilting head and lifting
the chin. Do not tilt
the head too far back.
911 or call...
PARAMEDICS __________________________
45-250
DO NOT
SWIM
ALONE
DOCTOR ______________________________
FIRE DEPT. ____________________________
POLICE _______________________________
Training Courses
CPR training courses are offered by the
American Heart Association (for training
courses near, you call 1-800-AHAUSA1),
the American Red Cross, and by many
local Fire Departments.
Give 2 Breaths
Repeat
If the infant is NOT breathing regularly,
give 2 small gentle breaths. Cover the
infant's mouth and nose with your
mouth. Each breath should be 1
second long. You should see the
infant's chest rise with each breath.
Definitions
UNRESPONSIVENESS:
During cardiac arrest, the heart stops pumping blood, the blood
pressure falls to zero and the pulse disappears. Within 10 seconds of
cardiac arrest the person loses consciousness and becomes
unresponsive. Sometimes a person in cardiac arrest may make
grunting, gasping or snoring type breathing sounds for a couple of
minutes. DO NOT be confused by this abnormal type of breathing.
Repeat with cycles of 2
breaths and 30 compressions.
After two minutes of care, call
911 and continue giving
breaths and compressions.
A person in cardiac arrest may have abnormal breathing for a couple minutes.
This is called "agonal respiration" and is the result of the brain's breathing
center sending out signals even though circulation has ceased. The key point
is that the abnormal breathing may sound like grunting, gasping or snoring.
It disappears in 2 to 3 minutes. If you see this type of breathing, DO NOT delay
CPR. The person desperately needs air and only you can provide it.
COMPLICATIONS OF CPR:
Vomiting is the most frequently encountered complication of CPR.
If the victim starts to vomit, turn the head to the side and try to sweep
out or wipe off the vomit. Continue with CPR.
PUSHING ON THE CHEST:
In general, the chest should be pushed down at least 1 1/2 to 2 inches.
CHECKING THE PULSE:
Sometimes you may hear a cracking sound. Do not be alarmed. The
The pulse check is no longer taught or expected of laypersons. Instead, if you
sound is caused by cartilage or ribs cracking. Even if this occurs, the
see no signs of life (defined as breathing normally, coughing or moving), you
damage is not serious. The risk of delaying CPR or not doing CPR is
should begin to pump on the chest. Please note that the pulse check is still
far greater than a broken rib.
expected of health care providers.
45-025
RESCUE BREATHING AND CHOKING SIGN
Features current American Red Cross CPR
Guidelines. Size: 24" x 30".
45-025 English
45-026 Spanish
5330WS1824E
45-005
ABNORMAL BREATHING:
Copyright © 2010
PUBLIC POOL RULES SIGN
x 24".
45-005
—
Size: 18"
45-255
45-375
45-240
45-410
FACILITY SAFETY SIGNS
POOL SAFETY SIGNS (PSS) — Graphical
symbol signs draw attention to core safety messages. Larger sizes available based on viewing
distances. Indoor with non-glare texture material and Outdoor with weather durable material. Available in English and English/Spanish
styles. See web site for additional sizes.
Sign
Indoor
45-010
45-017
WARNING: NO LIFEGUARD ON DUTY SIGN
Size: 18" x 24".
45-017
Outdoor
SPA RULES SIGN — Size: 18" x 24".
45-010
45-110
45-020
NO SWIMMING ALLOWED AFTER DARK
SIGN — Size: 24" x 18".
45-020
PLEASE SHOWER BEFORE ENTERING
POOL SIGN — Size: 12" x 18".
45-110
English Eng/Sp English Eng/Sp
Safety Diamond Signs (15.5" x 15.5")
Watch Your
45-200 45-285 45-240 45-325
Children
No Diving 45-205 45-290 45-245 45-330
Wear Life
45-210 45-295 45-250 45-335
Jackets
No Long
Breath
45-215 45-300 45-255 45-340
Holding
Entrance Pool Signs
4 Symbol
(19.5" x 10") 45-365 45-385 45-375 45-395
3 Symbol
(16" x 10") 45-370 45-390 45-380 45-400
45-095
No Lifeguard on Duty Signs (13" x 9.5")
No Lifeguard 45-405 45-415 45-410 45-420
English/Spanish versions slightly larger in size.
45-032
45-021
WADING POOL NOT ATTENDED SIGN
Size: 12" x 10".
45-021
100
—
UNIVERSAL SAFETY SIGN — Pool/spa caution, no diving, pool/spa capacity, artificial respiration, 911, no lifeguard and pool/spa rules.
California Compliant sign adds Emergency
shut off, Diarrhea, and Keep Closed sign.
45-032 California Universal Sign, 41" x 48"
45-042 Universal Sign, 40" x 48"
45-100
45-111
POOL CAPACITY SIGN — Size: 12" x 18".
45-095
SPA CAPACITY SIGN — Size: 12" x 18".
45-100
TAKE A CLEANSING SHOWER SIGN —
Size: 12" x 10".
45-111
Safety Signs
45-037
SWIM DIAPERS REQUIRED SIGN
12"x 10".
45-037
— Size:
45-038
HANDICAP LIFT AVAILABLE SIGN
12"x 10".
45-038
— Size:
45-035
WARNING SIGN FOR DIVERS — Size: 12"x
18".
45-035
45-121
DIARRHEA SAFETY SIGN
45-121
— Size: 18"x 12".
LIFT IS NOT A TOY
45-034
NO DIVING ALLOWED SIGN — Size: 18"x 24".
45-023
SHALLOW WATER NO DIVING SIGN —
Size: 18"x 24".
45-034
NO HYPERVENTILATION
OR EXTENDED
UNDERWATER SWIMMING
IS ALLOWED.
5512WS1218E
Copyright© 2011
Aquatic Technology Inc.®
NO BREATH HOLDING SIGN
18".
45-022
—
poolweb.com
7021WS1012E
Copyright© 2000
Aquatic Technology Inc.
SM
poolsigns.com
poolweb.com
45-028
— Size: 10"x 12".
45-043
POOL/CLUB NEWS MESSAGE BOARD —
Write your message and change as needed
with dry erase markers, ordered separately.
Size: 18" x 24"
45-043 Pool News Message Board
45-044 Club News Message Board
45-048 Marker kit, set of 3 with eraser
45-109
SPECTRUM AQUATIC LIFT AVAILABLE
SIGN — Size: 8.5"x 11".
45-109
45-022
Size: 12"x
45-039
45-040
NO RUNNING SIGN
45-040
Copyright© 2012
LIFT IS NOT A TOY SIGN
45-028
7070WS1824E
Size:
FOR PATRONS
NEEDING
ASSISTED
ACCESS ONLY!
MESSAGE BOARD
WARNING
NO
BREATH
HOLDING
—
NOTICE KEEP OFF LIFT SIGN
12"x 10".
45-027
KEEP OFF
POOL LIFT!
POOL NEWS
45-023
45-027
— Size: 18"x 12".
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
FIRST AID STATION SIGN
45-039
45-041
— Size: 12"x 10".
45-033
—
S.R. SMITH POOL/SPA LIFT AVAILABLE
SIGN — Size: 9"x 12".
45-033
NO CELL PHONES ALLOWED SIGN
Size: 12"x 18".
45-041
101
Safety Signs
45-105
—
SWIMMING POOL CLOSED SIGN
12"x 18".
45-105
45-060
45-089
Size:
EMERGENCY SIGNS
EMERGENCY PHONE NUMBER W/FACILITY
LOCATION SIGN — Size: 10"x 14".
45-089
45-070
45-103
KEEP CLOSED SIGN
45-103
— Size: 12"x 6".
45-047
NOTICE
POOL CLOSE D F O R
SEASO N
TRESPASSE R S WI L L
BE PROSEC U T E D
7909WS1812E
Copyright© 2010
poolweb.com
EMERGENCY 911 SIGN
45-047
— Size: 12"x 6".
45-080
OSHA SIGNS — Size: 14" x 10".
45-060 Danger Acid
45-065 Danger Caustic
45-070 Danger Chlorine
45-075 Danger Chlorine Gas
45-080 Danger Chemical Storage
45-104
NOTICE POOL CLOSED FOR THE SEASON
SIGN — Size: 12"x 18".
45-104
45-057
45-046
EMERGENCY SHUT-OFF SWITCH SIGN —
Size: 12"x 9".
45-046
45-106
45-052
45-107
POOL/SPA CLOSED CHEMICALS IN USE
SIGN — Size: 12" x 18".
45-106 Pool Closed Chemicals in Use
45-107 Spa Closed Chemicals in Use
CHEMICAL SAFETY SIGNS
NFPA SIGN — Based on the National Fire
45-058
EYE AND GLOVE PROTECTION SIGN
Size: 12"x 10".
45-058
45-125
45-130
45-049
—
Protection Association's code, provides
identification of hazardous chemical storage
areas. Panels are supplied blank, 4" vinyl
letters/numbers complete your sign for your
specific requirements.
45-049 NFPA sign, fiberglass, 11"
45-051 NFPA label, 10"
45-135
EMERGENCY RESPONSE SIGNS
EMERGENCY EYEWASH SIGN 45-125 Emergency eyewash sign
45-130 Emergency drench hose sign
EMERGENCY SPILL RESPONSE SIGN
Size: 10" x 7".
45-135
102
—
45-055
CAUTION: CARBON DIOXIDE GAS — Size:
14" x 10".
45-055
NFPA VINYL LETTERS/NUMBERS
45-052 OXY
45-054 COR
45-053 ACID 45-056
ALK
45-057 (Numbers 0-4)
Safety Signs
46-370
56-070
SWIM & SAFETY MARKERS
SWIM & SAFETY MARKERS — Highly visible
yellow plastic free-standing signs to mark the
designated speed of your lap swimming lane.
Safety identification markers also available.
They’re lightweight, portable and fold-up for
convenient storage.
SAFETY MARKERS
Item
56-086
56-087
56-069
56-067
56-094
56-088
56-101
56-102
56-089
56-063
56-103
56-104
56-105
56-071
Description
Board Closed
Slide Closed
Pool Closed
Spa Closed
No Diving
No Running
Aquatic Fitness Class
Swim Lessons Only
Caution Wet Floor
No Shoes on Deck
Bulkhead Closed - Stay Off
Aquatic Lift Available Ask for Assistance
Caution Keep Off
Blank sign only
DECK SAFETY & WATER
DEPTH SIGNS
SAFE-T-SIGN™ DECK SIGNS — Slip resistant
deck signs to communicate safety messages
and water depths at your facility. UV stable
specially designed graphic decals for long term
indoor/outdoor use. Can be used in wet areas.
Adheres to concrete and tile surfaces all while
appearing like a painted surface. Installation
is easy, start with a dry surface, sweep, peel
and stick. Inquire for custom signs to fit your
facilities specific needs.
WATER DEPTH DECK SIGNS
Item
46-500
46-505
46-510
46-515
46-520
46-525
Description
Size
(0-14) FT
(0-9) 1/2 FT
(0-12) IN
(0-14)
FT
IN
6" x 6"
6" x 6"
6" x 6"
6" x 6"
6" x 6"
6" x 6"
46-510
46-500
SAFETY DECK SIGNS
Item
46-350
46-355
46-360
46-361
46-365
46-370
46-375
46-380
46-385
46-390
46-395
46-530
46-535
46-540
46-545
46-550
46-555
Description
Handicap Lift Available
Please Inquire
Keep Off! Aquatic Lift for
Assisted Access Only!
Warning
Shallow Water
No Diving
Starting Platforms Are For
Team Use Only
Warning: No Breath Holding
No Extended Underwater
Breathing is Allowed
Safety First — First
Aid Station
Caution Keep Off!
Swim Diapers are Required
for Children Who Are Not
Toilet Trained
Please Shower Before
Entering Pool
No Shoes on Deck
Caution Slippery When Wet
No Running
International No Running
No Diving
International No Diving
Shallow Water
Deep Water
Size
12" x 9"
12" x 9"
12" x 9"
12" x 18"
12" x 18"
12" x 18"
12" x 9"
12" x 18"
12" x 9"
12" x 9"
12" dia.
6" x 6"
6" x 6"
6" x 6"
6" x 6"
6" x 6"
6" x 6"
CHEMICAL SAFETY DECK SIGNS
Item
46-425
46-430
46-435
46-440
46-445
56-086
46-450
56-091
56-069
LAP SWIM MARKERS
Item
56-085
56-092
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
56-070
56-075
56-080
56-085
56-090
56-091
56-092
56-093
56-101
46-455
46-460
46-465
Description
Danger Chemical
Storage Area
Danger Chlorine
Danger Acid
Danger Carbon Dioxide Gas
Danger Caustic
Eye and Glove Protection
Must be Worn When
Handling Chemicals
Emergency Spill
Response Equipment
Emergency Eyewash Station
Emergency Drench Hose
Size
12" x 18"
12" x 18"
12" x 18"
12" x 18"
12" x 18"
12" x 18"
12" x 18"
12" dia.
12" dia.
Description
Slow
Medium
Fast
Lane Closed
Adult Swim Only
Lap Swim Only
Circle Swim Only
Warm-Up Lane Only
46-350
103
Signs & Depth Markers
46-155
46-160
46-165
CERAMIC DEPTH/SAFETY TILES
DEPTH AND SAFETY TILES — White ce-
ramic tile with black lettering. Smooth surface
tiles are for vertical pool wall. Slip resistant tiles
are for deck mounting. Priced per tile.
Style
Intl. No Diving
Intl. No Running
(0-14) FT
(0- 9) 1/2 FT
(0-12) IN
(0-14)
FT
IN
46-085
Smooth
6" x 6"
46-155
46-156
46-160
46-161
46-165
46-166
46-167
46-168
Slip Resistant
6" x 6" 8" x 8"
46-181
46-186
46-182
46-184
46-183
46-187
46-188
46-189
46-090
46-215
VINYL DEPTH/SAFETY MARKERS
VINYL DEPTH/SAFETY MARKERS — 6" x 6"
vinyl stick-on depth and safety message markers have white background and black/red images. Markers are skid resistant for safe deck
applications. Installation kit includes: roller,
aerosol adhesive and tube of edge sealer.
Order one installation kit for approximately 40
Depth/Safety Markers.
Style
(0-14) FT
(0- 9) 1/2 FT
(0-12) IN
(0-14)
FT
IN
No Running
International No Running
No Diving
Shallow Water
Deep Water
Installation Kit
Slip
Resistant
46-085
46-086
46-090
46-095
46-100
46-105
46-115
46-120
46-125
46-130
46-140
46-145
46-150
46-170
46-171
46-175
46-176
46-180
46-190
46-191
46-192
46-275
PLASTIC STICK-ON MARKERS
PLASTIC STICK-ON POOL MARKERS —
Designed for above water use. 41/4" x 53/4"
plastic stick-on depth and safety message
markers have white background and black/red
images. Adheres to stainless steel, fiberglass or
tile (must be at least 6" x 6" tiles). Thin profile is
ideal for renovations. Easy installation with self
adhesive back.
Style
(0-9) FT
(0-9) IN
(0-12)
FT
IN
No Diving
Plastic
Stick-On Tile
46-275
46-280
46-285
46-290
46-295
46-300
46-305
GLASS OVERLAY MARKERS
GLASS OVERLAY POOL MARKERS —
Perfect solution to worn off pool depth markers. Will install over your existing depth tiles.
Rugged tempered glass overlay with beveled
edges. Smooth surface 6" x 6" tile with a thin
profile for your in-pool depth markings. Installation kit will install 10-15 overlays. Color:
white background with black letters/numbers
on clear tile.
Style
Intl. No Diving
(0-14) FT
(0- 9) 1/2 FT
(0-12) IN
(0-14)
FT
IN
Installation Kit
Glass Tile
46-205
46-210
46-215
46-220
46-225
46-230
46-235
46-240
2678 1⁄2
46-185
PLASTIC DEPTH MARKERS
PLASTIC DEPTH MARKERS — A temporary
46-145
104
46-120
46-140
46-300
46-305
way to identify your pool depths. 4" black plastic with smooth finish attaches with adhesive.
Mounts onto existing pool deck or tile. Specify
0-9 or 1⁄2. Adhesive not included.
46-185 Each number
Rescue Equipment
47-002
SPINE BOARDS
LINCOLN SPINE BOARD — Foam filled polyethylene construction with concave shape to
minimize lateral movement. X-ray and MRI translucent. Lincoln Spine Board package includes:
Lincoln Spine Board, Lincoln Head Immobilizer and Velcro body straps. Size: 72"L x 16"W x
2.25"H. 1,000 lb. weight capacity.
47-002 Lincoln Spine Board package
47-001 Lincoln Spine Board only
47-029 Spine Board mounting bracket
47-061
SPEEDBLOCKS ® HEAD IMMOBILIZER
Reusable head immobilizer accommodates all
head shapes. Handle lock and quick release
lock ensures a proper fit for patients 2 years
and up. Includes: 1 block set, universal base,
1 strap and pad replacement set.
47-061 Speedblocks® Head Immobilizer
47-062 Speedblocks® Repl. strap & pad set
47-028
47-040
47-020
CJ RESCUE 6 SPINE BOARD — High Density polyethylene spine board design allows for more
water to flow through, making the board easier to stabilize in the water. Buoyancy is customizable
with polyethylene foam rods, included. X-ray translucent. CJ Rescue 6 Spine Board package
includes: CJ Rescue 6 Spine Board, "L" bracket head immobilizer with foam pads and Velcro
strap, plus 4 Velcro body straps. Size" 78" L x 20" W. 500 lb. weight capacity.
47-020 CJ Rescue 6 Spine Board package 47-024 CJ Rescue 6 Head Bed
47-025 CJ Rescue 6 Velcro for Head Bed
47-016 CJ Spine Board Cover
47-026 CJ Rescue 6 Flotation Rods, set of 2
47-071 CJ 1000 Body Straps, set of 4
47-065 CJ Head Immobilizer, replacement
47-045
SPINE BOARD STRAPS
VELCRO STRAPS — 2" x 29" long
Velcro
straps can be rolled up and fastened to board.
Includes metal attaching loops. Each.
47-040
NYLON STRAPS — 2" x 61" orange nylon with
quick release metal buckle. Each.
47-045
DISPOSABLE STRAPS — 2" x 84" disposable poly webbing with Fastex buckles. Colors:
white, blue, orange, black, or olive. Specify.
47-028 Set of 6 straps and 3 buckles
47-015
CJ 1000 SPINE BOARD — Wood spine board with teflon runners insure smooth sliding transfers
in and out of the pool. CJ 1000 Spine Board package includes: CJ 1000 Spine Board, “L” Bracket
Head Immobilizer with foam pads and Velcro strap, and 4 Velcro body straps. Size: 78" L x 20" W.
Optional cover protects top of board from the elements. Elastic bands hold cover on spine board
for easy removal. 500 lb. weight capacity.
47-015 CJ 1000 Spine Board package
47-018 CJ 1000 Board Bumpers, set of 2
47-016 CJ Spine Board cover
47-071 CJ 1000 Body Straps, set of 4
47-017 CJ 1000 Board Runners, set of 2
47-071
CJ VELCRO STRAPS — 2" Velcro straps for
CJ 1000 and CJ Rescue 6 spine boards. Set of
4 Body Straps: 30" (2), 28", 25". Set of 4 Body
Strap Extenders add an additional 24" length.
47-071 CJ Body Straps, set of 4
47-072 CJ Strap Extenders, set of 4
47-065
47-055
HEAD IMMOBILIZERS
LINCOLN HEAD IMMOBILIZER — Two
Plastisol coated foam head supports with
universal attachment base and two durable
head straps. Fits all spine boards. Complete
with head and chin straps with Velcro closures.
47-055 Lincoln Head Immobilizer
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
CJ “L” BRACKET HEAD IMMOBILIZER —
Two piece “L” Bracket Head Immobilizer with
foam padding. Available as a replacement for
your CJ 1000 or CJ Rescue 6 Spine Board.
Includes: “L” Bracket and Velcro strap. Adapt
allows you to use on other manufacturers spine
boards. Includes: “L” Bracket, Velcro strap and
Velcro mounting for spine board.
47-065 CJ Head Immobilizer, replacement
47-070 CJ Head Immobilizer, adapt
47-047
10-POINT RESCUE STRAP — Provides
versatility in the restraint and immobilization
of your patient on a backboard. Color coded
straps with carrying case.
47-047
105
Rescue Equipment
47-075
47-074
47-090
ADJUSTABLE COLLARS
S T I F N E C K S E L E C T A D J U S TA B L E
COLLAR — Adjustable collars assure the rescuer always has the appropriate collar at the
patient's side. Sizing method is identical to the
original Stifneck collar for simplified training.
47-074 Stifneck Adjustable Collar, Adult
47-075 Stifneck Adjustable Collar, Pediatric
FIRST AID KITS
FIRST AID KITS — Universal
First Aid Kits
designed to meet the needs of your aquatic
facility. These First Aids Kits will treat up
to the maximum capacity of people listed.
Supplies for quick treatment of common injuries
contained in a durable wall-mountable steel
cabinet. Kits are easily transportable with
cabinet handle.
Item
CERVICAL COLLARS
STIFNECK CERVICAL COLLARS — Constructed of tough polyethylene with foam lining.
Color coded for instant size identification.
X-ray compatible. Stores flat or folded.
Optional nylon fabric carrying bag with zipper
closure, holds 10 Stifneck Cervical Collars.
47-076 Adult tall
47-077 Adult regular
47-078 Adult short
47-079 Adult no-neck
47-081Pediatric
47-082 Baby no-neck
47-083 Carrying bag
47-084
47-085
47-090
47-095
First Aid Kit
Capacity
25 people
50 people
75 people
100 people
Case Dimensions
BLOODBORNE PATHOGEN RESPONSE
KIT— Proper clean-up of blood and body
fluids is essential for disposing of potentially
infectious material. Includes: plastic case,
gown, gloves, shoe covers, face mask with eye
shield, absorbent beads, scraper, germicidal
towelette and two red biohazard bags. Refill
kit for Response Kit comes in sealed bag.
48-056 Bloodborne Pathogen Response Kit
48-059 Refill kit
101/2" x 5" x 21/2"
101/2" x 101/2" x 21/2"
101/2" x 151/2" x 21/2"
18" x 117/8" x 6"
48-066
48-073
48-055
47-085
LATEX GLOVES
LATEX GLOVES — Pre-powdered, 10" long.
Box of 100. Specify size: small, medium, large.
48-055
48-057
47-106
47-107
BLANKET — Wool emergency blankets.
Standard model is a great all around blanket
and Heavy-Duty model is our highest quality
most durable blanket for all conditions. Size:
60” x 90”. Color: grey.
47-106 Standard blanket, 30% wool
47-107 Heavy-Duty blanket, 80% wool
106
INFECTION CONTROL
PRODUCTS
FLUID CONTROL SOLIDIFIER — Allows
you to encapsulate feces, vomit, blood or
other potentially hazardous waste. Sprinkle on
affected area, hazard solidifies for easy and
safe disposal. To be used on pool decks not in
pool water. Size: 15 oz.
48-057
48-065
EMERGENCY OXYGEN UNIT — Portable
Emergency Oxygen unit provides a fast and
consistent delivery of oxygen in an emergency.
Available in two model types: Variable Flow
Rate model offers 12 click-stop flow rates for
Lifeguards that are knowledgeable and practiced in administering supplemental first aid
Emergency Oxygen. 6 & 12 Flow Rate model
delivers 6-liters per minute (norm) or 12 liters
per minute (high) for quick oxygen flow selection. Mask fits both adult and child. Units come
ready to use with oxygen supply. Available in
two sizes: 90-minute oxygen supply with wall
mount see-thru plastic cabinet and 40-minute
oxygen supply with SoftPac, which includes
wall hook and shoulder strap. Replacement
cylinders are refillable.
Description
6 & 12 Flow Rate
Variable Flow Rate
Replacement Cylinder
Replacement Mask
90 Minute 40 Minute
Supply
Supply
48-065
48-066
48-067
48-068
48-071
48-072
48-073
Rescue Equipment
48-046
RESPIRATORY CARE
LAERDAL® POCKET MASK — Latex free
pocket mask can be used on adult, child
or infant. Available with or without oxygen
attachment feature. Includes: mask, latex
gloves, sanitary wipe and yellow plastic case.
48-046 Laerdal® Pocket Mask™ w/o oxygen
48-047 Laerdal® Pocket Mask™ with oxygen
48-043 Head Strap, Adjustable, pkg. of 10
48-048 Replacement one way valve
48-049 Replacement filter
47-100
47-110
MANUAL SUCTION DEVICE
V-VAC MANUAL SUCTION DEVICE —
Essential equipment for first responders,
with the V-Vac you will be able to open and
maintain a patients airway. Includes: 1 handle,
2 replacement cartridges.
47-110 V-Vac manual suction device
47-125 Replacement cartridge, each
FIRST RESPONDER BAG
FIRST RESPONDER BAG — Designed for
optimal organization of your emergency supplies. Rugged nylon construction with internal
and external pockets and tuck-away backpack
harness. Color: red.
47-100
48-042
LAERDAL® PEDIATRIC POCKET MASK —
Latex free pocket mask has been designed to
address the different anatomical needs of the
pediatric patient while providing the efficacy
and protection for the rescuer. Includes:
Pediatric Pocket Mask, gloves and wipes in soft
pack with belt clip.
48-042
47-130
CPR TRAINING
48-050
48-051
48-052
THE BAG™ DISPOSABLE RESUSCITATORS
Ergonomic design plus the convenience of a
disposable unit. Includes: face mask, oxygen
reservoir with connecting tube, Manometer
port on Pediatric/Infant units only.
48-050 The Bag™ Resuscitator,
Adult Mask
Pediatric Mask
Infant Mask
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
CPR PROMPT TRAINING MANIKINS — CPR
Prompt rescue training manikins provide an
affordable one-student-to-one-manikin training
in CPR, AED use and the Heimlich maneuver.
Proper head tilt/chin lift to open the airway,
visible chest rise, anatomical landmarks and
an audible compression clicker (adult/child
only) to ensure proper technique. Infant manikin
features new full body design. Lightweight
and requires minimal cleaning with single
use face shield/lung bags. Manikins feature
Duracoat smooth skin finish for a longer life.
Includes: insertion tool and case. Additional
Face Shields/Lung Bags ordered separately.
3 Year Warranty.
CPR PROMPT TRAINING MANIKINS
Item
Description
47-130 Manikin 7 pack
47-135 Adult/Child 5 pk
Adult/Child
47-136
Single pack
47-140 Infant 5 pack
Face
Adult/ Infant Shield
Child
Lung
Bags
5
5
2
•
50/20
50
1
•
10
•
5
50
CPR PROMPT ACCESSORIES
Pack Size
Adult/Child
Face Shield/Lung Bag
10 pack
47-145
100 pack
47-155
Replacement Head
5 pack
47-165
Infant
47-150
47-160
47-170
107
Rescue Equipment
48-005
48-006
CPR TRAINING MANIKINS
CPR TRAINING MANIKINS — CPR training
manikins designed for a more realistic
response to rescue maneuvers. Features
life like head tilt and chin lift techniques.
Airway obstruction and chest rise plus
audible compression "clicker" confirms correct
compressions. Little Anne and Little Junior
feature one way valve and disposable airway
system. Little Baby features disposable airway
system only. Includes case that folds out to a
training mat. Specify light or dark skin.
Description
Single
Four Pack
Little Anne
Little Junior
Baby Anne
48-006
48-008
48-011
48-007
48-009
48-012
Repl.
Airways
RESUSCI JR. WATER RESCUE MANIKIN
Life-like CPR training junior manikin specially
designed for child resuscitation and water
rescue techniques. Includes: hard plastic case,
training mat, water rescue kit, track suit, four
junior faces, four junior airways, twelve manikin
wipes and directions.
48-005 Resusci Jr. Water Rescue Manikin
48-005
24/pkg. 25/pkg. 96/pkg. 100/pkg.
Little Anne 48-150
•
•
48-155
Little Junior
•
•
48-160
48-165
Baby Anne 48-170
•
•
•
48-175 Manikin Face Shields 6 rolls of 36 ea.
48-013
AUTOMATIC EXTERNAL
DEFIBRILLATOR
PHILIPS HEARTSTART FRX AED — Cut
cardiac arrest response time by having an AED
at your facility. Daily, weekly and monthly selftests check readiness and use. AED Guides
you through every step with clear, calm voice
commands and descriptive visual icons.
"Blue-I" button activates CPR coaching. Same
set of pads can be used on adults and children.
Energy reduced for infants/children with an
easy to insert key. Includes: 1 set Smart Pads
II, and long life battery (lasts up to 4 years).
5 Year Warranty on AED. Doctors prescription required for purchase.
48-013 Philips Heartstart FRx AED
48-014 Philips Heartstart Smart Pads II
48-015 Infant/child key
48-016 Training pads II
48-017 Replacement Training Pad II
48-018 Replacement battery
48-019 Carrying case, vinyl
48-190
48-009
48-012
108
WATER RESCUE MANIKIN — Adult and
adolescent manikins are an excellent water
rescue device for adding the shock of realism
for your aquatic safety trainings. Available with
optional CPR feature. As the manikins fill with
water, they will sink up to the neck. To take them
to the pool bottom, add five to ten pounds of
weight (not supplied).
Description
Manikin
Adult
Adolescent
48-190
48-200
Manikin
w/CPR
48-195
48-205
48-200
48-023
HEARTSTATION AED CABINET — Accommodates all AED's. Keyless alarm sounds
when door is opened, which can be controlled
inside or outside of cabinet. Molded side door
handles with magnetic door latch. 20 gauge
steel with powder coat finish and clear acrylic
window. Color: white. Custom colors available.
Size: 15" H x 14" W X 63/4"D.
48-023
Safety Equipment
49-010
49-005
WALL MOUNT EYE/FACE/BODY SPRAY
HEAD — Allows user the ability to wash all
parts of the face and body. Easy-to-use spray
unit features a chrome plated squeeze lever
for one-handed operation. Single spray head
has automatic pop-off dust cover. Vacuum
breaker is required on all hand held eye/face/
body spray units per local code, not included.
Includes: wall bracket, 12' recoil hose and
universal sign.
49-010
49-015
49-020
SELF-CONTAINED EYEWASH — Designed
for first aid in locations without accessible
plumbing. 16 gallon gravity-operated portable
polyethylene eyewash station. Pull tray down for
over 15 minutes of full flow at .4 GPM. Includes:
wall mounting bracket. Bacteriostatic additive
permits storage of water for up to 6 months
without growth of bacteria.
49-015 Self-Contained Eyewash
49-020 Bacteriostatic additive, 5 oz.
SHOWER & EYEWASH
STATIONS
SHOWER & EYEWASH STATION — Offers
immediate first aid. Full body drench shower
with choice of stainless steel or ABS plastic
bowl. Easily activated by push flag or
triangular pull handle. Stainless steel eyewash
and ABS plastic eyewash offer optional foot
treadle, and is ordered separately. Epoxy
coating adds an additional layer of protection
on all galvanized metal surfaces. Meets ANSI
and OSHA requirements.
Description
Standard
Stainless Steel
ABS Plastic
49-005
49-006
Epoxy
Coating
SHOWER AND EYEWASH PARTS
49-001 Eyewash head assembly
49-002 Dust cover
49-003 Shower head
49-004 Pull handle
49-007 Optional foot treadle
49-012
49-014
49-026
49-058
49-059
WALL WASH STATIONS
HAND-HELD WALL STATIONS —
49-017
PORTABLE EYEWASH TANK — Stainless
steel pressurized eyewash tank with drench
hose. Built-in carrying handles with flow
control spray head assemblies for steady
waterflow. Portable heated units maintain water
temperature at an average of 75°.
Eyewash Style
49-009
EYEWASH STATIONS
WALL MOUNT EYEWASH WITH BOWL —
Wall mount station with eye and face wash
head assembly. Provides superior spray to
the vulnerable nasal cavity when needed.
Features ABS plastic 11” receptor. Includes:
mesh in-line strainer to collect line debris, wall
bracket and universal sign.
49-009
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
Eyewash only
Eyewash with
drench hose
Heated Eyewash
Cart
Provides
immediate flushing until the injured person
can be helped to a primary emergency
device. Highly visible and readily available
for emergency flushing and decontamination.
Station includes: Eyesaline ® , sterile and
buffered saline solution which last 36 months
from manufacturing date.
49-026 Single Wall Wash Station, 32 oz.
49-024 Dual Wall Wash Station, 2 x 32 oz.
49-027 Repl. Saline solution, 32 oz.
5
10
15
Gallon Gallon Gallon
49-011 49-012 49-013
49-014 49-016 49-017
49-018 49-019 49-021
49-022 49-022 49-022
NOTE: Eyewash only units do not meet the
full 15-minute flushing requirements and
are intended for use as first aid treatment
prior to reaching an approved shower and
eyewash station.
49-024
109
Safety Equipment
49-060
49-033
CHEMICAL HANDLING
PROTECTION
RESPIRATORS — Dual cartridge system with
low-profile design and a speech diaphragm for
clear communication. Full Face Respirator
features wide angle lens and ergonomic
design. Includes adapter. Specify size:
"comfort seal" (fits 99% of faces) small or extra
large. Half-Mask Respirator leaves plenty of
room for protective eyewear. Design features
dual cartridges that are out of the line of sight.
One-point adjustment for a quick secure fit.
Specify size: small, small/medium, medium/
large or large. Filter cartridges ordered
separately, 2 per pkg.
49-033 Full Face Respirator
49-046 Half-Mask Respirator
49-047 Liquid Chlorine/Muriatic Acid Filters
49-048 Calcium Hypochlorite Filters
49-049 D.E./Soda Ash/Bicarb/Caustic Soda Filters
STANZOIL GLOVES — Chemical resistant
multi-purpose gloves. Natural hand contour
with non-slip grip provides superior feel. Duplex knit lined, neoprene construction. Specify
size: S, M, L, XL.
49-060
49-15549-200
49-061
NEOX NEOPRENE GLOVES — Reinforced
neoprene coating provides protection against
chemicals. Fleece lining eliminates seams
in working areas to prevent hand irritation.
Natural curved hand for added comfort. 14".
One size fits all.
49-061
49-190
DISPOSABLE COVERALLS — Disposable
clothing features a yellow polyethylene film
coating that repels water and moisture.
Provides basic protection but should not
function as your total chemical splash barrier.
Ergonomically designed to be less restrictive
for optimum comfort. Coveralls feature elastic
wrists and ankles. Specify: S, M, L, XL.
49-155
DISPOSABLE ACCESSORIES — The same
features as our disposable protective coveralls.
Bib apron with extra long sewn ties, 28" x
36". Sleeve apron has elastic wrists and slips
overhead and ties on back for convenient front
body coverage. 52" length extends to top of
ankle or can be cut to desired length. Sleeve
protectors provide added arm and sleeve
protection above gloves with elastic ends. High
top shoe covers fit over both shoes and boots
with elastic tops for snug fit. 161/2" high.
49-185 Bib Apron
49-190 Sleeve Apron
49-195 Sleeve Protectors, pkg. of 25 pairs
49-200 Shoe Covers, pkg. of 25 pairs
49-065
49-050
49-055
SAFETY GOGGLE — Soft vinyl goggle with
molded vents to allow air in and keep splash
out. Color: tinted green.
49-050
FULL FACE SHIELD — Protects against
chemical splash from brow to underneath chin.
Window measures 7" x 19".
49-055
110
SLEEVE PROTECTORS — Splash protection
when working with acids and caustics.
49-062
APRON — Chemical resistant apron provides
protection from chemical splash. Size: 35" x 45".
49-065
KNEE BOOTS — 15" PVC/Nitrile boots provides protection against chemicals. Cleated
sole and steel toe. Size: men’s 6-13.
49-070
49-057
CHEMICAL SCOOP — Plastic 56 oz. scoop.
49-057
Safety Equipment
49-106 49-130
SAFETY STATIONS
SDS INFORMATION CENTER — This
SDS Compliance Center helps keep SDS
documents organized and accessible to
employees. Package includes: highly visible
SDS sign, with SDS binder, and binder holder.
Sign size: 20" H x 15" W. Color: white/red.
49-130
SPILL RESPONSE
SPILL RESPONSE KIT —
Complete Spill
Response Kit from the Association of Pool &
Spa Professionals (APSP). Available in nylon
bag or hard plastic storage container. Includes:
absorbent pads, absorbent socks, lab pillow,
disposal bag with labels, personal protective
equipment package and sweeper pan. 3 gallon
spill capacity.
49-106 Spill Response Kit, nylon bag
49-107 Spill Response Kit, plastic container
CHEMICAL SPILL CONTAINMENT
SPILL BERM — Polyurethane boom forms a
barrier to confine liquids. Helps protect your
mechanical room equipment against damage
from spills or leaking water. End connectors
allow you to link booms together for larger
areas. Size: 10' L x 4" W x 21⁄4" H.
49-087 10' Spill Berm
49-088 Connector
49-100
49-150
CONFINED SPACE SAFETY CENTER —
Bold visible safety station for all your confined
space materials. High-impact polystyrene
message board. Includes: 25 carbonless entry
permits, confined space binder and 2 - rescue
handbooks. Size: 28"W x 32"H.
49-150 Confined Space Safety Center
49-151 Entry permits
49-152 Confined space binder
49-153 Entry Handbook
49-154 Rescue Handbook
49-087
DRAIN SEALS — Flexible polyethylene drain
seal prevents contaminates from entering your
drain. Molds to drain forming a tight seal.
Cleans easily and is reusable. For best results
mat should overlap at least 3" on all sides.
49-090 12" dia.49-096
24" x 24"
49-091 20" dia.
49-100 36" x 36"
49-095 18" x 18"49-105
48" x 48"
49-107
49-118
49-116
FLASHLIGHTS
49-108
CAUTION TAPE
HEAVY DUTY CAUTION TAPE — Bold
barricade tapes for long-term use. Mark
hazards with durable tape, stands up to harsh
conditions and won't sag in strong winds.
Size: 3" x 1,000' roll.
49-108 Caution Do Not Enter
49-109 Caution Hazardous Material
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
49-134
SPILL KIT SIGN — Bold 3-way sign helps
staff identify spill control supplies quickly in an
emergency. Lightweight plastic signs allow for
easy mounting. Size 14"H x 10"W.
49-134
49-112
MAG-LITE ® FLASHLIGHTS — Heavy-duty
black anodized aluminum flashlights. "Spot to
flood" adjustable beam, self cleaning rotating
on-off switch and O-ring sealed for maximum
water resistance. Available in incandescent
or LED.
Description
Mini-mag
2 - "D" cell
3 - "C" cell
LED
49-112
49-116
49-118
Incandescent
49-110
49-115
49-120
111
Racing Lane Lines
50-005
50-030
RACING LANE LINES
COMPETITOR GOLD MEDAL LANE LINES
6" Gold Medal lane line is designed to provide
the swimmer with the ultimate in wave quelling.
The lane line has over 25% more reflective
surface area than any other lane line on the
market today. Includes LifeSpan+ additive
for enhanced durability. The Competitor Gold
Medal lane line has a large 6" diameter disc
with donut floats strung on a vinyl-coated 3⁄16"
stainless steel cable. Lanes are provided with
Competitor take-up reels standard. 15 meter
markers, for breakout, provided in contrasting
color on each lane, upon request. Disk and
donut colors: in any combination of red, white,
blue, sky blue, navy blue, green, yellow, black,
maroon, orange, Vegas gold, gray, or purple.
All donut floats will be made to match disk color,
unless specified differently. Special length lanes
are available and are calculated by the foot, with
lane hardware ordered separately.
50-004 60'
50-00575'
50-010 25 meter
50-015 50 meter
50-020 Special lengths - plus hardware
50-050 Lane line hardware
COMPETITOR LANE LINES — 4" flow-through
design allows the waves to be dispersed
along the channel of revolving discs. Includes
LifeSpan+ additive for enhanced durability.
The lane line consists of a series of 4" diameter x 11⁄2" discs with donut floats strung on a
vinyl-coated 3⁄16" stainless steel cable. Lanes
are provided with Competitor take-up reels
standard. 15 meter markers, for breakout,
provided in contrasting color on each lane
upon request. Disk and donut colors: in any
combination of red, white, blue, sky blue, navy
blue, green, yellow, black, maroon, orange,
Vegas gold, gray, or purple. All donut floats will
be made to match disk color, unless specified
differently. Special length lanes are available
and are calculated by the foot basis, with lane
hardware ordered separately.
50-029 60'
50-03075'
50-035 25 meter
50-040 50 meter
50-045 Special lengths - plus hardware
50-050 Lane line hardware
112
COMPETITOR/GOLD MEDAL DISCONNECTS
Convert from long course to short course,
and back, with disconnect feature, utilizing
stainless steel pin and bronze clevis. Lanes
are provided with Competitor take-up reels
standard. Disk and donut colors: in any
combination of red, white, blue, sky blue, navy
blue, green, yellow, black, maroon, orange,
Vegas gold, gray, or purple. All donut floats will
be made to match disk color, unless specified
differently.
Length
25m to 1-75'
50m to 1-75'
50m to 2-75'
50m to 1-75'
and 1-25m
50m to 1-25m
7' Extension
14' Extension
Gold Medal 6" Competitor 4"
50-060
50-062
50-065
50-075
50-077
50-080
50-070
50-085
50-071
50-120
50-125
50-086
50-110
50-115
NOTE: See page 138 for water polo course
markers.
Visit our website for Lane Line Configurator.
Racing Lane Lines
ANTI MINI LANES
ANTI WAVE LANE LINES — Undulating shape
of discs causes wave to be deflected downward,
leaving no wake on either side. Available in 6"
diameter Maximum or 43⁄4" diameter ForeRunner.
Lanes come assembled on 1⁄8" stainless steel
cable with "Supertensioner." Colors: any
combination of red, white, yellow, green, orange,
North Carolina blue, navy blue, dark blue,
pink, purple, teal, gray, black, metallic silver,
metallic gold, or maroon. 15 meter markers, for
backstroke breakout, provided in contrasting
color on each lane, upon request. Lane floats
and Supertensioner also available in above
colors. Specify lane, float, and Supertensioner
colors when ordering. Inquire for custom colors.
3 Year Warranty.
Length
ANTI MAXIMUM LANES
ANTI FORERUNNER LANES
50-360
50-315
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
60'
75'
25 meter
50 meter
50m w/1 Disconnect
50m w/2 Disconnects
7' extension
14' extension
Special lengths plus
hardware
Lane hardware
Custom colors
Maximum Forerunner
6"
4.75"
50-355
50-360
50-365
50-370
50-375
50-380
50-385
50-390
50-310
50-315
50-320
50-325
50-326
50-327
50-345
50-350
50-395
50-330
50-335
50-340
50-335
50-340
50-130
ANTI MINI LANE LINES — Offers
approximately 60% of the wave-quelling
effect of Anti’s full-size lane line. Discs are
3" long x 21⁄2" diameter with corresponding
colored donut float every 6 discs. Great for
practice. Uses 3⁄8" rope and two stainless steel
“S” hooks. Comes unassembled. Available in
17 colors. 3 Year Warranty.
50-129 60'
50-13075' 50-135 25 meter
50-140 50 meter
50-145 Special lengths
50-220
ANTI WAVE SUPERTENSIONER — The
Supertensioner allows you to tighten and
loosen your lanes, without the use of tools, by
just twisting the tensioner body. Non corrosive
tensioner body with threaded stainless rod
and "s" hook. Will fit any manufacturers' lanes.
Colors: red, green, blue, yellow, white, or
black. Also available in other standard Anti
Wave lane colors. Specify.
50-220
113
Lane Line Parts & Accessories
50-243
50-150
COMPETITOR LANE PARTS
COMPETITOR MULTIPLE LANE LINE
BRACKETS — For triple and double lane line
hook-ups to achieve ideal racing conditions.
Stainless steel. Set of two.
50-150
COMPETITOR BODY SEGMENT — Specify
color.
50-200
COMPETITOR END SEGMENT — Specify
color.
50-205
COMPETITOR DONUT FLOAT — Specify
color.
50-210
COMPETITOR GOLD MEDAL SEGMENT —
Specify color.
50-215
50-246
ANTI WAVE MAXIMUM DISC — Specify color.
50-246
ANTI WAVE FORERUNNER DISC — Specify
color.
50-242
ANTI WAVE FLOAT — "Donut" float for Maximum, Forerunner and Mini lanes. Specify color.
50-243
ANTI WAVE MINI DISC — Specify color.
50-255
50-278
50-265
50-280
50-300
EXTENSION ”S” HOOKS
COMPETITOR EXTENSION “S” HOOKS
50-265 2"
50-275 14"
50-270 8"
50-278 24"
ANTI WAVE EXTENSION “S” HOOKS
50-2802"
50-295 14"
50-2853"
50-300 21"
50-290 8"
COMPETITOR RATCHET TAKE-UP REEL
50-160
COMPETITOR RATCHET COVER
50-165
CUSTOM EXTENSION “S” HOOKS
50-305
COMPETITOR RATCHET WRENCH
50-170
PROTECTIVE CAP
PROTECTIVE STAINLESS TILE CAP — Fits
over waterline tile. Size: 23/8" x 6".
50-525
COMPETITOR 3⁄16" CABLE — Vinyl covered
stainless steel cable.
50-175
50-180
50-185
COMPETITOR CABLE LOCK
50-180
COMPETITOR TENSION SPRING AND
CABLE LOCK
50-185
COMPETITOR BRONZE CLEVIS
disconnects, each.
50-190
—
COMPETITOR STAINLESS STEEL PIN
For disconnects.
50-195
50-190
114
For
—
50-195
50-220
ANTI WAVE LANE PARTS
ANTI WAVE SUPERTENSIONER —
Will fit
any manufacturer's lanes. Patented tensioning
device allows you to safely tighten lanes
without tools. Colors: red, green, blue, yellow,
white or black. Additional colors available —
inquire. Specify color.
50-220
ANTI WAVE STAINLESS STEEL 1⁄8" CABLE
50-240
50-261
LANE LINE SAVER
LANE LINE SAVER — Fits over pool edge
and guides the lane line to the reel. Protects
lane line from needless wear and tear from
impacting the edge of the pool. Works for both
4" and 6" diameter lanes. Molded fiberglass
construction. Color: white.
50-261
Lane Line Storage Reels
51-005
51-010
LANE LINE STORAGE REELS
COMPETITOR CLASSIC STOR-LANE REEL
Newly redesigned with new transport handle
and improved hardware design. Powder
coated aluminum construction with PVC reel
discs. Stores 525' of 4" lane lines and 300' of
6" lane lines. Size: 68" W x 46" D x 58" H.
51-005
51-010 Classic Stor-Lane Reel Cover
51-025
COMPETITOR ELITE STOR-LANE REEL —
Powder coated aluminum construction with
enclosed reel end panels for safety. Includes
transport handle and 6" locking stainless casters. Stores 902' of 4" lanes and 492' of 6" lanes.
Custom colors/logos available. Size: 83" W x
60" D x 71" H.
51-025
51-027 Custom Colors/Logos
51-026 Elite Stor-Lane Reel Cover
51-036
51-042
STORAGE REEL COVERS
CHAMPION™ LANE REEL COVER — Heavy
51-040
PARAGON LANE STORAGE REELS —
Constructed of stainless steel for long life.
Choice of 5" zinc plated or 5" stainless steel
locking casters. Storage Reel holds up to 540'
of 4" lanes or 6" lanes up to 300'. Large Reel
holds up to 720' of 4" lanes or 6" lanes up to 400'.
51-036 Lane Storage Reel
51-037 Lane Reel with S.S. Casters
51-038 Large Lane Reel
51-039 Large Lane Reel with S.S. Casters
51-040 Paragon Lane Reel Cover
51-034 Repl. zinc plated wheel kit, set of 4
51-035 Repl. stainless steel wheel kit, set of 4
duty storage reel covers for any brand of
storage reel. 12 oz. per sq. yd. vinyl laminate
material for long life. Protects your lane lines
and lane storage reel from fading and damage
caused by UV exposure. Specify brand of
storage reel when ordering. Color: blue.
51-042 Lane Reel Cover, 48" x 67"
51-043 Large Lane Reel Cover, 54" x 83"
51-015
COMPETITOR REEL PARTS
51-020
51-033
ULTIMATE MAXI-SIZE STOREEL — By
Anti Wave. Powder coated aluminum,
with 6" diameter center spool. Extra wide
79" width allows storage of more lanes.
Capacity: 6" lanes - 5-75', 4-25m, or
2-50m and 4" lanes - 8-75', 7-25m, or 3-50m.
Ultimate Storeel cover ordered separately.
3 Year Warranty.
51-033
51-029 Ultimate Storeel Mesh Cover
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
XL LANE STORAGE REEL — Large capacity
lane line storage reel has 25% more capacity
than other reels. Storage capacity - 4" Lanes:
up to 985' - 13x 75', 12x 25m, and 6x 50m. 6"
Lanes: up to 575' - 7x 75', 7x 25m, and 3x
50m. Powder coated stainless steel with 5'
diameter hand wheels and heavy duty, nonmarking, locking casters. Color: silver gray.
XL Storage Reel cover ordered separately.
3 Year Warranty.
51-015
51-020 XL Storage Reel Cover
COMPETITOR REEL DISC
51-045
COMPETITOR SPACER DISC
51-050
COMPETITOR REEL CORE
51-055
COMPETITOR RETENTION ROD — Set of 3.
51-060
COMPETITOR AXLE
51-065
COMPETITOR SWIVEL CASTER WITH
BRAKE
51-075
115
Equipment Storage
62-085
62-086
51-080
EQUIPMENT STORAGE
DECK STOR-A-WAY — Portable
storage
locker can be used indoors or outdoors. Heavy
duty ABS plastic with UV stabilizer and rigid
fiberglass base. Equipped with a full-height
lockable door, self-draining shelves, interior
door pocket storage, and ventilation holes for
storing wet items. Mounted on 4 locking swivel
casters. Size: 33" W x 31" D x 74" H. Color: blue.
51-080
EQUIPMENT TOTEMASTER — Great for
storing your aquatic supplies. Available in 3
sizes: Original Totemaster - 31/2'L x 2'W x
3'H or Totemaster Mini - 21"L x 21"W x 30"H,
both with single lid opening and Totemaster
Plus - 5'L x 2'W x 3'H with dual lid opening and
internal divider. Made with 3/16" powder coated
steel wire with lockable lids and 4 locking swivel
casters. Color: blue.
62-085 Equipment Totemaster
62-086 Totemaster Plus
62-087 Totemaster Mini
62-092 Repl. wheel kit - 4 casters & 4 inserts
51-150
51-090
51-165
51-090
STORAGE BENCHES — Fiberglass storage
boxes with UV-resistant gel coat exterior.
Includes: stainless steel hinge and cable stays
with stainless lockable hasp. Optional items
include: gas shocks, permanent dividers,
removable shelves, side vents to allow
ventilation, stainless steel handles, and set of
4 feet to raise bench off deck for cleaning and
drainage. Color: white.
Item
51-090
51-091
51-089
51-092
51-094
Dimensions (WxDxH)
85" x 20" x 18"
72" x 20" x 18"
60" x 20" x 18"
48" x 20" x 18"
71" x 22" x 241/4"
STORAGE BENCH OPTIONS
51-105 Gas shocks, set of 2
51-095 Permanent dividers, each
51-096 Vent holes, each
51-097 Storage bench feet, set of 4
51-099 Stainless steel handles, pair
116
HEAVY DUTY STORAGE BENCHES —
Aluminum frame with 1⁄2" thick composite plastic
sides and plastic lumber top. Bench is provided
with drainage holes for ventilation and rubber feet
for a non-skid base that is safe on any surfaces.
Rubber lid seal provides waterproof barrier and
reduces noise when closing lid. Dual gas struts
for ease of lid operation. Shipped fully assembled.
Specify key lock or lock hasp (lock not included).
Dividers, custom engraved logos, and sponsor
panels available for additional charge. Color: blue,
with white engraved letters. Custom colors for
additional charge. Composite woodgrain benches
also available. 5 Year Limited Warranty.
Item
51-150
51-155
51-160
51-165
51-170
51-175
Size
(Cu. Ft.)
10
14
14
19
21
29
Dimensions
(HxWxD)
19.25" x 72" x 22"
19.25" x 96" x 22"
19.25" x 72" x 27.25"
19.25" x 96" x 27.25"
27.25" x 72" x 27.25"
27.25" x 96" x 27.25"
HEAVY DUTY STORAGE BENCH OPTIONS
51-180 Custom Colors, per bench
51-185 Custom Engraving, per letter
51-190 Custom Logos, per logo
51-195 Dividers - 19.25"W x 22"D
51-200 Dividers - 19.25"W x 27.5"D
51-205 Dividers - 27.25"W x 27.5"D
51-086
51-085
ROLL AWAY BIN — Polyethylene storage bin
with 4" casters. Ideal for storing your aquatic
accessories and team supplies. 28" W x 42 3⁄4"L
x 33" H. Optional Hinged Lid protects contents
from the elements. Rugged 400 lb. capacity
with metal caster frame underneath. Colors:
white and black. Lid color: black only. 51-085 Roll Away Bin
51-086 Hinged Lid
51-125
FLOOR STORAGE HATCH
FLOOR STORAGE HATCH — Aluminum
floor storage hatch available with 1/4" diamond
tread plate or smooth aluminum plate for
1
/8" in-fill of tile or carpet. Includes: stainless
steel hinge, 11/2" threaded coupling to drain
water run-off, slam latch, and removable key
handle. Frame is epoxy coated for corrosion
resistance. Hatch is counterbalanced and
door automatically locks open at 90˚. 300
lbs./sq. ft. load capacity. Additional sizes and
double door hatches also available.
Size
24" x 24"
36" x 36"
48" x 48"
Diamond Tread Recessed Plate
51-125
51-130
51-135
51-110
51-115
51-120
Starting Platforms
WATER DEPTH
Ruling Body Less than 4'
NCAA
USAS
USMS
NFHS
FINA
N/A
No
Starting
Platform
Equal to
or more than 4'
30" MAX
20" - 291/2" L.C.
30" MAX S.C.
20" - 291/2" L.C.
30" MAX S.C.
30" MAX
4'6" or over only
20" - 291/2" L.C./S.C.
*NOTE: These are minimum water depths and
are subject to change. Please verify.
PARAGON STARTING PLATFORMS
TRACK START TOP SIZE
24" x 32"
STANDARD TOP SIZE
20" x 24"
Single Leg
Dual Leg
Single Leg
Dual Leg
PARAGON ANCHORS
Single Leg
Quickset
Dual-Wedge
Single Leg
Paraflyte
WATER DEPTH MEASURING SPECIFICATIONS
FINA: 3 ft. 31⁄2 in. to 19 ft. 2 in. from pool wall
NCAA: minimum 4 ft. throughout recommended
USAS: 3 ft. 31⁄2 in. to 16 ft. 5 in. from pool wall
USMS: 3 ft. 31⁄2 in. to 16 ft. 5 in. from pool wall
NFHS: from pool wall to 16 ft. 5 in.
NOTE: "B" dimension varies as indicated
according to platform height, "A" dimension.
Single Leg
Long Reach
Paraflyte
Dual Leg
Competitor
Dual-Wedge
PARAGON STARTING PLATFORMS
PARAGON STARTING PLATFORMS — World renowned Paragon starting platforms are the standard
by which all other platforms are compared. Made from the highest quality materials, Paragon starting
platforms are designed to meet and exceed all ruling body standards for starting platforms.
Platform Design Choices: When deciding which platform is right for you, start by determining:
1) What top size do I want? Choice of 20" x 24" Standard top or 24" x 32" Track Start top.
2) Which style platform do I want? Choice of Single Leg design or Dual Leg design.
3) Which style anchor do I want? Single leg designs have a choice of Quickset or Paraflyte
anchors and Dual Leg designs utilize Competitor Dual Leg anchor.
52-010
Competitor Track Start — Side Mount Platform
The Competitor style platforms utilize a twin legged design that slips in and out of the Competitor
Dual Leg anchor assembly, with new Dual-Wedge design. Quickset style platforms utilize a single
pedestal design that slips into single Quickset anchor socket, with new Dual-Wedge design and
Taper Lock base. Paraflyte style platforms utilize a single pedestal design that is bolted into the
Paraflyte anchor socket.
Paragon platform designs listed above also come in two heights. Full Height and Low Height (Varsity).
The platforms are also available in Standard and Long Reach styles, based on gutter design needs.
When ordering platforms:
1) Determine maximum height of block above water surface according to the ruling body that
governs your swim programs
2) Confirm the pool water depth at the block installation location.
3) Determine "A" dimension. This is the desired height of your platform over the water surface
minus the deck-to-water level measurement.
4) Determine the "B" dimensions. Desired set back from the vertical pool wall. These dimensions
vary according to the platform height and style you select. Care should be taken to insure the
desired anchor installation location is clear of obstructions such as gutters, deck drains, diving
stands, etc.
Your Lincoln Representative can help you select the proper starting platform for your facility.
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
52-031
Track Start Quickset — Rear Mount Platform
NOTE: See page 135 for The Colorado Block by
Paragon and Colorado Time Systems.
117
Starting Platforms
FULL HEIGHT
STARTING PLATFORMS
52-010
Competitor Track Start-Side Mount Platform
STANDARD
STARTING PLATFORMS
PA R A G O N S TA N D A R D S TA R T I N G
PLATFORMS — Up to 30" above water
surface. All platforms utilize white sand finish
polypropylene tops. Top sizes are: 20" x
24", except Track Start tops which are 24"
x 32". Custom colored tops available for
additional charge - inquire. Specify plain or
numbered platforms when ordering. Platforms
are provided with 10° sloping tops unless level
tops are requested. Horizontal backstroke
bars standard. Vertical backstroke bars (FINA)
optional. Includes anchor.
Item
Platform Style
Competitor
52-005
52-010 Comp. Track Start - Side Mt.
52-030 Comp. Track Start - Rear Mt.
52-031 Track Start QS - Rear Mt.
52-032 Track Start QS - Side Mt.
Standard Quickset
52-015
Standard Paraflyte
52-020
"B"
Dimension
18"
18", 24"
36" - 40"*
21" - 26"
21" - 26"
21" - 26"
21" - 26"
Competitor Long Reach (20-291/2")52-025
Competitor Platform
52-005
Standard Quickset Platform
52-015
Standard Paraflyte Platform
52-020
Competitor Long Reach (30-40")
52-026
Quickset Long Reach
52-035
Paraflyte Long Reach
52-040
*NOTE: Models with 36" - 40" "B" dimensions
utilize 10" high anchors.
LONG REACH
STARTING PLATFORMS
52-030
Competitor Track Start-Rear Mount Platform
PARAGON LONG REACH STARTING PLATFORMS — Up to 30" above water surface. All
platforms utilize white sand finish polypropylene
tops. Top sizes are: 20" x 24", except Track Start
tops which are 24" x 32". Custom colored tops
available for additional charge. Long Reach style
platforms are designed to span long distances
due to special gutter configurations. Specify
plain or numbered platforms when ordering. All
platforms are provided with 10° sloping tops unless level tops are requested. Includes anchor.
Item
52-032
Track Start Quickset-Side Mount Platform 118
Platform Style
"B"
Dimension
52-025 Competitor Long Reach 20" - 291⁄2"
52-026 Competitor Long Reach 30" - 40"*
52-030 Track Start Long Reach 36" - 40"*
341⁄2"
52-035 Quickset Long Reach
341⁄2"
52-040 Paraflyte Long Reach
*NOTE: Models with 30" - 40" "B" dimensions
utilize 10" high anchors.
NOTE: See page 120 for platform anchors,
platform top refinishing and accessories.
Starting Platforms
LOW HEIGHT
STARTING PLATFORMS
Varsity Competitor
52-045
Red
Green
Blue
Varsity Long Reach Quickset
Cranberry
Black
52-050
Varsity Standard Quickset
White
52-070
Yellow
STARTING PLATFORM OPTIONS
PARAGON PLATFORM COLORS — Add
Varsity Long Reach Paraflyte
Varsity Standard Paraflyte
52-055
VARSITY
STARTING PLATFORMS
PARAGON VARSITY PLATFORMS — Up to
18" above water surface. All platform tops
are 20" x 24" polypropylene with sand finish.
Custom colored tops available for additional
charge. Specify plain or numbered platforms
when ordering. Platforms provided with 10°
sloping top unless level tops are requested.
Includes: anchor, except Varsity Paraflyte
platforms which were designed to retrofit to
existing Paraflyte anchors. Rear mounting
step extra.
Item
52-045
52-050
52-055
52-060
52-065
Platform Style
52-075
VARSITY
LONG REACH PLATFORMS
PARAGON VARSITY LONG REACH PLATFORMS — Up to 18" above water surface.
All platform tops are 20" x 24" polypropylene
with new sand finish. Custom colored tops
available for additional charge. Specify plain or
numbered platforms when ordering. Platforms
are provided with 10° sloping top unless level
tops are requested. Includes Anchor. Rear
mounting step extra.
52-070 Varsity Long Reach Quickset,341⁄2"
52-075 Varsity Long Reach Paraflyte,341⁄2"
52-080 Mounting step, Varsity Long Reach
52-110
PARAGON CUSTOM LOGOS — Add facility
logos to your Competitor Track Start and
Competitor style platform tops. The addition
of your logo promotes your facility and gives
your program a custom look. Supply facility
logo artwork and PMS color requirements.
52-110
"B"
Dimension
Varsity Competitor
18"
Varsity Std. Quickset 14,18,21,26"
Varsity Std. Paraflyte 14,18,21,26"
Mounting step, Varsity Competitor
Mounting step, Varsity Standard
NOTE: See page 117 regarding platform
design descriptions, measurements, and
ordering information.
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
color to your new sand finish starting platform
tops, steps, and pedestals. Color adds identity
and is great for emphasizing team, facility,
or school colors. Standard colors: blue, red,
cranberry, green, black, yellow or your own
PMS number color. Optional custom powder
coating upgrade available for starting platform
pedestals. Add-on charge to cost of platform.
52-105 Platform Colors - each
52-107 Pedestal Powder Coating - each
NOTE: "B" Dimension varies as indicated
according to platform height, "A" Dimension.
NOTE: See page 120 for platform anchors,
platform top refinishing and accessories.
119
Starting Platforms & Accessories
52-250
52-255
52-032
52-115
Competitor Dual-Wedge Anchor
52-145
Standard Paraflyte Anchor
Track Start Quickset — Side Mount Platform
TRACK START PLUS KITS
TRACK START PLUS PLATFORM KIT —
Adjustable, angled backplate and side hand
grip kit can be added to your new and existing
Track Start platforms. FINA, USA Swimming,
NCAA, and NFHS approved. Optimizes the
position of the swimmers rear leg, for a more
powerful start. The 30° backplate assembly (9"
x 24") mounts to side of platform top, is easily
removable, and adjusts to five positions. Side
hand grip kit can be purchased separately from
the backplate kit. Available in stainless or black
powder coat finish. Can be used with Colorado
Time Systems RJP's. Available in white and a
variety of optional sand top colors - inquire.
Includes mounting hardware.
52-250 Adjustable Backplate Kit
52-255 Side Hand Grip Kit, set of 2, black
52-256 Side Hand Grip Kit, set of 2, stainless
52-260 Color Upgrade for Backplate
52-265 Powder Coat Upgrade for
Side Hand Grip Kit
52-160
Long Reach Paraflyte
Quickset Dual-Wedge Anchor
PARAGON PLATFORM
ANCHORS
52-164
PARAGON STARTING PLATFORM ANCHORS
52-115 Competitor Dual-Wedge anchor, 6"
53-110 Competitor cap only
52-131 Competitor Dual-Wedge anchor, 10"
52-117 Repl. Competitor wedge assembly
52-120 Repl. Competitor D-W anchor cover
52-140 Repl. Standard Quickset cap only
52-156 Quickset Dual-Wedge anchor
52-157 Repl. QS wedge assembly
52-158 Repl. QS Dual-Wedge anchor cover
52-145 Standard Paraflyte anchor
52-150 Repl. Standard Paraflyte cap only
52-155 Paraflyte Long Reach anchor
PARAGON ANCHOR SHIMS
52-162 Competitor Anchor Shim, each
52-163 Quickset Anchor Shim, each
53-095 Socket Key
52-165
PLATFORM SAFETY
ACCESSORIES
PLATFORM SAFETY COVERS — Lightweight
polyethylene covers prevent unauthorized use
of platforms. Covers stack easily for storage.
Includes bungee cord. Available to fit 24" x 32"
or 20" x 24" platform top sizes. Color: orange.
52-165 24" x 20"
52-164 24" x 32"
52-111
TRACK START PLUS STS KIT— Side-to-Side
(STS) Backplate kit mounts under platform top
and is adjusted to achieve faster starts. FINA,
USA Swimming, and NFHS approved. 9" x 10"
polypropylene backplate slides to left or right
push off position and can be easily removed
for storage. For platforms with 20" x 24" tops
only. Powder Coating and custom color
backplates available for extra cost- inquire.
Top Color: white.
52-160
BACKSTROKE START DEVICE
CTS BACKSTROKE START DEVICE — By
Colorado Time Systems. FINA Approved
Anti-Slip backstroke start device for faster
backstroke starts. Retractable 10 degree
wedge mounts on any starting platform with
adjustable straps. Automatically retracts after
start. Compatible with most starting platforms
and gutter configurations.
52-111
120
52-155
52-156
Before
PLATFORM REFINISHING
After
PARAGON SAND TOP REFINISHING —
Existing polypropylene tops can be refinished
with new sand finish. Improves platform safety
and looks. Color: white. Custom colors available for additional charge.
52-179 Paraflyte/Quickset refinish, w/step
52-180 Competitor refinish
52-185 Track Start refinish, w/side step
52-186 Track Start refinish, w/rear step
52-187 Varsity Long Reach refinish, w/2 step
52-188 Varsity Shortee refinish, w/o step
CHAMPION™ PLATFORM SAFETY COVERS —
12 oz. vinyl laminated material. Includes
warning about unauthorized use. Grommets
underneath for anchoring cover. Place beach
ball under cover to support material. Colors:
royal blue or red. Specify.
52-166 24" x 20"
52-167 24" x 32"
PLATFORM SAFETY LABELS — Be sure
every starting block is labeled to advise users
of proper racing dive technique. Set of 2 labels
for labeling back and side of platform top.
52-170
REPLACEMENT HAND GRIP — For Paragon
starting platforms.
52-171
52-170
Pennants & Stanchions
53-084 53-100
53-085
53-090 53-095
STANCHION ACCESSORIES
STANCHION ANCHORS — Cast bronze
or stainless steel anchors with cap for
covering socket when stanchions are not in
use. For use with 1.90" dia. stanchions. Socket
key for removing cap ordered separately.
53-084 Bronze anchor with threaded cap
53-085 Bronze anchor w/tamper-proof
cap
53-090 Stainless anchor with slip cap
53-095 Socket key
53-100 Spanner wrench key
53-106 Repl. bronze tamper-proof cap only
53-110 Repl. stainless slip cap only
53-111 Repl. bronze threaded cap only
53-020
BACKSTROKE PENNANTS
CHAMPION™ BACKSTROKE PENNANTS
Heavy duty backstroke pennants constructed
of 12 oz. vinyl coated polyester. Triangular
pennants, size: 12" x 18". Individual flags are
strung onto 3⁄16" vinyl coated stainless steel
cable with brass swivel hook on one end and
ratchet take-up reel on other end. When ordering
specify: number of pennants required; cable
length needed between pennant stanchions
or pennant anchoring points and hardware
package for each pennant line. Hardware
package includes: ratchet take-up reel, brass
swivel hook and flag retainer clamps. Assembly
required. Specify colors: navy blue, royal blue,
medium blue, white, red, green, yellow, orange,
purple, light gray, black, brown, and maroon.
53-020Champion™ backstroke
pennants, each
50-175 Vinyl covered
cable, per ft.
53-030 Hardware package, each
53-035 Custom lettering
44-120 Replacement brass swivel hook
50-160 Replacement ratchet reel
BACKSTROKE PENNANTS — 12 oz. vinyl
backstroke pennants with canvas header. Size:
12" x 18". Flags available in standard 50' length
with additional 5' tie ends. Special tie end lengths
and special lengths/colors available. Colors:
navy blue, royal blue, medium blue, white, red,
green, yellow, orange, purple, light gray, black,
brown, and maroon. Quick Ship colors: red &
white, blue & white, and green & white alternating. Inquire for custom lettering/numbering.
53-005 50' multi-color
53-006 50' Quick Ship
53-010 Special lengths /special colors
53-015 Custom lettering /numbering
53-006
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
53-067
53-115
STANCHION POSTS
BACKSTROKE PENNANT STANCHIONS —
8' high stainless steel poles with end cap and
welded u-hook to suspend pennants over the
racing lanes. Anchors/poles are positioned 15
ft. from pool end for short course and 5 meters
for long course configurations. Available in
round tube and square tube styles. Four posts
required. Stanchion only. Round Tube - Sliding collar with eyebolt and post anchor (round)
ordered separately. Square Tube - Rope cleat
welded to stanchion side wall. Post anchor
(round) ordered separately.
Item
Style
53-055
53-060
53-065
53-067
Round
Round
Round
Square
Wall
Thickness
.065" wall
.109" wall
.145" wall
.125" wall
SLIDING COLLAR WITH EYEBOLT
53-115
53-116 Eyebolt only for sliding collar
FALSE START ROPE
FALSE START ROPE KIT — 3⁄8" white braid-
ed polyethylene rope with two red floats which
provide quick release for false starts. Includes
all hardware for attaching false start rope to
your stanchion posts. Standard rope kit length
is 50'. Special lengths are available, specify.
53-120 50'
53-125 Special lengths
Diameter
1.90"
1.90"
1.90"
1.90"/2.50"
FALSE START STANCHIONS — 4'6" high
round stainless steel tube capped at one end
with a stainless steel closure plate and U-hook
for recalling swimmers. Placed 36' from end of
the pool. Two posts required. Stanchion only.
Sliding collar with eyebolt and post anchor
ordered separately.
53-070
4'6" x .065" wall
53-075 4'6" x .109" wall
53-080 4'6" x .145" wall
NOTE: Your Lincoln Representative can
assist you in designing your backstroke
pennants. Material samples available upon
request.
CROWD CONTROL STANCHIONS
CROWD CONTROL STANCHIONS — Light-
weight polyethylene stanchions are designed
for effective crowd control. Base is hollow so
it can be filled with sand, gravel, or liquid for
added weight. Stanchion stands 41" tall with
14" dia. base. 11⁄2" x 9' chain sections sold
separately. Colors: white, yellow or black.
53-130 Crowd control stanchion, each
53-135 9' stanchion chain, each
121
Bulkheads
PORTABLE BULKHEADS
TURNMASTER PRO™ SWIM WALL — State
FIBERGLASS BULKHEADS
STARK FIBERGLASS BULKHEADS — The use of a Stark Fiberglass Bulkhead will transform
your pool into a multi-use facility. The movable bulkhead is custom engineered to fit your existing
pool or can be planned and designed into your new facility. With a movable bulkhead, you can
increase pool usage and improve program flexibility. One piece, monolithic construction, creates
a stronger bulkhead, which virtually eliminates the "trampoline effect" experienced on many
metal or sectional bulkheads. Bulkheads can be fitted with timing systems, starting platforms,
water polo goals, and stanchion anchors. Includes: racing lane targets, stainless steel lane line
anchors, starting platform anchors and patented flotation system. Corrosion resistant fiberglass
construction for superior strength and long lasting durability. Bulkhead is easily moved by two
people after filling the flotation chambers with air. No wheels or runners required that could
damage your facility. 100% flow-thru design, causes all wave action to pass through the bulkhead
slots, which double as a handhold. Slip-resistant face and top. Complies with all competitive
rules and regulatory authorities. Color: white with black lane targets. Custom colors available
as required. 25 Year Warranty.
67-040
122
of the art portable bulkhead increases the use
of your pool for training and swim programming, at the same time. Use for lap swim or
for competitive swim training to practice turns,
underwater streamlines, and race finishes.
Also allows you to separate your pool, so you
can simultaneously hold lesson programs,
while you're open for lap swim. Individual
lane bulkhead is made of chlorine resistant
Vinyl Ester fiberglass, capable of withstanding the impact of race-speed turns. Simple
for two people to install within minutes. Each
TurnMaster Pro™ includes wheels for easy
transport and storage. Mounts to lane lines.
Available in varying sizes, based on lane width.
Custom sizes available - inquire.
67-005 TurnMaster Pro™, 6'9" wide
67-008 TurnMaster Pro™, 8'2" wide
Swim Training
54-114
54-043
54-004
54-002
KICKBOARDS
CHAMPION™ KICKBOARDS — Sturdy foam
kickboard will provide years of continued use.
Smooth finish with contoured edges for better
gripping. Junior kickboard is slightly softer for
less stress on smaller swimmer's shoulders.
Item
Description
Size
TYR ® CATALYST 2 HAND PADDLES —
Unique shape and strap configurations evenly
distribute pressure while improving water feel
and reducing shoulder stress. Specify size:
XXS, XS, S, M, or L.
54-114
Color
54-044
PULL TRAINING
CHAMPION™ PULL BUOYS — Sturdy foam
Pull Buoy designed for developing upper body
strength. Available in two sizes for various
leg sizes.
Item
Champion™
18" L x 111/2" W Blue
54-002
Kickboard
Champion™
14" L x 10" W Yellow
54-004
Junior Kickboard
54-043
54-044
Description
Size
Color
Champion™
93/8" L Blue/White
Pull Buoy
Champion™
81/4" L Blue/Yellow
Junior Pull Buoy
54-092
AGILITY PADDLES — Ergonomic design
helps teach the correct palm positive hand
position. Strapless design, which highlights
incorrect technique by causing the paddle to
fall off swimmers hand. Specify size: S, M or L.
54-092
54-041
TYR PULL FLOAT — Upper body training
device available in standard Junior sizes. Soft
EVA foam Description. Color: blue/white.
®
54-030
STREAMLINE™ TRAINING BOARD — Allows
you to mimic the body's natural swimming
position for less shoulder stress. Foam molded
tracking channels on both sides help keep you
in place. Specify color: blue or black.
54-030
Item
HAND PADDLES
SPEEDO ® HAND PADDLES — Used to
improve and develop stroke technique while
building upper body strength. Sizes are color
specific for easier identification. Specify size:
large, medium, or small.
54-090
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
Size
95/8" L
83/4" L
54-092
54-125
54-090
Description
TYR® Pull Float
54-041
®
TYR
Junior Pull Float
54-042
54-130
SURGICAL TUBING
SURGICAL TUBING — Roll of surgical tubing.
Size: 50' roll length.
Item
Size
Color
For
54-125 1/4" x 1/16" Black Hans Paddles
54-126 3/16" x 1/16" Black Speedo®/TYR® Paddles
54-130 1/4" x 3/32" Natural Dry Land Training
54-045
SWIMMERS SAFETY
SAFETY OAR™ — Protects
young swimmers heads at the finish. Safety Oar is placed
between swimmers head and the pool edge.
54-045
123
Swim Training
UNDERWATER MP3 PLAYER
NEPTUNE® UNDERWATER MP3 PLAYER —
54-109
UNDERWATER SWIM MIRROR
CHAMPION™ SWIM MIRROR — Acrylic underwater swim mirror provides a clear reflection
back to the swimmer for visual training feedback. Vinyl edge trim provides additional protection.
54-112 Champion™ Swim Mirror, 4'L x 4'W
54-109 Champion™ Swim Mirror, 2'L x 4'W
Swim with crystal clear music without ear buds
thanks to bone conduction audio transmission.
4 GB of storage (1,000 songs, 60 hours of
music). Attaches to goggle straps, resting on
the cheekbones. Includes: High contrast LED
screen and rechargeable 8 hour lithium-ion
battery. Waterproof to 10'.
54-200
54-155
RESISTANCE TRAINING
STRECHCORDZ TRAINING — Dry land and
54-136
TECHNIQUE TRAINERS
FOREARM FULCRUM — Promotes
stroke
refinement through muscle memory of proper
hand, wrist, and forearm position. Versatile tool
for all four strokes. Prevents shoulder stress
without losing feel for the water. Size/Color:
Senior (yellow) or Junior (blue).
54-135Junior
54-136Senior
TRAINING SNORKELS
TRAINING SNORKELS — Center
55-126
in water pull training systems for all levels of
swimmers.
54-155 StrechCordz Longbelt, 20'
54-160 StrechCordz Shortbelt, 4'
54-165 StrechCordz with Paddles, 4'
mount
snorkel allows you to focus on body balance
and head position by eliminating the rotation
of the breathing cycle. Tube design Increases
lung capacity. Available in two styles: Swimmers Snorkel: breathe easily and focus on
stroke technique while you swim; Freestyle
Snorkel: curved shape promotes optimal head
position during freestyle.
55-126 Swimmers Snorkel
55-127 Freestyle Snorkel
54-104
PERFORMANCE MONITOR
54-108
FINIS TEMPO TRAINER PRO — Audible
metronome pacing device. Use the beeps to
set your ideal stroke rate. Features 3 adjustable
modes and sync button.
54-108
124
55-127
SWIMSENSE™ PERFORMANCE MONITOR
Make sense of your swim training by capturing
in-depth performance information. Analyze
workouts, review pace times, distance, laps,
stroke count and calories burned. Distinguishes between strokes. Online viewing allows you
to see history of training, performance charts,
summary reports and workout logs.
54-104
Swim Training
55-092
55-095
TRAINING FINS
TYR® FLEXFINS — Designed to increase leg
strength and foot flexibility. Color coded by
size for easy identification. Specify size: Men's:
XXXS (12-1), XXS (1-3), XS (3-5), S (5-7), M
(7-9), L (9-11), XL (11-13), or XXL (13+).
55-092
TYR® BURNER EBP TRAINING FIN — New
short blade fin by TYR® for Elevated Body
Position (EBP). Ultra soft high buoyancy rubber
fin helps maintain proper body position while
training. Perfect fin for race day cadence training.
Color coded sizing. Men's: S (5-7), M (7-9),
L (9-11), or XL (11-13).
55-095
55-042
55-086
SPEEDO® RUBBER FINS — Versatile long
blade fin for training, teaching and recreation.
Soft foot pocket for comfort and fit. Color
coded by size: XXS (1-3), XS (3-4), S (5-6),
M (7-8), L (8-9), XL (10-11), or XXL (12-13).
55-086
55-082
ZOOMERS ® GOLD TRAINING FIN —
Redesigned short blade training fins are
softer against the foot for improved comfort.
Designed to train your legs for speed and
endurance. Specify size: Men's: C (31/2-5), D
(5-7), E (7-81/2), F (81/2-10), G (10-111/2), or H
(111/2-13).
55-082
SEAL 2.0 SWIM MASK — Low profile contoured shape provides a 180° field of vision with
no drag in water. Quick and easy strap adjustment. Special matte and smooth areas on the
silicone skirt strengthen the seal and enhance
comfort. Anti-fog and scratch resistant lens.
Colors: clear lens: translucent/blue, white/red;
or smoke lens: translucent/blue.
55-042
55-048
SEAL KID'S SWIM MASK — Designed for
kids ages 4-12. Flexible frame and leak proof
skirt keeps water out and comfort a priority.
180° field of vision, far more than the 70° field
of vision with traditional goggles. Clear lens
with colored frame. Specify frame color: clear,
lime, blue, pink or red.
55-048
TYR ® CROSSBLADE TRAINING FIN —
Multi-purpose training fin. Intermediate blade
length combines the attributes of both short
and long blade fins. Color coded by size for
easy identification. Specify size: Men's: S (5-7),
M (7-9), L (9-11), XL (11-13), or XXL (13-15).
55-094
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
55-077
Z2 ZOOMERS® FIN — Short blade training
fin provides more propulsion with less effort.
Engages legs and core muscles for a better
workout. Specify size: Men's: C (41/2-5), D
(51/2-7), E (7-81/2), F (81/2-10), G (10-111/2),
H (111/2-13), or I (13-15).
55-077
55-048
125
Swim Training
55-021
SPEEDO® SWIM GOGGLES
SPEEDO® HYDROSPEX GOGGLE — Out-
standing performance with a high-tech look.
One-piece flexible design. Anti-fog lenses with
UV protection. Colors: clear, indigo, light blue,
or smoke ice.
55-021
55-022
SPEEDO ® JR. HYDROSPEX ® CLASSIC
GOGGLE — Smaller version of the Hydrospex
goggle. Soft one-piece frame and split silicone
strap. Colors: blue Hawaii, bright pink, silver
ice, or smoke ice.
55-022
55-040
SPEEDO® SPRINT GOGGLE — The most
popular racing goggle, smaller size is great
for youths and adults. Colors: clear or smoke.
55-040
FINIS SWIM GOGGLES
FINIS LIGHTNING GOGGLE —
55-010
Sleek lens
and frame fused into one streamline piece to
reduce drag. Ultra low profile design and soft
gasket. Interchangeable nose bridge. Colors:
silver/mirror, or blue/blue.
55-010
55-012
FINIS H2 JR. GOGGLE — Leak-proof frame
with soft eye gasket for sensitive faces. Ideal for
swimmers 4-12 years old. Colors: green/clear,
blue/clear, or pink/aqua.
55-012
SWIM ACCESSORIES
SPEEDO® SWIM CAPS — One size fits all.
Assorted colors available.
56-095 Latex cap
56-100 Silicone cap
57-007
SPEEDO® LIQUID COMFORT NOSE CLIP —
Lightweight flexible nylon frame fits the contour
of the nose bridge. Soft TPR pads provide a
tight fit. One size fits most.
57-007
LAXTO NOSE CLIP — Choice of synchronized swimmers. Flesh-colored, snug, comfortable fit. Specify small, medium or large.
57-010
VIEW SWIM GOGGLES
VIEW SNIPER II GOGGLE — Updated racing
style in-socket, anti-fog goggle. Colors: mirrored amber, mirrored blue, or mirrored black.
55-026
57-015
55-024
TYR® SWIM GOGGLES
55-034
TYR ® RACETECH GOGGLE — TYR's
number one goggle. Universal goggle for
competitive and recreational swimmers. Low
profile design with split head strap. Colors:
smoke, clear, or blue.
55-034
57-010
VIEW IMPREX GOGGLE — Provides the ideal
fit for any user with minimum impressions on
your face. Anti-fog lens. Colors: blue, black,
green, or clear.
55-024
57-021
57-020
AQUABLOCK™ EARPLUGS — Flex stem
and super-soft triple flange design, allow for a
more customized fit. Increases sealing ability
and improves comfort. 2 pair per case.
57-015
PILLOW SOFT® EARPLUGS — Moldable
silicone ear putty easily conforms to the shape
of the ear. Adult: 2 pair per case, clear. Kids:
6 pair per case, bright orange.
57-020 Pillow Soft® Earplugs, Adult
57-021 Pillow Soft® Earplugs, Kids
55-037
55-032
TYR ® FEMME T-72 PETITE T M GOGGLE
Small compact design for smaller female and
youth faces. Soft silicone gaskets, anti-fog and
UV protection. Colors: clear/ice blue, or rose/
light pink.
55-032
126
AQUA SPHERE SWIM GOGGLES
KAIMAN GOGGLES — Low-profile goggle
with soft skirt makes a watertight seal every
time. Fog resistant. Available in large for adults
and small for adults/children. Specify colors:
(Adult) amber lens/clear frame, blue lens/clear
frame, or clear lens/blue frame. (Small Adult/
Child) blue lens/clear frame.
55-037 Kaiman goggle, adult
55-038 Kaiman goggle, small adult/child
54-170
DRY-OFF SPORT TOWEL — Personal
sports towel by TYR® with super absorbing
capabilities. Includes storage case. Size: 17"
x 13". Color: blue.
54-170
Training Aids
55-130
55-135
LAP COUNTER
LAP COUNTER — Display
may be placed
in the water, held or be self-standing on the
deck. The numbers rotate on a vertical axis.
Numbered to lap 69, with fluorescent last lap
card. Plastic. Size: 14" x 14". Plastic handle
adapter bracket allows easier placement of lap
counter underwater. Lap counter and handle
adapter bracket ordered separately.
55-130 Lap counter
55-134 Handle adapter bracket w/o pole
55-135 Handle adapter with 5' pole
56-005
56-010
LINCOLN TOT DOCK — Tot Dock provides shallow water for your instructors to work with
tiny tots or those with special needs. Lightweight aluminum platforms weigh only 55 lbs. each.
Includes: adjustable leg extensions (15"-19") with rubber caps to protect pool surface. Size: 7'6"
x 3'. Optional rubber corner bumpers are available to be installed at pool site. Weighs 64 lbs.
56-005 Lincoln Tot Dock
56-010 Rubber corner bumpers, each
56-015 Leg extensions, set of 4
56-020 Stainless pin, set of 4
56-030
56-037
56-030
55-135
55-130
55-134
LINCOLN SWIM TEACHING STATION — Provides shallow water for children's swim programs.
Contrasting colors create a visible edge underwater for added safety. Powder coated aluminum
frame with PVC reinforced aluminum rails remove easily with quick release pins for compact storage. PVC safety rail height 28". Standard leg height 12"-16". Extra tall leg height: 15"-19". Size:
60" x 38". Includes: 1-60" back rail and 1-38" side rail, and rail plugs. Optional back rail and side
rails can be ordered separately to totally surround teaching platform. Weighs 53 lbs.
56-030 Lincoln Swim Station, standard
56-035 Lincoln Swim Station, extra tall
56-031 Standard leg extension, set 4
56-032 Extra tall leg extension,set 4
56-033 Stainless pin, set of 4
56-034 Rubber leg cap, set 4
56-036 Back rail, 60"
56-037 Side rail, 38"
56-038 Rail plugs, each
56-061 Rubber bumper, each
56-029
TEACHING PLATFORMS
REVERSIBLE SWIM STATION —
Build
confidence quickly with the addition of an
elevated swim station. Reversible platform
provides different heights (14" & 20" above
pool floor) for various age groups. Aluminum
frame, non-skid plastic surface. Frame rails
feature fluted 15/8" dia. non-skid PVC surface.
Size: 32" x 54". Weighs 65 lbs.
56-029
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
56-060
ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT TEACHING PLATFORM — Provides a secure, elevated surface for
your lesson programs. Stainless steel with non-skid cross-grooved sand textured deck. Legs
are adjustable in 2" increments via quick release pin with five height positions. Platform places
swimmers 18" - 26" above pool floor. Size: 60" x 30". Includes easy grip rails on 3 sides for added
security. Weighs 175 lbs.
56-060 Adjustable Height Teaching Platform
56-061 Rubber bumper insert, each
127
Training Aids
44-003
56-051
SWIM TRAINING PLATFORM — Portable swim platform allows you to offer swim classes to
younger patrons that require shallow water. Must be used with instructor’s supervision. PVC
construction makes the platform lightweight for easily moving in and out of the pool. Includes
perforated polypropylene decking with non-slip surface, weighted ballast legs, removable long
rail and two removable side rails. Adjustable height legs from 16" – 21". Size: 60" long x 36" wide.
Weight capacity: 300 lbs. Weighs 85 lbs.
56-051 Swim Training Platform
56-052 Replacement standard leg, 16" – 21", set of 4
56-053 Replacement extended leg, 18" – 24", set of 4
56-054 Replacement stainless pin, set of 4
56-059 Replacement leg cap, each
CHILDREN'S SAFETY VEST
HEADS-UP NYLON SAFETY VESTS — Type
III Heads-up Safety Vests feature an adjustable belt, leg strap, and zipper front closure
and rounded collar with grab strap. Color: red.
44-003 Infant Heads-up Vest, 30 lbs.
NOTE: See page 98 for a full selection of Safety
Vests and Life Jackets.
56-058
CHILDREN'S SWIM DIAPER
CHILDREN'S SWIM DIAPER — Children's
reusable swim diaper protects against
accidents in the pool. 100% polyester, chlorine
resistant. Assorted patterns and solid colors.
Specify size: small (9-15 lbs.), medium (15-22
lbs.), or large (22-28 lbs.).
56-058
SWIM TEACHING FLOAT
FLOATING ISLAND — Provides safe
and
fun learning environment for new swim lesson
participants. EVA foam floats in water, allowing
children to comfortably lie on
top. Holes in island allow water
to seep through so children can
build confidence. Can be used
as a learn-to-swim tool or for
poolside fun. Children should
be supervised at all times while
using the Floating Island for
learn-to-swim programs. Size:
50" W x 35" H x 1" D.
63-082
128
56-065
SWIM TRAINER
SWIM TRAINER — For swim lessons or water
exercise classes. 30" PVC bar with 7" floats.
56-065
Team Accessories
57-067
TEAM BAGS
SPEEDO® PRO DUFFEL — Designed for
the aquatic athlete. Features large main
compartment with U-shaped zippered opening.
Water resistant bottom, ventilated end caps
for wet items, offset raised laptop sleeve, and
adjustable padded shoulder strap. Size: 23"
x 10" x 10". Colors: navy, black or royal blue.
57-067
57-069
H2O FITNESS BAG — This versatile nylon
mesh bag is ideal for stowing and carrying all
your HYDRO-FIT® gear. A handy front pocket
holds your personal items. 20" high x 12" wide
x 7" deep.
57-069
57-073
TYR® ALLIANCE TEAM BACKPACK II —
Ideal for elite swimmers or for the recreational
swimmer wanting to keep all their swim gear in
one place. Designed specifically for swimmer's
wet storage needs. Inquire for colors.
57-073
57-050
TEAM APPAREL
TEAM PARKA — Full length, water repellent,
nylon shell parka. Heavyweight arctic fleece
lining with drawstring hood, two-way zipper,
reinforced seams and deep pockets. Specify
size: Adult (Men’s chest size): XS (34”-36”),
S (38”-40”), M (42”-44”), L (46”-48”), XL
(50”-52”), XXL (53”-55”), or XXXL (57”-59”).
Youth: S, M, L, or XL. Inquire for shell and
lining colors. Custom embroidered lettering
available, inquire.
57-050 Adult Team Parka, S-XL
57-051 Adult Team Parka, XXL-XXXL
57-055 Youth Team Parka, S-XL
57-060 Embroidered lettering
57-075
TYR BIG MESH MUMMY BACKPACK
Extra wide and extra deep to hold all of
your training equipment. Separate front
zipper compartment and water bottle holder.
Shoulder strap allows you to take it all with
you comfortably. Colors: black, royal or pink.
57-075
®
TEAM SUITS
54-175
SPEEDO MESH EQUIPMENT BAG — Nylon
mesh bag with drawstring closure and ID tag. Size:
28" x 20". Colors: black, navy, red, Carolina blue,
silver, pink, and neon lime.
54-175
®
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
TEAM SUITS — Performance team suits
by TYR ®, Speedo ®, and Dolfin. Designed
specifically for each team sport whether it be
competitive swimming, diving or water polo,
we have the right suit for you! A wide variety of
materials and color combinations are available
to satisfy your team needs. Team quantity
discounts available.
57-035 Competitive suits
57-040 Water polo suits
57-045 Diving suits
57-046 Custom team suits
129
Books & DVD's
57-106
57-140
BOOKS
CERTIFIED POOL OPERATOR™ HANDBOOK
A fundamental training and reference manual
for all aquatic professionals.
57-140 CPO™ Handbook, English
57-139 CPO™ Handbook, Spanish
57-145
RECREATIONAL WATER ILLNESSES
HANDBOOK — Comprehensive and detailed
information about the control and prevention
of RWI’s.
57-145
COACHING SWIMMING SUCCESSFULLY
Provides details for teaching perfect techniques for all four strokes. Includes illustrated
drills to refine stroke mechanics.
57-106
57-116
57-135
AQUATIC RISK MANAGEMENT HANDBOOK
Learn how to identify, analyze and take steps to
reduce or eliminate exposure to loss. Covers
implementation of a risk management plan and
an emergency response plan.
57-135
BELOW THE SURFACE — Comprehensive
collection of administrative policies and procedures for how to run a successful sports
club program.
57-116
57-137
CPO POOL MATH WORKBOOK — The Pool
Math Workbook walks you through pool/spa
math and technical calculations step-by-step.
57-137 CPO Pool Math™ Workbook, English
57-136 CPO Pool Math™ Workbook, Spanish
™
57-141
AQUATIC FACILITY OPERATOR MANUAL
Focuses on safety, risk management, organization and purchasing. Also covers basic chemistry, filtration, circulation and chemistry control.
57-141
57-144
57-143
AQUATIC PLAY FEATURE™ HANDBOOK
Provides guidance on how to operate and manage facilities that have waterpark and spraypark
type features.
57-144
COMPLETE SWIMMING POOL REFERENCE
Complete pool management and operation
resource guide.
57-143
130
BECOMING A CHAMPION WATER POLO
PLAYER — By Kirk Everist. All American,
Olympian, and National Champion Head
Coach at UC Berkeley. This DVD series
provides an excellent resource for developing
water polo techniques. Purchase individually
or as a set of 3 DVD's.
57-100 Becoming A Champion Player, set of 3
57-101 Offensive Techniques Skills & Drills
57-102 Defensive Techniques Skills & Drills
57-103 Offensive & Defensive Game Tactics
57-132
AQUATIC HANDBOOK FOR FITNESS
Comprehensive swimming and water exercise
program. Includes stroke drills, workouts and
other special fitness topics.
57-132
Stopwatches
58-125
58-126
SPORTLINE STOPWATCHES
SPORTLINE 220 — General purpose times
single event, cumulative splits and captures
1-2 fast finishes. Color: black or yellow.
58-125
SPORTLINE 226 — Same functions as 220
except in the following "gel" translucent colors:
ice blue, clear or green.
58-126
58-130
58-141
SPORTLINE ALPHA 410 — Times single
event, cumulative splits and captures 1-2
fast finishes. Lighted display. Water resistant.
Color: black.
58-130
SPORTLINE 480 — GripSkin outer shell
creates slip-proof, shock-resistant, and watertight stopwatch timer. Features Time/Calendar
Display, stopwatch timer to 1/100th of a second,
split timer, and backlit display. Color: silver
with red.
58-141
59-025
ACCUSPLIT AX602 — Professional memory
series triple display 10 hour stopwatch. 100
dual split memory with running total that saves
and recalls the first 100 splits, event/time-out
function, and stroke rate. Color: black.
59-025
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
59-001
59-002
ACCUSPLIT STOPWATCHES
ACCUSPLIT 601X — Economical "Pro Survivor"
stopwatch for basic timing needs. Features:
split timing, time/date functions. Standard
colors: red, blue, black, yellow, or green.
Translucent colors: lime, lemon, smoke, cherry,
or aqua — Specify.
59-001
ACCUSPLIT AX605 — AX Pro Series Event/
Time-out stopwatch. Color: black.
59-002
59-005
59-010
ACCUSPLIT AX705— AX Pro Series Event/
time-out stopwatch with large 10 minute split
lower display and full 10 hour upper display.
Color: black.
59-005
ACCUSPLIT AX725 — AX Pro Memory Series stopwatch features Lap and Total Speed
computations, 16 Dual Split memory, and 1-2
fast finish. Water Resistant case. Colors: black,
blue, green, red or yellow.
59-010
58-145
ROBIC STOPWATCHES
58-155
58-160
ROBIC SC-707W — Dual lap/split to 1/1000
second. Lap counter to 99 laps, 100 dual split
memory, and multi mode countdown timer.
Water resistant. Color: black.
58-155
ROBIC SC-848W — Back light illuminates
entire display. 300 dual split memory recall,
lap counter to 999 laps, stroke rate calculator,
and timing to 1/100 second. Water resistant.
Color: grey.
58-160
58-165
ULTRAK STOPWATCHES
ULTRAK 495 — The coaches favorite! 100
dual split, with continuous display of event time
and ability to take splits in recall mode. Features stroke frequency with time and calendar.
Water resistant - 5 year lithium battery. Colors:
black or yellow. 5 Year Warranty.
58-165
58-150
ROBIC SC-500E — Single event watch. Start/
Stop/Reset buttons. Color: black.
58-145
ROBIC SC-505W — Lap, split, or event timer
to 1/1000 second. Lap counter to 99-laps and 12
memory recall. Water resistant. Colors: black,
red, yellow, blue, green, purple or orange.
58-150
58-170
SEIKO STOPWATCHES
SEIKO S141 — Recall up to 300 split/lap times.
Dual memory mode. Displays running cumulative or lap times. Measures strokes per minute.
Waterproof - lithium battery. 3 Year Warranty.
58-170
131
Pace Clocks
59-304
DIGITAL PACE CLOCKS
BASIC PACE CLOCK — By Colorado Time
Systems. Four large 10" LED digits can be
adjusted for indoor or outdoor use. Can be
run as standalone pace clock, or set to run
in a series of pace clocks, with synchronized
time displays. Available standard or wireless.
Wireless version can transmit and receive
data wirelessly. Can be used with or without
a controller. Portable Pace Clock/Shot Clock
can run as standalone pace clock or set for
Water Polo functionality. Shot clocks must be
connected to game timer. Includes internal
horn. Can be used with or without a controller.
Ultimate Pace Clock Controller ordered
separately. Available with red or amber digits
- specify. Basic Pace Clock - 110 VAC only.
Portable Pace Clock/Shot Clock - 110 VAC and
battery powered.
59-301 Basic Pace Clock
59-304 Basic Pace Clock - wireless
59-302 Portable Pace Clock/Shot Clock
58-005
58-015
58-045
PACE CLOCKS
COMPETITOR PACE CLOCKS — 31"
diameter clock. Can be either wall mounted or
secured to a roll away stand (sold separately).
Available in a Battery version (C cell battery
included) or an Electric version (110 volt)
with 18 ft. power cord. On/off switch mounted
on top of clock. Portable roll away stand is
unassembled. Colors: white clock body with
either white face with red and blue lettering or
with black face with yellow and white lettering.
Specify.
58-005 31" Pace Clock - electric
58-010 31" Pace Clock - battery
58-015 Portable Roll-away stand
COMPETITOR PACE CLOCK PARTS - 31"
Description
Minute hand - black or blue
Second hand - red or white
Replacement Motor
Replacement Lens - 31"
Electric Battery
58-025
58-030
58-035
58-020
58-031
58-032
58-040
58-020
COMPETITOR PORTABLE PACE CLOCK —
15" diameter clock with integrated carry
handle. Ideal for poolside deck use. Battery
operated (1 AA battery included). Colors: Red
or white clock housing with either white face
with red and blue lettering or with black face
with yellow and white lettering - specify.
58-045
PORTABLE PACE CLOCK PARTS - 15"
58-043 Repl. second hand - red or white
58-044 Repl. minute hand - black or blue
58-040 Repl. motor - battery
58-042 Repl. lens - 15"
58-210
KIEFER PACE CLOCKS — 36" diameter clock
has best available visibility and complies with
USA Swimming Technical Facilities Standards
Rule 103.16 for viewable face size requirements. Polyethylene clock body with plastic
clock face and protective lens. Red and black
color hands for visibility around your pool. Available in two versions - Portable with stand and
Wall Mount styles, battery or electric (110V).
Colors: yellow, blue, or red.
58-200 Portable - battery
58-205 Portable - electric
58-210 Wall Mount - battery
58-215 Wall Mount - electric
KIEFER PACE CLOCK PARTS
58-220 Repl. portable stand
58-225 Repl. lens - 36"
58-230 Repl. minute hand-battery
58-235 Repl. second hand - battery
58-240 Repl. minute hand - electric
58-245 Repl. second hand - electric
58-250 Repl. motor - battery
58-255 Repl. motor - electric
DIGITAL PACE CLOCK OPTIONS
59-303 Wall Mount Kit
59-114 Tri Pod Kit
58-060
58-025
132
58-040
58-035
59-306
PRO PACE CLOCK/SHOT CLOCK — By
Colorado Time Systems. Four large 10" LED
digits can be adjusted for indoor or outdoor
use. Pro Pace Clock offers enhanced functionality which includes 15 training modes to
fine-tune skills and create customized workouts. Can be run as standalone pace clock
or set for Water Polo Shot Clock functionality.
Shot clocks must be connected to game timer.
Includes internal horn. Available standard or
wireless. Wireless version can transmit and
receive data wirelessly. Can be used with
or without a controller. Ultimate Pace Clock
Controller ordered separately. Pro Pace Clocks
can display additional information when connected to inputs from a System 5 or System
6 Timing System. Available with red or amber
digits - specify. 110 VAC and battery powered.
59-306 Pro Pace Clock/Shot Clock
59-307 Pro Pace Clock/Shot Clock-wireless
ACCUSPLIT PORTABLE PACE CLOCK —
15" diameter portable pace clock. Color: blue.
58-060
U LT I M AT E PA C E C L O C K
CONTROLLER — By Colorado
Time Systems. Pace Clock Controller
allows you to program, operate and
synchronize Basic Pace Clock/Shot
Clock or Pro Pace Clock/Shot Clock.
Features 32 character display console with 15
foot connector cable. Operates on 1-9 volt battery.
59-315
Starting Systems
59-110
59-096
STARTING SYSTEMS
CHAMPIONSHIP START SYSTEM — By Colorado Time Systems. The Championship Start
System is an excellent choice for larger aquatic
facilities. The system can drive lane mounted
speakers and also power Speedlights on RJP
platforms (up to 12 lanes), for a visual starting
signal. Each Championship Start System includes 3 separate microphone inputs (2 wired
and an optional wireless input), independent
volume control for each microphone input, and
microphone volume that is independent of start
tone volume. Also includes 360 degree strobe
that flashes at start signal. Additional strobe
lights can be added for remote strobe locations. The unit speaker can serve as a limited
public address system, allowing you to make
announcements at meets or at practice. Up to
2 additional speakers can be added for start
system sound. Up to 12 additional 6 watt lane
speakers can also be powered by the Championship Start System. Additional underwater
speaker can be added for underwater recall
and training options. 110 volt power for use
in a fixed location and internal rechargeable
gel-cell battery for portable use. Start system
can be placed on a table top or, with optional
kits, can be wall mounted to tripod mounted.
Start System includes choice of 2 styles: wired
microphone with 25' cable or wireless microphone that includes both wireless microphone
and wired microphone with 25' cable.
59-095 Championship Start System,
wired microphone
59-096 Championship Start System,
wireless microphone
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
INFINITY STARTING SYSTEM — By Colorado Time Systems. Highly visible strobe light
automatically flashes as the harmonic horn
sounds. The Infinity Start System includes: start
module, 40-watt corrosion resistant speaker,
harmonic horn sound, start microphone and
start button with recall capability, and internal
gel-cell battery. Add a secondary 40-watt
speaker and up to 2 additional microphones
for referee and officials at the desk. The Infinity
Start System interfaces with other CTS components. Can be used on table top or attached
to tripod. Tripod sold separately.
59-110 Infinity Start System with wired
microphone
59-110
59-115
STARTING SYSTEM
ACCESSORIES
Description
Adjustable tripod
6 lane speaker cable harness
40 watt speaker with 6 ft. cable
40 watt speaker w/125 ft. cable
Start jumper cable, 25 ft.
Start jumper cable, 50 meter
Speaker mounting kit
Underwater speaker
Wired microphone w/25' cable
SWIMMING TIMING SYSTEM DIAGRAM
TOUCH PAD SYSTEM DIAGRAM
Champ Infinity
Start Start
59-114
59-160
59-165
59-170
59-135
59-120
59-179
59-174
59-125
59-142
59-145
59-146
59-147
59-148
59-149
59-115
•
•
•
•
59-120
59-180
59-175
59-125
•
59-145
59-146
59-147
59-148
59-149
133
Timing Systems
59-240
TIMING SYSTEMS
59-295
SPORTS TIMING SYSTEM — By Colorado
Time Systems. The System 6 Timing System
is designed to coordinate, with other CTS
components, the incoming information from
the start system, touchpads, relay judging
platforms, backup buttons for swimming, and
remote judging terminals for synchronized
swimming and diving. The system sends information to scoreboards, meet management
software, printers, water polo horns and shot
clocks. Includes: swimming and diving programs with optional keyboard inserts and software for water polo, synchronized swimming,
and pace clock. Large, 10'5" (diagonal) backlit
color display with 3.5" floppy drive. Handles up
to 12 lanes, supports unlimited splits, and dual
meet scoring. Optional Sky-Fi wireless adapter
allows you to connect to wireless pace clocks,
shot clocks, and scoreboards. 110 volt with
battery backup.
59-295 System 6 Timing System
59-300 Sky-Fi Wireless Adapter
59-245
TIMING SYSTEM TOUCH PADS
TOUCH PADS — By Colorado Time Systems.
Available in 60" and 78" widths with either Patented AquaGrip non-skid surface or regular
non-skid surface. Gutter mount, all plastic
construction. Incudes 10' cable with molded
connector. Supply drawing of panels (if existing) and gutter mounting detail. Touch pad
brackets ordered separately.
Length
60''W x 22"H
78"W x 22"H
59-250
AquaGrip Regular
Widths
Surface Surface
59-230 59-235 66"-84"
59-240 59-245 84"-96"
Touch Pad Bracket, each
59-255
59-455
59-525
DOLPHIN WIRELESS TIMING SYSTEM
By Colorado Time Systems. New wireless
stopwatch timing system allows for more accurate starting, timing and capture of meet
times. Improves synchronization of all timers
by clearing and starting all their watches simultaneously. Wireless communication to your
laptop computer eliminates recording errors
and improves the speed in running your meets.
Systems designed for pools up to 10 lanes.
Integrates with Hy-Tek Meet Manager. System
includes: wireless stopwatches for each lane
(up to 3 per lane), starter unit, base unit, carrying case, lanyards, and a spare watch. System
requires: Hy-Tek Meet Manager, laptop, and
horn start system.
System
1 watch 2 watches 3 watches
Configuration per lane per lane per lane
6 Lane
8 Lane
10 Lane
59-525
134
59-455
59-470
59-485
59-460
59-465
59-475
59-480
59-490
59-495
Dolphin LED
Scoreboard Adapter
TIMING SYSTEM ACCESSORIES
DECK PLATES
59-361 Titanium - TDP200
WALL PLATES
59-435 Aluminum - WLAP-A
DECK CABLES
59-380 6 lane cable - CH41-6
59-385 8 lane cable - CH41-8
59-390 10 lane cable - CH41-10
BACK-UP CABLE HARNESS
59-395 6 lane/3 button - CH41-6-3
59-400 8 lane/3 button - CH41-8-3
59-405 10 lane/3 button - CH41-10-3
CABLE HARNESS EXTENSION
59-410 CHE-41P-75
59-415 CHE-41-75 "Y"
59-420 CHE-41-50M
59-425 CHE-41-50M "Y"
PUSH BUTTON
59-430 PB-6
WALL PLATES
59-440 Quick connect deck plate - DP-QC
59-445 Quick connect hub - QC HUB
59-450 Quick connect mounting kit - MKQC
TOUCH PAD CADDY — By Colorado Time
Systems. Protect your touch pad investment.
Caddy accommodates up to 10 gutter touch
pads. Aluminum construction with 4 casters.
59-255
59-060
RELAY JUDGING PLATFORMS
RELAY JUDGING PLATFORM TOPS —
Colorado Time System's RJP platform tops
are the most accurate way to judge relay exchanges, within 1/100th of a second. Available
in all standard platform top sizes. Mounts and
removes easily with double straps. Speedlight™
strip gives green visual starting flash at the platform leading edge. Great for visually impaired
or hearing impaired swimmers.
Platform Top Size
24" x 32"
24" x 20"
20" x 20"
Custom Logos
RJP with Speedlights
59-060
59-070
59-080
59-085
59-094
RELAY JUDGING PLATFORM CADDY — By
Colorado Time Systems. Your relay judging
platforms are precision instruments that require
protection. The RJP Caddy provides a convenient way to store, transport, and protect your
RJP's, Champ Start, Quick Start, and cables.
Accommodates up to 10 - RJP's, and is still
narrow enough to fit through doorways. Available in 2 sizes, based on your platform top
size. Aluminium frame with four swivel casters.
59-093 RJP Caddy, 24" x 20" tops
59-094 RJP Caddy, 24" x 32" tops
Timing Systems & Scoreboards
59-290
59-293
SCOREBOARDS
59-265
THE COLORADO BLOCK™
THE COLORADO BLOCK™ — This starting
block system incorporates Colorado Time
Systems (CTS) technology and KDI Paragon
Track Start Side Mount Starting Platform together, for the most technologically advanced
starting platform available. The platform and
the timing components are ordered together to
assemble a complete system. The Colorado
Block™ includes: Relay Judging Platform with
Speedlights™, connection hub, block mounted
horn, deck plate connector and sponsor panel.
The Colorado Block™ is available in 2 side
mount platform styles - the dual leg Competitor and the single leg Quickset. New sand and
grooved finish poly top with 10° slope, lane
numbering and deck anchor. Top size: 24"
x 32". Custom colored tops available for additional charge - inquire.
The Colorado Block™ is designed to work with
your Colorado Time System. This new design
block utilizes the Relay Judging Platform ™
(RJP) and is the most accurate way to judge
relay exchanges. Your Colorado Time System
analyzes input from the touch pads and the
pressure sensitive RJP to accurately judge
exchanges within 1/100th of a second. The
LED Speedlights on the RJP top signal the athletes simultaneously with the starting system to
create a fairer start and also to provide visual
signals to hearing impaired swimmers. The
starting horn is mounted underneath the platform top to provide audible start commands.
Electronics deck plate is mounted underneath
platform top to protect wiring connections.
All electrical components are removable for
dry, safe storage. Platform includes a side
cover shroud that can incorporate artwork and
graphic displays. Provide deck to water level
dimensions when ordering.
59-265 The Colorado Block™ - Competitor
59-268 The Colorado Block™ - Quickset
59-268
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
SCOREBOARDS — By Colorado Time
Systems. Indoor/Outdoor, wireless, LED Otter
Scoreboards. Swimming - 6 Lane or 8 Lane
Swimming versions or Water Polo - Home/
Guest/Period/TOL/Shot Time scoreboard or
version that adds Exclusion section with Player/
Time data for both teams. Single line, indoor
or outdoor wired scoreboards, available.
Scoreboards use red LED digits.
59-290 LED Scoreboard - Swimming, 6 Ln
59-291 LED Scoreboard - Swimming, 8 Ln
59-292 LED Scoreboard - Water Polo
59-293 LED Scoreboard - WP, w/Exclusion
59-280 Single Line LED, Scorebrd, indoor
59-285 Single Line LED, Scorebrd, outdoor
59-291
59-292
SCOREBOARD ACCESSORIES
59-272 Scoreboard sponsor panel blank LED
59-275 Scoreboard caddy
DATA CABLES
Item
59-204
59-205
59-206
59-211
Cable
Length
10'
25'
50'
100'
Item
59-215
59-216
59-217
59-218
Cable
Length
150'
200'
250'
300'
WATER POLO SHOT CLOCKS
59-600
59-675
WATER POLO SCOREBOARD
WAT E R P O L O S C O R E B O A R D — B y
Colorado Time Systems. Wireless timing and
scoring solution for Water Polo. Each Water
Polo Scoreboard is designed with a powder
coated aluminum enclosure with molded
handle. Home/Guest Scores and Game Time
in 10" LED digits, Period in 7" LED digits, and
2" LED dots for time outs left. Can be used
indoor or outdoor. Integrated horn performs
different shot and game tones. 2.4 GHz
wireless operation. 115-230 VAC. Size: 6'W
x 2.3'H x 4"D. Available in red, amber, or
multi-color digits, specify. Use with Wireless
Hand Held Controller or Wireless Table Top
Controller, both with 1,000 ft. range, ordered
separately. Water Polo Package 1 - includes
Scoreboard, Hand Held Controller, 2 x Shot
Clocks, Scoreboard Caddy with side and
center trays for easy portability of Shot Clocks
and Controller. Water Polo Package 2 - Same
as Package 1, except includes 3 ft. stand in
lieu of Scoreboard Caddy.
59-600 Water Polo Package 1
59-605 Water Polo Package 2
59-610 Wireless Table Top Controller upgrade to Package 1 or 2
WATER POLO DECK/SHOT CLOCKS — By
Colorado Time Systems. The Water Polo Shot
Clock is designed with a rugged molded
polyethylene enclosure that is water and sun
resistant. Each Deck/Shot Clock displays Shot
Time in 10" LED digits and Game Time in 5"
LED digits and can be used as a pace clock
or time of day clock when not being used
for competition. Integrated horn performs
separate shot and game tones. Can be used
on deck side as pace/time of day clock when
not being used as Shot Clock for competition.
Available with multi-color (amber - game/time
of day and red - shot/pace clock), all red, or
all amber LED digits, specify. Use the Wireless
Hand Held Controller or Wireless Table Top
Controller, both with 1,000 ft. range, ordered
separately. Wireless Run-Stop-Reset control for
use with Wireless Table Top Controller, ordered
separately. Shot Clocks are compatible with
CTS System 6 Sport Timer with wireless
adapter - inquire. 2.4 GHz wireless operation.
Battery or 115-230 volt power. Size: 32"H x
18.5"W x 12"D. Sold as a pair.
59-675 Water Polo/Deck Clock - pair
59-620 Wireless Hand Held Controller
59-625 Wireless Table Top Controller
WATER POLO SCOREBOARD OPTIONS
59-615 Water Polo Scoreboard - battery
59-620 Wireless Hand Held Controller
59-622 Wireless Run-Stop-Reset Control
59-625 Wireless Table Top Controller
59-630 Scoreboard Caddy
59-635 Scoreboard Caddy, with
Pneumatic wheels (outdoors)
59-640 Scoreboard Stand - 3 ft.
59-645 Scoreboard Legs - 3 in.
135
Water Polo Goals
60-045
60-115
WALL GOALS
PARAGON STAINLESS STEEL WALL GOALS — Heavy duty goal frame is constructed from
high quality stainless steel tubing. The goal fascia is made using a white FRP channel. Goal
cages can be adjusted vertically to be set at regulation goal height. Goal arms fold flat against
back of the cage for compact on-deck storage. Goals are completely assembled and furnished
as a pair. Each pair of goals requires 4 anchor sockets and one pair of goal backings or goal
nets, ordered separately. Goal nets (pair) are constructed using treated, water resistant mesh
netting. Solid blue goal backings (pair) are constructed from heavy vinyl fabric with grommets
on 10" centers on all perimeter edges. Designed to meet FINA, NCAA, NFHS and USA Water
Polo Regulations.
60-045 Stainless steel wall goals - pair
60-050 Wall goal nets - pair
60-055 Wall goal backings - pair
60-096
WATER POLO GOAL BACKINGS
GOAL BACKINGS — Heavy-duty vinyl fabric
with grommets installed every 8" in hemmed
edge. Available as single backing panel,
single top panel, or set of 2 side panels.
Specify brand of goal being used and specific
dimensions required. Custom backing sizes
available - inquire. Goal lacing is priced per
lineal foot. Usually takes 200 ln. ft. to lace one
goal. Specify color: royal blue, white, hunter
green, black, or red. Custom logos available
- inquire.
60-095 Goal backing, 46" x 118", each
60-096 Goal backing, 58" x 118", each
60-100 Custom backing
60-106 Goal top panel, 14" x 118", each
60-107 Goal side panels, 14" x 46", set of 2
60-110 Goal lacing, per ln. ft.
60-115 Custom Logos
53-084 53-100
60-005
WALL GOALS
ANTI UNIVERSAL WALL GOALS — All metal parts are constructed of high quality powder
coated aluminum for extra protection and durability. The net is made of tough polypropylene
cord that is knotted at every intersection. Canvas goal backing is made of heavy-duty vulcanized
material. Rear arms are fully adjustable to meet most existing deck anchor locations and goal
can be adapted for varying deck-to-water level locations. Goals are unassembled and sold
individually. Includes: goal frame, net, goal backing, and 2 stainless steel anchors. Additional
stainless deck anchors ordered separately. Conforms with all national and international water
polo goal specifications. 3 Year Warranty.
60-005 Anti Universal wall goal
60-060 Repl. wall goal net - each
60-010 Anti wall goal anchors, set of 2
60-070 Repl. wall goal backing - each
136
53-085
53-090 53-095
WALL GOAL ANCHORS
WATER POLO GOAL ANCHORS — Anchors
with cap for covering socket when goals are
removed. Socket key ordered separately. Two
anchors required per goal.
53-084 Bronze anchor with threaded cap
53-085 Bronze anchor with tamper-proof cap
53-090 Stainless anchor with cap
53-095 Socket key
53-100 Spanner wrench key
53-106 Repl. bronze tamper-proof cap only
53-110 Repl. stainless slip cap only
53-111 Repl. bronze threaded cap only
60-090 Wall goal bumpers, each
Water Polo Goals
FLOATING GOALS
60-155
ANTI FLOATING GOALS — Odyssey goals
utilize powder coated aluminum bars and
struts, with hand-laid fiberglass flotation panels.
Club goals utilize one-piece welded upright/
crossbar assembly for the back brace, and for
the rear struts. The Club goal also has its own,
hand-laid, fiberglass flotation panels. Goal
nets included. Two anchors and anchor ropes
required per goal - ordered separately. Specify
length of anchor ropes required. Anchor rope
colors: red, yellow, blue, white, or combination
of any two colors. 3 Year Warranty.
60-155 Odyssey floating goal
60-160 Club floating goal
FLOATING GOAL REPLACEMENT PARTS
Description
Net
Flotation set
60-150
60-120
Odyssey
Goal
Club
Goal
60-124
60-124
60-127
60-128
Floating goal anchors - each
Floating goal ropes - per ft.
61-035
61-005
RECREATIONAL GOALS
LINCOLN AQUA GOAL — Official size deluxe
goal made from 1.66" white PVC. 10' wide x 3'
high x 3' deep. Includes netting. The Sniper,
shooter’s training sieve ordered separately.
61-005 Lincoln Aqua Goal
61-010 Replacement netting, each
60-170
ANTI FOLDING WATER POLO GOALS
Floating goals fold flat for easy storage.
Splashball floating goal is 2/3 size (78" x
42") and the Official Splashball Goal. "Senior
FlipFloat" floating goal is full competition size
(118" x 42"). Powder-coated aluminum frame
with fiberglass flotation panels. Includes net.
Each goal sold separately. 3 Year Warranty.
60-165 Splashball folding goal
60-170 Senior FlipFloat folding goal
ACCURACY TRAINER
THE SNIPER — Shooter’s training aid for
water polo. Sized to fit standard 10' x 3' water
polo goal or Aqua Goal pictured above. Made
from rugged, rot-resistant nylon cordura
material. Oversized grommets and heavy-duty
“S” hooks stand up to the mightiest of shots.
Five, strategically located, 12" sniper holes
help improve your shooting accuracy.
61-035 Sniper Accuracy Trainer
60-170
60-160
61-020
INFLATABLE GOALS
60-165
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
INFLATABLE WATER POLO GOALS —
Portable inflatable water polo goals inflate
in less than 4 minutes and store in a duffel
bag. Constructed from heavy duty PVC with
reinforced seams. Stands up to heavy play and
is easily portable. Available in Full Size (10' x
3') and Junior (82" x 35") sizes.
61-020 Full size goal
61-025 Junior size goal
61-055
TRAINING AIDS
MIKASA SHOT MAKER REBOUNDER —
Training tool for developing shooting, passing,
and receiving skills. Adjustable rear arm
changes net angle. Constructed from UV and
chlorine resistant materials. Can be used while
in the water or on dry land. Size: 40" x 40".
61-055
137
Water Polo Training
62-045
WATER POLO CAPS
62-012
FINIS WATER POLO CAP SET — Fitted
nylon-Lycra caps stretch and conform to any
size head for comfort and durability. Cap set
includes: 13 total caps - field caps numbered
#2 - 12, plus 2 red goalie caps (#1 and 13).
Extender cap set includes: 13 total caps field caps numbered #15 - 25, plus 2 red goalie
caps (#14 and 26). Cap set colors: navy and
white. Size: Adult.
62-012 Water polo cap set w/ear guards
62-013 Extender cap set w/ear guards
62-020
WATER POLO EAR GUARDS — Plastic ear
guards available in blue, white or red. Specify.
62-020 Ear guards - pair
62-031
TURBO WATER POLO CAPS — Chlorine
resistant PVT polyester material with ear guards
and ties. Available in two cap styles - Turbo
Standard water polo cap set with 17 field caps
(#2-18), plus two red goalie caps (#1 and #1A).
Set colors: black, white, navy, royal, green,
or orange. Turbo Junior water polo cap set
provides proper fit for 12 & U age group and
includes 28 field caps (#2-15) in both blue and
white colors, plus four red goalie caps (#1 and
#13), two of each. Semi-custom water polo
caps with custom school colors or Custom
water polo cap with custom colors and team
logos also available - inquire for available colors.
62-026 Standard set w/ear guards
62-031 Junior set w/ear guards
62-035 Semi-Custom cap w/ear guard, ea.
62-036 Custom cap w/ear guard, ea.
138
62-047
62-059
62-105
62-104
WATER POLO BALLS
MIKASA WATER POLO BALLS
Championship Series - 2 Year Warranty
Premier Series - 1 Year Warranty
Varsity Series - 1 Year Warranty
Training Series - 3 Year Warranty
Premier colors: yellow with alternating black,
red, blue, or green panels. Specify.
Ball Style
Ruling
Body
FINA
USAWP
NCAA
NFHS
FINA
Championship
USAWP
Color
NFHS
USAWP
Premier Color
NFHS
USAWP
Varsity
NFHS
Championship
Training
—

Varsity Intermediate
(14&U Girls/12&U Boys)
(Size 3)
Varsity Junior (10&U)
(Size 2)
Splashball
(8&U) (Size 1)
Men's
Size 5
Women's
Size 4
62-045
62-055
62-046
62-047
62-048
62-049
62-057
62-058
62-059
62-110
W6000
W6009
W6000W W6009W
W5500
W5000
W5509
W5009
62-107
W3INT
62-105
W5008
62-104
W5007
62-100
62-101
Description
62-100
Men's
62-101
Women's
14&U Boys & Girls
62-102
62-103
CHAMPION™ SAFETY NETS — Water polo
course safety divider nets protect swimmers
and spectators in other areas of your pool,
walkways, or grandstands. Custom length
nets are constructed of heavy grade 4" braided
polyester mesh. Each net is installed onto
custom length stainless cable with hardware
package (ordered separately), and are placed
between existing backstroke stanchions
or 10' net stanchion and anchors. Order
stainless carabiners separately and space
one carabiner every 2 ft. Specify length and
height of net required and distance between
stanchions.
61-040 Champion™ safety nets - custom
50-175 Vinyl covered cable, per ft.
53-030 Hardware package, each
53-050 Water polo net stanchion,
10' x .145" wall
61-039 Stainless carabiner
W4000
W4009
(3.3 lbs.) (1.7 lbs.)
KAP7 WATER POLO BALLS — Official Ball of
the Collegiate Water Polo Association (CWPA).
Inquire for available colors.
Item
SAFETY NETTING
Intermediate
14&U Girls
12&U Boys
Junior
10&U Boys & Girls
Size
#5
#4
Ruling
Body
NCAA
CWPA
NFHS
AWP
NCAA
CWPA
NFHS
AWP
#3
AWP
#2
AWP
WATER POLO LANES
WATER POLO COURSE LANES — Custom
lanes to identify water polo course and also
anchor floating water polo goals. Lanes can
be configured to identify course zones or in
your school's colors. Specify: lengths, disc
locations, and desired colors required for each
lane. Competitor or Anti Wave lanes available
in 4" or 6" diameter sizes. Hardware package
ordered separately for each lane.
Competitor
Anti Wave
Custom Lengths Disc. Custom Lengths
(Dia.)
Style
Item
Style
Item
Gold Medal 50-020
Competitor 50-045
Hardware
50-050
Package
6"
4"
•
Maximum 50-395
Forerunner 50-330
Hardware
50-335
Package
WATER POLO COURSE DIMENSIONS
FINA/USAWP
Men's Field of Play
Length - 20 meters to 30 meters
Width - 10 meters to 20 meters
Women's Field of Play
Length - 20 meters to 25 meters
Width - 10 meters to 20 meters
Water Polo Accessories
BALL ACCESSORIES
62-115
MIKASA HAND PUMP — Dual action hand
pump with flexible hose.
62-115
TRAINING AIDS
62-117
MIKASA DOUBLE BARREL HAND PUMP
62-117
WATER POLO WEIGHT BELTS — Designed
to improve your leg strength and improve
your overall game conditioning. Soft durable
neoprene casing with Velcro and buckle
strapping for a secure and comfortable fit.
62-150 Red - 5 lbs.
62-155 Purple - 7.5 lbs.
62-160 Black - 10 lbs.
62-121
MIKASA DIGITAL AIR GAUGE — Gauge with
bleeder valve to adjust ball air pressure.
62-121
62-085
EQUIPMENT HANDLING
EQUIPMENT TOTEMASTER — Great for
storing your aquatic supplies. Available in 3
sizes: Original Totemaster - 31/2'L x 2'W x
3'H or Totemaster Mini - 21"L x 21"W x 30"H,
both with single lid opening and Totemaster
Plus - 5'L x 2'W x 3'H with dual lid opening
and internal divider. Made with 3/16" powder
coated steel wire with lockable lids and 4
locking swivel casters. Color: blue
62-085 Equipment Totemaster
62-086 Totemaster Plus
62-087 Totemaster Mini
62-090 Totemaster Repl. wheels, each
62-091 Totemaster Repl. sleeve, each
62-092 Repl. wheel kit - 4 casters, 4 inserts
62-123
COACHING ACCESSORIES
KAP7 DRY ERASE CLIPBOARD
62-123
62-060
62-070
62-135
62-140
MIKASA WATER POLO BALL BAG — Oversize vertical ball bag holds up to 16 water polo
balls. Heavy duty nylon and mesh bag with
shoulder strap. Size: 39"H x 151⁄2"W x 151⁄2"D.
62-135
MIKASA TRAVEL BALL BAG — Black nylon
bag with mesh gusset holds up to 6 water polo
balls. Size: 17"H x 261⁄2"W x 7"D.
62-140
GAME ACCESSORIES
AIR HORN — Loud and clear sound signals
players and coaches. Includes horn and one
power can.
62-060 Air Horn
62-065 Extra power can
BRASS BELL — 6" polished brass bell with
mounting bracket.
62-070
62-095
62-130
WATER POLO MARKERS
61-062
FINA WATER POLO COURSE MARKERS —
Heavy duty UV treated vinyl markers cover the
complete 2 meter (red) and 2-5 meter (yellow)
zones, not just the lines. Set covers all 4 sides
of the pool.
61-062
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
61-080
STANDING WHITEBOARD — Anodized
aluminum frame with swivel locking casters
and reinforced bracing. Double sided
whiteboard with steel lock clamps to lock
board in preferred position and full length
accessory tray.
61-075 3' x 4'
61-080 4' x 6'
WATER POLO BALL BAG — Heavy duty,
made from heavy nylon cord with drawstring.
32" x 36" size holds 8-12 balls.
62-095
WATER POLO CAP BAG — Nylon mesh.
54-175
WATER POLO CAP STRINGER — Holds up
to two sets of caps.
62-130
139
Games
63-370
RockSolid™ Single Post
63-370
63-004
WATER BASKETBALL
SPLASH & SLAM WATER BASKETBALL —
State-of-the-art basketball set. Fiberglass
backboard has a 2" overhang keeping the
action in the pool. Adjustable height to 6' above
water level. Break-away rim available in two
styles: powder-coated stainless steel rim for
the toughest conditions or a more economical
powder-coated steel rim. Polyethylene base
weighs 500 lbs. when filled with water.
Includes water basketball.
63-004 Splash & Slam Water Basketball, s.s.
63-003 Repl. rim, powder-coated, s.s
63-011 Repl. rim, powder-coated, steel
63-010 Repl. Backboard
63-006 Splash-It Water Basketball, only
63-002 Repl. net
63-008
POOL SHOT WATER BASKETBALL — Pool
side basketball goal is constructed of heavy
UV-treated polyethylene. Three winged
panels direct missed shots back into the pool.
Backboard is adjustable from 36" to 43" above
the pool deck. The water filled base weighs
400 lbs when filled with water. Size: 5' high x
53" x 43". Includes basketball.
63-008 Pool Shot Water Basketball
63-009 Repl. water basketball only
140
SWIM N’ DUNK WATER BASKETBALL
Competitive acrylic see-thru backboard
regulation rim. Adds fun to your pool without
blocking your view of what’s going on. To be
used in water depths not greater than 42".
Available in two styles: RockSolid™ Single
Post - includes single post anchor and
escutcheon and SealedSteel Dual Post includes two plastic anchors. Optional bronze
anchors can be purchased separately for the
SealedSteel Dual Post unit. Purchase additional
anchors to create different anchoring locations
around your pool if desired.
63-370 RockSolid™ Single Post
63-360 SealedSteel Dual Post
SWIM N’ DUNK PARTS
63-375RockSolid™ Anchor only
63-380RockSolid™ Escutcheon, black vinyl
63-385RockSolid™ Anchor Safety cap
63-410 SealedSteel Plastic Anchors, pair
63-415 SealedSteel Bronze Anchors, pair
63-400 Repl. backboard
63-395 Repl. rim and net with hardware
63-390 Repl. basketball
63-360
WATER VOLLEYBALL
Sealed Steel Dual Post
63-360
63-020
WATER VOLLEYBALL SET — 4'6" stainless
steel posts with eyebolts to anchor 32'
volleyball net. Includes: two 4'6" posts with
sliding eyebolt collar, 32' net and water
volleyball. Special length nets and deck
anchors extra.
63-020 Water Volleyball set
63-024 Repl. 32' net
63-025 Special length nets
64-070 Repl. Squish Water Volleyball
Games
64-041
64-042
64-037
AQUATIC GAMES
RECREATIONAL UNDERWATER HOCKEY
A great way to bring new programs to your
facility. Plastic hockey sticks and pucks
available in two colors.
64-041 Underwater hockey sticks, dozen
64-042 Recreational hockey puck, each
64-055
SUBMERGENCY — High tech underwater
hide-and-seek dive game. Find and disarm
Submergency before the time runs out and
the LED lights flash. 3 depths - float, sink or
suspend. Listen and locate by signals you can
hear underwater. Requires 2 x AAA batteries
(not included).
64-055
64-044
TOYPEDOS — Underwater torpedo game
glides underwater up to 30'. Toypedo: simply
glides underwater and Toypedo Revolution:
tilted fins make it twist and turn in the water.
Liquid inside spins and flows with eye-catching
glitter. Assorted colors. Size: 111/2" L.
64-037 Toypedo, each
64-044 Toypedo Revolution, each
64-004
PRO-CHIP ISLAND GOLF™ — Portable floating
practice target opens and closes with ease.
Includes: 66" x 40" floating golf target, 12 golf
balls, 12" x 24" chipping pad and moveable 18th
hole flag. Golf club not included.
64-004
64-025
DOLPHIN SLALOM — Swim-through underwater
game. Weighted anchors keep rings submerged.
Course of three colorful rings.
64-025
64-027
HYDRO SUBSKATE — Learn to skate
underwater. Strengthens abs, increases
balance and flexibility all while having fun.
Assorted colors.
64-027
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
64-043
DIVE N’ GLIDE SHARK — Shark moves
through the water just like a real shark. Watch
it dive through the deep, then glide to the
surface. Swims up to 20' underwater.
64-043
64-036
TOYPEDO BANDITS — Half the size of the
Toypedo but just as much fun. Brightly
colored, numbered point values enhance game
play. Doubles as a dive toy. Size: 5" L.
64-036 Toypedo Bandits, set of 4
64-036
141
Games
64-014
64-028
SQUIRTLES — Squeeze’em to fill’em,
squeeze’em to squirt’em! Set of 3 includes:
Fish, Pirate & Octopus. Size: 4" dia.
64-014
64-011
64-056
SQUID DISK — Toss the squid disk and watch
the 360° water spraying action!
64-056
64-012
GEYSER GUYS — Water toys shoot a
stream of water over 20 feet. Just squeeze,
fill and squirt. A fun addition to your children's
programs.
64-011 Douser Dolphin, 9" wide
64-012 Splashy Turtle, 71/2" wide
64-013 Geyser Whale, 9" wide
64-029
MR. RAY'S DIVE GAME — Catch the
characters before they sink. Includes Mr. Ray
and his 5 students featuring Dory and Nemo.
64-029
142
GOBBLE GOBBLE GUPPIES — Squeeze the
trigger to open the Whale's mouth, then try to
gobble all the guppies. Includes: one whale
and five floating guppies. Sizes: Whale (7.25"
wide) and Guppies (1.25" wide).
64-028
64-026
BATTLE REEF MICROS — These funky fish
are guaranteed to get a grin. Small in size with
a comically big bite. Pull-string power propels
the fish forward. Size: 4.5" wide. Assorted
colors. Sold each.
64-026
64-052
DORY HOP BALL — Skip Dory across the
pool. Soft ball with flexible fins.
64-052
64-030
UFO DIVE DISCS — Underwater fun as
numbered discs flutter slowly to the pool floor.
Set of 6. Size: 4" dia.
64-030
64-054
SHARK FRENZY DIVE GAME — Underwater
shark hunt search and retrieval game. Set of 3
sharks. Size: 7" wide.
64-054
Games
64-006
ANIMAL DIVE RINGS — Soft and flexible Dive
Rings provide a fun toy all while being safe.
Set of 4 colorful animal characters. Size: 6" dia.
64-006
64-009
DIVE ANIMALS — Dive animals are sure to
provide additional fun at your pool. Soft and
flexible. Set of 4 colorful animal characters.
Size: 7" tall.
64-009
64-005
RELAY DIVE STICKS — Brightly colored,
flexible dive sticks. Numbered point values
enhance game play. Water weighted to lay
safely on pool bottom. Set of 6. Size: 8" long.
64-005
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
64-053
EEL STICKS DIVE GAME — Wiggly eel
underwater search and retrieval game.
Includes: four colorful eels. Size: 103⁄8" long.
64-053
64-040
FISH STYX — Dive sticks wiggle and wriggle
to the bottom of the pool. Super flexible diving
fish. Set of 3.
64-040
DIVE CHARACTERS™ — Favorite Disney
and Marvel characters bring play in and out of
the pool. Soft and flexible design. 3 assorted
characters per package: Set of Avengers,
Frozen or Finding Dory Dive Characters™ specify.
64-019
64-032
DIVE PETS — Kids will have hours of fun diving
in the pool to retrieve Dive Pets. Bright and
colorful toys sink when tossed into the water.
Assorted characters. Set of 4. Size: 3" - 31/2" dia.
64-032
143
Games
64-075
64-070
64-015
SQUISH WATER VOLLEYBALL — Mikasa
water volleyball designed for aquatic use. Soft
no sting pillow cover for optimum play. Size: 8".
64-070
64-074
64-076
HYDRO BALLS — Soft Neoprene covered
balls designed for use on land or in the water.
Assorted colorful patterns.
64-074 Hydro Basketball, 81/2"
64-075 Hydro Volleyball, 81/2"
64-076 Hydro Football, 91/4"
64-015
64-008
HYDRO FOAM DIVE TOYS
STREAMERS — Foam ball with 11" fabric tail
flutter to bottom - dive down and retrieve. 3 pack.
64-015
STIX — Soft foam dive sticks 7" in length. 4 pack.
64-008
64-078
TURBINE FOOTBALL — Neoprene Maximum
grip football. Double-thick synthetic laces and
molded construction delivers accurate flight
with balance performance. Size: 91/4".
64-078
64-047
64-059
GEYSER FOOTBALL — Dunk the Geyser
Football in water and throw. Sprays water in a
10' diameter pattern. Soft foam construction.
Assorted colors.
64-059 Geyser Football, 81⁄2"
64-060
64-049
WATER PLAY BALLS
SPLASH BOMBS — More fun than a water
balloon. Sprays and splashes while you play.
Sizes: Football, 6" and Splash Bomb, 31/2".
64-047 Skim N' Splash Football
64-049 Splash Bomb, pkg. of 2
144
63-006
SPLASH –IT WATER BASKETBALL — Let the
games begin with a bright water basketball.
Textured surface for easy grip. Size: 9 ¼” dia.
63-006
64-065
CHAMPION GRIP BALLS — Ultimate action
grip ball for water fun. Wet or dry, they really
grip. Assorted colors.
64-060 Champion™ Grip Ball, 7"
64-065 Champion™ Grip Football, 81⁄2"
™
Tubes & Noodles
63-276
WATER POLO TUBES
WATER POLO TUBES — Special
tubes
without handles to interfere with your innertube
water polo games. Heavy duty 30 gauge vinyl
tubes with double welded outside seams.
Smooth inner seams and recessed valve stem
ensures comfort for every player. Size: 33" OD
x 16" ID. Color: yellow or blue.
63-276
63-175
WATERPARK TUBES
HEAVY DUTY WATER PARK TUBES — Our
highest performance Water Park Tubes are built
tough for commercial use and designed to last.
Heavy-duty, 30 gauge vinyl tubes with double
outside seams, strong inner gussets, and
recessed inflation valves. Contoured handles
provide a sure way to hang on. Available in
clear and clear tinted blue, both which allow you
to see through the tubes for increased safety
on those busy days.
Tube Size
42" Single
42" Double
48" Single
48" Double
Tinted Blue
63-180
63-200
63-190
63-210
Clear
63-175
63-195
63-185
63-205
63-077
NOODLES
WATER NOODLES — A great addition to your
swim programs and exercise classes. Solid
foam noodle lasts longer. Size: 58" L x 2 3⁄4"
diameter. Colors: yellow or blue.
63-077
63-080
63-210
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
63-180
DELUXE NOODLES — Our best noodle, made
exclusively for commercial pool use. Size:
62" long. Color: blue/green. 2 Year Warranty
against delamination or splitting.
63-080
145
Foam Toys
63-095
63-150
FOAM MATS & TOYS
AQUAFUN FOAM MATS & TOYS — Make
your facility more popular and profitable with
foam mats and toys. Entertaining shapes supply
hours of fun for all ages. Closed cell high density
foam will provide years of enjoyment.
Item
Style
Duck
Turtle
Fish
Sailboat
Hippo
Rectangle
AQUAFUN FOAM TOYS
Item
Name
63-124
Canoe
63-150
63-151
Airplane
The Ladder
63-119 Floating Tot Slide
Super Bowl
63-120
63-121 The Mini-Boat
The Wreck
63-122
Serpano
63-123
AQUAFUN PLAY MATS
63-085
63-090
63-095
63-096
63-100
63-105
63-121
Dimensions
36" x 36"
36" x 36"
36" x 36"
36" x 36"
36" x 72"
36" x 72"
Dimensions
78" x 40" x 29"
36"
72" x 36"
40" x 60"
111/2' x 20"
76" x 26"
includes 2 paddles
63" x 58"
77" x 39"
63-119
63-090
63-122
63-151
63-110
AQUAFUN WATER ROLLS
Item
63-108
63-109
63-110
63-115
Style
Flat
Flat
Round
Round
Dimensions
4' x 131/2"
8' x 131/2"
4' x 9" dia.
8' x 9" dia.
63-120
63-124
63-109
63-108
146
63-123
Boards, Floats & Mats
63-075
63-311
SWIM BOARDS
ACTION HERO KICKBOARDS — Kids can
race around the pool with their favorite Disney
and Marvel characters. Assorted styles. Size:
16"L x 11"W.
63-311 Action Hero Kickboard, each
63-074
POOL FLOATS
NEKDOODLE — New foam float allows you
to relax and float comfortably in your pool.
Universal size. Color: blue, yellow or red.
63-074
POOL FLOAT — Soft, Ensolite, closed-cell
foam float finished with high gloss vinyl to
assure maximum comfort. A large, full circle
pillow headrest gives extra buoyancy to the
head area. Honeycomb texture on one side,
smooth on the other. Extra large size: 26" x
70" x 2". Colors: bahama blue, white, orange
breeze, or kool lime green.
63-075
63-050
63-305
63-310
SEA LIFE BOARDS — Lifelike Manta Ray
and Turtle shapes make learning to swim fun
while building confidence in the water. Design
provides multiple hand positions. Color:
fuchsia, lime green, sea blue or yellow.
63-305 Manta Ray board, 23"
63-310 Turtle board, 17"
WATER SLIDE MATS
63-073
SPRING FLOAT SUNSEAT — Comfortable
"sit-up" style allows for free floating comfort.
Inflates and deflates quickly with jet valve feature. Includes carry bag.
63-073
WATER SLIDE MATS — Foam slide mats are
made of a dense closed cell foam material that
is extremely durable. Smooth bottom is yellow
and textured top is available in a variety of
colors. Single piece of material, without laminations. Size: 22" x 48". Specify color: light
blue, light purple, light green, pink or orange.
63-050
63-285
WATER ENTRY LANDING PAD
63-320
WATER TROTTER FLOAT
WATER TROTTER — Race across the water on
your own water horse. Solid foam construction.
For ages 5 & up. Size: 44" L x 17" W x 16" D.
Colors: bahama blue or Caribbean coral.
63-320
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
63-076
SPRING FLOAT KID'S BOAT — Spring float
boat with contoured handles built just for kids.
Assorted colors. Size: 43" x 241/2".
63-076
WATER ENTRY LANDING PAD — Versatile
safety pad for water slide landings, wading
pools and spray park use. UV stabilized foam
pad is 1" thick with 1/4" fiberglass bottom.
Installs permanently with stainless steel anchor bolts, included. Custom sizes available,
inquire. Color: blue.
63-285 Water Entry Landing Pad, 3' x 5'
63-290 Water Entry Landing Pad, 4' x 6'
147
Inflatable Structures
63-078
INFLATABLES
GIANT SWAN — The
original, famous giant
swan. Looks great in the
pool and great fun to ride.
Big enough for two to ride.
Size: 75".
63-070
63-070
SEA-SAW ROCKER — Rock your world with
loads of fun with the Sea-Saw Rocker. Size:
90" x 57" x 36".
63-078
63-125
63-069
LABYRINTH ISLAND — Big time fun for all to
enjoy. Inflatable Labyrinth Island adds a new
dimension to swimming pool island play. Size:
69" x 69" x 18".
63-069
63-072
AIR BLOWERS & PUMPS
SHOCK ROCKER — Rockin and rollin with
round bottom rocker. Outrageous fun! Seating
for four. Color: green. Size: 72" diameter.
63-072
63-130
HEAVY-DUTY HAND-HELD BLOWERS —
Provides rapid inflation/deflation for inflatables.
Available in two sizes heavy-duty and standard
for lighter duty requirements. 110 volt with 2
tapered adapters.
63-125 Heavy-duty hand-held blower
63-130 Hand-held blower
63-140
INNERTUBE REPAIR KITS
REPAIR PATCH KITS — Ideal for repairing
tears up to 1" length and holes up to 1/8" diameter. Package contains three 3" x 3" patches.
No glue required and can be cut to the size
needed for the repair.
63-140
63-071
FRUIT SLICE FUN ISLAND — Inflatable island
in assorted colors: lemon yellow, lime green or
citrus orange. Size: 60" diameter.
63-071
148
AIR SEAL — Special "no patch" liquid plastic
actually melts the vinyl together. One drop
will repair pinholes in 5 minutes. A cut can be
repaired with several applications. Color: clear.
63-145
63-135
DUAL ACTION INFLATABLES PUMP — Hand
operated pump, fills on both upwards and
downwards strokes, for fast inflating or deflating. Assorted nozzles included. Use the light
duty requirements only.
63-135
Inflatable Structures
INFLATABLE STRUCTURES
INFLATABLE STRUCTURES — Bring the action of outdoor water sports
to your pool with the new Aquaglide ADVENTURE Series Inflatable’s. You
can create custom challenge courses as expansive as your imagination
with these compact, modular inflatables. Revitalize your programming
with Olympic-style competitions, teen/family activity nights and summer
camps. There are a wide variety of exciting structures to choose from
to fit any budget. With the introduction of an inflatable you will increase
attendance and in turn, will increase your revenues. Structures are
designed to be used at supervised waterfront areas and in your pool
depending on water depth and size of pool.
Even the largest structures take a minimal amount of time to inflate
and deflate. Inflatables come with anchor points so that they can be
fixed to a desired location. Structures are connected using Interloc
System™ and Quickstraps. Swimstep XL is used as mounting platform
for larger structures.
66-250
Commercial sealed air inflatable structures are made from a tough,
ripstop nylon mesh bonded between two layers of PVC, to allow extreme flexing and stretching. Ultraviolet inhibitors are used to prevent
fading and breakdown when used outdoors. All seams and joints are
welded together to insure airtightness and durability. Structures can
be purchased individually or as a set. The Track 3 Challenge Course
includes: Foxtrot, Swim Step (3), Sierra and Zulu Slide. Order bungee
tether lines and hand-held blower separately.
66-250
66-265
INFLATABLE STRUCTURES
Item
Description
Dimension
66-250
66-255
66-265
66-270
66-260
Track 3 Course
FoxTrot
Zulu Slide
Sierra
SwimStep XL
55'L x 78"W x 60"H
240"L x 78"W x 19"H
135"L x 78"W x 60"H
120"L x 96"W x 44"H
60"L x 78"W x 6"H
66-260
66-255
66-260
Minimum
Maximum
Water
Capacity
Depth
48"
48"
68"
57"
48"
21
6
1
5
2
INFLATABLE ACCESSORIES
Item
66-110
66-290
66-295
Description
Replacement patch kit,
specify color
Bungee tether line, 7'
Bungee tether line, 10'
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
66-255
66-260
149
Water Sports & Paddle Boards
SKWIM® WATER DISC GAME
SKWIM ® WATER SPORT DISC GAME — The "original water-disk sport," gaining popularity
worldwide. Played in shallow and deep waters, Skwim® is fast, interactive, and fun for all ages
and abilities. Using a soft hydroplaning disk and propelled with PDF™ fins, players use teamwork
and swimming skills to score on opponent's floating circular goal.
Skwim® Sport Systems include: Skwim® goals and Skwim® game area boundaries with rack
for convenient storage. Additional team gear required: Skwim® foam disc which provides fast
hydroplaning at the surface of the water for an exciting game to watch and play, Skwim® PDF™
(positive drive fins) doubles the propulsion from your legs and feet with comfort and assurance,
thus enabling the average swimmer to play for extended periods of time. Ergonomic footpocket
with heel strap secures fin which allows the foot to flex naturally. PDF™ fins are color coded by
size for easy identification. Skwim® competition headbands in red or blue for team identification.
SKWIM ® SPORT SYSTEMS
Item
Description
# of
Goals
# of
Disks
Pairs of
Fins
Headband
Sets
65-450
Skwim® School/Club
2
12
40
2 - 12 packs
65-451
Skwim® Tournament 2
4
18
60
4 - 12 packs
65-452
Skwim Goals
Skwim® Boundaries
with rack, 35' x 75'
2
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
65-453
®
Floating
Boundaries
2 - 35'
2 - 70'
4 - 35'
4 - 70'
•
2 - 35'
2 - 70'
SKWIM ® ACCESSORIES
Item
Description
65-490
STAND-UP PADDLE BOARDS
TRAVERSE STAND-UP PADDLE BOARD – Stand-up paddle boards
are a great way to incorporate a new water sport activity into your
summer programs. High nose rocker, thick water shedding profile
and forgiving sidewalls help board glide over waves. Size: 10'L x
36"W. Weight capacity: 300 lbs. Specify color: lime green or glacier
blue. Paddle ordered separately.
65-490 Traverse Stand-Up Paddle Board
65-491 Stand Up Paddle
150
Size
8c - 1
1-3
65-460 Skwim® PDF Fins, Small
3-6
5-7
65-461 Skwim® PDF Fins, Medium 6 - 8
7-9
10 - 11
11 - 12
65-462 Skwim® PDF Fins, Large
12 - 13
65-463 Skwim® Disc - Competition
65-464 Skwim® Disc - Practice, 3 pack
65-465 Skwim® Disc - Practice, 6 pack
65-466 Skwim® Headbands, 12 - blue
65-467 Skwim® Headbands, 12 - red
65-493
IMPULSE STAND-UP PADDLE BOARD —
Enjoy one of the fastest growing watersports.
Paddle boards can add a new dimension to your
aquatic programs. Composite board with a soft
top and rigid bottom. Stable, responsive and wellbalanced for paddling. Size: 11'L x 32"W x 4.25"H.
Paddle ordered separately.
65-493 Impulse Stand-Up Paddle Board
65-491 Stand Up Paddle
Climbing Walls
CRYSTAL CLEAR™ PANELS
CLIMBING WALLS
KERSPLASH™ POOL CLIMBING WALLS — Climbing increases fitness levels
through development of strength, coordination, cardiovascular endurance and
muscle endurance. It also provides participants with positive risk taking and
creative problem solving.
Kersplash™ Pool Climbing Walls are modular and can be made to fit any
space and deck configuration. The 4' panels attach to a stainless steel frame
allowing you to customize the height and width of the wall to meet your needs.
Requires a foot print of: 35" of deck space, 4' of clearance behind the wall for a
walkway, 5' to either side of your wall, and 10' drop zone which is the distance
horizontally from the pool wall. Pool depth requirements vary by state. Check
your local codes to ensure your configuration complies. Pool depth determines
the height of the wall.
Available in two panel styles, Kersplash™ Crystal Clear™ offers visibility to
areas behind the wall and Kersplash™ Color makes a bold visual statement
with brightly colored panels. Both styles are made from UV and chlorine
resistant materials. Groperz™ Hand Hold colors: red, yellow and orange.
Complete Poolside Climbing Package includes: Kersplash™ Panels, stainless
steel structure, Groperz™ hand holds with stainless steel mounting hardware
and Kersplash™ rules and guideline signs.
Panel Style
Crystal Clear™
Crystal Clear™
Color
Color
Section
Height
12'
16'
12'
16'
COLOR PANELS
No Climb Zone
12’ 6”
Climb Zone
9’
Climb Zone
Water Line
Water 1-Section 2-Section 3-Section 4-Section
Depth 4' Wide
8' Wide
12' Wide 16' Wide
6'
9'
6'
9'
65-500
65-520
65-540
65-560
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
65-505
65-525
65-545
65-565
65-510
65-530
65-550
65-570
65-515
65-535
65-555
65-575
16’ High
65-520
12’ High Section
65-510
65-500
151
Water Slides
25' 2"
WATER SLIDES
POOL SLIDES - Add fun and excitement to your pool with a new Single,
Double or Triple Flume Pool Slide. Slides are available in a variety of
flume and stair configurations to ensure the best fit for your facility. Slide
structure is made entirely of stainless steel for corrosion resistance.
Large deck and stairs feature a non-slip fiberglass walking surface. Top
deck is surrounded by clear UV-protected polycarbonate panels for
enhanced safety and visibility. Handrails are 1.50" O.D. which provides
easy gripping for all ages. As an additional safety feature, the stairs have
a self-closing gate to deter unauthorized use. Heavy-duty roto-molded
flumes are available in Standard Colors: yellow, red, purple, blue, sky
blue, spring lime green, green, brown and beige. Eco Colors: (with
higher recycled content): meadow (green with black flakes), earth (brown
with black flakes) and stone (gray with black flakes). Slides install easily
on new or existing decks. Slides comply with the Model Aquatic Health
Code, International Building Code and the CPSC. Deck size: 6'L x 6'W
x 4'8"H. Slide height: 6' to center of tube.
Item
Description
65-220
65-225
65-230
Single Flume
Double Flume
Triple Flume
Platform
Height
6'
6'
6'
Deck Footprint
65-230 Triple Flume
TRIPLE FLUME LAYOUT
65-225 Double Flume
25'2" L x 6' 3/16" W
25'2" L x 11' 1115/16" W
25'2" L x 17' 1111/16" W
65-220 Single Flume
SINGLE FLUME LAYOUT OPTIONS
152
DOUBLE FLUME LAYOUT OPTIONS
8
7
65 16 "
7
66 16 "
3
77 8 "
Water Slides
3
135 8 "
Water Supply
Location
7
20 16 "
5
58"
Water Supply
Location
1
30 2 "
5
15 16 "
3
30 4 "
13
11 16 "
13
19 16 "
65-405
1
31 16 "
11
10 16 "
5
15 16 "
3
64"
127.0"
90.0"
127.0"
65-405
90.0"
127.0"
65-410
1091/16"
943/4"
943/4" more swimmers
VORTEX™ WATER SLIDES — With the addition
of a water slide you will attract
249/16"
to your facility. Our open or closed flume slides are available
with a spiral staircase or with ladder
1
/16"
/16"
1091existing
109decks.
designs, so you can customize to3 fit your 3 application. Mounts to
Rotomolded
94 /4"
94 /4"
943/4"
943/4"
flume material with steel support
frame.
Accommodates
sliders
up
to
325
lbs. Overall height:
9
109 /16"
9
9
24 /16"
/16"
1/16"
10'7"H, Platform height: 7'6"H,
Flume length:
19'.24Includes
delivery system (up to 40
109and
1091/water
16"
GPM). Slide fully complies with the CPSC Safety Standard for Swimming Pool Slides (16 CFR
1207). Specify flume
or gray granite.
/16"
109 9/16"colors:
109 9blue
1091/16"
1091/16"
1091/16"
VORTEX™ WATER SLIDES
Spiral
Staircase
Description
Open Flume
Closed Flume
65-415
65-405
1091/16"
20"
371/2"
1353/8"
Ladder
65-410
65-400
943/4"
20"
371/2"
1353/8"
1353/8"
65-415
90.0"
249/16"
65-210
20"
371/2"
65-205
943/4"
109 9/16"
249/16"
1091/16"
109 9/16"
1091/16"
109
94
943/4"
109 9/16"
1091/16"
249/16"
1091/16"
1353/8"
1353/8"
1353/8"
65-210
PORTABLE WATER SLIDES
PORTABLE WATER SLIDES — Increase pool attendance by bringing the fun back into your
pool programs. 27" diameter polyethylene tube with steel frame and powder coated finish. Slides
are moveable however, they are not intended to be moved on a daily basis due to their weight.
Includes: wheels and lift kit to assist in moving the slide on your pool deck and deck shoes to
protect from deck wear. Optional water activation hook-up ordered separately. Specify color of
slide tube: blue or yellow. Frame colors: blue or red.
PORTABLE WATER SLIDES
Item
Description
Platform
Height
Foot Print
(L x W)
65-205
65-210
Splash
Seawave
3'9"
5'6"
12'3" x 2'10"
17'7" x 2'10"
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
Minimum
Water
Depth
3'
4'
Slide
Length
6'
11'6"
65-213
WATER SLIDE OPTIONS & PARTS
Item
65-211
65-214
65-212
65-213
Description
Optional Water Activation Hook-up
Replacement Lift Kit
Replacement Lift Kit Wheels, set of 4
Replacement Deck Shoes, set of 4
153
1091/16"
1091/16"
Water Slides & Interactive Play
65-360
65-355
65-370
POLYETHYLENE WATER SLIDES
POOLSIDE WATER SLIDES — An excellent way to increase revenues
and add family participation at your facility. Unique design features
polyethylene “ascent” platforms for climbing slide structure. Platform
decks are located with 2' offsets, in a spiral design, slide for patrons
to climb the structure. Optional Slide Staircases also available, inquire.
Poolside Water Slides feature: 30" diameter double polyethylene
flumes, with decks constructed of rotationally molded polyethylene,
and polyethylene roof assembly, both made from UV resistant resins.
4' x 4' plastic climbing decks hold up to 800 lbs. each. Structure is
constructed using 80 gauge X 1.90" OD aluminum structural tubing, that
will not rust. Tuff Skin post padding covers all metal pipe components for
safety. Includes structural Speed-Rail® aluminum fittings and stainless
steel hardware. Each water slide flume requires a water source with
5-10 GPM of flow. Check local codes for bonding requirements in your
area. Available in 30 different colors - inquire.
65-195
65-175
INTERACTIVE PLAY FEATURES
INTERACTIVE PLAY FEATURES — A great addition to any leisure
pool or splashpad. Stand-alone spray features create an interactive
play experience for kids of all ages. Many other additional features
are available, inquire.
65-175 5' Aqua Dome
65-180 7.5' Aqua Dome
65-185 Aqua Arch Bar
65-190 Aqua Spout
65-195 Bucket Dump - 5
65-200 Tipping Buckets
POLYETHYLENE WATER SLIDES
Item
Description
65-350 Water Slide, 66'
65-375 Water Slide, 77.5'
154
Slide Flume
Length
66'
73'
75'
54'
76'
77.5'
Tower
Height
18'10"
20'10"
20'10"
20'10"
22'11"
20'7"
Deck Footprint
(W X D)
23'2" x 18'8"
20'5" x 16'6"
16'10" x 22'6"
25'6" x 18'0"
29'9" x 18'1"
15'3" x 24'2"
65-185
Swimming Pool Coatings
RAMUC POOL COATINGS
RAMUC TYPE A-2 ENAMEL — New environmentally friendly
chlorinated rubber pool paint. Topcoats and upgrades existing
chlorinated rubber and synthetic rubber coating systems. Single
component product with semi-gloss stain resistant finish. Excellent
hiding and coverage on recoats. Coverage: 400 sq. ft. per gallon. 1
gallon Colors: white #311, dawn blue #328, monument gray #362, or
black #321. 5 gallon Colors: white #311 or dawn blue #328. Clean up
with xylene thinner. VOC Compliant in all states.
68-001 1 gallon can
68-002 5 gallon pail
RAMUC TYPE DS — An acrylic emulsion-based paint for concrete
or plaster finish pools. Particularly effective on pools where down time is
critical. Matte finish. Coverage: 350 sq. ft. per gallon. Cleans up with soap
and water. 1 gallon Colors: white #311, aquagreen #300, dawn blue #328,
or black #321. 5 gallon Colors: white #311 or dawn blue #328. Trim Colors:
royal blue #329 or dark blue #303. VOC Compliant in all states.
68-025 1 gallon can
68-028 1 gallon can - Trim colors
RAMUC AQUALUSTER — Premium 1-part acrylic coating produces
high gloss finish. Ideal for recoating existing pool coatings, and bare
concrete or plaster finishes. Coverage: 450 sq. ft. per gallon. Cleans up
with soap and water. 1 Gallon Colors: brilliant white #3011, aquagreen
#300, dawn blue #328, or black #321. 5 gallon Colors: brilliant white
#3011 or dawn blue #328 only. 1 Gallon Trim Colors: royal blue
#329, dark blue #303, brick red #315, or monument gray #362. VOC
Compliant in all states.
68-142 1 gallon can
68-144 1 gallon can - Trim colors
68-143 5 gallon pail - Brilliant white
68-146 5 gallon pail - Dawn blue
RAMUC TYPE EP EPOXY — Two-component epoxy coating for
concrete, plaster, and fiberglass pools. Coverage: 450 sq. ft. per gallon.
Colors: white #311, aquagreen #300, dawn blue #328, monument gray
#362, or black #321. Trim Colors: Royal blue #329, dark blue #332, or
vermillion red #314. VOC Compliant in all states.
68-035 1 gallon kit
68-039 1 gallon kit - Trim colors
RAMUC TYPE EP HI-BUILD EPOXY — Provides an alternative to plaster
on sandblasted, rough concrete, or gunite surfaces. High solids epoxy
provides a thick coating, up to 16 mils in two coats, for concrete, plaster,
gunite, and fiberglass surfaces. Self-priming and compatible with other
epoxy coatings. Coverage: 250 sq. ft. per kit. Colors: white #311, dawn
blue #328, monument gray #362, beach beige #355, or black #321. VOC
Compliant in all states.
68-041 2 gallon kit
RAMUC THINNER — For Ramuc Type A-2 Enamel, Type EP, and
Type EP HiBuild.
68-045 1 gallon can
RAMUC CLEAN & PREP SOLUTION — Cleans, degreases, and removes
mineral deposits on surfaces prior to painting. Bare Surfaces - mix 1 gal.
in 2 gal. of water, cleans 400 sq. ft. Painted/Fiberglass Surfaces – mix 1
gal. in 5 gal. of water, cleans 600-800 sq. ft. Filter Elements – mix 1 gal.
in 5 gal. of hot water. VOC Compliant.
68-044 1 gallon can
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
LIFEGUARD YOUR POOL — Apply Ramuc and Nelsonite pool
coatings. Recognized as the leaders in swimming pool coatings. Used
on more pools than any other paints. Painting your pool will enhance its
beauty, protect the interior finish from damage due to improper water
balance, make the pool easier to clean and harder for algae to adhere,
and will increase safety by increasing water visibility. Revitalizes older
pools by covering stained, rough and discolored surfaces. Protects new
pool finishes by actually “rubber coating” the interior pool lining. Makes
your pool sparkle and look like new with a “tile-like” painted finish. Easy
to apply and easy to maintain.
Ramuc Enamel and Nelsonite paints come in different formulations,
depending on the type of surface the coating is being applied to. There
are paints available for plaster, concrete, fiberglass, steel and aluminum
pools. It is important when painting over an existing coating that you
use the same type of paint that was applied before. Send 1" x 1" paint
sample and we will have it analyzed for you to be sure.
Convenient square footage calculators and painting instructions
are available on our website. The Application Guide covers painting
your pool surface, the supplies you will need to properly paint your
pool or deck, surface preparation, filling expansion joints, mixing of
components, and application guidelines. Factory color selection charts
available for both Ramuc and Nelsonite coatings. Confirm state VOC
compliance codes for type of coating to be applied.
SQUARE FOOTAGE CALCULATIONS
LENGTH X WIDTH = Bottom square footage.
WIDTH X DEPTH OF SHALLOW END = Shallow end wall square
footage.
WIDTH X DEPTH OF DEEP END = Deep end wall square footage.
LENGTH X AVERAGE POOL DEPTH X 2 = Two side wall square
footage.
Total all of the above results for the total square footage of your pool
and divide by the square foot coverage of the coating you select. This
determines the number of gallons required to apply each coat. For
irregular pool shapes, contact your Lincoln Representative for assistance.
Before
After
RAMUC POOL COATING COLORS
Dawn Blue - #328
Royal Blue - #329
Dark Blue - #303
Aquagreen - #300
White - #311
Black - #321
NOTE: Colors shown may vary from actual coating color.
155
Swimming Pool Coatings
69-025
69-005
68-065
NELSONITE POOL COATINGS
NELSONITE SPEEDCOTE 2000 — Waterbased, single-component paint for conditions
that dictate "fast-in, fast-out" application. For
concrete or plaster finishes. Cures in two days.
Coverage: 300 sq. ft. per gallon. Colors: white,
bahama blue, lake blue, or black.
68-060 1 gallon
NELSONITE POOLPOXY II — High gloss,
2-part epoxy for concrete, plaster, fiberglass,
and aluminum pools. 3-6 day cure time.
Coverage: 275 sq. ft. per gallon. Colors: white,
bahama blue, lake blue, or black.
68-065 1 gallon kit
68-070 1 gallon - Poolpoxy Primer
NELSONITE POOLPOXY HI-BILD — 2-part,
high solids epoxy, that can be applied in a
single coat to a thickness of 10-12 mils. For
concrete, plaster, fiberglass, and previously
painted epoxy coated surfaces. To coat over
chlorinated rubber coating you must first prime
with Hi-Bild Primer. Color: off-white. Coverage:
150 sq. ft. gallon. Hi-Bild colors: white, bahama
blue, lake blue, or vanishing edge gray.
68-090 Hi-Bild, 1 gallon kit
68-095 Hi-Bild Primer, 1 gallon kit
NELSONITE SOLVENT — For use with
CR Pool Paint, Poolpoxy II and Poolpoxy
Primer. Solvent 175 is special VOC Compliant
formulation for use in California.
68-080 Solvent 150, 1 gallon
68-081 Solvent 175, 1 gallon
NELSONITE PREP A CLEANER — Liquid
additive used to clean surfaces prior to
painting. Prep A contains no phosphates, is
biodegradable, and reduces muriatic acid
fumes. For use on concrete, plaster, previously
painted swimming pools, and concrete decks.
Dosage: 5 ounces per gallon of acid/water
solution. Coverage: approx. 100-150 sq. ft. per
gallon. Inquire for acid formula instructions.
68-085 1 quart
NELSONITE PAINT COLORS
White
Bahama Blue
Vanishing Edge Gray
Lake Blue
Black
NOTE: Colors shown may vary from
actual coating color.
156
SLIP RESISTANT COATINGS
SAFE STRIDE — Specially formulated water
based acrylic, slip-resistant coating. Contains
integrated grit which provides a tough antislip surface. Safe Stride insures traction,
even on wet surfaces. Colors: black or gray.
Safety yellow available for additional charge.
Coverage: 100-125 sq. ft. per gallon.
69-005 1 gallon can
69-006 1 gallon can, safety yellow
DECK COATINGS
RAMUC ACRYLIC DECK PAINT TYPE ADC
Water-based acrylic deck coating. Protects
previously painted, unpainted and textured
concrete pool decks and walking surfaces.
Resists effect of weather, water, abrasion,
and pool chemicals. Acrylic Deck Paint is
formulated to upgrade Kool-Deck and coat
concrete surfaces. Skid-Tex Additive provides
a nonskid texture to the Acrylic Deck Paint,
add 1 lb. Skid-Tex per gallon. Coverage: 300
sq. ft. per gallon. Apply with roller, brush, or
spray. Dries to service within 24 hours. 1 gallon
colors: whisper white #471, silver creek #466,
cayman sand #469, or dune shadow #463. 5
gallon color: dune shadow #463 only.
69-025 1 gallon can
69-041 Skid-Tex Additive - 1 lb. can
ACRYLIC DECK PAINT COLORS
69-015
SKID-NO-MORE — Rubberized, skid-resistant
latex coating for metal, wood, fiberglass and
concrete. Coverage: 40-60 sq. ft. per gallon.
Colors: basic neutral gray with coloring agents
for white, black, wave blue, dark green, or
tropical red. Use four coloring agent tubes
per gallon, or color as desired. Cleans up with
water.
69-015 1 gallon can
69-020 Coloring agent
Whisper White
#471
Silver Creek
#466
Dune Shadow Cayman Sand
#463
#469
NOTE: Colors shown may vary from
actual coating color.
69-050
DECK SEALER
DECK-O-SHIELD SEALER — Water-based
sealer for natural stone, concrete, and masonry surfaces. Treated surface will inhibit the
penetration of salts into the surface, reducing
whitening and staining. Surface appearance
after application and complete drying is virtually unchanged. Brush or spray on. Coverage:
100 - 175 sq. ft. gallon. Allow 12-14 hours to dry.
VOC Compliant.
69-190 1 gallon
69-195 5 gallon
WATER RESISTANT COATINGS
AQUATAPOXY COATING — Two component
epoxy coating. Apply on damp or dry surfaces.
Dries hard, durable and water resistant. Brush
or roll on. Bonds to plaster, concrete, fiberglass,
tile, metal and wood surfaces. May add sand to
coating mix for slippery areas. Coverage: 160 sq.
ft. per gallon at 10 mil thickness. Kits net 1 quart
or 2 gallons. Thinner: acetone, MEK or xylene
thinner. Color: white. Other available colors: tan,
pool blue, black, gray, or green.
69-045 1 quart kit
69-050 2 gallon kit
Specialty Compounds
JOINT FILLERS
69-056
AQUATAPOXY THICK COATING — Solvent
free, 100% solids epoxy coating. Designed to
be applied on damp or dry surfaces. Formulated for broad range coverage and corrosion
protection. Safe for potable water and swimming pools. Horizontal surface application
can apply up to 125 mils per coat and vertical
surface application up to 80 mils per coat. kits
net 1 quart or 2 gallons. Thinner: Acetone,
MEK, or Xylene. Color: white.
69-056 1 quart kit
69-057 2 gallon kit
PLASTER REPAIR
69-095
POOL PLASTER REPAIR — Plaster surface
repair kit. Waterproof cement compound is
fast setting, stronger than concrete and can
be applied underwater. 21⁄2 lbs. covers 32 cu.
in. Color: white.
69-095 10# pail
69-100
69-105
ADHESIVES AND GROUT REPAIR
69-070
PATCHING COMPOUNDS
POXY PUTTY — Thick putty cures underwater. Poxy Putty will bond on most any surface wet, dry, or underwater. Can be used to patch,
seal, caulk, mend or fasten. 3-4 hour setup
time cures in 24 hours. Coverage: 12 sq. ft. x
1
⁄8" per 1⁄2 gallon kit. Color: white.
69-070 1⁄2 gallon kit
QUICK FIX TILE ADHESIVE — 1-part silicone
adhesive. Provides excellent adhesion to ceramic, masonry, wood, metal, fiberglass, and
acrylic. Cures completely in 24 - 72 hours.
Color: white.
69-100 10.3 oz. tube
QUICK FIX TILE GROUT — 1-part silicone
adhesive sealant, specially formulated for
grouting ceramic tile. Requires no mixing and
cleans up with soap and water. Mold and mildew resistant; remains flexible and will not fall
out of joints. Colors: white, gray or tan.
69-105 10.3 oz. tube
DECK-O-SEAL JOINT FILLER — Polyurethane
sealant - for cracks and behind pool coping.
Available in pre-mixed cartridges for vertical surfaces and 2-part pourable grade for horizontal
surfaces. Colors: white, gray, tan or redwood.
69-110 11 oz. cartridge
69-115 96 oz. kit (pourable)
69-120 Squeeze bottle
DECK-O-SEAL 125 — 2-part pourable, self
leveling sealing compound. For high traffic
areas and submerged pool floor locations. 25%
firmer than regular Deck-O-Seal. Use 2-part
P/G Primer for submerged expansion joints
and on cracks of more than 1" for maximum
adhesion. 1 quart is sufficient for 5-7 gallons
of sealant. Colors: white, gray or tan.
69-118 94 oz. kit (pourable)
69-121 P/G Primer, quart kit
DECK-O-SEAL GUN GRADE — 2-part sealing
compound for underwater expansion joints and
vertical pool walls. Apply with trowel or air operated caulking gun. Use with 2-part P/G Primer
for submerged expansion joints and cracks of
more than 1" for maximum adhesion. 1 quart
is sufficient for 5-7 gallons of sealant. Colors:
white, gray or tan.
69-116 96 oz. kit
69-121 P/G Primer, quart kit
SIKAFLEX 221 SEALANT — One component
adhesive sealant for underwater expansion
joints or sealing around pool coping. Colors:
white or gray.
69-085 10.3 oz. cartridge
69-220
SPECIALTY COMPOUNDS
MAGIC LUBE — General purpose lubricant for
use on pool equipment and fittings.
69-150 5 oz. tube
69-090
THORO WATERPLUG — A cement-base,
quick set, hydraulic compound which instantly
stops running water or seepage through masonry cracks while repairs are being made.
Also, good for repairing tile and installing bolts,
posts, and socket anchors for starting blocks.
1 lb. will fill 17 cu. in.
69-090 10 lb. can
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
69-135
FOAM SEALANT BACKER — Polyurethane
backer rod for expansion joints and between
coping and cement deck.
69-125 1⁄4" diameter x 50' long
AQUAFLEX UNDERWATER SEALANT Underwater repair compound. Creates an invisible, waterproof seal around returns, drains, light
niches, steps, and cracks. Apply underwater or
above water. Super flexible, clear compound
will bend and stretch and still maintain its bond.
Starter kit includes: 1 - 50ml tube of Aquaflex
clear sealant, 1 - dispensing gun and 1 - static
mixer tips (5). Requires use of dispenser.
69-220 AquaFlex Starter Kit
69-200 AquaFlex Underwater Sealant, 50 ml
69-205 Dispenser for 50 ml cartridge
157
Locker Systems
70-255
1-Tier
4-Tier
6-Tier
PLASTIC LOCKERS
LENOX PLASTIC LOCKERS — Corrosion proof and unaffected by high humidity environments. ⁄8"
solid plastic side panels with 1⁄2" doors and frames. Available in a variety of standard locker sizes
and styles, with custom sizes available. Graffiti can easily be removed. Locker end panels ordered
separately for stand alone lockers. Locker top panels ordered separately, inquire. Optional 3" base
provides toe clearance and a finished look for the lockers, ordered separately. Many new colors
available, inquire. All plastic locker parts and components carry a 20 Year Limited Warranty.
Sloped Top
1-Tier
12" W x 12" D
12" W x 15" D
12" W x 18" D
2-Tier
12" W x 12" D
12" W x 15" D
12" W x 18" D
3-Tier
12" W x 12" D
12" W x 15" D
12" W x 18" D
4-Tier
12" W x 12" D
12" W x 15" D
12" W x 18" D
5-Tier
12" W x 12" D
12" W x 15" D
12" W x 18" D
6-Tier
12" W x 12" D
12" W x 15" D
12" W x 18" D
72" Tall
70-120
70-130
70-140
70-125
70-135
70-145
70-150
70-160
70-170
70-155
70-165
70-175
70-180
70-190
70-200
70-185
70-195
70-205
70-210
70-215
70-220
70-211
70-216
70-221
70-225
70-230
70-235
70-226
70-231
70-236
•
•
•
70-240
70-245
70-250
Sloped Top End Panels
12" D
15" D
18" D
158
3
60" Tall
60" Tall
70-386
70-387
70-388
72" Tall
70-386
70-387
70-388
70-285
3-Tier
Flat Top
1-Tier
12" W x 12" D
12" W x 15" D
12" W x 18" D
2-Tier
12" W x 12" D
12" W x 15" D
12" W x 18" D
3-Tier
12" W x 12" D
12" W x 15" D
12" W x 18" D
4-Tier
12" W x 12" D
12" W x 15" D
12" W x 18" D
5-Tier
12" W x 12" D
12" W x 15" D
12" W x 18" D
6-Tier
12" W x 12" D
12" W x 15" D
12" W x 18" D
Flat Top End Panels
12" D
15" D
18" D
60" Tall
72" Tall
70-255
70-265
70-275
70-260
70-270
70-280
70-285
70-295
70-305
70-290
70-300
70-310
70-315
70-325
70-335
70-320
70-330
70-340
70-345
70-350
70-355
70-346
70-351
70-356
70-360
70-365
70-370
70-361
70-366
70-371
•
•
•
70-375
70-380
70-385
60" Tall
70-391
70-392
70-393
72" Tall
70-391
70-392
70-393
70-255
70-391
LENOX ACCESSORIES
70-400 3" Base
70-405 Locker numbers
70-410 Clothing hooks
70-415 Custom logo
70-420 Mesh front door
70-425 Key lock
70-430 Built-in combination lock
70-435 Coin operated lock
70-620
LENOX PLASTIC BENCH LOCKER — Tough,
functional and space efficient solid plastic
bench locker designed for the wet aquatic
environment. Will not corrode or delaminate.
Many colors available, inquire. Size: 12" D x 20"
H. 20 Year Limited Warranty.
Item
70-620
70-625
70-630
70-635
Bench
Length
3'
4'
5'
6'
# of
Openings
3
4
5
6
Locker Systems
STORAGE CUBBY
Cubby Size
60" Tall
72" Tall
SECURITY LOCKERS
SECURITY LOCKER SYSTEM — Statesman
LENOX STORAGE CUBBY — Open storage
2-Tier
lockers are made of steel and Ambassador
solution to allow patrons to put their belongings
12" W x 12" D
70-450
70-455
lockers are made of stainless steel. 3-wide
neatly in their place. Low maintenance storage
12" W x 15" D
70-460
70-465
lockers with 15 or 18 openings listed. Each
units are available in either 60" or 72" heights
12" W x 18" D
70-470
70-475
unit must be wall mounted or installed backwith options from two-tier cubbies to six3-Tier
to-back. Finished end panels for each end of
tier units. The cubby is constructed of 3/8"
12" W x 12" D
70-480
70-485
locker runs, ordered separately. Overall height
thick high density polyethylene dividers and
12" W x 15" D
70-490
70-495
is 72", with base 76". Available in 15 differ1
/ 2 " thick frames. Ships fully assembled,
12" W x 18" D
70-500
70-505
ent colors and combinations of colors. Lock
MATERIAL
SELECTION
GUIDE 4-Tier
MATERIAL
MATERIAL
SELECTION
SELECTION
GUIDE
installation process
is simply
securingGUIDE
the
choices include: coin return, coin retained,
12" W x 12" D
storage cubby to a wall. Flat top end panels
70-510
70-515
BRADLEYCORP.COM padlock hasp or key only, specify.
BRADLEYCORP.COM
BRADLEYCORP.COM
®
®
®
ELECTIONcover
GUIDEwhite cubby
MATERIAL
SELECTION
GUIDE
12" W x 15" D
70-520
70-525
sides on
exposed ends,
MATERIAL
SELECTION
GUIDE
MATERIAL
SELECTION
GUIDE
70-530
70-535
ordered separately.
Locker
top
panel
provides
MATERIAL
SELECTION
GUIDE
MATERIAL
SELECTION
GUIDE
MATERIAL
MATERIAL
SELECTION
SELECTION
GUIDE
GUIDE 12" W x 18" D
Opening Size
Statesman Ambassador
BRADLEYCORP.COM
BRADLEYCORP.COM
BRADLEYCORP.COM
BRADLEYCORP.COM
a finished look on top of Cubbies.
®
®® Optional ® 5-Tier
BRADLEYCORP.COM
BRADLEYCORP.COM
15
Openings
BRADLEYCORP.COM
BRADLEYCORP.COM
12"
W
x
12"
D
70-540
70-545
sloped topMATERIAL
or
recessed
base
for toe
clearance,
70-085
70-090
®®GUIDE
®
MATERIAL
MATERIAL
SELECTION
SELECTION
SELECTION
GUIDE
GUIDE
®
MATERIAL
SELECTION
GUIDE
MATERIAL
SELECTION
GUIDE
12"Wx142/5"H x 18"D
12" W x 15" D
70-550
70-555
ordered separately. Available in 17 external
18 Openings
BRADLEYCORP.COM
BRADLEYCORP.COM
BRADLEYCORP.COM
12" W x 18" D
70-560
70-565
BRADLEYCORP.COM
colors. All cubbySolid
openings
are
BRADLEYCORP.COM
70-095
70-100
Solid
Lockers
Solid
Plastic
Plastic
Lockers
®Plastic
®®®white.
®Lockers
12"Wx12"Hx18"D
6-Tier
End panel, each
70-105
70-110
12" W x 12" D
•
70-575
ic Lockers
Solid
Plastic Lockers
Solid
Plastic
Lockers
Solid
Plastic
Lockers
12"
W xcolorS
15"
D
•
70-585
Whether
you
are
an
owner,
Solid
plaStic
colorS
Whether
Whether
you
you
are
are
anan
owner,
owner,
Solid
Solid
plaStic
plaStic
colorS
Solid
Plastic
Lockers
Solid
Plastic
Lockers
Solid
Solid
Plastic
Plastic
Lockers
Lockers
facility
manager,
or
architect,
facility
facility
manager,
manager,
oror
architect,
architect,
12" W x 18" D
•
70-595
Lenox Lockers
Lockers
Lenox
Lenox
Lockers
x Lockers Lenox
Lenox
Lockers
Lenox
Lockers
Lockers
Lenox
Lenox
Lockers
Lenox
LenoxLockers
Lockers
Lockers
Lenox
Lenox
Lenox
Lockers
Lockers
Lenox
Lockers
LenoxLockers
Lockers
you
will
appreciate
the
low
you
you
will
will
appreciate
appreciate
the
the
low
low
Solid plaStic colorS
Whether you are an owner,
n owner,
architect,
the low
high aesthetic
ic.
Solid plaStic colorS
Whether
you
are
an
owner,
Solid
plaStic
colorS
Whether
you
are
an
owner,
Solid
plaStic
colorS
maintenance
and
high
aesthetic
maintenance
maintenance
and
and
high
high
aesthetic
aesthetic
Solid
Solid
Plastic
Plastic
Plastic
Lockers
Lockers
Lockers
ELECTION GUIDE Solid
Solid
Plastic
Lockers
facility
manager, or architect,Flat Top End Panels
facility
manager,
or
architect,
Solid
Plastic
Lockers
facility
manager,
or
architect,
value
of
solid
plastic.
value
value
of
of
solid
solid
plastic.
plastic.
Whether
you
are
an
owner,
Solid
plaStic
colorS
Whether
you
are
an
owner,
Solid
plaStic
colorS
Whether
Whether
you
you
are
are
an
owner,
an
owner,
Solid
Solid
plaStic
plaStic
colorS
colorS
60" Tall
72" Tall
you
will
appreciate the low
you
will
appreciate
the
low
you
will
appreciate
the
low
12" D
70-391
70-391
facility
manager,
oror
architect,
facility
manager,
or
architect,
facility
facility
manager,
manager,
architect,
or
architect,
BRADLEYCORP.COM
Material
Material
Material
maintenance
and high aesthetic
maintenance
and
high
aesthetic
maintenance
and
high
aesthetic
you
will
appreciate
the
low
you
will
appreciate
the
low
15" D
70-392
70-392
you
you
will
will
appreciate
appreciate
the
the
low
low plastic.
Fabricated
from
an
advanced
Fabricated
Fabricated
from
from
an
an
advanced
advanced
value of solid
Beige
Black**
Bronze
Burgundy Buttermilk
Buttermilk
Beige
Beige
Black**
Black**
Bronze
Bronze
Burgundy
Burgundy
Buttermilk
value
of
solid
plastic.
value
of
solid
plastic.
Whether
Whether
Whether
you
you
are
you
an
are
are
owner,
an
an
owner,
owner,
Solid
Solid
Solid
plaStic
plaStic
plaStic
colorS
colorS
colorS
maintenance
and
high
aesthetic
maintenance
and
high
aesthetic
Whether
you
are
an
owner,
plaStic
colorS
maintenance
maintenance
and
and
high
high
aesthetic
aesthetic SolidSolid
Whether
you
are
an
owner,
plaStic
colorS
(S202)
(S205)
(M243)
(S211)
(M226)
(S202)
(S202)
(S205)
(M243)
(M243)
(S211)
(S211)
(M226)
(M226)
formula
of
high
density
formula
formula
ofof
high
high
density
density
18"
D(S205)
70-393
70-393
facility
facility
facility
manager,
manager,
manager,
or
architect,
or
or
architect,
architect,
value
of
solid
plastic.
value
of
solid
plastic.
facility
manager,
or
architect,
100%
PrC
R205
100%
100%
PrCPrC
R205
R205
value
value
of solid
of (HDPE)
solid
plastic.
plastic.
Material
facility
manager,
or(HDPE)
architect,
Material
Material
polyethylene
with
30%
polyethylene
polyethylene
(HDPE)
with
with
30%
30%
you
you
will
you
appreciate
will
will
appreciate
appreciate
the
low
the
the
low
low
you
will
appreciate
the
low
n advanced
Fabricated
from
an
advanced
will
appreciate
the
low
Fabricated
from
an
advanced
Fabricated
from
an
advanced
pre-consumer
recycled
material, Burgundy Beige
pre-consumer
pre-consumer
recycled
recycled
material,
material,
Beigeyou
Black**
Bronze
Buttermilk Black**
Beige
Black**
Bronze
Burgundy
Beige
Black**
Bronze
Burgundy
Buttermilk
Bronze
Burgundy
Buttermilk
Material
Material
Material
Material
maintenance
maintenance
maintenance
and
and
high
and
high
aesthetic
high
aesthetic
aesthetic
maintenance
and
high
aesthetic
(S202)
(S205)
(M243)
(S211)
(M226)
(S202)
(S205)
(M243)
(S211)
nsity
formula
of high density
(S202)
(S205)
(M243)
(S211)
(M226)
maintenance
and
high
aesthetic
formula
of
high
density
(S202)
(S205)
(M243)
(S211)
(M226)
formula
of
high
density
Lenox
solid
plastic
lockers
Lenox
Lenox
solid
solid
plastic
plastic
lockers
lockers
Fabricated
from
an
advanced
Fabricated
from
an
advanced
Fabricated
Fabricated
from
from
an
advanced
an
advanced
value
value
value
ofvalue
solid
of
of
solid
plastic.
solid
plastic.
plastic.
100%
PrC
R205
100%
PrC R205 Burgundy
Black**
Bronze
Beige
Black**
Bronze
Burgundy
Buttermilk
100%
PrC
R205
Beige
Beige 100%
Black**
Black**
Bronze
Bronze
Burgundy
Burgundy Buttermilk
Buttermilk
Buttermilk
PrC
R205
value
of
solid
plastic.
E) with 30%
polyethylene
of
solid
plastic.
polyethylene
(HDPE)
with
30%(HDPE) with 30%Beige
polyethylene
(HDPE)
with
30%
offer
the
lowest
maintenance
offer
offer
the
the
lowest
lowest
maintenance
maintenance
(S202)
(S205)
(M243)
(S211)
(M226)
(S202)
(S205)
(M243)
(S211)
(M226)
formula
ofof
high
density
formula
of
high
density
(S202)
(S202)
(S205)
(S205)
(M243)
(M243)
(S211)
(S211)
(M226)
(M226)
formula
formula
high
of
high
density
density
ycled material,
pre-consumer
pre-consumer
recycled
material,recycled material,
pre-consumer
recycled
material,
and
the
highest
durability.
and
and
the
the
highest
highest
durability.
durability.
100%
PrC
R205
100%
PrC
R205
100%
100%
PrC
R205
PrC
R205
Material
Material
Material
polyethylene
(HDPE)
with
30%
polyethylene
(HDPE)
with
30%
Material
polyethylene
polyethylene
(HDPE)
(HDPE)
with
with
30%
30% lockers
Material
lockers
Lenox
solid
plastic
Lenox
solid
plastic
lockers
Lenox
solid
plastic
lockers
With
an
odor
absorption
rate
With
With
an
an
odor
odor
absorption
absorption
rate
rate
Fabricated
Fabricated
Fabricated
from
from
an
from
advanced
an
an
advanced
advanced
Beige
Black
Bronze
Burgundy
Buttermilk
pre-consumer
recycled
material,
pre-consumer
recycled
material,
Fabricated
from
an
advanced
Beige
Beige
Beige
Black**
Black**
Bronze
Bronze
Burgundy
Burgundy
Buttermilk
Buttermilk
Buttermilk
pre-consumer
pre-consumer
recycled
recycled
material,
material,
Fabricated
from
an
advanced
Beige
Black**
Bronze
Burgundy
Buttermilk
Beige Black**
Black** Bronze
BronzeBurgundy
Burgundy
Buttermilk
aintenance
offer
the
lowest
maintenance
offer
the
lowest
maintenance
offer
the
lowest
maintenance
of
nearly
zero,
solid
plastic
ofof
nearly
nearly
zero,
zero,
solid
solid
plastic
plastic
(S202)
(S202)
(S202)
(S205)
(S205)
(S205)
(M243)
(M243)
(M243)
(S211)
(S211)
(S211)
(M226)
(M226)
(M226)
formula
formula
formula
of
high
of
of
high
density
high
density
density
(S202)
(S205)
(M243)
(S211)
(M226)
Lenox
solid
plastic
lockers
Lenox
solid
plastic
lockers
formula
of
high
density
Lenox
Lenox
solid
solid
plastic
plastic
lockers
lockers
(S202)
(S205)
(M243)
(S211)
(M226)
formula
of
high
density
Canyon
Granite
Charcoal
Gray* Deep
Deep
Blue Desert
Desert
Stone Dove
Dove
Stone
Canyon
Granite
Granite
Charcoal
Charcoal
Gray*
Deep
Blue
Blue
Desert
Stone
Stone
Dove
Stone
Stone
rability.
and
the
highest durability. Canyon
and
the
highest
durability.
and
the
highest
durability.
100%
PrC
100%
100%
R205
PrC
PrC
R205
R205Gray*
is
the
perfect
solution
is is
the
the
perfect
perfect
solution
solution
for
forfor
100%
PrC
R205
polyethylene
polyethylene
polyethylene
(HDPE)
(HDPE)
(HDPE)
with
with
30%
with
30%
30%
100%
PrC(S215)
R205
offer
the
lowest
maintenance
offer
the
lowest
maintenance
polyethylene
(HDPE)
with
30%
offer
offer
the
the
lowest
lowest
maintenance
maintenance
(M244)
(S215)
(S203)
(S406)
(S400)
polyethylene
(HDPE)
with
30%
(M244)
(M244)
(S215)
(S203)
(S203)
(S406)
(S406)
(S400)
(S400)
rption rate
With
an
odor
With
an
odor
absorption
rate absorption rate
With
anrecycled
odor
absorption
rate
highly
humid
or
wet
areas.
highly
highly
humid
humid
oror
wet
wet
areas.
areas.
pre-consumer
pre-consumer
pre-consumer
recycled
recycled
material,
material,
material,
100%
PoC
M248
100%
100%
PoC
PoC
M248
M248
and
the
highest
durability.
n owner,
Solid
plaStic
colorS
and
the
highest
durability.
pre-consumer
recycled
material,
and
and
the
the
highest
highest
durability.
durability.
pre-consumer
recycled
material,
d plastic
ofplastic
zero, solid plastic
of
nearly
zero,
solid
plastic
of
nearly
zero,
solid
Choose
from
solids
or
speckled
Choose
Choose
from
from
solids
solids
ornearly
or
speckled
speckled
Lenox
Lenox
Lenox
solid
solid
plastic
solid
plastic
plastic
lockers
lockers
lockers
With
an
odor
absorption
rate
r architect,
With
an
odor
absorption
rate
Lenox
solid
plastic
lockers
With
With
an
odor
an
odor
absorption
rate
rate
Lenox
solid
plastic
lockers
Canyon
Granite
Charcoal
Gray*
Deep
Blue
Desertfor
Stone
Dove
Stone
Canyon
GraniteDeep
Charcoal
Gray*
Deep
Blue Dove
Desert
Stone
Canyon
Granite
Charcoal
Gray*
Deep
Blue
Desert
Stone
Dove
Stone
Canyon
Granite
Charcoal
Gray*
Blue
Desert
Stone
Stone
ion for
isabsorption
the
perfect
solution
is
the
perfect
solution
for
is
the
perfect
solution
for
colors.
Lenox
solid
plastic
colors.
colors.
Lenox
Lenox
solid
solid
plastic
plastic
offer
offer
the
offer
lowest
the
the
lowest
lowest
maintenance
maintenance
maintenance
of
nearly
zero,
solid
plastic
(M244)
(S215)
(S203)
(S406)
(S400)
(M244)
(S215)
(S203)
(S406)
e the low
of
nearly
zero,
solid
plastic
offer
the
lowest
maintenance
of
nearly
of
nearly
zero,
zero,
solid
solid
plastic
plasticor wet areas.
(M244)
(S215)
(S203)
(S406)
(S400)
(M244)
(S215)
(S203)
(S406)
(S400)
offer
the
lowest
maintenance
t areas.
highly
humid
highly
humid
or
wet
areas.
highly
humid
or
wet by
areas.
lockers
are
covered
a
20lockers
lockers
are
are
covered
covered
by
aby
20a for
20Canyon
Charcoal
Deep
Desert
100%
PoC
M248
100%
PoC
M248
Canyon
Granite
Charcoal
Gray*
Deep
Blue
Desert
Stone
Dove
Stone
Canyon
Granite
Charcoal
Gray*
Deep
Blue
Desert
Stone
Dove
Stone
and
and
the
and
highest
the
the
highest
highest
durability.
durability.
durability.
100%
PoC
M248
Canyon
Canyon
Granite
Granite
Charcoal
Charcoal
Gray*
Gray*
Deep
Deep
Blue
Blue
Desert
Desert
Stone
Stone
Dove
Dove
Stone
Stone
100%
PoC
M248
is
the
perfect
solution
for
high aesthetic
is
the
perfect
solution
and
the
highest
durability.
is
the
is
the
perfect
perfect
solution
solution
for
for
and
the highest
durability.
s or speckled
Choose
from solids or speckled
Choose
from
solids
or
speckled
(M244)
(S215)
(S203)
(S406)
(S400)
(M244)
(S215)
(S203)
(S406)
(S400)
Choose
from
solids
or
speckled
year
warranty
against
rust,
year
year
warranty
warranty
against
against
rust,
rust,
(M244)
(M244)
(S215)
(S215)
(S203)
(S203)
(S406)
(S406)
(S400)
(S400)
With
With
an
With
odor
an
an
odor
absorption
odor
absorption
absorption
rate
rate
rate
Granite
Gray
Blue
Stone
highly
humid
or
wet
areas.
ic.
highly
humid
or
wet
areas.
With
an
odor
absorption
rate
highly
highly
humid
humid
or
wet
or
wet
areas.
areas.
With
an
odor
absorption
rate
100%
PoC
M248
100%
PoC
M248
100%
100%
PoC
M248
PoC
M248
plastic
colors.
Lenox solid plastic
colors.
Lenox
solid
plastic
colors.
Lenox
solid
plastic
corrosion
and
delamination
corrosion
corrosion
and
and
delamination
delamination
of of
nearly
of
of
nearly
nearly
zero,
zero,
solid
zero,
solid
plastic
solid
plastic
plastic
Choose
from
solids
oror
speckled
Choose
from
solids
or
speckled
nearly
zero,
solid
plastic
Choose
Choose
from
from
solids
solids
speckled
or
speckled by a 20of
nearly
zero,
solid
plastic
d by a 20lockers
lockers
are
covered
a are
20-covered
lockers
are
covered
byby
a 20under
normal
use.
under
under
normal
normal
use.
use.
Canyon
Canyon
Canyon
Granite
Granite
Granite
Charcoal
Charcoal
Charcoal
Gray*
Gray*
Gray*
Deep
Deep
Blue
Deep
Blue
Blue
Desert
Desert
Desert
Stone
Stone
Stone
Dove
Dove
Stone
Dove
Stone
Stone
Canyon
Granite
Charcoal
Gray*
Deep
Blue
Desert
Stone
Dove
Stone
is the
is
perfect
the
the
perfect
perfect
solution
solution
solution
for
for
for
Canyon
Granite
Charcoal
Gray*
Deep
Blue
Desert
Stone
Dove
Stone
colors.
Lenox
solid
plastic
colors.
Lenox
solid
plastic
is is
the
perfect
solution
for
colors.
colors.
Lenox
Lenox
solid
solid
plastic
plastic against
is
the
perfect
solution
for
(M244)
(M244)
(M244)
(S215)
(S215)
(S215)
(S203)
(S203)
(S203)
(S406)
(S406)
(S406)
(S400)
(S400)
(S400)
rust,
year
warranty
rust,
year
warranty
against
rust,
(M244)
(S215)
(S203)
(S406)
(S400)
year
warranty
against
rust,
nnst
advanced
(M244)
(S215)
(S203)
(S406)
(S400)
highly
highly
highly
humid
humid
humid
or
wet
or
or
wet
areas.
wet
areas.
areas.
Beige
Black**
Bronze
Burgundy
Buttermilk
Gray
Hunter
Linen
Moss
Red
lockers
are
covered
by
a
20lockers
are
covered
by
a
20Gray
Gray
Hunter
Hunter
Linen
Linen
Moss
Moss
Red
Red
highly
humid
or
wet
areas.
lockers
lockers
areor
are
covered
covered
by aby
20a
20-delamination
100%
PoC
100%
100%
M248
PoC
PoC
M248
M248
highly
humid
wet
areas.
productS
productS
productS
100%
PoC
M248
mination
corrosion
and
100%
PoC
M248
corrosion
and
delamination
corrosion
and
delamination
(S202)
(S205)
(M243)
(S211)
(M226)
nsity
(S200)
(M239)
(M242)
(M228)
(S214)
(S200)
(S200)
(M239)
(M239)
(M242)
(M242)
(M228)
(M228)
(S214)
(S214)
Choose
Choose
Choose
from
from
solids
from
solids
solids
or
speckled
or
or
speckled
speckled
year
warranty
against
rust,
year
warranty
against
rust,
Choose
from
solids
or
speckled
year
year
warranty
warranty
against
against
rust,
rust,
Choose
from
orgear
speckled
Solid
plastic
lockers,
gear
Solid
Solid
plastic
plastic
lockers,
lockers,
gear
100%
PrCsolids
R205
under
normal use.
under
normal
use.
under
normal
use.
E) with 30%
colors.
colors.
colors.
Lenox
Lenox
Lenox
solid
solid
plastic
solid
plastic
plastic
corrosion
and
delamination
corrosion
and
delamination
colors.
Lenox
solid
plastic
corrosion
corrosion
and
and
delamination
delamination
colors.
Lenox
solid
plastic
lockers,
XL-lockers,
Z-lockers,
lockers,
lockers,
XL-lockers,
XL-lockers,
Z-lockers,
Z-lockers,
Red Hunter
Gray
Linen
Moss
ycled material,70-540* lockers
Gray
Hunter
Linen
Moss
Gray
Hunter
Linen
Moss
lockers
lockers
are
covered
are
are
covered
covered
by
aby
20by
aproductS
a
2020GrayRed
Hunter
Linen
Moss
Red
Gray
Linen
Moss
Red
under
normal
use.
under
normal
use.
lockers
are
covered
by
acubby
20under
under
normal
normal
use.
use.
lockers
are
covered
by
a 20productS
productS
bench
lockers,
cubby
lockers
bench
bench
lockers,
lockers,
cubby
lockers
lockers
(S200)
(M239)
(M242)
(M228)
(S214)
(S200)
(M239)
(M242)
(M228)
lockers
(S200)
(M239)
(M242)
(M228)
(S214)
(S200)
(M239)
(M242)
(M228)
(S214)
year
year
warranty
year
warranty
warranty
against
against
against
rust,
rust,
rust,
year warranty
against
rust,
s, gear
Solid
plastic lockers, gear
year
warranty
against
rust,
Solid
plastic
lockers,
gear
Solid
plastic
lockers,
gear
and
pedestal
benches.
and
and
pedestal
pedestal
benches.
benches.
Gray
Hunter
Linen
Moss
Red
Gray
Hunter
Linen
Moss
Red
Gray
Gray
Hunter
Hunter
Linen
Linen
Moss
Moss
Red
Red
productS
aintenance
productS
productS
productS
corrosion
corrosion
corrosion
and
and
delamination
and
delamination
delamination
corrosion
and
delamination
, Z-lockers,
lockers,
XL-lockers, Z-lockers, (S200)
(M239)
(M242)
(M228)
(S214)
(S200)
(M239)
(M242)
(M228)
(S214)
corrosion
and
delamination
lockers,
XL-lockers,
Z-lockers,
(S200)
(S200)
(M239)
(M239)
(M242)
(M242)
(M228)
(M228)
(S214)
(S214)
lockers,
XL-lockers,
Z-lockers,
Solid
plastic
lockers,
gear
rability.
Solid
plastic
lockers,
gear
Solid
Solid
plastic
plastic
lockers,
lockers,
gear
gear70-391
under
under
under
normal
normal
normal
use.
use.
use.
applicationS
applicationS
applicationS
under
normal
use.
by lockers
bench
lockers,
cubby
lockers
under
normal
use.
bench
lockers,
cubby
lockers
bench
lockers,
cubby
lockers
lockers,
XL-lockers,
Z-lockers,
rption rate
lockers,
XL-lockers,
Z-lockers,
lockers,
lockers,
XL-lockers,
XL-lockers,
Z-lockers,
Educational
institutions,
Educational
Educational
institutions,
institutions,
hes.
andZ-lockers,
pedestal
and
pedestal
benches.
Gray
Gray
Gray
Hunter
Hunter
Linen
Linen
Moss
Moss
Red
Red
Red
and
pedestal
benches.
Gray
Hunter
Linen
Moss
Red
productS
productS
productS
Gray Hunter
Hunter Linen
Linen Moss
Moss
Red
*NOTE: Photo
above
consists
of:
3 benches.
each(S200)
bench
lockers,
cubby
lockers
d plastic
bench
lockers,
cubby
lockers
productS
bench
bench
lockers,
lockers,
cubby
cubby
lockers
lockers
productS
theme
parks,
stadiums,
arenas,
theme
theme
parks,
parks,
stadiums,
stadiums,
arenas,
arenas,
(S200)
(S200)
(M239)
(M239)
(M239)
(M242)
(M242)
(M242)
(M228)
(M228)
(M228)
(S214)
(S214)
(S214)
(S200)
(M239)
(M242)
(M228)
(S214)
(S200)
(M239)
(M228)
(S214)
Dove
Starry
Toffee
White
Canyon
Granite
Charcoal
Gray*
Deep Blue
Desert Stone
Dove
Stone
Solid
Solid
plastic
Solid
plastic
plastic
lockers,
lockers,
lockers,
gear
gear
gear
Sky
Blue
Starry
Night (M242)
Toffee*
White
Sky
Sky
Blue
Blue
Starry
Starry
Night
Night
Toffee*
Toffee*
White
White
and
pedestal
benches.
ion for
and
pedestal
benches.
Solid
plastic
lockers,
gear
and
and
pedestal
pedestal
benches.
benches.
applicationS
Solid
plastic
lockers,
gear
applicationS
applicationS
health
clubs,
food
service,
health
health
clubs,
clubs,
food
food
service,
service,
5-Tier Cubbies
with
Flat
Top
Panel
(M244)
(S215)
(S203) and 2
(S406)
(S400)
(M237)
(S225)
(M227)
(S201)
(M237)
(M237)
(S225)
(S225)
(M227)
(M227)
(S201)
(S201)
lockers,
lockers,
lockers,
XL-lockers,
XL-lockers,
XL-lockers,
Z-lockers,
Z-lockers,
Z-lockers,
ettions,
areas.
Stone
Night 100%
lockers,
XL-lockers,
Z-lockers,
Educational
institutions,
lockers,
XL-lockers,
Z-lockers,
Educational
institutions,
Educational
institutions,
waterparks,
locker
rooms,
and
waterparks,
waterparks,
locker
locker
rooms,
rooms,
and
and
100%
PoC
M248
100%
PoC
M247
100%
PoC
PoC
M247
M247
each 60" bench
Flat
Top
End
Panels.
applicationS
applicationS
applicationS
applicationS
bench
bench
lockers,
lockers,
lockers,
cubby
cubby
cubby
lockers
lockers
lockers
sums,
or speckled
bench
lockers,
cubby
lockers
arenas,
theme
parks,
bench
lockers,
cubby
lockers
theme
parks,
stadiums,
arenas,stadiums, arenas,
theme
parks,
stadiums,
arenas,
any
other
high-traffic
and/or
any
any
other
other
high-traffic
high-traffic
and/or
and/or
Educational
institutions,
Educational
institutions,
Sky
Blue
Starry
Night
Toffee*
White
Sky
Blue
Starry Night
Toffee*
White
Educational
Educational
institutions,
institutions,
Sky
Blue
Starry
Night
Toffee*
White
Sky
Blue
Starry
Night
Toffee*
White
and
and
pedestal
and
pedestal
pedestal
benches.
benches.
benches.
plastic
and
pedestal
benches.
service,
health
clubs, food service,
pedestal
benches.
health
clubs,
food
service,
health
clubs,
food
service,
high
humidity
or
wet
area.
high
high
humidity
humidity
or
or
wet
wet
area.
area.
(M237)and
(S225)
(M227)
(S201)
(M237)
(S225)
(M227)
(S201)
(M237)
(S225)
(M227)
(S201)
(M237)
(S225)
(M227)
(S201)
theme
parks,
stadiums,
arenas,
theme
parks,
stadiums,
arenas,
theme
theme
parks,
parks,
stadiums,
stadiums,
arenas,
arenas,
drooms,
by a 20and
waterparks,
locker rooms, and
waterparks,
locker
rooms,
and
100% PoC
M247
100%
PoC
M247
Sky
Blue
Night
Toffee*
White
waterparks,
locker
rooms,
and
Sky
Blue
Starry
Night
Toffee*
White
100%
PoC
M247
Sky
Blue
Sky
Blue Starry
Starry
Starry
Night
Night
Toffee*
Toffee*
White
White
100%
PoC
M247
applicationS
applicationS
applicationS
health
clubs,
food
service,
health
clubs,
food
service,
applicationS
health
health
clubs,
clubs,
food
food
service,
service,
applicationS
nstand/or
rust,
(S225)
(M227)
(S201)
(M237)
(S225)
(M227)
(S201)
ffic
any
other
high-traffic and/or (M237)
(M237)
(M237)
(S225)
(S225)
(M227)
(M227)
(S201)
(S201)
any
other
high-traffic
and/or
any
other
high-traffic
and/or
Educational
Educational
Educational
institutions,
institutions,
institutions,
waterparks,
locker
rooms,
and
waterparks,
locker
rooms,
and
Educational
institutions,
*Also
Also
available
in
100%
post* *waterparks,
Also
available
available
inlocker
in
100%
100%
postpostwaterparks,
locker
rooms,
rooms,
and
and
100%
PoC
M247
100%
PoC
M247
Educational
institutions,
100%
100%
PoC
M247
PoC
M247
mination
et
area.
high
humidity
or wet area.
high
humidity
or
wet
area.
high
humidity
or
wet
area.
theme
theme
theme
parks,
parks,
parks,
stadiums,
stadiums,
stadiums,
arenas,
arenas,
arenas,
consumer
(PoC)
recycled
content.
consumer
consumer
(PoC)
(PoC)
recycled
recycled
content.
content.
any
other
high-traffic
and/or
any
other
high-traffic
and/or
theme
parks,
stadiums,
arenas,
any
any
other
other
high-traffic
high-traffic
and/or
and/or
theme
parks,
stadiums,
arenas,
SkySky
Blue
Sky
Sky
Blue
Blue
Starry
Starry
Night
Starry
Night
Night
Toffee*
Toffee*
Toffee*
White
White
White
Blue
Starry
Night
Toffee*
White
Post-consumer
colors
available
at
an
Post-consumer
Post-consumer
colors
colors
available
available
at
at
an
an
Sky
Blue
Starry
Night
Toffee*
White
health
health
health
clubs,
clubs,
clubs,
food
food
service,
food
service,
service,
high
humidity
oror
wet
area.
high
humidity
or
wet
area.
healthhealth
clubs,
food
service,
high
high
humidity
humidity
wet
or
wet
area.
area.
clubs,
food
service,
(M237)
(M237)
(M237)
(S225)
(S225)
(S225)
(M227)
(M227)
(M227)
(S201)
(S201)
(S201)
(M237)
(S225)
(M227)
(S201)
additional
charge.
additional
additional
charge.
charge.
(M237) Red
(S225)
(M227)
(S201)
Gray
Hunter
Linen
Moss
waterparks,
waterparks,
waterparks,
locker
locker
rooms,
rooms,
and
and
and
% post* and
Also
available
100%
PoC
100%
100%
M247
PoC
PoC
M247
M247
* locker
Also
available
in
100%
postwaterparks,
locker
rooms,
* Also
available
inrooms,
100%
post100%
PoC
M247
waterparks,
locker
rooms,
and in 100% post100%
PoC M247
x® Lockers
Buttermilk
(M226)
D
IS
CO
N
TI
N
U
ED
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
D
I
D SC
DISC ON
DISCO T
D ISCONT INDU D
D
IS ON IN I E I
CO NTIDUSCDD SC
DIS
IUSE O IS O DISCO
N TIN
D
D
C
C
N
N
N
TI D UISEDO T O T ISCONT
N ISECON IN N IN CDOIN IN
U CD T U T U D NST U
EDO N IN E IN E I TCIN E
N TINU D U DDISC IONNU D
TI UED EDD S O UTED
N E
I C
U D DI SCONNTEIDNDU D
D
ED
SC O TIN ISE IS
I
O NTIDNUISECDODISCO DDISSCO
N INDU CD N C N I C N
D
TI D UISEDO T O T S O T
IS
N ISECON IN N IN CON IN
CO
U CD T U T U NT U
EDO N IN E IN E TIN E
N
TI
N TINU D U D INU D
N
TI UED ED
UED
U
N E
ED
ED
U D
ED
D
IS
CO
N
TI
N
U
ED
D
IS
CO
N
TI
N
U
ED
D
IS
CO
N
TI
N
U
ED
ic Lockers
Dove Stone
(S400)
Red
(S214)
159
Locker & Check Bag Systems
71-056
71-076
71-081
71-082
71-007
STATESMAN CHARGING LOCKER — Spacesaving secure storage for mobile technology
devices. Allows guests to rent a locker and
re-charge cell phones, iPods, iPads, laptops
and cameras. Left column has three charging
cords to accommodate: Android, iPhone 4 &
iPhone 5 cell phones. Right column has 2 –
110 volt outlets. Locker contains a total of 12
openings. Powder-coated steel construction.
Includes: mechanical key locks. Colors: Inquire
Item
71-007
Opening Size
(W x H x D)
12" x 12" x 18"
Overall Size
(W x H x D)
241/2" x 72" x18"
CHECK BAG SYSTEMS
CHECK BAG RACKS — Economical way
to store your belongings on deck or in your
pool area. Check bag racks are designed to
minimize space, yet store as much as possible.
Check bag racks are constructed entirely of
304 stainless steel. Each component piece is
welded together. The complete rack is easily
assembled on site with the provided slip joint
connectors and self-tapping screws. Custom
labels are provided for each bag location.
Specify any numbering pattern from 1 to 999.
Hook holds both the garment bag and ID pin in
place. Polished stainless steel option available
inquire. Casters are optional on floor models.
Clothing check bags not included.
Item
71-061
71-066
71-071
71-076
71-081
71-082
Type
Bag
Capacity
CLOTHING CHECK BAGS
UNIVERSAL CLOTHING CHECK BAGS —
Long lasting plastic mesh material designed
for heavy use. Standard bags feature one main
pocket and two separate pockets for shoes
and miscellaneous items. Deluxe bag includes
a bar that allows pants to hang neatly. Bag size:
21"H x 18"W. Color: gray.
71-055 Standard clothing check bag
71-056 Deluxe clothing check bag
Size
(W x H x D)
2-Tier Wall
30
74" x 36" x 12'5"
3-Tier Wall
45
74" x 64" x 12'5"
2-Tier Floor
60
74" x 72" x 26"
3-Tier Floor
90
74" x 92" x 44"
Casters - set of four
Polished stainless steel option
71-055
71-005
MINI-CHECK LOCKER — Space saving
solution for storing cell phones, keys and
wallets. Locker contains a total of 14 customer
compartments. Can be mounted to a wall
or sit by front desk. Aluminum construction.
Includes: removeable key locks. Colors: silver,
bronze or gold.
®
Item
71-005
160
Opening Size
(W x H x D)
6" x 5" x 81/2"
Overall Size
(W x H x D)
217/8" x 281/2" x 81/2"
71-071
71-082
Checking Accessories
71-170
Combination Colors
Solid Colors
ONE-TIME-USE WRIST BANDS —
Nontransferable adhesive closure wrist bands.
Can be written on for quick identification.
Specify color: neon yellow, lime green, orange,
aqua, light blue or red. Box of 500.
71-170
71-085
71-090
IDENTIFICATION CHECK PINS
CHECK PINS — 2" long. Specify numbers
required. Package of 100.
71-085 Plain
71-090 Numbered
71-145
IDENTIFICATION WRIST BANDS
ELASTIC WRIST BANDS — Assembled wrist
bands with brass “S” hook. Colors: red, blue,
green, white, black, orange or combination of
one color and white. Package of 100.
71-145
71-125
IDENTIFICATION CHECK TAGS
BRASS CHECK TAGS — 11⁄8" nickel-plated
brass tag. Specify: round or octagonal. Specify
numbers required. Package of 100.
71-120 Plain
71-125 Numbered
71-095
ANODIZED CHECK PINS — 2" long with
colored anodized aluminum tabs in red, green,
or gold. Specify numbers required. Package
of 100.
71-095 Plain
71-100 Numbered
71-110
43-075
FLEX COIL WRIST BANDS — Bright flexible
plastic coil wrist bands. Comfortable to wear
around your wrist and allows for quick whistle
response by guards. Assorted colors.
43-075
71-165
REUSABLE WRIST BANDS — Plastic, wave
cut wrist bands with metal snap, allow you
to reuse wrist bands. Ideal for check bag
identification. Color: neon yellow, lime green,
orange, light blue or red. Box of 100.
71-165
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
71-130
ANODIZED ALUMINUM CHECK TAGS — 11⁄8"
aluminum. Specify: round or octagonal. Colors:
silver, red, blue, green or gold. Specify numbers
required. Package of 100.
71-130 Plain
71-135 Numbered
71-105
NUMBERING DIES
STEEL NUMBERING DIES
71-105 3⁄16" letters (A-Z)
71-110 3⁄16" numbers (0-9)
71-115Anvil
71-140
PLASTIC CHECK TAGS — 11⁄8" plastic tags.
Specify square or octagon. Colors: red, green,
white, blue or black. Lettered and numbered in
white or black. Custom logos available, inquire.
Specify numbers required. Package of 100.
71-140
71-115
71-171
HAND COUNTER
HAND COUNTER — Chrome plated hand
counter with instant reset knob and finger grip.
Counts up to 9999.
71-171
161
Locker Room Accessories
72-002
BATHROOM PARTITIONS
BATHROOM PARTITIONS — Durable plastic
Bradmar partitions are an excellent choice for
public and wet areas. Solid plastic material
won't warp or crack and is resistant to graffiti.
Available in 13 colors. Partitions are available
in four different styles: floor mounted overhead
braced, floor braced, ceiling hung and floorto-ceiling. Other bathroom components are
available, inquire. Plastic Bradmar material
is warranted for 15 years. Your Lincoln Representative can help design your bathroom
partition needs.
72-002
72-005
BABY CHANGING STATIONS
KOALA BABY CHANGING STATIONS —
Meets ADA requirements. Durable plastic
construction installs with 4 bolts. Large concave bed with safety straps and bed liner dispenser. Child protection seat, for stall mounting,
eliminates the danger of leaving baby unattended. Sanitary bed liners ordered separately.
Specify color: cream or gray.
72-005 Horizontal baby changing station
72-010 Vertical baby changing station
72-015 Child protection seat
72-010
72-010
72-005
72-020
72-013
72-015
BABY CHANGING STATION ACCESSORIES
72-011 Replacement strap set, horizontal
72-012 Replacement strap set, vertical
72-013 Koala Baby changing station decal
72-014 Baby changing station sign
72-020 Sanitary bed liners, case of 500
71-185
STAINLESS STEEL MIRRORS
STAINLESS STEEL MIRRORS — Stainless
steel unbreakable mirror can be installed with
four tamper resistant mounting screws.
71-185 18" x 36"
71-190 24" x 36"
162
72-015
72-014
Locker Room Accessories
72-086
72-081
HAND DRYERS
72-125
ENERGY EFFICIENT HAND DRYERS
Fast drying and energy efficient surface
mounted hand dryers. Available in two models:
SMARTdri™: 10 second drying time, 3-speed
motor and control on/off heating options. 120
volt (208/230 volt also available). SLIMdri™:
ADA Compliant ultra compact design, 15
second drying time and on/off heat control.
110-120/208/220-240 volt motors. Color: white
painted steel.
72-130
Item
SCALES
PHYSICIAN & TRAINER SCALE — Eye level
beam scale is compact, sturdy, accurate, and
easy to read. 500 lb. capacity with height rod.
72-125
CLINICAL DIAL SCALE — Automatic precision
dial scale. Easy-to-read dial with 320 pound
capacity. Colors: white or beige.
72-130
72-081
72-086
Description
SMARTdri
SLIMdri
Watts
1200-800-400
950
Warranty
5 yr.
10 yr.
72-100
SWIMSUIT WATER REMOVERS
SUITMATE SWIMSUIT WATER EXTRACTOR
Perfect solution to wet swimsuit problems. Operates without heat; 100% safe for all swimsuit
materials. Spin dries to remove 95% of suit
water. Includes a self timer and will shut off
after eight seconds. Rust-free stainless steel
and plastic construction. 115 volt with built-in
GFI. Wall mounted. 1 Year Limited Warranty.
72-100
72-091
ELECTRIC HAND DRYER — High power 80
second drying cycle, low sound, and swivel
nozzle. 115 volt listed (208/230 volt also
available). Color: white painted steel.
72-076
Item
72-091
Description
AirStyle
Watts
1100
Warranty
10 yr.
SHOWER SEATS
MOLDED PLASTIC SHOWER SEAT —
Stainless steel frame with plastic seat which
contains Microban ® to help fight against
bacteria. Folds to vertical position when not in
use. Meets ADA requirements. Seat available
as left or right mount. Weight limit is 250 lbs.
Size: 33" wide x 22" deep x 31⁄4" thick.
72-076 Molded Plastic Shower seat, left
72-077 Molded Plastic Shower seat, right
72-100
72-093
72-078
REVERSIBLE SHOWER SEAT — Folding
plastic laminate shower seat is made of 5/16"
Melamine which secures to a stainless steel
frame. Support leg locks seat securely in place.
Meets ADA requirements. Seat can be used as
left or right mount. Weight limit is 400 lbs. Size:
341/2" wide x 22" deep x 1/2" thick. Color: white,
silver gray and sand.
72-078
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
VERTICAL HAND DRYER — Ultra quiet, high
speed hands-in style, vertical hand dryer.
Operates automatically with 10-12 second dry
time. Includes: HEPA filter system, wide hand
drying cavity, and antimicrobial technology.
Dedicated water collection reservoir prevents
water from collecting on the floor. Surface
mounts with simple mounting bracket.
Polarized plug for easy installation. 110-120
volt. High impact ABS material. Colors: white
or silver. Specify.
72-093
72-105
SWIMSUIT WRINGER — Streamline design,
white enamel finish. Clamp mounting only.
72-105
163
Floor Coverings
FLOORING TILES
73-005
DRI-DEK FLOORING TILES — Interlocking
floor tiles that snap together for easy installation. Patented design allows dirt and water to
flow through the self-draining surface. Provides
dry, anti-skid surface for showers, locker
rooms, pools, spas or saunas. Colors: royal
blue, green, yellow, teal, red, black, burgundy,
gray, almond or white. Size: 12" x 12" x 9⁄16".
10 Year Limited Warranty.
73-005 Dri-Dek tiles, each
73-010 Sloped edging
73-015 Edging corners
73-059
73-041
PRO-DEK™ FLOORING TILES — Comfort
dome surface provides unsurpassed comfort.
Tile design allows air and water to pass through
quickly and easily. Interlocking tiles with antibacterial additive. Colors: pacific blue, sunset
red, rainforest green, storm black, dolphin gray,
or seashell beige. Size: 12" x 12" x 7⁄16".
73-041 Pro-Dek™ tiles, each
73-042 Sloped edging, male
73-043 Sloped edging, female
73-044 Edging corners, each
73-016
WAVE™ FLEXIBLE FLOORING TILES
Exclusive "wave design" creates distinctive style
for wet areas. Open grid, broad slat design
allows you to easily roll-up flooring tiles for
cleaning. Features fungus and anti-bacterial
inhibitors. Circular embossing is comfortable
on your feet while providing additional slip
resistance. Colors: ocean blue, light blue or
gray. Size: 13" x 13" x 5⁄8". Case of 27 tiles.
Sloped edging available in ocean blue only.
73-016 Wave™ flexible flooring tiles, case
73-017 Sloped edging
AQUATIC MATTING — Comfortable soft texture
PVC surface reduces slippage under wet conditions. High Traffic Matting features heavy density design for added durability and Lightweight
Matting is ideal for locker rooms and walkways.
Colors: blue, gray, sandstone or hunter green.
High Traffic additional colors: chocolate brown
or black. 3 Year Limited Warranty.
Roll Size
2' W x 25' L
3' W x 25' L
6' W x 25' L
Lightweight
1/4" Thick
73-053
73-056
73-058
High Traffic
3/8" Thick
73-054
73-057
73-059
73-041
73-056
FLOORING ACCESSORIES
AQUATIC MATTING ACCESSORIES — Seam
Adhesive, Seam Accelerator, and Seam Backing Strip permanently welds Aquatic Matting
together. Coverage: 100 lineal ft. Ordered
separately.
Item
73-020
MATEFLEX III FLOORING TILES — Rubber/
polypropylene tiles provide a dry and skidresistant surface for high traffic areas. Tiles
are UV-stabilized and have fungus and mildew
inhibitors. Snap-lock tiles assemble together
easily. Colors: light blue, dark blue, green,
forest green, white, yellow, terra cotta, sand,
brown, orange, gray or black. Size: 12" x 12"
x 1⁄2". 10 Year Limited Warranty.
73-020 Mateflex III tiles, each
73-025 Sloped edging, male
73-030 Sloped edging, female
73-035 Edging corners
164
73-060
Description
73-061 Pro Fix 240 Seam Adhesive
73-062 Pro Fix 241 Seam Accelerator
73-063 Seam Backing Strip, 100'
FLOORING ROLLS
SAFETY WALK MATTING — Designed specifically for wet areas. "Z" pattern provides
slip-resistant footing in barefoot traffic areas.
Easy to clean. Resistant to chemicals and
mildew. Recommended for indoor use. Colors:
blue or wheat.
73-060 3' x 20' roll
NOTE: See page 75 for WYSIWASH
Cleaning Systems.
73-058
Floor Coverings
73-130
AQUA COMFORT MATTING — Designed
for hard-wearing indoor/outdoor use with the
added benefit of comfort that is ideal for bare
foot areas. Wide-spaced grid design takes
large volumes of water and quickly channels it
away to maintain a stable surface for standing
and walking. Built with antibacterial/antifungal
protection for less maintenance. Matting is
flexible and easily cuts to fit any application.
Vinyl edging strip provide flexible ramping of
the perimeter, attaches with cold welding paste
for permanent bond, included. Matting colors:
oxford blue, ocean blue, charcoal gray, forest
green, mulberry red, white, or buff. Joining
strips used to link lengths together. Color: dark
gray. Side-to-side clips are used to join rolls
together. Color: dark gray or black.
73-126 Aqua Comfort matting, 2' x 33'
73-129 Vinyl edging, 2" x 33'
73-124 Joining strips, 8'2"
73-123 Side-to-side clips, pkg. of 10
EXERCISE MATS
COMFORTGYM PRO MAT — Contains 89%
air, providing maximum comfort and protection
while you exercise. Comfortgym Pro Mat is 1/2"
thick and offers optimum exercise surface area.
Anti-bacterial protection improves hygiene and
a soft aroma which reduces odors. Waterproof
and stain resistant, making them easy to clean
and maintain. Includes "O" rings for hanging.
Size: 2' x 41/2' x 1/2" thick. Specify color: black,
orange, gray, blue or red.
73-130 1-9 mats
73-135 10+ mats
SAFETY STRIPS
73-090
PRE-CUT SAFETY STRIPS — Medium texture
peel-and-stick safety strips combat slippery
areas. Primer and edge sealer add extra
bonding power. Primer coverage: 35 sq. ft.
per quart. Edge sealer tube seals 135 lineal
feet of edging. Color: black.
73-090 3⁄4" x 24", pkg. of 50
73-095 6" x 24", pkg. of 50
73-10051⁄2" x 51⁄2", pkg. of 50
73-120 Primer, quart
73-125 Edge sealer tube, 5 oz.
73-140
COMFORTGYM PRO WALL HANGER —
ComfortGym Wall Hanger allows you to
save valuable space by storing up to 10
ComfortGym mats.
73-140
73-127
VINYL RUNNER
73-075
CORRUGATED VINYL RUNNER — 1⁄8" thick
vinyl runner is ideal for heavy traffic areas and
in locker rooms. Easy to sweep and maintain.
Colors: brown or black.
73-075 24" wide, per ft.
73-080 36" wide, per ft.
73-085 48" wide, per ft.
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
73-095
INSTRUCTORS DECK MAT — Elevate your
workout by adding the ultimate deck mat
with a proven, innovative design that's ADA
compliant. Will not trap debris, cleans easily,
resists stains and dirt and is inherently antimicrobial. Ergonomically engineered and
medically proven to provide unsurpassed
comfort, safety, relief, and support while you
stand/exercise. Non-skid top & bottom with
non-trip beveled edge that will never curl or
delaminate. 7 Year Warranty. Colors: black,
brown or gray.
83-350 72" x 30" x 5⁄8"
83-355 48" x 26" x 5⁄8"
165
Outdoor Furniture
We have over 50 years experience in the
outdoor furniture industry. Let us recommend
styles and brands that have been proven to
stand up to commercial use.
All furniture listed below has been carefully
screened and was selected because of its styling, durability, ease of handling, and pricing.
Pricing represents the manufacturers wholesale
price. Additional discounts may apply depending on manufacturer and quantity ordered.
We invite you to contact us so we can
review the various brands and styles that are
available. Our representatives are knowledgeable about which products work the best in
specific applications and they would be happy
to review your needs with you.
TROPITONE FURNITURE
Tropitone is the leader in the casual furniture
industry. Tropitone continually produces the
most innovative furniture designs while maintaining comfort, style and dependability. All of
Tropitone’s frames are made of extruded aluminum for strength and then welded, using full
circumference welds. Each weld is then buffed
to eliminate any rough edges. Frames are
powder-coated after a three-stage, pre-wash
system to completely encapsulate and seal the
frame. Tropitone finishes are second to none.
Virgin vinyl strapping with built-in mildew inhibitors and ultraviolet stabilizers are then used to
complete the product. All Tropitone contract
furniture is backed by a 5 Year Warranty.
Experience the Tropitone difference!
74-015
74-025
74-020
74-025
74-095
74-100
74-015
TROPI-KAI BY TROPITONE — All aluminum
frame with powder-coated finish. Tropitone’s
most popular combination for club use.
Tropi-Kai is stackable, distinctive, and durable.
Available in 8 strap colors and 15 frame colors.
Additional charge for Premium finishes.
74-015 Stacking brunch chair
74-020 Stacking sand chair
74-025 Stacking chaise lounge
LA SCALA BY TROPITONE — Classic Mediterranean style chair and chaise lounge. Aluminum frame with powder coated finish. Chairs
and chaise lounge stack for ease of storage.
Available in 8 strap colors and 15 frame colors.
Additional charge for Premium finishes.
74-095 Stacking dining chair
166
Your Lincoln Representative can help you select the furniture styles and designs that are
most suitable for your application. We can also provide you with frame color and fabric
samples to help select the best choices for your facility. All Tropitone contract furniture
is covered by a 5 Year factory Warranty.
Outdoor Furniture
KAHANA BY TROPITONE — All-aluminum
frames with vinyl strapping. Clean, classic
design that is specifically designed for commercial use. Chairs and chaise lounges stack
for ease of storage. Available in 8 strap colors
and 15 frame colors. Additional charge for
Premium finishes.
75-010 Stacking club chair
75-020
75-015
74-040
75-010
74-055
MILLENNIA EZ-SPAN BY TROPITONE —
Utilizes original "ribbon" style EZ-Span straps.
These revolutionary straps allow for easy vinyl
strap replacement. Straps can be changed
in 3 easy steps. Available in 8 strap colors
Premium finishes.
74-045 Sled base dining chair
74-065 Bar stool
EZ-Span Strap System
74-070
74-085
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
74-045
74-065
74-080
MILLENNIA EZ-SPAN BY TROPITONE —
Utilizes new "wave" style EZ-Span straps.
These revolutionary straps allow for easy vinyl
strap replacement. Straps can be changed
in 3 easy steps. Available in 8 strap colors
Premium finishes.
74-075 Sled base dining chair
74-090 Bar stool
Tropitone tables and umbrellas with matching fabrics are also available for each style
of furniture. See pages 174 and 175 for
umbrellas and bases.
167
Outdoor Furniture
75-135
TROPITONE TABLES
ACRYLIC TABLES BY TROPITONE — Aluminum frame tables with rugged acrylic table
tops. Dining tables are available with or without
umbrella holes pre-drilled in table top. Available in 15 frame colors. Additional charge for
Premium finishes. Umbrellas and umbrella
bases ordered separately. ......
75-125 42" round table
75-130 42" round table, with umbrella hole
75-135 48" round table
75-140 48 round table, with umbrella hole
75-145 16" round tea table
75-150 20" round tea table
75-210
75-205
75-150
NOTE: Additional Tropitone table top finishes and styles available - inquire.
LIDO CROSSWEAVE BY WINSTON — Commercial grade, aluminum frame is powder
coated for durability. Lido furniture is stackable
and available in standard frame finishes and
vinyl strap color configurations - inquire.
75-205 Nesting game chair
75-210 Nesting sand chair
75-220 Nesting chaise lounge
75-215 Bar stool (non-nesting)
75-215
75-220
75-240
WINSTON FURNITURE
MILAN STRAP BY WINSTON — Commercial
grade, aluminum frame is powder coated for
durability. Milan furniture is stackable and
available in standard frame finishes and vinyl
strap color configurations - inquire.
75-240 Nesting game chair
75-245 Nesting sand chair
75-250 Nesting chaise lounge
75-255 Bar stool (non-nesting)
168
WINSTON TABLES
75-250
75-245
75-275
WINSTON CASUAL TABLES — Commercial
grade, aluminum frame with acrylic top. Dining tables and bar table include umbrella hole
but can be deleted if not required. Tables are
available with standard frame colors - inquire.
75-270 18" round side table - 19" high
75-275 42" round dining table
75-280 48" round dining table
75-285 36" round bar table - 42" high
Outdoor Furniture
75-060
75-104
75-107
75-116
75-107
75-115
FURNITURE CLEANERS
FURNITURE RESTORERS — Cleaner removes dirt and oils from vinyl straps, resin,
vinyl coated cushions and umbrellas, acrylic
or canvas. Gard removes and resists oxidation
on frames and table tops. Adieu Mildew Remover helps cushions resist mold and mildew.
75-060 One for all Cleaner, 16 oz.
75-065 One for all Gard, 16 oz.
75-075 Adieu Mildew Remover, 16 oz.
75-107
75-106
75-110
75-102
RESIN FURNITURE
GROSFILLEX RESIN FURNITURE —
Designed for comfort and durability. All
items stack for easy storage. Slip-on Bahia
cushions can be added to Bahia lounges for
increased comfort. Bahia Cushion colors:
royal blue, turquoise, fern green, spa blue,
taupe, beige, or white. Belize Sling chair
colors: blue, khaki, spa blue, or fern green.
Calypso Sling fabric colors: blue, fern green,
sky blue, turquoise, taupe or orange. All frame
colors: white. Other color choices available
for additional cost - inquire. Ordered in master
pack units only.
Item
Description
Pack
Size
Chairs
Pacific Fanback armchair
4
75-102
Pacific Fanback armchair
16
75-103
75-104 Belize folding sling mid-back chair 2
Chaise Lounges
6
75-107 Bahia 4 position chaise lounge
75-108 Bahia 4 position chaise lounge 18
Bahia lounge cushion
6
75-106
2
75-120 Calypso sling chaise lounge
12
75-121 Calypso sling chaise lounge
Tables
Bahia low table, 16" square
1
75-110
1
75-115 Ibiza pedestal table, 46" round
75-116 Aquaba pedestal table, 48" round 1
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
75-120
RECYCLED PLASTIC FURNITURE
ADIRONDACK FURNITURE — Classic style
made from 100% recycled plastic. Will never
rot, peel, crack or splinter. Stainless hardware.
Salt water resistant, stores outdoors year round.
Contoured seats and back. Table size: 21” H
x 20” W x 19” D. Colors: white, cedar or green.
75-080 Adirondack chair
75-085 Adirondack ottoman
75-090 Adirondack rocker
75-095 Adirondack table
75-100 Adirondack sand chair
75-100
75-095
75-085
75-080
75-090
169
Picnic Tables
76-086
PLASTIC PICNIC TABLES
PLASTIC PICNIC TABLE — Classic 6' picnic
table designed for rugged outdoor use. Recycled plastic lumber construction gives the
appearance of wood without the maintenance.
Top color: cedar. Base color: brown, green or
black.
76-086
76-210
EXPANDED STEEL TABLES
76-087
CHILDRENS PLASTIC PICNIC TABLE —
Built especially for children up to age 10.
Superior design prevents tipping even when
seats are unbalanced. Durable and longlasting plastic lumber is ideal for outdoor use. 48"
long picnic table top color: cedar. Base color:
brown, green or black.
76-087
ULTRASITE™ PICNIC TABLES — Expanded steel tables feature premium UV
protected Thermoplastic Coating. Superior
adhesion ensures a smooth, shiny finish.
If needed, coating is easily repaired in the
field. Available in Diamond and Perforated
metal plank styles. Portable and/or surface
mount. Heavy-Duty tubular frames with stainless steel hardware. Picnic Tables: 23/8" dia.
tubing. Round and Square Tables: 15/8" dia.
tubing. Inquire for frame and seat colors.
Style
Size
Rectangle
Rectangle
Rectangle
Square
Octagon
Round
6'
8'
10'
46"
46"
46"
Standard
Diamond
76-200
76-210
76-230
76-250
76-270
76-290
76-265
76-088
HEX PLASTIC PICNIC TABLE — Unique
hexagonal table features an easy walk-through
design. High durability, low maintenance and
weather resistance makes this table ideal for
any setting. 100% recycled plastic lumber
construction Top color: cedar. Base color:
brown, green or black.
76-088
170
76-290
Perforated
76-205
76-215
76-235
76-255
76-275
76-295
ADA-Single Sided
Diamond
•
76-220
76-240
76-260
76-280
76-300
Perforated
•
76-225
76-245
76-265
76-285
76-305
76-255
DIAMOND
PATTERN
PERFORATED
PATTERN
76-270
Benches
77-535
77-545
STEEL BENCHES
SAVANNAH BENCH — Premium Collection site bench is comfortable and stylish. UV protected
thermoplastic coating provides years of use. 2" x 2" square tube frame bolts together. Bench
back design options: Bow Back or Slat Back. Available in portable and surface mount styles.
Seat width: 15". Seat height: 18". Inquire for frame and seat colors.
77-360
EXPANDED STEEL BENCHES
ULTRASITE™ BENCHES — Expanded steel benches feature premium, UV
protected,Thermoplastic Coating. Superior
adhesion ensures a smooth, shiny finish. If
needed, coating is easily repaired in the field.
Extra deep seats are 15" wide for added comfort. Portable Bench seat height: 18”. Available
in Diamond and Perforated metal plank styles.
Mounting options are Portable, Surface Mount
or Wall Mount. All stainless steel hardware.
Inquire for frame and seat colors.
HEAVY-DUTY BENCHES WITH BACK
Style
6'
8'
10'
Diamond
6'
Bench Style
Bow Back
Slat Back
8'
Diamond
6'
77-535
77-545
77-660
8'
Perforated
HEAVY-DUTY BENCHES WITHOUT BACK
6'
4'
77-530
77-540
77-190
Portable 77-350 77-360 77-370 77-355 77-365
Surface 77-375 77-385 77-395 77-380 77-390
Wall 77-400 77-410 77-420 77-405 77-415
Style
Bench Length
10'
6'
8'
Perforated
Portable 77-450 77-460 77-470 77-455 77-465
Surface 77-475 77-485 77-495 77-480 77-490
Wall 77-500 77-510 77-520 77-505 77-515
77-195
RECYCLED PLASTIC BENCHES
PARKPLACE BENCHES — Distinctive 6' recycled plastic lumber bench provides years of
maintenance free use. Seat width: 15". Seat
height: 18”. Inquire for colors.
77-190 Parkplace Bench with back, 6'
77-195 Parkplace Bench without back, 6'
VICTORIA FLAT BENCH — Rounded edges
and a gently curved seat provides comfortable seating. Powder-coated aluminum frame
with stainless steel fasteners and all weather
recycled plastic lumber. Seat width: 20". Seat
height: 17". Surface mount hardware ordered
separately. Inquire for frame and slat colors.
77-655 Victoria Bench, 48"
77-675 Victoria Surface Mount Hardware
Bench Style
Bench Length
48"
60"
72"
96"
Victoria Flat 77-575 77-580 77-585 77-590
Surface Mount Hardware
77-595
77-200
77-490
77-205
77-505
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
BOARDWALK BENCHES — Recycled plastic lumber designed for your outdoor seating
needs. Seat width: 15". Seat height: 18".
Inquire for colors.
77-200 Boardwalk Bench with back, 6'
77-205 Boardwalk Bench without back, 6'
77-320
BACKLESS BENCHES — Rugged recycled
plastic benches built for comfort and convenience. Extra wide 19" top to handle busy
locker rooms and create more changing
space. Ideal for locker room, tennis court or
aquatic center. Seat width: 19". Seat height:
17". Specify color: white, green, sand or cedar.
77-315 Backless bench, 70"
77-320 Backless bench, 47"
171
Benches
77-054
77-585
PLASTIC BENCHES
LENOX PEDESTAL BENCHES — Aluminum
pedestals with durable high density polyethylene bench will not rust or delaminate. Size: 11/2"
thick x 91/2" wide. Colors: white, black, beige,
deep blue, gray, charcoal gray, burgundy, teal,
black speckle, desert stone or dove stone.
77-0513'
77-0546'
77-0524'
77-0567'
77-0535'
77-0578'
COURTSIDE BENCHES — High density polyurethane treated with UV and mildew inhibitors.
Sturdy legs can be bolted to any hard surface for permanent installation. Seat width: 15". Seat
height: 17". Colors: white or forest green.
77-580 Courtside bench, 4'
77-585 Courtside bench, 5'
77-265
FIBERGLASS BENCHES
77-270
FIBERGLASS EASY STACK BENCHES —
Fiberglass stackable bench is the perfect
choice if you need additional seating around
the pool or in the locker room. Dimensions: 18"
high x 15" seat width. Colors: yellow, light blue
navy blue, white, red, or black. Custom logo,
lettering available, inquire.
77-260 Easy Stack Bench, 48"
77-265 Easy Stack Bench, 72"
77-270 Custom logo/lettering
77-630
MONTEGO LOCKER BENCHES — This
bench is ideal for locker rooms, pool
decks and anywhere you need extra
space to get ready. Lightweight highpolymer vinyl material with leg guards for
added stability and to protect your floor.
Available in 14" seat width and extra wide
20" seat width. Seat height: 17". Colors:
white or beige.
Bench Width
14"
20"
172
Color
White
Beige
White
Beige
77-610
Bench Length
48"
77-595
77-610
77-625
77-640
60"
77-600
77-615
77-630
77-645
72"
77-605
77-620
77-635
77-650
TEAK BENCHES
TEAK BENCHES — Solid teak construction.
Supreme hardwood - noted for its high oil content, rich color and exceptional durability. Teak
never requires sanding or restaining, saving in
your annual maintenance costs.
76-090 Teak bench, 4'
76-105 Teak chair
Bleachers, Tables & Grills
77-095
BANQUET TABLES
ULTRA-LIGHT BANQUET TABLES — High
strength aluminum construction of AluLITE
banquet tables won’t dent, crack, warp, or split
apart due to age, heat or moisture. Tables can
hold up to 1,600 lbs. and are 50% lighter than
most conventional tables. 8' table weighs 44
lbs. and 6' table weighs 35 lbs. 30" width. Table
top finishes: silver, walnut, desert tan, or salt/
pepper. Leg color: mineral bronze.
77-0958'
77-1006'
77-075
ALUMINUM BLEACHERS
ALUMINUM BLEACHERS — Heavy duty
2" x 12" seat planks and 2" x 10" foot planks
are constructed from extruded aluminum.
All welded frame is hot dip galvanized. All
bleachers have 6" seat rise with first row seat
height at 12". Meets UBC 97 standards. 3 and
4 row bleachers do not require guard rails. 5
row bleachers include gray powder coated
guard rail system.
Item
77-070
77-071
77-072
77-073
77-075
77-076
Length Rows
15'
21'
15'
21'
15'
21'
3
3
4
4
5
5
Seating
Capacity
30
42
40
56
50
70
Top Seat
Height
PORTABLE BLEACHERS
24"
24"
30"
30"
36"
36"
77-079
TIP AND ROLL BLEACHERS — 3 row
extruded aluminum frame with new double
plank foot board. Non-marring 5” casters and
rubber foot pads. Guard rails not required
since top seat height is only 29". Available in
standard aluminum finish for non-pool indoor
use or anodized aluminum finish with stainless
steel hardware for indoor/outdoor pool use.
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
77-105
OUTDOOR GRILL
Aluminum
77-079
77-080
77-083
77-085
Anodized
Aluminum
77-081
77-082
77-084
77-086
Length
71/2'
15'
21'
24'
Seating
Capacity
15
30
42
48
PEDESTAL GRILL — 280 square inch cooking surface with 4 adjustable cooking levels.
3
⁄16" steel firebox will rotate 360 degrees for
convenience. Finish is a non-toxic rust resistant
black paint. Support post is 23⁄8" galvanized
iron pipe.
77-105 Pedestal grill
173
Umbrellas
78-063
GROSFILLEX MARKET UMBRELLAS — Octagon market umbrellas available in 7 ft. and
9 ft. diameter sizes. Includes: 2 piece, 11/2"
diameter wooden pole, wood finial top and
solution dyed acrylic fabric with wind vent.
Umbrella base ordered separately. Available
colors: forest green, khaki, sand, white, pesto,
pacific blue, burgundy, or terra cotta.
78-063 7 ft.
78-064 9 ft.
78-011
78-365
78-011
UMBRELLAS
TROPITONE UMBRELLAS — Available in the
complete array of A, B, and C grade Tropitone
fabrics. The contract umbrella is 71⁄2' in diameter
with a manual lift mechanism and push button
tilt. Umbrellas have 11⁄2" diameter aluminum pole.
Umbrella base ordered separately.
Umbrella
7 ⁄2' Contract
1
"A"
Fabric
78-011
"B"
Fabric
78-012
78-011
174
"C"
Fabric
78-013
MARKET UMBRELLAS
PORTOFINO II MARKET UMBRELLAS —
Premium quality hexagon shaped market
umbrella. Available in 6', 7', 8, and 9' diameter
sizes. The Portofino II umbrella uses a 11/2"
diameter center pole, with 1/2" x 7/8" extruded
aluminum arms, with reinforcements in upper
arm and lower arm. Umbrella with 98" standard
pole height and manual lift. Pulley Lift umbrellas
also available at additional cost. Umbrella
includes aluminum frame and center pole,
umbrella cover with wind vent, reinforced
pocket corners and finial top. Can be used
as either free standing or in-table umbrella.
Umbrella base ordered separately. Available in
3 grades of fabrics - "B" grade, "C" grade, and
"D" grade. Fabric grade selected for umbrella
determines final price of umbrella - Inquire.
Frame and center pole available in all standard
Tropitone finishes.
Umbrella "B" Fabric "C" Fabric "D" Fabric
6'
7'
8'
9'
78-350
78-355
78-360
78-365
78-351
78-356
78-361
78-366
78-352
78-357
78-362
78-367
78-040
FIBERGLASS MARKET UMBRELLAS —
Patented fiberglass pole with solid fiberglass
ribs and frame allows the umbrella to handle
high wind conditions. Low maintenance versus
wood market umbrellas. These six rib hexagonal
umbrellas are available in 81/2', 9' and 11' dia.
sizes with 1/2" or 3/4" dia. ribs. Includes marine
grade Sunbrella fabrics with vent. Premium
Sunbrella colors available for additional charge.
11/2" one-piece center pole with manual lift and
pin insert. Standard market umbrella includes:
11/2" dia. center pole with 1/2" dia. ribs. Pole
colors: white, black, wood grain, or champagne.
Rib Colors: white, black, teakwood brown, or
champagne. Premier market umbrella includes:
11/2" dia. center pole with 3/4" dia. ribs. Center
pole and rib colors: white, black, or champagne.
Wood Grain market umbrella includes: 11/2"
dia. center pole with 3/4" dia. ribs in wood grain
color only. Finial ball on top to match frame
color. Umbrella base ordered separately.
3 Year Warranty.
Item
Model
Size Pole Dia. Rib Dia.
78-040 Standard 8.5 ft.
Premier
9 ft.
78-041
Premier
11 ft.
78-042
78-043 Wood Grain 9 ft.
78-044 Wood Grain 11 ft.
11/2"
11/2"
11/2"
11/2"
11/2"
/2"
/4"
3
/4"
3
/4"
3
/4"
1
3
Umbrellas & Accessories
78-075
UMBRELLA BASES
PLASTIC UMBRELLA SHELL — Use with
umbrella table only. Plastic base weighs 50
lbs. Colors: black or taupe.
78-075
FIBERGLASS MARKET UMBRELLAS —
Acrylic fabric with wind vent, 1/2" diameter
fiberglass ribs, and 1.50" dia. aluminum center
pole. Pole height is 104". Heavy gauge resin
parts with pulley-lift system. Umbrella base
ordered separately. Frame colors: black,
bronze, white, woodgrain, or silver. Available
in 22 fabric colors - inquire.
78-80071/2' octagon 78-81561/2' square
78-805 9' octagon 78-82071/2' square
78-810 11' octagon
CLASSIC
SHADE UMBRELLAS
FUNBRELLA SHADE UMBRELLAS — Giant,
permanent umbrellas are designed to be resistant to inclement weather and to provide shade
in areas where there is none. Internal cable and
winch system with removable crank handle for
easy lifting. Includes: 4" diameter aluminum
pole, aluminum frame, fabric top and one piece
ground sleeve. Available in 3 styles: Classic,
Palm, and Shark. Sunbrella fabrics available in
solid colors or alternating colors.
FUNBRELLA SHADE UMBRELLAS
Size
12' Dia.
20' Dia.
COMMERCIAL ALUMINUM UMBRELLAS
Acrylic fabric with wind vent and 1/8" square
aluminum ribs. Heavy gauge pulley-lift system
with 104" center pole height. Umbrella base
ordered separately. Frame color: silver mist.
Available in 22 fabric colors - inquire.
78-85071/2' octagon 78-86561/2' square
78-855 9' octagon 78-87071/2' square
78-860 11' octagon
78-120
Style
Classic
78-115
78-120
Palm
•
78-121
Shark
78-117
78-122
REPLACEMENT FUNBRELLA COVERS
12' Dia.
•
78-092
78-093
20' Dia.
78-094
78-095
78-096
78-090
78-105
STEEL PLATE UMBRELLA BASES — Low
profile steel plate provides appropriate
weight and counter balance for large market
umbrellas. Pre-drilled holes allow bases to
be bolted down. Square plate styles provide
increased stability. Used with 11⁄2" diameter
umbrella poles. Available with 9" high sleeve for
in-table use or 15" high sleeve for free-standing
applications. Available in 15 Tropitone colors.
Up charge for premium finish colors.
Steel
Umbrella Base
20" round
24" round
24" square
9" High
78-090
78-100
78-105
15" Free
Standing
•
78-101
78-106
Wt.
55
60
80
78-077
78-085
SHARK78-122
ECLIPSE CANTILEVER UMBRELLAS —
Heavy duty cantilever umbrella design allows
you to have shade without center pole being
in the way. Anodized aluminum frame and
ribs. Umbrella swivels 360 degrees. Folds into
compact vertical position and can be removed
for seasonal storage. In-ground anchor for
concrete installation or base plate for surface
mount ordered separately. Frame color: silver
mist. Available in 22 fabric colors- inquire.
78-890 10' sq.78-900 In-ground anchor
78-895 13' oct.78-905 Base plate anchor
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
PALM78-121
GROSFILLEX PORTABLE UMBRELLA BASE
84 lb. cement filled umbrella base with wheels.
16" high sleeve that is adjustable for 1" to 2"
poles. Colors: bronze, white, or sand.
78-077
TROPITONE IN-GROUND SLEEVE —
Securely anchors umbrellas in deck or lawn
areas. Requires use of a concrete footing for
anchor security. Includes: threaded anchor
cap and sleeve with drilled collar for lock or bolt
installation (lock or bolt not included). Order
umbrellas with 12" extra length on center pole
to compensate for depth of anchor.
78-08511/2" diameter sleeve
78-086 2" diameter sleeve
78-08721/2" diameter sleeve
175
Shade Structures
ULTRASHADE SHADE STRUCTURES — Engineered to withstand wind gusts of up to 90 mph with fabric in place
and up to 150 mph with fabric removed. Powder coated steel frames are pre-galvanized for long term corrosion
resistance. Aircraft quality galvanized cables provide fabric tension and fabric anchorage. Fabrics are mildew and
rot resistant and will maintain their color in all weather conditions. Seams are with Gore Tenara UV stabilized thread.
Provides 97% UV blockage and 91% shade resulting in temperature reductions of up to 30 degrees. Mesh shade
fabric provides free airflow, allowing hot air to escape from under the structure. Available in standard structure
styles listed below. Additional styles, sizes, and eave heights available - inquire. 10 Year Warranty.
HIP RECTANGLE SHADE STRUCTURES
Item
78-400
78-405
78-410
78-415
78-420
78-425
78-430
78-435
78-440
78-445
78-450
Size
8' x 10'
10' x 18'
12' x 20'
16' x 20'
18' x 24'
20' x 25'
30' x 40'
20' x 25'
20' x 30'
20' x 40'
30' x 40'
Eave Height
8 ft.
8 ft.
8 ft.
8 ft.
8 ft.
8 ft.
8 ft.
10 ft.
10 ft.
10 ft.
10 ft.
SQUARE SHADE STRUCTURES
Item
78-500
78-505
78-510
78-515
78-520
78-525
78-530
78-535
78-540
78-545
78-550
78-555
78-560
78-565
Size
10' x 10'
12' x 12'
14' x 14'
16' x 16'
18' x 18'
20' x 20'
30' x 30'
10' x 10'
12' x 12'
14' x 14'
16' x 16'
18' x 18'
20' x 20'
30' x 30'
Eave Height
8 ft.
8 ft.
8 ft.
8 ft.
8 ft.
8 ft.
8 ft.
10 ft.
10 ft.
10 ft.
10 ft.
10 ft.
10 ft.
10 ft.
Hip Rectangular
Square
Standard Cantilever
Triangle Sail
Hip Double Dome
Double
Cantilever Dome
T-Cantilever
Multiple Sails
PORTABLE SHELTERS
78-130
176
PORTABLE SHELTERS — Sets up in less
than 60 seconds. Aluminum telescoping legs
extend and snap into place. No tools required.
Folds compactly for easy storage. Excellent for
swim meets, tennis matches, and parties. Side
walls, clear panels, carrying bags, and custom
lettering optional. Red, blue, black, white, and
custom colors available.
78-125 8' x 8'
78-130 10' x 10'
78-135 10' x 15'
78-140 10' x 20'
78-130
Outdoor Accessories
HAMMOCKS
OUTDOOR MISTING SYSTEM
OUTDOOR MISTING SYSTEM — 6 nozzle
mist kit provides 12' of mist coverage and
assembles in minutes. Can cool hot areas as
much as 20° and is expandable up to 150'.
System operates best with water pressure
above 40 PSI. Maintenance kit with in-line filter,
auto drain valve, nozzle cleaner, and brush
ordered separately.
78-185 Outdoor misting system, 6 nozzle
78-190 Slip-Lok fitting with nozzle, pkg. of 3
78-195 Tubing sections, 2'
78-200 Hanging clamps, 3⁄8", pkg. of 5
78-205 Maintenance kit
78-171
OUTDOOR PATIO HEATERS — Portable radiant patio heater heats a 10' to 15' diameter
circle. 40,000 BTU heat output. Heater will run
up to 15 hours on standard 20 lb. propane cylinder. Self contained "Piezo" ignition. Heaters
include automatic safety tip-over device. Base
cover allows propane cylinder to be hidden
from view. Available in commercial grade stainless steel. Size: 90" high with 34" dia. aluminum
reflector top. Includes: regulator, hose, and
wheel kit for portability. 20 lb. propane cylinder
(not included). UL Listed and CSA Approved.
78-171 Stainless patio heater, propane
78-150
PAWLEY’S ISLAND ROPE HAMMOCKS —
54" x 82" hammock body size, 100% cotton twill
rope with oak staves. 34" x 16" pillow and steel
hammock stand ordered separately. Stand
and pillow color: forest green.
78-150 Pawley's Island Rope hammock
78-155 Deluxe hammock pillow
78-160 Steel hammock stand
79-105
ASH TRAYS AND STANDS
DURAMOLD SAND URNS — Rugged polyethylene base with chrome bowl. Size: 111⁄2"
dia. x 191⁄2" H. Color: Black with chrome bowl.
79-105
78-185
78-175
OUTDOOR HEATING SYSTEMS
TABLE TOP HEATER — Portable table top
radiant heater heats up to 7' diameter circle.
Adjustable heat output from 7,000 - 11,000
BTU, will run up to 3 hours. Fully integral
Piezo ignition control valve with stainless steel
weighted base. ODS safety pilot and automatic
safety tip-over device. Size: 36" high with 14"
dia. base and 21" dia. aluminum reflector top.
Operates on 16.4 oz. propane cylinder (not
included). UL Listed and CSA approved.
78-175 Table top heater, propane
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
VERSA HEAT RADIANT HEATERS — Creates circular heating zone which allows you to
provide spot heat where you want it. 1,500 watt
unit has 71/2 ft. mounting height and produces
heat to 6' diameter circle. 3,000 watt unit has
11 ft. mounting height and produces heat to
81/2' diameter circle. Available as wall mount
units, portable unit with stand, or portable pedestal unit. Low cost to operate. Allows you to
warm people and not buildings. Will increase
temperature by 15 degrees and is not affected
by wind. Great for divers, kids in lessons, and
anywhere people complain of being cold.
Electric. Natural gas/LP units also available.
78-220 Versa Heat Wall Mount, 1500 watt
78-225 Versa Heat Wall Mount, 3000 watt
78-230 Versa Heat Wall Mounting Kit
78-235 Versa Heat Portable, 1500 watt
78-240 Versa Heat Pedestal, 1500 watt
79-185
79-195
79-175
ULTRA SMOKE STOP — Polyethylene smoking receptacle with galvanized steel pail,
catches all cigarettes and is easily cleaned.
Colors: Santa Fe - Cactus green with terra
cotta base. Classic - beige or gray. Size: 41"
H x 14" Diameter.
79-175 Ultra Smoke Stop - Santa Fe
79-185 Ultra Smoke Stop - Classic Beige
79-195 Ultra Smoke Stop - Classic Gray
177
Trash Containers
RECYCLED PLASTIC
TRASH CONTAINERS
79-110
HEX WASTE RECEPTACLE — Recycled plastic lumber in hexagonal shape dresses up your
old 55 gallon drums. Use for indoor or outdoor
locations. Size: 34" H x 31" dia. Ships fully assembled. Colors: cedar/green or cedar/brown.
79-110 Hex waste receptacle
79-130
RECYCLING CENTER — Offers easiest way
to accommodate recycling. Available as 2
barrel, 3 barrel, or 4 barrel units. Ships fully
assembled with cedar, gray, or hunter green
recycled plastic lumber slats, and brown post
with white/green or beige/green signs. Specify
signage needs: Plastic, Trash, Paper, Cans,
Glass or others as required.
79-125 Recycling Center, 2 barrel
79-075
79-080
GLUTTON TRASH CONTAINER — Rugged
polyethylene base and plastic top available with
or without doors. 56 gallon capacity. Size: 251⁄2"
W x 223⁄4" D x 311⁄8" H. Base colors: brown and
cream; top colors: brown and red.
79-075 56 gallon base
79-080 Hooded top with doors
79-085 Hooded top without doors
SLANT TOP RECEPTACLE — Recycled plastic lumber slats with granite textured molded
top. Includes hinged lid, locks, and heavy
duty liner. Choice of recycling graphics: Trash,
Plastic Bottles, Aluminum Cans, or Paper.
Colors: Oatmeal or Gray Granite. Choice of
12 different slat colors. Fully assembled. Also
available as a Recycling Center - inquire
79-122 Slant top receptacle
178
STEEL TRASH CONTAINERS
79-097
POLYETHYLENE
TRASH CONTAINERS
79-122
79-145
AMERICANA WASTE RECEPTACLES —
Rugged receptacle constructed of 2" welded
steel slats. Available in 2 sizes: 24 gallon 251⁄2" H x 251⁄2" dia. and 36 gallon - 321⁄2"
H x 29" dia. Includes: Removable leakproof
rigid plastic liner, 4 leg levelers for uneven
surfaces, and cable secured top. Anchoring
kit ordered separately. Colors: black or architectural bronze.
79-140 Waste receptacle, 24 gallon
79-145 Waste receptacle, 36 gallon
79-150 Americana anchoring kit
79-120
ROUND WASTE RECEPTACLE — Recycled
plastic lumber will function indoors or outdoors.
Completely assembled with dome lid, durable
and reusable woven polypropylene fabric liner,
and anchoring brackets. Size: 36" H x 18" dia.
Slat Colors: cedar, gray or hunter green. Lid
Colors: hunter green or black.
79-120 Round receptacle with dome lid
LANDMARK SERIES
TRASH CONTAINER
Large opening funnels
refuse into container
and out of view. Hood
is hinged and includes a
stay open trap for easy
access to rigid liner. Container color: Sable. Size:
26" square x 301⁄2" H (35
gal.) Includes Rigid Liner.
Aggregate panels ordered separately. Panel
Colors: Brownstone, Riverrock, and Coral.
79-155 35 gallon
79-160 Aggregate panels, set of 4
79-165 Rigid liner for 35 gallon
MARSHAL TRASH CONTAINERS — Rugged
polyethylene base and top combines good looks
and fire safety. Factory Mutual and California
State Fire Marshal approved for fire safety. 15
gallon size: 153⁄8" dia. x 361⁄2" high. 25 gallon size:
18" dia. x 42" high. Rigid liner ordered separately.
Colors: beige, brown, and cream.
79-096 15 gallon
79-097 25 gallon
79-098 Rigid liner, 15 gallon
79-099 Rigid liner, 25 gallon
79-205
79-210
79-220
79-225
EXPANDED STEEL TRASH
CONTAINERS
EXPANDED STEEL TRASH CONTAINERS —
Patented TopCoat process adds brilliant color,
enhances durability, and reduces maintenance. Plastisol coating resists fading and
staining for years of maintenance free use.
Available in 2 sizes: 32 gal. and 22 gal., with
expanded metal flat tops. Replaceable black
plastic liners ordered separately. Available in
11 standard colors-inquire.
79-205 32 gal. receptacle, 30" x 24"
79-210 32 gal. flat top, 21/8" x 25"
79-215 32 gal. plastic liner, 27" x 213/8"
79-220 22 gal. receptacle, 26" x 21"
79-225 22 gal. flat top, 2" x 22"
79-230 22 gal. plastic liner, 221/2" x 191/32"
Specialty Equipment
80-010
80-001
CLOCKS & THERMOMETERS
LINCOLN WALL CLOCK — Durable plastic
lens with high impact case features easy
to read numbers. 12" diameter. AA battery
not included.
80-001
AIR THERMOMETER — Bold face, wallmounted 18" air thermometer. Easy-to-read
black numbers on white face. Plastic lens with
aluminum case. Temperature range -60° to
120°F.
80-010
80-120
PING PONG ACCESSORIES
80-005
BOLD-FACE CLOCK — Wall-mounted, 18"
battery-operated quartz clock. White face with
bold black numbers makes it easy to read from
a distance. Plastic lens with aluminum case.
AA battery not included.
80-005
PING PONG BALL DISPENSER — A convenient
way to make Ping Pong balls available all day
long, without interruptions. .25¢ slot holds 144
balls. Allows you to generate income for your
facility. Balls not included.
80-120 Ping Pong ball dispenser
80-125 Dispenser stand, 27"
80-130 Dispenser globe
80-135 Extra key for dispenser
80-107
CORNILLEAU TABLE TENNIS TABLES
— Designed for commercial use. Anti-glare
table top will resist the blows from table tennis
rackets and remain colorfast in all weather
conditions. Galvanized steel frame with resincoated galvanized steel legs for increased
stability. Racket and ball storage and 6" double
wheel casters for easy mobility. Folding units
allow for playback position for individual
practice. Sport Series folding table includes
a polyester net with tension and height
adjustment. Pro Series tables are available
in folding and stationary styles and feature a
permanent tamper-proof steel net. Optional
polyester cover protects table when not in use.
Specify color: Sport - blue or grey. Pro - blue.
Item
Description
Style
Cover
80-105 Sport 250 Outdoor Folding 80-109
Folding 80-109
80-106 Pro 540 Outdoor
•
80-107 Pro 510 Outdoor Stationary
Tacteo 30 paddles, each
80-110
80-106
80-090
PING PONG TABLES
80-006
EASEL CLOCK — Collapsible and portable
for convenient placement anywhere. Features
a large 18" atomic clock and recycled plastic
frame. AA battery not included. Specify color:
green/white, black/white, tan/green or white/
green.
80-006
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
PING PONG TABLE — The last Ping Pong
Table you will ever have to buy. Fiberglass
coated honeycomb core top with 11⁄4" diameter
14 gauge galvanized steel frame. For rugged
public use. Almost indestructible. Can leave
outside in any weather. Table conveniently folds
up and wheels around for easy storage. One
side also can fold up for individual playback.
Nylon net with holders included.
80-090 Ping Pong Table
80-091 Replacement swivel casters, each
80-105
179
Specialty Equipment
57-180
57-185
80-025
VOLLEYBALL NETS — Rubberized 24 thread
nylon. 1⁄4" manila rope, 2" vinyl top binding.
80-025 27' x 3'
80-030 30' x 3'
80-035 32' x 3'
NETS
BADMINTON NETS — 100% nylon net 1"
square mesh, 2" top binding of vinyl coated
nylon for good vision.
80-040 20' x 21⁄2'
80-045 21' x 21⁄2'
57-175
57-185
OUTDOOR DISPLAY BOARD
OUTDOOR DISPLAY BOARD — Weatherproof
recycled plastic exterior outdoor display message board is a great way to let your patrons
know what's going on at your facility. Cork
display area allows for flexibility of keeping
information up to date. Available in three sizes
to best fit your facility needs. Please note that
exterior dimension is slightly larger than interior
dimension listed. Sign can easily be mounted
on a building or wall. Outdoor display board has
many optional features to fit your facility needs.
Fence attachment kit allows you to attach sign
to any chain-link fence. Post attachment kit
includes: 2' x 8' recycled plastic posts and hardware. Custom facility header sign available in
one or two lines of text. Sliding door lock keeps
your postings safe and secure. Colors: white,
light brown, dark green or black.
Item
57-175
57-180
57-181
Description
Small
Medium
Large
Size
20.5"W x 22.5"H
44.5"W x 22.5"H
44-5"W x 29.5"H
Outdoor Display Board Options
57-185
57-190
57-195
57-200
57-205
80-050
TENNIS NETS — Commercial grade, 3mm
braided polyester netting. 42' x 31⁄2'. 22 oz.
nylon top-binding with 47' galvanized aircraft
cable.
80-050
Custom Sign, One Line
Custom Sign, Two Lines
Sliding Door Lock
Fence Attachment Kit
Post Attachment Kit
80-175
SAFETY FENCING
MESH SAFETY FENCING — A convenient
way to help keep kids from getting access to
your pool. Poly-coated open-weave, mildewresistant, black mesh fabric, offers high tensile
strength and UV stability. Won't rip, stretch
or fade. Features reliable self-closing, selflatching gate with powerful magnet. 30" wide
gate is key lockable. Installation is based on a
tensioning system with anchors that are drilled
into deck. Fence rolls up for easy storage when
not in use. Available in either 41/2' or 5' heights.
Fiberglass poles are 10% lighter than aluminum
poles. Aluminum poles are the strongest poles
available. Sections are 10' long with 30" pole
spacing for additional security. Includes installation hardware. Gate available in aluminum
only, ordered separately.
Section
57-181
180
57-190
Fiberglass Pole
41/2'H
5'H
10' Long 80-175 80-180
Self-Latching Gate, 30" wide
Aluminum Pole
41/2'H
5'H
80-185 80-190
80-195 80-200
80-055
80-060
TENNIS ACCESSORIES
WINDSCREEN — Sun and windscreen made
of polypropylene which will not shrink. Finished
with edging, rope and grommets every 12" on
all four sides. Optional horizontal center tape
with grommets every 12" provides additional
tie down protection. Hog ring attachments are
used to secure windscreen to the fence. 1 lb.
covers 100 square feet of windscreen. Open
mesh allows for more light and wind to pass
through than the solid closed mesh version.
Windscreen is 6' high.
80-055 Open mesh
80-060 Closed mesh
80-065 Center tape with grommets
80-070 Wind vent
80-075 Hog rings (per lb.)
Specialty Equipment
80-220
POOL SHOWER — Stainless steel free standing showers are ideal for public facilities. ADA
compliant. Installs on any outdoor surface. Connects to 1/2" water supply line. Includes anchor
bolts. Available with hot and cold valve or cold
water only valve. 6" CPB shower head. 82" H.
80-230
80-202
Style
Shower Only
Hose Bib
Hose Bib & Foot Shower
Hose Bib & Drinking
Fountain
80-201
80-250
80-240
Cold
Water
Hot & Cold
Water
80-295
•
80-280
80-285
80-290
80-300
•
•
OUTDOOR SHOWERS
80-203
WATER STATIONS
WATER BOTTLE FILLER STATIONS — Designed to be a convenient station to refill reusable water bottles with filtered water. Polyester
powder coat finish, aluminum gravity filler
spout, push-button valve and replaceable inline water filter. Available in two styles: Single
Pedestal with optional surface mounting plate
for new construction and Wall Mount with
optional support with mounting plate (recommended). Chiller not included. Colors: inquire.
Style
Water Bottle
Filler Station
Support w/
Mounting Plate
Mounting Plate
Replacement
Filter
Single
Pedestal
Wall
Single
with
Mounted
Pedestal
Drinking
Fountain
80-201
80-202
80-203
•
•
80-204
80-205
80-205
•
80-206
80-206
80-206
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
OUTDOOR SHOWERS — Versatile outdoor
showers offer various combinations of shower,
foot shower, and wheel chair accessible showers to best fit your facility needs. Designed for
recreational areas, beaches or water parks.
The outdoor shower helps maintain a cleaner
facility and provide user comfort. Column is a
one piece steel pipe with powder coat finish.
Timer controlled water control valves. Available in bury in-ground or surface mount styles.
Optional hose bib available in three styles:
compression type for easy access to hose, key
type hose bib for access with those who have
key only, or compression type hose bib with
vandal-proof locking cover. Inquire for stainless
steel option. Color: blue.
Style
Shower/Foot Shower
Dual Shower/Foot Shower
Shower/Foot Shower
Wheelchair Accessible
Shower/Foot Shower
Drinking Fountain
80-260
80-265
80-270
Surface
InMount Ground
80-220
80-230
80-225
80-235
80-240
80-245
80-250
80-255
Hose Bib Option Styles
Compression type
Key type
Locking cover w/recessed hose bib
DECK ENCLOSURES
SHOWER/CHANGING ENCLOSURES —
Modular shower or changing enclosure for
pool side use. Pre-assembled vinyl panels,
powder coated aluminum frame hardware.
Keyed aluminum latch with dead bolt. Easy
to assemble. Color: (frame) white; (panels &
door) white or tan. Shower ordered separately.
Style
With Floor
With Floor & Roof
80-345
80-350
80-355
Double
Options
80-320
80-330
Single
80-325
80-335
Corner Bench
Free Standing Bench
Towel Bar
181
Aquatic Accessibility
81-070
81-721
PORTABLE AQUATIC LIFTS
PAL PORTABLE AQUATIC LIFT — Completely portable, free-standing
PAL is the perfect accessory for any commercial aquatic facility.
Maximum deck-to-water level distance is 12". In addition to the standard
configuration, the PAL lift is also available in Hi/Lo and Spa versions.
240º rotation ensures a safe transfer. Powder coated stainless steel and
aluminum construction. Powered by a 24-volt rechargeable battery.
Available with Standard LiftOperator intelligent control or LiftOperator
with activation key to prevent unauthorized use of lift. Includes: Anchor
Secure-it Kit which allows the lift to be fixed to the deck without the need
for bonding, battery charger, battery cover, waterproof remote, foot rest
and seat belt. Lifting capacity: 300 lbs. ADA Compliant.
Model
PAL Portable Aquatic Lift
PAL Portable Aquatic Lift
with armrests
PAL Kit with cover &
spineboard attachment
PAL Calif. package with cover,
spineboard attachment and
armrest assembly
PAL Spa
PAL Hi/Lo
PAL Hi/Low with armrests
Lift
Operator
Deck-toSet
Lift
with
Water
Back
Operator
Activation
Level
Key
81-043
81-720
16"-24"
0"
81-721
81-728
16"-24"
0"
81-726
81-727
16"-24"
0"
81-226
81-729
16"-24"
0"
81-229
81-225
81-723
81-725
81-722
81-724
16"-24"
16"-28"
16"-28"
0"
0"
0"
PORTABLE ASPEN/FREEDOM AQUATIC LIFT — Small footprint
Portable Aquatic Lift for facilities with in-ground pools or spas. 6 points
of contact with pool deck for added stability when in use. Optional
Locking Anchor Retrofit Kit anchors your lift securely to the deck
for ADA Compliance, ordered separately. Both lifts include: battery,
battery charger and seat belt. Portable Aspen Lift includes: (2)
5-button remotes, adjustable swing out foot rest, removable armrests
and padded head rest. Locking anchor for ADA compliance ordered
separately. Portable Freedom Lift includes (1) 5-button remote and
stationary foot rest. ADA Compliant.
Item
Model
81-070
81-071
Portable Aspen
Portable Freedom
Set
Back
6"-22"
6"-22"
Item
81-074
81-074
Description
Lift Cover
Armrest Assembly
Head Rest Pad
Seat Belt
Battery
Battery Charger
5- Button Remote
ADA Lift Available Sign
81-068
81-073
81-015
81-039
81-308
81-307
81-077
45-109
PAL 2 AQUATIC LIFT — Portable Aquatic Lift 2 (PAL 2) places the Lift
Operator intelligent control and battery on the mast. Powder coated
stainless steel and aluminum construction. Available with Standard
LiftOperator intelligent control or LiftOperator with activation key
to prevent unauthorized use of lift. Includes: Anchor Secure-it Kit which
allows the lift to be fixed to the deck without the need for bonding, battery
charger, battery cover, waterproof remote, foot rest and seat belt. Lifting
capacity: 300 lbs. Color: gray mist. ADA Compliant.
Lift
Operator
PAL 2 Aquatic Lift
81-740
PAL 2 Aquatic Lift with armrests 81-742
182
12" max.
12" max.
Locking
Anchor Kit
PORTABLE ASPEN/FREEDOM AQUATIC LIFT OPTIONS
Model
81-742
Deck-toWater Level
Lift
Operator
Set
with
Back
Activation
Key
81-741
81-743
16"-24"
16"-24"
Deck-toWater
Level
0"
0"
NOTE: Set-back dimensions on this page reflect a 0" deck-to-water level
dimension. Set-backs will vary according to your actual deck-to-water
level height. Visit www.lincolnaquatics.com for a pool lift set-back chart.
Splash Lifts
Splash Lift
81-220 81-750
Splash Lift with
81-751 81-752
armrests
Splash Kit with
81-222 81-763
cover and caddy
Splash Calif. Pkg.
with cover,
81-223 81-765
caddy and armrests
Splash Spa Lifts
Splash Spa
81-756 81-757
Spa with armrests 81-758 81-759
Splash Hi/Lo Lifts
Splash Hi/Lo
81-221 81-753
Hi/Lo with armrests 81-754 81-755
Splash Extended Reach Lifts
Splash Extended
81-231 81-760
Reach (ER)
Splash ER with
81-761 81-762
armrests
Splash ER Kit with
81-766 81-767
cover and caddy
Splash ER Calif. Pkg.
with cover,
81-768 81-769
caddy and armrests
Splash ER Hi/Lo 81-232 81-770
Splash ER Hi/Lo
81-771 81-772
with armrests
16" - 29"
16" - 29"
16" - 29"
16" - 29"
16" - 29"
16" - 29"
16" - 34"
16" - 34"
16" - 46"
16" - 46"
16" - 46"
16" - 46"
16" - 50"
16" - 50"
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
aXs Lift
aXs Lift with
armrests
aXs Lift with
caddy
aXs Lift with
armrests and
caddy
Set Back
Lift Operator
with
Activation Key
Lift
Operator
AXS AQUATIC LIFT — A low profile aquatic
lift. Maximum deck-to-water level distance is
8". 360° rotation ensures a safe transfer area.
Powder coated stainless steel and aluminum
construction. Powered by a 24-volt rechargeable
battery. LiftOperator Intelligent Control System
available in two styles: standard or with activation
key to prevent unauthorized use of lift. Includes
stainless steel locking deck anchor, with cap,
charger, seat belt and battery cover. Lifting
capacity: 300 lbs. ADA Compliant.
81-275 81-285 16" - 25"
81-272 81-273 16" - 25"
81-286 81-287 16" - 25"
Set Back
81-272
Description
Set Back
Lift Operator w/
Activation Key
Description
Lift
Operator
SPLASH AQUATIC LIFT — Maximum deckto-water level distance is 12". The Splash lift
is also available in Hi/Lo, Spa and Extended
Reach versions. 359° rotation ensures a safe
transfer area. Powder coated stainless steel and
aluminum construction. Powered by a 24-volt
rechargeable battery. LiftOperator Intelligent
Control System available in two styles: standard
or with activation key to prevent unauthorized
use of lift. Includes stainless steel locking deck
anchor with cap, charger, seat belt, and battery
cover. Lifting capacity: Splash Aquatic Lifts 400
lbs., Splash Extended Reach versions 300 lbs.
ADA Compliant.
Lift
Operator
81-751
SEMI-PORTABLE LIFTS
81-783
ML300 AQUATIC LIFT — New economical
aquatic lift that is ideal for a wide range
of pool applications. Maximum deck-towater level distance is 8". Right or left side
mounting allows for versatile location on the
deck. Powder coated stainless steel and
aluminum construction. Powered by a 24-volt
rechargeable battery. Includes Lift Operator
Intelligent Control System, 4 anchor bolts with
inserts, anchor jig, seat belt and battery cover.
Lifting capacity 300 lbs. ADA Compliant.
81-781
12.5" - 17"
81-782
12.5" - 17"
81-783
12.5" - 17"
81-784
12.5" - 17"
Description
ML300
ML300
without anchor
ML300
with armrest
ML300
with armrest
without anchor
81-288 81-289 16" - 25"
S.R. SMITH LIFT PARTS
Description
Secure-It-Kit
Locking anchor with cap
Locking anchor cap only
Flush deck anchor kit
Lift Cover, operable position
Mast Cover
Battery Cover
Seat Cover
Lift Caddy
Armrest assembly
Foot rest without hardware
Foot rest with hardware
Spine board attachment
Stability vest
Seat belt
SR Smith pool/spa lift available sign
PAL/PAL 2
Splash
81-230
•
•
•
81-040
•
81-227
81-264
•
81-235
81-240
81-241
81-245
81-250
81-255
45-033
81-233
81-270
81-271
•
81-040
81-260
81-228
81-264
81-265
81-235
81-240
81-241
81-245
81-250
81-255
45-033
aXs
•
81-270
81-271
•
81-294
•
81-279
81-264
81-278
81-276
•
•
81-245
81-250
81-284
45-033
MultiLIFT
•
•
•
81-816
81-817
•
81-813
81-264
•
81-235
81-240
81-241
•
81-250
81-255
45-033
NOTE: Set-back dimensions on this page reflect a 0" deck-to-water level dimension.
Set-backs will vary according to your deck-to-water level height.
Visit www.lincolnaquatics.com for a pool lift set-back chart.
183
81-065 Aspen
81-067 Freedom
Anchor Set
Deck-toKit
Back Water Level
•
incl.
6"-22"
6"-22"
12"
12"
ASPEN/FREEDOM AQUATIC LIFT OPTIONS
Item
81-073
81-015
81-039
81-308
81-307
81-077
81-068
81-069
81-061
81-050
81-075
45-109
184
Description
Armrest Assembly
Head Rest Pad
Seat Belt
Battery
Battery Charger
5-Button Remote
Lift Cover
Lift Transport Cart
Stainless Steel 1.90" I.D.
Adapter Fitting
Aspen/Freedom Anchor
Locking Anchor Retrofit Kit
•
•
•
•
Anchor Set
Deck-toKit Back Water Level
Traveler II
81-314 6"-33"
XRC 500
12"
TRAVELER II XRC 500 LIFT OPTIONS
Item
81-015
81-039
81-078
81-079
81-308
81-307
81-077
81-310
81-312
81-314
81-316
81-315
45-109
Description
Head Rest Pad
Seat Belt
Spineboard Attachment
Wheelchair Attachment
Battery
Battery Charger
5-Button Remote
Lift Cover
Lift Transport Cart
Bronze Anchor Kit, 1.90" I.D.
with Cap and Key
Anchor Cap and Key
Locking Anchor Retrofit Kit
Visit www.lincolnaquatics.com for additional
Aquatic Lift parts and accessories.
81-900
RANGER POOL LIFT — Ideal for lighter duty
needs. Low profile design and smaller foot
print for tight deck spaces. Includes: dual
flip-up arms; removable and adjustable foot
rest. Accessory upgrade pack includes: extra
battery, control box, head rest, chest strap,
lift cover and transport cart. ADA Compliant.
Item
Ranger Pool
Lift Model
w/ Anchor
350 incl. 4-19"
w/o Anchor
350
• 4-19"
Accessory
•
•
•
81-903
Upgrade Pack
81-900
81-901
Deck-toWater Level
Model
81-300
Model
Set Back
Item
Item
Bolt Down
Anchor
ASPEN/FREEDOM AQUATIC LIFTS —
Designed for in-ground and above ground
pools and spas. Anchor is 2 3/8" I.D. Optional
stainless steel adapter allows lift to be installed
into existing 1.90" I.D. anchors. Both lifts
include: battery, battery charger and seat belt.
Aspen Lift includes: (2) 5-button remotes,
adjustable swing out foot rest, removable
armrest and padded head rest. Anchor
ordered separately. Freedom Lift includes:
(1) 5-button remote, stationary foot rest and
anchor. ADA Compliant.
Weight Limit
(in lbs.)
81-067
w/ Anchor 375 incl. 12"-36"
w/o Anchor 375
• 12"-36"
Accessory
•
•
•
81-865
Upgrade Pack
•
•
81-863 Transport Cart •
81-855
81-856
Deck-toWater Level
81-300
TRAVELER II XRC500 AQUATIC LIFT
Accommodates heavier lifting needs.
Designed for in-ground pools and spas.
Traveler Lift includes: battery, charger, (2)
5-button remotes, adjustable swing-out foot
rest, removable armrest, padded head rest,
stabilizer bar and seat belt. Transport cart
helps maneuver lift on pool deck. Anchor kit
includes: 6" anchor socket, cover and key,
ordered separately. Lifting capacity: 500 lbs.
ADA Compliant.
Scout Pool
Lift Model
Set Back
Item
6" Anchor
81-065
Weight Limit
(in lbs.)
SCOUT 2 AQUATIC LIFT — Designed to be
used in retro-fit applications. Eliminates the need
for anchor installation utilizing almost any existing
1.9" I.D. x 6" deep anchor. Includes: dual flipup arms, seat belt, removable, adjustable foot
rest and secondary locking anchor. Accessory
upgrade pack includes: battery, head rest, chest
strap and cover. ADA Compliant.
9"
9"
•
81-280
81-830
81-308
81-264
81-040
AQUATIC LIFT PARTS
S.R. SMITH AQUATIC LIFT PARTS
Description
Covers
Lift Cover, operable position
Lift Cover, mast
Seat Cover
Battery Cover
Hand Held Controllers
2-button hand controller
4-button hand controller
Lift Operator™ Control Systems
2-button without activation key
4-button without activation key
4-button with activation key
Activation keys, set of 4
Battery
Lift Operator Battery
Linak Battery (old style, prior to 2012)
Charger
Lift Operator Charger
Linak Charger (old style)
PAL
PAL2
Splash
aXs
ML300
81-040
•
81-264
81-227
81-040
•
81-264
•
81-040
81-260
81-264
•
81-294
•
81-264
81-279
81-817
•
81-264
81-813
•
81-280
•
81-280
•
81-280
•
81-280
81-282
•
•
81-830
81-835
81-840
•
81-830
81-835
81-840
•
81-830
81-835
81-840
•
81-830
81-835
81-840
81-820
•
•
•
81-209
81-215
81-209
•
81-209
81-215
81-209
81-215
81-209
•
81-836
81-218
81-836
•
81-836
81-218
81-836
81-218
81-836
•
AQUATIC LIFT MAINTENANCE
SPECTRA-CLEAN™ STAINLESS STEEL
CLEANER — Periodic passivation is required to
ensure the corrosion resistance of stainless steel
products. Application will help prevent corrosion
in the future. Available in three stages for weekly
maintenance and varying levels of corrosion.
Item
Description
Size
Treatment
3-330
System 1
1-22 oz.
bottles
3-335
System 2
1 gallon
3-340
System 3
1 gallon
Weekly
Treatment
Mid-range
corrosion
Severe
corrosion
SPECTRUM AQUATIC LIFT PARTS
Covers
Remote
Battery
Charger
Description
Portable
Aspen/Freedom
Semi-Protable
Aspen/Freedom
Traveler
Lift cover
81-072
81-068
81-310
5-button remote
81-077
81-077
81-077
Battery
81-308
81-308
81-308
Plug-in charger
81-307
81-307
81-307
AQUA CREEK AQUATIC LIFT PARTS
Description
Covers
Lift cover
Actuator cover
Remotes
2-button remote
4-button remote
Battery
Battery
Charger
Charger
Scout
Ranger
81-862
•
81-906
81-914
•
81-859
81-912
•
81-910
81-910
81-911
81-911
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
SOLAR CHARGERS
81-951
81-950
PREMIER RUST INHIBITOR — Inhibits
rust and corrosion on metal surfaces. Protects
gears for optimum lift performance.
81-951
AQUATIC LIFT GREASE — Preventative
maintenance of your aquatic lift battery contacts
helps extend the life of your battery. 1/3 oz. tube.
81-950
AQUA CREEK SOLAR CHARGERS — Solar
charging station insures your Aqua Creek lift
is ready to go with a full charge by providing a
steady stream of low voltage power to your lift
battery. Extends battery life and eliminates the
need to remove your battery daily for charging.
Works with Pro, Ranger, Scout, Revolution, and
Patriot pool lifts.
81-920 Pro/Ranger solar charger
81-925 Scout/Revolution/Titan solar charger
81-930 Patriot solar charger
185
81-152
ADA COMPLIANT LADDERS
ADA EASY STAIRS — Fiberglass construction
with white non-conductive handrails. Smooth
finish with non-skid painted steps for safe and
secure footing. Can easily be removed with
stair dolly, included. No anchors or bonding
required. ADA Easy Stair is ordered based on
pool floor to top of pool deck height dimension.
Number listed in parenthesis reflects that
measurement. Replacement white edging kit
includes: 35 ft. of edging and adhesive. Weight
capacity 300 lbs. Specify color: medium blue
(shown), light blue or yellow. ADA Compliant.
81-152 ADA Easy Stair, 5-step (38"-47")
81-153 ADA Easy Stair, 6-step (48"-57")
81-155 Skid-No-More paint, quart
81-160 Replacement white edging kit
81-166 Replacement ADA Dolly
81-170 Replacement wheel, each
81-475
AQUA STEP ADA 24" LADDERS — Features:
24" wide stairs, shielded treads, extended
handrails and 600 lb. weight capacity. Includes:
deck anchors and bolts. Specify desired riser
height 5", 6.5" 7", 7.5", 8" or 8.5". Safety Side
Guard option, set of 2 side panels, ordered
separately with new ladder. Limited Lifetime
Warranty on frame. Meets the new ADAAG
Guidelines.
81-465 Aqua Step ADA 24", 4-Step
81-185 Safety Side Guard Option, set of 2
Custom Platform
AQUA STEP REPLACEMENT PARTS
81-190 Custom platform
81-202 Shielded ADA tread, 24"
81-191 Shielded tread, 30"
81-194 Replacement ADA tread, 24"
81-199 Replacement tread, 30"
81-200 Replacement safety strips, each
81-205 Replacement anchor bolts, set of 2
81-210 Replacement hand knobs, set of 2
81-492
BOZEMAN ADA THERAPY LADDERS —
Allows you to provide a gentle sloping means
of access into your pool for those who require a
little extra help. Each ladder is custom designed
for your facility needs. Includes: 1.50" dia.
handrails, 4" wheels for ease of transport and
poly netting provided under the stairs and sides
to avoid entrapment. Weight capacity 400 lbs.
Requires 2 deck anchors, ordered separately.
ADA Compliant.
81-490 ADA Ladder, 3-step
81-020 Compression anchor, 1.50" ID
81-021 Compression anchor cap
81-038 Spanner wrench
81-023 Anchor cap removal key
186
Safety Side Guards
AQUA STEP SAFETY SIDE GUARD — Can
be added to your existing Aqua Step Ladder
or purchased as replacement part. Prevents
swimming under ladder. Sold as each panel.
4-5-Step
81-195
6-Step
81-196
7-Step
81-197
8-Step
81-198
81-178
THERAPY LADDERS
AQUA STEP ELITE LADDERS — High density
polyethylene ladder is lightweight yet designed
for commercial use. Extra wide treads allow
pool users to enter and exit the water without
the need to go backwards. Handrails are
aluminum reinforced fluted PVC. Quick release
mounting system allows the step to easily be
detached from the pool deck. For some gutter
applications a custom deck platform may be
required to ensure a proper fit. Pool steps
are custom fit to the dimensions of your pool.
Measurement Guides are required to assure a
proper fit. Visit our web site for a Measurement
Guide or call to have one e-mailed to you.
2 Year Warranty.
81-400
81-191
81-195
AQUA STEP 30" LADDERS — Features 30"
wide stairs with a 300 lb. weight capacity.
Specify desired riser height: 5", 6.5", 7.5", 8.5",
9" or 9.5". Safety Side Guard option, set of
2 side panels, ordered separately with new
ladder. Includes: deck anchors and bolts.
2 Year Warranty.
81-173 Aqua Step 30", 4-Step
AQUA STEP HD 30" LADDERS — Features
30" wide stairs with a 450 lb. weight capacity.
Specify desired riser height: 5", 6.5", 7.5", 8.5",
9" or 9.5". Safety Side Guard option, set of 2 side
panels, ordered separately with new ladder.
Includes: deck anchors and bolts. Limited
Lifetime Warranty on frame.
WATER WHEELCHAIRS
82-029
ALL TERRAIN WHEELCHAIRS
MOBI-CHAIR FLOATING WHEELCHAIR
Floating rolling beach wheelchair provides a
seamless transition from the sidewalk to the
beach and into the water. Aluminum frame and
stainless steel parts with flotation wheels and
armrest for stability. Specify armrest color: blue,
orange or yellow. Weight capacity: 300 lbs.
82-029
MOBILE AQUATIC CHAIR — MAC chair was
built specifically for use in aquatic environments
with a powder coated stainless steel frame to
resist corrosion and two swing away armrests
for easy transfers. Rigid roto-molded plastic
seat aids in user transfers by providing a stable
platform that can be used for transfer support.
Front and rear stabilizer wheels eliminate the
tendency of a chair to pitch forward or back
while going down/up the ramp. Designed for
water or shower use. Includes seat belt. Weight
capacity: 300 lbs.
82-010
82-010
82-030
ALL TERRAIN WHEELCHAIR — Advanced
technology "balloon tires" roll easily over sand
and rough terrain. Features stainless steel
construction, Ballistic Nylon seat/back and
360º rotating swivel front tires. Includes: seat
belt, 3-position foot rest, wheel lock, left and
right armrests that swivel for easy transfers.
Weight capacity: 325 lbs. Ballistic Nylon
seat/back available in turquoise or royal blue,
specify. Tires are available in gray only. Chair
weighs only 37 lbs.
82-030
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
82-015
SPLASH AQUATIC CHAIR — PVC aquatic
wheelchair designed for commercial use.
Features extended base for increased stability.
Splash Aquatic Chair has stationary arms.
Splash Plus Aquatic Chair has swing-away
arms.
82-015 Splash Aquatic Chair
82-016 Splash Plus Aquatic Chair
82-021
AQUA CHAIR — Provides independent
accessibility for disabled individuals in and
around water. PVC design allows you to furnish
a wheelchair specifically for "wet" areas at your
facility. All stainless steel fasteners supply
additional strength and durability. Removable
swing arm allows for easier transfer to and from
the wheelchair. Recommended weight limit is
350 lbs. Includes: flip-up foot rest, wheels with
stainless steel rims and locking brakes and
swing arm assembly.
82-021 Aqua Chair
82-023 Safety belt
82-024 Shoulder harness with safety belt
82-025 Replacement 7" front wheel, each
187
Water Exercise Equipment
82-160
82-135
WATER EXERCISE EQUIPMENT
TIDALWAVE POOL BIKE — Adjustable
resistance settings, make it easy to adjust
bike to your capabilities and exercise levels.
Multiple bikes can be used for in water exercise
classes. Tension knob is located near seat
post, so you can adjust fitness level while you
are riding the bike. Includes: adjustable seat
column, adjustable handlebars, collapsible
frame for easy storage, and scratch resistant
wheels for ease in transporting the bike.
Recommended pool depth is 3 ft. to 5 ft. deep.
Optional semi-recumbent seat or sport seat
ordered separately. Stainless steel frame with
powder coat finish. Standard colors: yellow,
green, or pink. Additional non-standard colors
available for orders of 10 or more. Bike weighs
only 55 pounds. Weight capacity: 300 pounds.
Size: 541/2" L x 211/2" Wx 533/4" H.
82-135 Tidalwave Pool Bike
82-140 Tidalwave Semi-Recumbent Seat
82-145 Tidalwave Sport Seat
82-120
WATER RIDER POOL BIKES — Lightweight
and easy-to-use bikes have adjustable seats
and handlebars to accommodate different
patrons. The height can also be adjusted to
varying pool depths. Bikes can be used barefoot
if desired. Brushed stainless steel frame is
built to withstand harsh pool environments.
Water Rider 3 - designed for moderate biking
exercise. Ultra-light design weighs only 36
pounds. Water Rider 4 - has unique paddle
system giving users the ability to adjust
bike to 4 different resistance levels. Water
Rider 5 - gives rider the most adjustability with
knob control for resistance level.
82-120 Water Rider 3
188
82-165
DECK SOUND SYSTEMS
82-100
AQUA JOGGER — Weightless training with
virtually no impact to the joints. Can be used
for both aqua walking and aqua running.
Lightweight and easy to move with scratch
resistant wheels. Can be used barefoot, if
desired. 100% stainless steel frame with anticorrosion treatment.
82-100
DYNAMO DECKSIDE PA SYSTEM — All in
one deckside unit that does it all. Ideal for aqua
aerobic classes up to 20 people. Includes:
built-in 16-channel UHF wireless microphone
system, dry headset, marine-grade coated
body pack transmitter, rechargeable battery,
and additional inputs for microphones, iPods
and other MP3 players. Up to 4 hours of
continuous use per charge. Protective travel
bag ordered separately. Not designed for in
water use. Specify headset color: black, blue,
red or yellow.
82-160 Dynamo Deckside PA System
82-165 Dynamo travel bag
82-170 Dynamo replacement headset
82-175 Dynamo replacement battery
82-036
THERAPY PARALLEL BARS
PARALLEL BARS — Enables you to transform
your pool into a therapeutic rehabilitation
area. A perfect addition to your therapeutic
programming equipment. Designed to be
used either in your pool or in your therapy
room. Rubber sleeves help stabilize the bars
on all types of floor surfaces. Light weight and
portable for easy handling. Straddle bars are
adjustable with stainless steel quick release
pins. Adjustable in 1" increments from 28" to
40". 1.66" x 1.09 wall thickness with satin finish.
6' Therapy Bar weighs 65 lbs. and 8' Therapy
Bar weighs 75 lbs. 21" distance between
handrails.
82-036 Therapy parallel bar, 6'
82-037 Therapy parallel bar, 8'
82-105
BELT PAK VOICE AMPLIFIER — Deck side
instruction just got easier with a self-contained
voice amplifier. Front fanny pack style projects
voice directly to your audience. Designed for
small group instruction, up to 10 students. The
Belt Pak is not intended for in water use. Size:
7"W x 3"H x 2.5"D. Includes headset. 5 watts.
Uses 6 AA batteries, not included. 82-105 Belt Pak Voice Amplifier
82-110 Replacement wireless headset
Water Exercise Gear
Ric Frazier Productions
83-030
AQUAJOGGER DELTA BELLS — Triangular
shape allows you to choose your workout
level. Active Bell (light resistance) ideal for
elderly or arthritis patients. Delta Bell (medium
resistance) ideal for beginning to intermediate
fitness levels. Delta Bell Pro (maximum
resistance) for more advanced fitness levels.
83-031 Active Bell, pair
83-030 Delta Bell, pair
83-029 Delta Bell Pro, pair
®
AQUAJOGGER® EXERCISE GEAR
AQUAJOGGER® BUOYANCY BELTS — Increase aerobic endurance and muscle tone with
impact-free water exercise. Soft EVA closed-cell
foam hugs the body for comfort, maximum buoyancy and durability. AquaJogger® Classic is the
most popular belt for average shaped women.
AquaJogger® Shape is ideal for pregnancy,
lower back pain and full figures. AquaJogger®
Fit for shorter waisted women. AquaJogger®
Pro for average shaped men. AquaJogger®
Shape Pro for wider waisted men. AquaJogger® Active foam is slightly firmer, with simpler
styling and an excellent value. AquaJogger®
Junior is for kids 4-10 years old.
AquaJogger
Classic
Pro
Fit
Active
Junior
Shape
Shape Pro
Blue
83-005
83-010
•
83-015
83-020
83-024
83-019
HYDRO-FIT ® COMFORT CUFFS — Comfort
cuffs provide cushioned ankle comfort and
additional flotation volume. Pair.
83-050
Purple
83-006
•
83-012
•
83-023
•
•
83-035
AQUA RUNNERS — Designed to be used in
deep water in conjunction with your AquaJogger® buoyancy belt. Soft EVA foam construction. One size fits all. Color: blue. Pair.
83-035
83-038
83-005
AQUAJOGGER® REPLACEMENT BELT —
Replacement black elastic waistband with
buckle for the AquaJogger® buoyancy belt.
83-026 36" (Junior) 83-02854"
83-02748"
83-050
83-045
HYDRO-FIT ® FITNESS CUFFS — For deep
and shallow water workouts. Classic Cuffs
feature a quick-release buckle closure for an
extra firm fit. New Easy-Close Cuffs are easier
to put on and adjust while providing a wider
range of fitting options.
83-045 Classic Cuffs, pair
83-046 Easy-Close Cuffs, pair
HYDRO-FIT® EXERCISE GEAR
HYDRO-FIT® WAVE BUOYANCY BELT —
Contour shape balances buoyancy evenly around
your body enhancing correct posture and alignment. Soft EVA foam forms to your body.
Waist Size
Small (up to 32")
Medium (33" - 38")
Large (39" - 54")
Classic
Easy-Close
Quick
Velcro-Like
Release Belt
Closure
83-037
83-038
83-039
83-056
83-055
83-054
HYDRO-FIT® HAND BUOYS — Three sizes for
progressive levels of buoyancy and resistance
for upper body conditioning. Colors: white
with green (mini), black (regular) or purple
(jumbo). Includes: 1 pair hand buoys with
instruction guide.
83-054 Hand buoys, mini (2" thick)
83-055 Hand buoys, regular (23/4" thick)
83-056 Hand buoys, jumbo (31/2" thick)
83-270
83-275
83-280
HYDRO-FIT® WAVE REPLACEMENT BELT
Replacement black elastic waistband for the
Hydro-Fit® Wave Belt.
AQUAJOGGER® HITCH — 5' elastic nylon
cord with clip attaches to the back of the
AquaJogger® belt and the side of the pool for
a stationary workout.
83-025
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
Size
Small
Medium
Large
Classic Quick
Easy-Close
Release Belt Velcro-Like Closure
83-041
83-042
83-043
83-285
83-290
83-295
83-060
HYDRO-FIT SPORTS THERAPY BARBELL
Barbell provides stable and secure buoyancy
for a variety of aquatic activities.
83-060
®
189
Water Exercise Gear
83-065
HYDRO-FIT® WAVE WEB PRO — Enhance
the natural resistance of the water for effective
upper body conditioning. Specify size: S, M,
L or XL.
83-065 Hydro-Fit® Wave Web Pro
83-085
83-072
83-084
HYDRO-FIT® RACK SYSTEMS — Lightweight,
storage rack holds 18 complete sets of HydroFit® workout gear. Available with two equipment
system options: Buoyancy/Resistance Cuffs
and hand buoys, or with Wave Belts and hand
buoys. Assembly required.
HYDRO-FIT® NOODLE STORAGE CART —
Two wheeled lightweight cart holds up to 24
noodles. Complete Noodle Storage System
includes cart and 20 noodles. Cart also can
be ordered without noodles. Size: 38" H x 28"
W x 16" D. Ships partially assembled.
83-072 Complete Noodle Storage System
83-073 Noodle Storage Cart Only
83-070 Replacement mesh bag
83-069 Repl. cart/rack wheels, pair
SYSTEM COMPONENTS
83-071
HYDRO-FIT NOODLE — Provides stability,
support and increased resistance for water
exercise. Size: 3" x 54"
83-071
System
Buoyancy/
Wave Rack
Quantity Resistance Cuffs Belts Cover
System 18
83-085
83-084 83-086
®
83-086
83-067
HYDRO-FIT® NOODLE STORAGE CADDY
Attaches to either end of your Hydro-Fit® System Storage Rack. Drawstring cord allows you
to tighten mesh caddy as needed, stowing up
to 20 Hydro-Fit Noodles.
83-067
83-315
HYDRO-FIT® HAND BUOY STORAGE RACK
Protects your equipment by keeping hand
buoys off the pool deck and organized. Specify
hand buoy size being used: mini (2" thick),
regular (23/4" thick) or jumbo (31/2" thick). Holds
24 pairs of hand buoys. Assembly required.
Hand Buoy
Quantity
24 pair
190
Hand Buoy
Rack
83-315
Storage
Rack Cover
83-330
83-066
HYDRO-FIT WAVE WEB STORAGE CADDY
Attaches to either end of your Hydro-Fit® System
Storage Rack. 20 individual mesh pockets keep
your Wave Webs organized.
83-066
®
83-068
HYDRO-FIT ® ALL PURPOSE STORAGE
CADDY — Mesh storage bag provides one
convenient place to store extra equipment.
Drawstring closure stows contents securely.
83-068
Water Exercise Gear
83-156
83-088
HYDRO-FIT GEAR BAG — Nylon mesh
duffel bags for stowing and carrying multiple
sets of Hydro-Fit® gear.
83-087 Instructor bag, 15" H x 36" W x 15" D
83-088 Facility bag, 20" H x 36" W x 15" D
®
83-155
AQUALOGIX EXERCISE GEAR
AQUALOGIX WATER EXERCISE GEAR —
“Omni directional drag resistance” in the water
provides a superior low impact workout. Design
delivers a fast eccentric stretch and concentric
contraction which triggers maximum athletic
workout. Specify resistance level - Cardio
Bells: All Purpose (black), High Speed (green),
or Max Resistance (blue). Blades: High Speed
(green) or Max Resistance (blue), and Total
Package: which includes one each of the
following - All Purpose Bells, High Speed Bells,
Max Resistance Bells, High Speed Blades and
Max Resistance Blades.
83-155 AquaLogix Cardio Bells, pair
83-156 AquaLogix Blades, pair
83-157 AquaLogix Total Package
83-089
HYDRO-FIT® NOODLE BAG — Nylon mesh
duffel bag with full-length zipper and comfortable shoulder straps. Holds 20 noodles. Size:
15"H x 54"W x 15"D.
83-089
83-107
83-106
WATER EXERCISE GEAR
AQUA POWER SWIM WEIGHTS — Vinyl
coated steel weights can be removed or added
to neoprene cover, so you can increase weight
as needed. Velcro fastener. Arm: 16 x 4 oz.
weights. Ankle: 16 x 5 oz. weights. Platform
size: 24" x 16". Platform height: adjustable from
5.5" to 7.5".
83-106 Swim weights, arm, 4 lb. set
83-107 Swim weights, ankle, 5 lb. set
83-092
INSTRUCTORS DECK MAT
DECK MAT — Soft mat designed to provide
added stability and wet traction for slippery
pool decks. Mat's porous construction keeps
your teaching area dry and slip resistant. Size:
3' x 5'.
83-092
83-092
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
83-090
HYDRO-TONE
AQUATIC EXERCISE GEAR
HYDRO-TONE SYSTEM — The Hydro-Tone
System uses a combination of Hydro-Boots
and Hydro-Bells to give you a total body
workout. All muscle groups are used with
its three dimensional resistance design. The
degree of resistance depends on the force
applied by the user. Hydro-Tone Complete
System includes: 1 pair boots, 1 pair bells, 1
video, instructional charts and mesh carrying
bag. Also available individually; Hydro-Boots
with lower body video, and Hydro-Bells with
upper body video. Pair.
83-090 Hydro-Tone Complete system
83-095 Hydro-Boots
83-100 Hydro-Bells
83-124
AQUATIC EXERCISE STEP — Stable exercise
step is made of high impact plastic with an antislip surface. Excellent for both dry land and
water aerobic exercises. Platform size: 24" x 16"
with adjustable platform height of 5.5" to 7.5".
83-124
191
Water Exercise Gear
83-240
AQUA VERSA-TUBE — Enhance your aquatic
workout with our chlorine-resistant exercise
tubing that is designed for use in the pool.
Contoured handles provide a secure grip in the
water. Three color coded bands with different
resistance levels.
83-240 Light strength
83-245 Medium strength
83-250 Heavy strength
83-245
83-098
TYR® AQUATIC RESISTANCE GLOVES —
Neoprene webbed glove creates additional
resistance in the water. Ideal for an upper
body workout, without overloading shoulder
muscles. Rubberized palm with wrist closure
for comfortable fit. Size: S, M or L. Color:
black/blue
83-098
AQUAFLEX BODY BAR — Flexible and
buoyant body bar. Helps develop flexibility,
balance and muscular srength. Heavier weight
provides more resistance. 48"L.
83-255 AquaFLEX Body Bar, 10 lb.
EXERCISE BALLS — Balls can be used on
your pool deck or in the water for your aquatic
exercise programs. Heavy grade plastic with
ribbed exterior for better gripping. Inflates with
a hand pump, ordered separately.
64-079 Exercise Ball, 45 cm/18", yellow
64-080 Exercise Ball, 55 cm/22", red
64-085 Exercise Ball, 65 cm/26", green
64-086 Exercise Ball, 75 cm/30", blue
64-087 Exercise Ball, 85 cm/34", silver
ELITE POWER MED-BALL — Synthetic
rubber shell with hollow core which allows the
balls to bounce. Textured surface for improved
grip. Helps develop hand, arm, and upper
torso strength and coordination. Balls are color
coordinated by weight. Med-Ball Tree holds
up to 5 balls. Black tubular steel construction.
Item
83-205
83-210
83-215
83-220
83-225
83-230
83-235
Weight
2 lb.
4 lb.
6 lb.
8 lb.
10 lb.
12 lb.
Diameter
8"
8"
9"
9"
10"
10"
Med-Ball Tree
Color
Yellow
Green
Blue
Orange
Red
Purple
DRY LAND TRAINING
83-110
WAT E R FA N F I T N E S S PA D D L E S —
System builds upper body strength through
the accommodating resistance of water.
Adjustable vents allow you to increase or
decrease resistance during exercise. Pair.
83-110
192
VERSA-LOOPS — Closed loop 2" wide bands
fits around the upper or lower legs so you can
exercise the muscles of hips and legs. 12"
long is ideal for short, limited movements and
22" long provides for greater range of motion
exercises. Three color coded bands with
different resistance levels.
Length
12"
22"
Light
(Green)
83-116
83-121
Medium
(Red)
83-117
•
Heavy
(Blue)
83-118
•
Adapted Aquatics
83-140
ADAPTED AQUATICS EQUIPMENT
WATER WALKER STABILITY BAR — New
stability bar with flat paddle foam ends helps
maintain balance and equilibrium during
walking exercises in the pool. Oval bar
provides a secure grip. Helpful for individuals
with arthritis, stroke recovery or general
rehabilitation needs. 5' long.
83-140
83-199
WET VEST AIR COLLAR — Provides flotation
support for the head and neck in horizontal and
vertical positions in the water. Neoprene cover
with adjustable Velcro straps. Air Collar has an
inflatable bladder.
83-199
WET WRAP AQUATIC CLOTHING — Works
like a wet suit but has the benefit of a wrap
around design to adjust to fit all body types.
Allows full range of motion for arms and shoulders. Ideal for children's and senior programs,
instructors and aquatic exercise classes. Combine Wet Wrap with Wet Shorts as needed for
additional warmth. Made of durable neoprene.
Sizes: Men's; S, S-long, M, L, XL. Women's; S,
M, M-long, L, XL. Children's; S, S-long, M, Mlong. Inquire for additional sizing information.
Inquire for Wet Wrap colors.
Wet Wrap
Wet Shorts
BODYFIT CLIP — Helps float the head
comfortably above the water. Fully adjustable
for a full range of head sizes and second strap
provides secure fit around the neck.
83-115
Men's
82-065
82-080
Women's Children's
82-070
82-085
83-175
82-050
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
82-070
AQUATIC CLOTHING
Style
83-115
83-130
HEAD FLOAT — Now therapy is made easier
for individuals with reflex domination. No need
to support the head manually, hands are
free. Superb cushioning design allows the
head to rest without pressure on the spinal
column, encouraging neutral positioning.
Independence for everyone within the aquatic
environment makes this a truly valuable aid.
83-120 Small, 20-30 lbs.
83-125 Medium, 40-50 lbs.
83-130 Large, 60-175 lbs.
82-075
WET VEST II — The Wet Vest II fits a wider
range of body sizes due to its adjustable fit. An
ideal training, rehabilitation and therapy aid for
your aquatic programming groups. Neoprene
flotation vest holds you upright in the water
and allows you to duplicate any land activity
while suspended in the water. A great overall
body workout with no impact to your joints.
Specify size: Youth: small (up to 80 lbs.),
Adult: medium (80-185 lbs.), large (185-250
lbs.), extra large (250-350 lbs.).
82-045 Wet Vest II, Youth
82-050 Wet Vest II, Adult medium
82-055 Wet Vest II, Adult large
82-060 Wet Vest II, Adult extra large
ADULT & YOUTH
SWIM DIAPERS
82-075
82-090
83-195
SWIM DIAPERS — Reusable adult and youth
swim diapers are best worn under a regular
swim suit. Designed to contain a regular bowel
movement and protect from embarrassing pool
accidents. Machine washable. Color: white.
Specify size: Adult: small (28"-30"), medium
(32"-34"), large (36"-38"), extra large (40"-42").
Youth: 4/5 (38-46 lbs.), 6/7 (47-57 lbs.), 8/9
(58-72 lbs.), 10/11 (73-85 lbs.), 12/13 (89-96
lbs.), 14/15 (97-110 lbs.).
83-175 Adult Swim Diaper
83-195 Youth Swim Diaper
NOTE: See page 128 for children's swim
diapers.
193
Pool Covers
POOL AND SPA COVERS
INSULATED FLOATING POOL COVERS — Save 60-70% of your heating costs by using an
insulated floating pool cover. Reduces water evaporation, chemical loss, energy costs, and will
help keep your pool cleaner. Payback on most covers is less than one year. Each pool cover is
custom designed and fitted to your pool dimensions and is priced per square foot.
The pool cover material varies by thread count in the polyethylene fabric. Each material gains
bursting strength and abrasion resistance as the thread count increases. The 1212 hemmed edge
is used for indoor pools and spas, or 1 piece outdoor covers. The 1212 weighted edge is used
on outdoor pools to help prevent wind lift.
1010 STD COVERS - 3 YEAR WARRANTY
Cover Size
Hemmed
Weighted
1-299 sq. ft.
84-011
84-016
300-999 sq. ft.
84-012
84-017
1,000-1,999 sq. ft.
84-013
84-018
2,000-2,999 sq. ft.
84-014
84-019
3,000+ sq. ft.
84-015
84-020
1212 DLX COVERS - 5 YEAR (PRO-RATA)
Cover Size
1-299 sq. ft.
300-999 sq. ft.
1,000-1,999 sq. ft.
2,000-2,999 sq. ft.
3,000+ sq. ft.
1014 RS COVERS - 4 YEAR WARRANTY
Edge Style
Item
Panel Surcharge
84-280
84-285
84-001
84-002
84-003
84-004
84-005
Weighted
84-006
84-007
84-008
84-009
84-010
84-250
Weighted
89' - 94'
Edge Style
Cover Size
Hemmed
1-299 sq. ft.
300-999 sq. ft.
1,000-1,999 sq. ft.
2,000-2,999 sq. ft.
3,000+ sq. ft.
XL Panel Length
83' - 88'
Hemmed
1-299 sq. ft.
84-115
84-140
300-999 sq. ft.
84-120
84-145
1,000-1,999 sq. ft.
84-125
84-150
2,000-2,999 sq. ft.
84-130
84-155
3,000+ sq. ft.
84-135
84-160
1214 XL COVERS - 5 YEAR WARRANTY
Edge Style
Hemmed
Edge Style
Cover Size
84-025
SOLAR POOL COVERS — Polyethylene floating pool cover is an economical way to cover
your pool. Highly buoyant, air-filled bubble
material provides insulation for the pool surface
and prevents heat loss through evaporation.
Solar covers reduce heating costs up to 70%
and are the most cost efficient investment
you can make. Solar covers work on indoor
and outdoor pools. When left on in sunlight, a
solar cover will add as much as 10 degrees
to an unheated pool. Blanket panels can be
ordered in any length, but must be ordered in
even widths. Panels can be easily trimmed to
size when placed on pool. Solar cover material: 13 mil. thickness. Color: clear/translucent.
Warranty: 7 Year Warranty (3 Years Full).
84-025 Commercial Solar Cover, per sq. ft.
84-165
84-170
84-175
84-180
84-185
Weighted
84-190
84-195
84-200
84-205
84-210
SOLAR POOL COVER
XW Panel Width
95'+
19' - 20'
21' - 22'
84-255
84-260
84-265
84-270
Ladder/hand rail cut outs, each
Rounded corners, each
23'+
84-275
NOTE: See page 196 and 197 for storage
reels and pool cover accessories.
194
Pool & Spa Covers
84-110
84-100
LIQUID POOL COVERS
84-045
SAFETY COVERS
SAFETY COVERS — Custom-tailored to fit
any size or shape pool. Poly mesh material is
strong, but lightweight. Allows water to flow
through, but not leaves or debris. Great for
winterizing your pool. Also protects your pool
from unlawful entry and liability exposure.
Patented anchoring system uses concrete
anchors and stainless steel straps to keep the
cover tight and keep heavy objects out of pool.
Dimensional drawing of your pool, required
for quotation.
84-045 Safety cover
84-046 Replacement pop-up anchors
84-047 Replacement screw-type anchors
84-048 Allen wrench
84-049 Replacement stainless spring
HEATSAVR LIQUID POOL COVER —
Reduces heat loss and evaporation from
any pool. New patented technology offers an
alternative to conventional pool and spa covers
or can be used in conjunction with them to
increase your savings. Will save energy and
water costs in every pool, even while the pool
is in use. Will also reduce evaporation and
humidity on indoor pools. Will not affect your
pool chemistry. Completely safe, non-toxic,
and biodegradeable. Can be fed manually
or continuously fed with automatic metering
system. 115 VAC. Daily dosage: 1-2 oz. per
400 sq. ft.
84-100 4 liter bottle (140 oz.)
84-110 Automatic metering system
INSULATED SPA COVERS
INSULATED FLOATING SPA COVER — Heavy
duty "Ultra" material with hemmed edges.
Custom cut to your spa. Submit drawing with
handrail locations indicated. Material color:
blue top and black bottom. 1 Year Warranty.
84-061 1-299 sq. ft.
84-062 300+ sq. ft.
BEFORE LIQUID POOL COVER
Double Reinforced Folding
Hinge
Commercial Quality
Double Strong Piping
Tear Free
Padded Handle
Marine Grade Vinyl
Commercial
Quality
Stitching
Perimeter
Apron
3 Mil.
Plastic
Tapered Foam
Core
Double-Ply
Poly-Laminate
84-060
84-049
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
Sure-Loc
Fastener
Drain
Grommet
Dual Purpose
Heat Seal
Gasket
Steel
Reinforcement
Commercial
Grade
Nylon Zipper
AFTER LIQUID POOL COVER
INSULATED SPA COVER — 4" to 2" tapered
foam core for excellent insulation. Covered by
a marine grade vinyl with mildew and UV inhibitors. Double reinforced center folding hinge for
easy removal and storage. Steel reinforcement
rib for strength and rigidity. Cover mounts on
lip of spa or on coping. Floating cover can also
be used on water surface to increase insulating
capabilities. Available in 10 different colors.
84-060 Insulated spa cover
195
Commercial Storage Reels
SINGLE STORAGE REEL — Height: 33"; Width: 28"; Length: 1' longer than winding tube length.
JUNIOR STAINLESS STORAGE REELS —
For smaller sized pool cover applications.
Frame constructed with 1.75" OD x .120" wall
thickness 304 stainless steel tubing. Winding
tube is made with 4" OD x .120" wall thickness
tubing. Includes: 12" hand crank, 2 screw jack
brakes, and four 4" diameter stainless casters.
Dimensions: 18"H x 24"D x winder length (L).
Can hold up to 80 ln. ft. of insulating pool cover
material. 10 Year Warranty.
85-250 8'
85-275 13'
85-255 9'
85-280 14'
85-260 10'
85-285 15'
85-265 11'
85-290 16'
85-270 12'
DOUBLE STORAGE REEL — Height: 451⁄2"; Width: 451⁄2"; Length: 1' longer than winding tube length.
WALL-MOUNTED REELS
WALL-MOUNTED STORAGE REELS — Conserves deck space, by utilizing wall mounted
reels for cover storage, on indoor facilities.
Constructed of 304 stainless tubing. We can
recommend and design a wall mounted storTRIPLE STORAGE REEL — Height: 451⁄2"; Width: 451⁄2"; Length: 1' longer than winding tube length. age reel system for your facility-inquire.
86-010
COMMERCIAL STORAGE REELS
STAINLESS STEEL STORAGE REELS — Specifically designed for easy removal and storage
of your insulating pool blanket. All-welded reels are constructed of 1.90" O.D. x .120" wall thickness tubing. Type 304 stainless steel. Each reel is supplied with two 24" diameter handwheels for
safety and ease of handling. On multiple shaft reels, the handwheels can be moved to another
shaft by means of a quick-release handwheel locking pin. The winding tube is constructed of
4" diameter Type 304 stainless steel, with three pool cover attaching straps on each tube. Each
reel has two stainless steel screw jack brakes on each end for securely holding reel in place.
Single reels provided with 4 - 950 lb. casters and double/triple reels come with 6 - 950 lb. casters. Determine which size reel to purchase by sizing it 1' wider than your widest pool cover
panel. Available in 10' to 20' lengths in single, double or triple winding tube designs. Maximum
capacity for each reel is 150 lineal feet per winding tube. 10 Year Warranty.
Winding Tube Length
10' Storage Reel
11' Storage Reel
12' Storage Reel
13' Storage Reel
14' Storage Reel
15' Storage Reel
16' Storage Reel
17' Storage Reel
18' Storage Reel
19' Storage Reel
20' Storage Reel
196
Maximum Cover Width
9'
10'
11'
12'
13'
14'
15'
16'
17'
18'
19'
Single
85-003
85-004
85-005
85-010
85-015
85-020
85-025
85-030
85-035
85-040
85-045
Double
85-048
85-049
85-050
85-055
85-060
85-065
85-070
85-075
85-080
85-085
85-090
Triple
85-093
85-094
85-095
85-100
85-105
85-110
85-115
85-120
85-125
85-130
85-135
STORAGE REEL COVERS
CHAMPION™ STORAGE REEL COVERS —
Protects pool covers from damaging sunlight
while the covers are stored on commercial
storage reels. Covers will fit any manufacturer's
single, double or triple reel. Constructed with 12
oz./sq. yd. vinyl laminate fabric. Specify winder
size and manufacturer when ordering.
Storage Reel Size
10' - 13'
14' - 17'
18' - 20'
Single
85-140
85-145
85-150
Double/Triple
85-155
85-160
85-165
Storage Reels & Accessories
85-170
85-360
MOTORIZED REEL SYSTEMS
MOTORIZED REEL SYSTEMS — Can be
mounted to existing reel or retro-fitted to an
existing reel. Power Drive units - provide
an electric gear motor (115 volt) on each
shaft. Available for both portable reels or wall
mounted reels. ThermGlide unit- is a self
contained, battery operated, rechargeable
Power Drive unit which has separate Power
Head to attach to each shaft for winding. Can
handle multiple reels. 60 minutes of battery life.
Both motorized systems wind covers up and
unwind cover back onto pool.
85-350 Power Drive- single reel
85-355 Power Drive- double reel
85-360 Power Drive- triple reel
85-365 Power Drive- wall mounted reel
85-370 ThermGlide- battery operated reel
COMMERCIAL REEL PARTS
SCREW JACK — Stainless steel holding device
for new and existing reels. Unit mounts onto 41⁄2"
x 4" caster pad. Stainless bolt set of (4) bolts,
lock washers, and nuts ordered separately.
85-170
85-171 Screw Jack bolt set, 11⁄4"
85-172 Repl. screw jack pad with hardware
85-173 Repl. screw jack knob
85-174 MacBall style screw jack
85-230
85-370
POOL COVER STORAGE REELS
86-165 Single Reel 125 ft. 22 ft.
86-170 Single Reel 125 ft. 26 ft.
86-175 Double Reel 90 ft. 16 ft.
20 ft.
24 ft.
15 ft.
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
85-220
85-216
85-225
HAND WHEEL LOCKING PIN
85-200
Max. Max. Max.
Item
Description Ln. Ft. Reel Cover
Number
Shaft Width Width
STAINLESS STEEL HAND CRANK — 12"
stainless steel hand crank for 3⁄4" square or 1"
round shaft end.
85-205 3/4" square hand crank
85-206 1" round hand crank
85-235
85-195
STAINLESS STEEL HAND WHEEL — 24"
diameter hand wheel for Universal Reels. Also
a convenient upgrade to other brands of reels
that use hand cranks. Wheel comes with 1"
diameter hub. 3⁄4" square shaft adapter and
hand wheel locking pin ordered separately.
85-195
85-196 3⁄4" Square shaft adapter
ELITE COMMERCIAL REELS — Heavy duty
reels designed to store solar pool covers. Available in single shaft and double shaft styles. 36"
high aluminum frame with white painted finish,
stainless steel hardware, anodized aluminum
winding tube, and 4" locking casters.
85-191
85-190
85-206
85-205
PILLOW BLOCK BEARING — Two bearings
required per winding tube. Stainless bolt set of
(2) bolts, flat washers, lock washers, and nuts
ordered separately.
85-190
85-191 Bearing bolt set, 3"
85-208
SWIVEL CASTER — 6" diameter, 950 lb. caster
with 2" wide tread. Stainless bolt set of (4) bolts,
lock washers, and nuts ordered separately.
85-208 Stainless Steel Caster
85-211 Swivel Caster bolt set, 1"
STAINLESS STEEL WINDING TUBES
85-175 12' to 14'
85-180 15' to 17'
85-185 18' to 20'
85-232
POOL COVER ATTACHING STRAP — For
attaching cover to winding tube.
85-220 3' strap w/hardware (old style)
85-225 5'-15' strap w/hardware (old style)
85-226 8' strap w/slide
85-227 10'-15' strap w/slide
POOL COVER DOWELS — Attaches cover to
reel straps. 31⁄2" polyethylene tubing with rope.
85-230
PULL-IT PRO ATTACHMENT SYSTEM —
Stainless steel Pull-it Pro toggles replace factory
pool cover dowels. Attachment System kit
includes: 3 x reel shaft clamps, 3 x "D" rings, and
3 x stainless toggles. One kit is installed on each
winding tube, so each panel can be attached to
reel. Panel toggles ordered separately.
85-232 Pull-it Pro toggle, stainless steel
85-233 Pull-it Pro Attachment System kit
POOL COVER RETAINING STRAP — 8 ft.
adjustable strap with buckle for securing pool
cover on winding tube.
85-216
PULL ROPE ASSEMBLY — 100' x 1⁄4" braided
poly rope with swivel snap.
85-235
POOL COVER ACCESSORIES
INSULATING BLANKET REPAIR KIT — For
insulated, floating, 3-ply cover, 1⁄ 8" thick.
Includes: ThermCare tape (2" x 15' roll), 12
sq. ft. cover material and repair instructions.
84-065
84-068 ThermCare repair tape, 2" x 15' roll
POOL COVER REPAIR TAPE — Repair tape
for solar covers and insulating pool blankets.
Easy to apply and UV resistant. 100' roll.
84-067
197
Index
A
B
C
ABOUT LINCOLN.......................................... 2-3
Acid brushes.................................................... 73
Acid sprayer..................................................... 42
ADA Compliance.............................. 85, 182-186
ADA Handrails................................................. 85
ADA Signs........................................ 97, 103, 185
Adaptable light rings........................................ 77
ADAPTED AQUATICS.................................. 193
Aeration system......................................... 54, 82
AFO Handbook.............................................. 130
Air blowers....................................................... 33
Air horn..................................................... 97, 139
Air relief valves................................................. 41
Alarm, Aquatic................................................. 95
Algae removers................................................ 72
Algaecides......................................................... 6
Aluminum poles......................................... 72, 96
Anchors, goal................................................. 136
Anchors, ladder and rail.................................. 86
Anchors, stanchion........................................ 121
Anchors, starting platform.............................. 120
Anchors, wall and cup..................................... 99
Anodes............................................................. 41
Anti-electrolysis ball......................................... 41
Anti-entrapment, grates and sumps........... 47-50
Apron............................................................. 110
Aqua Bike, underwater bike........................... 188
AQUATIC ACCESSIBILITY.................... 182-187
Aquatic clothing............................................. 193
Ashtrays and stands...................................... 177
Athlete’s foot fungicide and dispenser.......... 163
Automatic backwash controls..................... 36-37
Automatic external defibrillator (AED)............ 108
AUTOMATIC VACUUMS............................ 64-67
Automation, Chemtrol........................... 10-11, 37
Baby changing stations................................. 162
Badujet, swimjet systems................................. 33
Backpack....................................................... 129
Backstroke pennants and stanchions............ 121
Backwash valves, filter......................... 37, 39, 45
Bacteria test kit................................................ 60
Bags, team..................................................... 129
Ball bags........................................................ 139
Balls............................... 138, 140, 141, 144, 192
Ball valves.................................................. 11, 45
Banquet tables............................................... 173
Bases, umbrella............................................. 175
Basket racks.................................................. 159
Basketball, water............................................ 140
Baskets, skimmer....................................... 51, 74
Baskets, strainer....................................... 30 - 35
Bathroom partitions........................................ 162
BATTERY OPERATED VACUUMS................. 63
BBQ grill......................................................... 173
Bench, storage............................................... 116
BENCHES............................................... 171-172
Blankets......................................................... 106
BLEACHERS, TABLES, & GRILLS.............. 173
Bloodborne pathogen kit............................... 106
Blowers, air...................................................... 33
Blowers, hand held........................................ 148
Blowers, inflatable.......................................... 148
BOARDS, FLOATS & MATS......................... 147
BOOKS & DVD'S........................................... 130
BOOSTER PUMPS & AIR BLOWERS............ 33
Brominators...................................................... 16
Brushes............................................................ 73
Bubble covers................................................ 194
Bulbs................................................................ 77
Bulk chemical storage tanks....................... 27-28
Bulk CO2 storage tanks................................... 19
BULKHEADS................................................. 122
Bumpers, ladder...................................... 86, 136
Cable, lane line.............................................. 114
Caps, swim.................................................... 126
Caps, water polo............................................ 138
Carbon dioxide accessories............................ 19
Carbon dioxide detector.................................. 19
CARBON DIOXIDE SYSTEMS....................... 19
Cartridge, filter...................................... 39-40, 42
198
D
Cartridge washers............................................ 42
Caution tape................................................... 111
Cervical collars.............................................. 106
Chalkboards................................................... 139
Chamois......................................................... 126
Changing stations, baby................................ 162
Check bags and racks................................... 160
Check pins and tags...................................... 161
Check valves.................................................... 46
CHECKING ACCESSORIES......................... 161
CHEMICAL CONTROL ACCESSORIES........ 11
CHEMICAL CONTROL SYSTEMS........... 10, 12
CHEMICAL FEED ACCESSORIES................. 26
CHEMICAL FEED PUMP PARTS.............. 20-25
CHEMICAL FEED PUMPS &
ACCESSORIES..................................... 20-25
Chemical handling protection................. 109-110
Chemical spill containment...................... 28, 111
CHEMICAL STORAGE............................... 27-28
Chemical transfer pump.................................. 26
CHEMICALS................................................... 4-9
Chemistry controllers.................................. 10-12
Chemtrol controllers and parts............. 10-11, 37
Chlorinators, liquid................................ 16, 20-22
Chlorinators, Pulsar..................................... 13-14
Chlorinators, tablet................................. 13-14,16
CHLORINE GENERATORS & UV SYSTEMS.17
ChlorKing, chlorine generators & UV systems.17
Clarifiers.......................................................... 7-8
Cleaners, deck................................................... 9
Cleaners, filter.................................................... 9
Cleaners, furniture.......................................... 169
Cleaners, stainless steel...................... 9, 86, 185
Cleaners, surface............................................... 9
Cleaners, tile...................................................... 9
CLEANING ACCESSORIES...................... 72-73
Clear Deck Space Tape................................. 185
CLIMBING WALLS........................................ 151
Clocks, pace.................................................. 132
Clocks, wall and easel................................... 179
Clothing, protective........................................ 110
Coatings, deck............................................... 156
Coatings, slip resistant................................... 156
Coatings, swimming pool........................ 155-156
Colorado Time Systems.......................... 132-135
COMMERCIAL FILTER SYSTEMS............ 36-37
COMMERCIAL FILTER PARTS...................... 38
COMMERCIAL PUMPS & AIR
BLOWERS............................................. 30-33
COMMERCIAL STORAGE REELS........ 196-197
Compound gauges.......................................... 41
CONTENTS....................................................... 1
Controller parts........................................... 10-12
Corrosion monitor............................................. 54
Covers, lane line reel..................................... 115
Covers, pool and spa.............................. 194-195
Covers, storage reel............................... 115, 196
CPO Handbook.............................................. 130
CPR masks............................................... 94, 107
CPR training.................................... 100, 107-108
Crowd control stanchions.............................. 121
Cup anchors.................................................... 99
D. E. grids........................................................ 42
Deck cleaners.................................................... 9
DECK CLEANING ACCESSORIES........... 74-75
Deck enclosure.............................................. 181
Deck paint...................................................... 156
Deck signs............................................. 103, 185
Defibrillator, automatic external..................... 108
Depth markers........................................ 103-104
Detectors, carbon dioxide............................... 19
Detectors, ozone.............................................. 17
Diaper, swim.......................................... 128, 193
Discharge hose................................................ 70
Disinfection, ultraviolet................................ 17-18
Display board, outdoor.................................. 180
Dive matting..................................................... 82
Dive rings....................................................... 143
DIVING ACCESSORIES & ANCHORS........... 82
Diving aeration system..................................... 82
DIVING BOARDS............................................ 81
E
F
G
DIVING BOARD PARTS &
ACCESSORIES..................................... 82-83
Diving brick...................................................... 94
Diving stand parts....................................... 82-83
DIVING STANDS........................................ 79-80
DRAINS & FITTINGS...................................... 50
Drinking fountain............................................ 181
Drum handling truck........................................ 26
Drum siphon pump.......................................... 26
Dry land training..................................... 123, 192
Dryers, hand and swimsuit............................ 163
Ear plugs & ear putty..................................... 126
Electrical..................................................... 76-78
Emergency Oxygen Unit................................ 106
ELECTRICAL ACCESSORIES....................... 78
Emergency shut-off switch............................... 78
ENERGY CONSERVATION............................. 55
Energy efficient lighting.............................. 76-77
Entrapment prevention.......................... 47-50, 78
Enzymes............................................................. 8
EQUIPMENT STORAGE............................... 116
Escutcheons.................................................... 86
Exercise ball................................................... 192
Exerciase bands............................................ 192
Exercise bike, underwater............................. 188
Exercise gear, water............................... 189-192
Exercise mats......................................... 165, 191
Exercise rails............................................ 85, 188
Expansion joint fillers..................................... 157
Eyebolts........................................................... 99
Eyewash stations........................................... 109
Face shield..................................................... 110
False start stanchions and recall rope........... 121
Fanny packs..................................................... 94
Fencing, safety............................................... 180
Fiberglass bulkheads..................................... 122
Fiberglass poles......................................... 72, 96
Fill spouts......................................................... 51
FILTER ACCESSORIES............................. 40-41
Filter cartridges..................................... 42, 67-68
Filter cleaners..................................................... 9
FILTER GRIDS & CARTRIDGES.................... 42
Filter grids & recovers...................................... 42
Filter media........................................................ 5
Filter parts............................................. 38, 40-42
Filter sand.......................................................... 5
FILTER SYSTEMS...................................... 36-40
Filter systems, cartridge.............................. 39-40
Filter systems, D. E..................................... 39-40
Filter systems, high rate sand............... 36-37, 39
Fins................................................................. 125
First aid kits.................................................... 106
First responder bag....................................... 107
First responder kit...................................... 94, 99
Fittings, pool................................................ 45-51
Flags, backstroke........................................... 121
Flashlights...................................................... 111
Flat sheet nozzles and water brooms.............. 75
Float valves...................................................... 44
Floating goals, water polo.............................. 137
Floating pool covers................................ 194-195
Floats.......................................................... 96, 99
FLOOR COVERINGS............................. 164-165
Floor inlets................................................... 49-50
FLOW CONTROL....................................... 43-44
FLOW METERS............................. 11, 23, 29, 43
Foam sealant backer..................................... 157
FOAM TOYS.................................................. 146
Footwear, protective...................................... 110
Fulcrums.......................................................... 83
Fume Scrubber................................................ 26
Funbrellas...................................................... 175
Funnel.............................................................. 26
Furniture cleaners.......................................... 169
Furniture, outdoor.................................... 166-176
GAMES................................................... 140-144
Gaskets, Light.................................................. 76
Gaskets, manhole....................................... 38-39
Gauges...................................................... 38, 41
Gloves, chemical handling............................ 110
Index
H
I
Gloves, latex.................................................. 106
Goal backings, water polo............................. 136
Goggles, safety.............................................. 110
Goggles, swim........................................ 125-126
Grab rails.................................................... 84-85
Graffiti Remover............................................. 157
Grates, anti-entrapment.............................. 47-50
Grating, fiberglass........................................... 57
Grating, PVC............................................... 56-57
GRATING SYSTEMS.................................. 56-57
Grids, D.E., recovers and replacements......... 42
Grill, BBQ....................................................... 173
Ground fault interrupters............................ 70, 78
Guard chair parts............................................. 87
GUARD CHAIRS & STANDS..................... 88-91
Guard chairs, permanent................................. 90
Guard chairs, portable.......................... 88-89, 91
Guard hats and visors...................................... 93
Guard jackets................................................... 93
Guard seats..................................................... 87
Guard suits & shirts..................................... 92-93
Gutter drains......................................... 50, 56-57
HAIR & LINT STRAINERS..............30-32, 34-35
Hammocks..................................................... 177
Hand counter................................................. 161
Hand held instruments............................... 58, 61
Hand paddles................................................ 123
Hand dryers................................................... 163
Hand pump, air...................................... 139, 148
Hand pump, chemical..................................... 26
Hand trucks, drum........................................... 26
Handicapped ladders.................................... 186
Handicapped lifts.................................... 182-184
Handicapped wheel chairs............................ 187
HANDRAIL ACCESSORIES & ANCHORS..... 86
Handrail covers................................................ 86
HANDRAILS & RAILINGS.............................. 85
Handrails, custom............................................ 85
Hats and visors................................................ 93
Head immobilizers......................................... 105
Heater, patio.................................................. 177
Heater, pool................................................ 52-54
Heating, solar................................................... 55
HEATING SYSTEMS & ACCESSORIES... 52-55
HeatSavr Liquid Pool Cover........................... 195
Heaving line kit................................................. 96
Horn start system........................................... 133
Hose carts, vacuum......................................... 71
Hose carts, water............................................. 75
Hose fittings, vacuum...................................... 71
Hose, vacuum.................................................. 70
Hose, water...................................................... 75
Hydro-Fit water exercise gear................. 189-191
Hydrostatic relief valves................................... 49
Identification pins and tags............................ 161
Impellers, mixer................................................ 28
Infection control............................................. 106
Inflatable patch kit................................... 148-149
INFLATABLE STRUCTURES......... 145, 148-149
Inlets................................................................. 50
Innertubes...................................................... 145
Insulating pool blankets.......................... 194-195
Interactive Play Features................................ 154
J Joint filler........................................................ 157
KKeychain.......................................................... 94
L
Kickboards..................................................... 123
Labels, chemical...................................... 26, 103
Labels, depth marker.............................. 103-104
Labels, safety.................... 26, 102-103, 120, 185
Labels, platform............................................. 120
Ladder treads, replacement......... 87, 89-91, 186
LADDERS & GRAB RAILS............................. 84
Ladders, therapy............................................ 186
LANE LINE PARTS & ACCESSORIES......... 114
Lane Line Saver............................................. 114
Lane line storage reel parts........................... 115
LANE LINE STORAGE REELS..................... 115
Lane lines and parts............................... 112-114
Lanyards.......................................................... 97
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
M
N
O
P
Lap counters.................................................. 127
Lap swim markers.......................................... 103
Leaf Master...................................................... 70
Leaf skimmers and rakes................................. 74
LED lights......................................................... 77
Life hooks......................................................... 96
LIFE VESTS & LIFE JACKETS.............. 98, 128
LIFEGUARD APPAREL............................. 92-93
Lifeguard fanny pack....................................... 94
Lifeguard hats.................................................. 93
Lifeguard suits................................................. 92
LIFEGUARD SUPPLIES............................ 94-97
Lifeguard umbrella........................................... 90
LIFE VESTS & LIFE JACKETS...................... 98
Lifts, ADA Compliant............................... 182-184
Lifts, semi-portable and portable............ 182-184
Light bulbs....................................................... 77
Light gaskets.................................................... 76
Lightning detector...................................... 78, 94
Liquid chlorinators................................ 16, 20-22
Liquid chlorine pumps................................ 20-22
Liquid level sensor........................................... 28
Liquid pool cover........................................... 195
Locker accessories................................. 159-161
Locker benches.............................. 158, 171-172
LOCKER & CHECK BAG SYSTEMS........... 160
LOCKER ROOM ACCESSORIES.......... 162-163
LOCKER SYSTEMS............................... 158-160
Log Book, water test........................................ 61
MAIN DRAIN GRATES............................... 47-49
MAIN DRAIN SUMPS & FITTINGS................. 49
Manhole gaskets........................................ 38, 41
Manikins, rescue............................................ 108
Markers, water polo....................................... 139
Market umbrellas.................................... 174-175
Mask, CPR............................................... 94, 107
Mask, underwater.......................................... 125
Medicine Balls................................................ 192
Megaphones.................................................... 97
Message board.............................................. 180
Mirror, bathroom & underwater.............. 124, 162
Misting system............................................... 177
Mixer parts....................................................... 28
Mixers, slurry.................................................... 28
MSDS safety station....................................... 111
R
Nets, tennis / volleyball / badminton...... 140, 180
Niches......................................................... 76-78
Non-skid coatings................................... 156-157
Non-skid flooring..................................... 164-165
Noodles.................................................. 145, 190
Nose clip........................................................ 126
Nozzles, wash down........................................ 75
OUTDOOR ACCESSORIES.......................... 177
Outdoor display board................................... 180
OUTDOOR FURNITURE........................ 166-169
Outdoor Showers........................................... 181
Oxygen system.............................................. 106
PACE CLOCKS............................................. 132
Paddle boards............................................... 150
Paint, non-skid........................................ 156-157
Paint, swimming pool.............................. 155-156
Palintest test kits.............................................. 58
Parallel bars................................................... 188
Parka, team.................................................... 129
Partitions, bathroom....................................... 162
Patch kits................................................. 148-149
Patching compounds..................................... 157
PENNANTS & STANCHIONS....................... 121
pH control....................................................... 4-5
Phosphate remover............................................ 6
PICNIC TABLES............................................ 170
Ping pong ball dispenser............................... 179
Ping pong tables............................................ 179
Pit access steps............................................... 87
Plaster repair.................................................. 157
Platform safety covers.................................... 120
Platform tops........................................... 120-121
Plumbing fittings.............................................. 46
Pocket testers............................................ 58, 61
S
Pole parts and accessories............................. 72
Poles, cleaning........................................... 72, 74
Poles, rescue................................................... 96
POOL & SPA COVERS.......................... 194-195
Pool cover accessories.................................. 197
Pool cover storage reels......................... 196-197
Pool floats................................................ 145-147
Pool heaters................................................ 52-54
Pool heaters, electric....................................... 54
Pool lifts, semi-portable and portable..... 182-184
PORTABLE POOL CLEANERS...................... 68
Portable shelters............................................ 176
Power drive, storage reel............................... 197
Pressure gauges........................................ 38, 41
Probes, chemical control........................... 11, 12
ProMinent....................................... 12, 18, 20, 54
Propellers, mixer.............................................. 28
Protective clothing......................................... 110
Pull buoys and pull floats............................... 123
Pull training............................................. 123-124
Pulsar Acid Cleaner..................................... 4, 15
Pulsar booster pumps...................................... 15
PULSAR CHLORINATION SYSTEMS....... 13-14
PULSAR PARTS & ACCESSORIES.......... 14-15
Pulsar Plus Briquettes........................................ 4
Pulsar CRS................................................... 8, 14
Pumps, booster.......................................... 15, 33
Pumps, chemical feed................................ 20-22
Pumps, flooded suction................................... 32
Pumps, main circulation.............................. 30-32
Pumps, portable......................................... 33, 68
Pumps, self-priming.................................... 30-32
Pumps, submersible........................................ 33
PVC grating................................................. 56-57
RACING LANE LINES............................ 112-113
Racing lane parts........................................... 114
Radio, 2-way.................................................... 97
Rash guards..................................................... 92
Rebounder, water polo.................................. 137
Recessed steps............................................... 87
Recovers, D.E. grid.......................................... 42
Recycling center............................................ 178
Reducers, flanged........................................... 46
Repair kits, tubes.................................... 148-149
Rescue board.................................................. 96
Rescue can...................................................... 94
RESCUE EQUIPMENT........................... 105-108
Rescue poles................................................... 96
Rescue throw ropes......................................... 96
Rescue tube..................................................... 95
Rescue tube cover........................................... 95
Resin benches........................................ 170-172
Resin furniture................................................ 169
Resin guard chair............................................. 88
Respirators..................................................... 110
Resuscitation trainers.............................. 107-108
Resuscitators.......................................... 107-108
Ring buoys....................................................... 96
Rol-Dri water remover...................................... 75
Rope and rope hooks...................................... 99
ROPE, FLOATS & ANCHORS........................ 99
“S” hooks........................................................ 114
Saddle fitting.................................................... 46
Safety, chemical protection.................... 109-111
Safety covers, pool........................................ 195
Safety covers, starting platform..................... 120
SAFETY EQUIPMENT............................ 109-111
Safety fencing................................................ 180
Safety flooring......................................... 164-165
Safety labels, chemical storage tank............... 26
Safety labels, depth markers.................. 103-104
Safety labels, starting platform...................... 120
Safety markers, lap & swim............................ 103
Safety nets, water polo................................... 138
Safety Oar...................................................... 123
SAFETY SIGNS...................................... 100-103
Safety signs, diving board....................... 83, 103
Safety strips................................................... 165
Safety stations................................................ 111
Safety switch, pump suction............................ 78
199
Index
Safety Vacuum Release System (SVRS).......... 78
Sani-Mist........................................................ 163
Sanitizers............................................................ 4
Scales, physician........................................... 163
Scoreboards, swimming................................ 135
Scoreboards, water polo........................ 135, 139
Secondary containment tanks.................... 27-28
Security check systems.......................... 158-160
Separation tanks.............................................. 40
Sequestering agents.......................................... 7
Service tools..................................................... 51
SHADE STRUCTURES AND
UMBRELLAS..................................... 174-176
Shot clocks, water polo.......................... 132, 135
Shower enclosure.......................................... 181
Shower seat................................................... 163
Shower, outdoor............................................. 181
Sight glass, backwash............................... 38, 41
SIGNS & DEPTH MARKERS................. 100-104
Silhouette doll................................................... 94
SKIMMERS & TOOLS..................................... 51
Skimmers, leaf............................................ 70, 74
Skimmers, surface........................................... 51
SKWIM water disc game................................ 150
Slides, permanent................................... 152-154
Slides, portable.............................................. 153
Snorkel, training............................................. 124
Solar covers................................................... 194
Solar energy systems....................................... 55
Solenoid valves.............................. 11, 15, 19, 44
Sound systems................................... 78, 97, 188
Spa chemicals................................................... 8
Spa covers..................................................... 195
Spa, emergency shut off.................................. 78
SPECIALTY CHEMICALS.............................. 6-9
SPECIALTY COMPOUNDS........................... 157
SPECIALTY EQUIPMENT...................... 179-181
Spider strap................................................... 105
Spill containment, chemical........................... 111
Spill response kit............................................ 111
Spine boards, straps & hooks........................ 105
Stain removers........................................ 9, 72-75
Stainless steel cleaners....................... 9, 86, 185
Stanchion posts and anchors........................ 121
Stanchions, crowd control............................. 121
Stark filters and parts.................................. 36-38
Starting platform anchors............................... 120
Starting platform covers................................. 120
Starting platform tops.............................. 119-120
STARTING PLATFORMS &
ACCESSORIES................................. 117-120
STARTING SYSTEMS................................... 133
Stenner chemical feed pumps......................... 22
Stenner feed pump parts............................ 23-25
STEPS & CHAIR PARTS................................. 87
Steps, guard chair................................ 87, 89-91
Steps, ladder.................................................... 87
Stingl Switch..................................................... 78
STOPWATCHES............................................ 131
Storage bench............................................... 116
Storage cubby............................................... 159
Storage reel covers, lane line........................ 115
Storage reel covers, pool cover..................... 196
Storage reel parts, lane line........................... 115
Storage reel parts, pool cover....................... 197
STORAGE REELS & ACCESSORIES.......... 197
Storage reels, lane line.................................. 115
Storage reels, pool cover........................ 196-197
Strainer baskets.......................................... 30-35
Strainers, hair and lint................................. 34-35
Strainers, line............................................. 11, 35
Straps, spine board....................................... 105
Suction fittings............................................. 47-51
Suitmate, swimsuit dryer................................ 163
Sump pumps.................................................... 33
Sumps......................................................... 48-49
Sun protection....................................... 90-94, 97
Sunscreen........................................................ 94
Surface cleaners..................................... 9, 72-75
Surgical tubing........................................ 123-124
Swim area buoys.............................................. 99
200
T
U
V
Swim caps...................................................... 126
Swim diapers......................................... 128, 193
Swim jet systems.............................................. 33
Swim markers, lap and safety........................ 103
Swim masks................................................... 125
Swim mirrors.................................................. 124
Swim P3 player.............................................. 124
Swim pants............................................. 128, 193
SWIM TRAINING.................................... 123-126
SWIMMING POOL COATINGS.............. 155-156
Swimsuit, wringer and dryer.......................... 163
Swimsuits, team............................................. 129
Table tennis.................................................... 179
Tables, banquet............................................. 173
Tables, outdoor............................... 168-170, 173
Tables, picnic................................................. 170
Tanks, chemical storage............................. 27-28
Taylor test kits and reagents....................... 59-62
TDS meter............................................. 58, 60-61
TEAM ACCESSORIES.................................. 129
Team parkas, bags, and suits....................... 129
TEK™ carbon dioxide systems........................ 19
TEK™ Energy Smart, controller and monitor... 55
Tennis accessories........................................ 180
Tennis nets..................................................... 180
TERMS & CONDITIONS................................... 1
Test comparators............................................. 61
Test kit parts............................................... 58, 61
TEST KITS.................................................. 58-61
TEST REAGENTS................................ 58, 60-62
Test strips......................................................... 61
Therapy ladders............................................. 186
Therapy parallel bars..................................... 188
Thermometers, air.......................................... 179
Thermometers, in-line and water..................... 54
Thinner, paint.......................................... 155-156
Tile brushes...................................................... 73
Tile cleaners....................................................... 9
Tile scrubber............................................... 73-74
Tiles, depth and safety................................... 104
Timers, electrical........................................ 70, 78
Timers, vacuum................................................ 70
Timers, Water Polo................................. 132, 135
TIMING SYSTEMS................................. 134-135
TIMING SYSTEMS &
SCOREBOARDS............................... 134-135
Tip-and-roll bleachers.................................... 173
Tools, service................................................... 51
Tot Dock teaching platforms................... 127-128
Touch pads.................................................... 134
Toys......................................................... 141-150
TRAINING AIDS..................................... 127-128
Transfer rail, ADA............................................. 85
TRASH CONTAINERS.................................. 178
Treadmill, underwater.................................... 188
Trench drain, PVC............................................ 57
Tropitone furniture................................... 166-168
T-shirts........................................................ 92-93
TUBES & NOODLES..................................... 145
Tubing, polyethylene, Tygon................. 14-15, 26
Tubing, surgical............................................. 123
Umbrella bases.............................................. 175
UMBRELLAS & SHADE
STRUCTURES................................... 174-176
Umbrellas, lifeguard.................................... 90-91
Underwater exercise bike.............................. 188
Underwater hockey........................................ 141
UNDERWATER LIGHTS &
ACCESSORIES..................................... 76-77
Underwater mirror.......................................... 124
Underwater speakers....................................... 78
Underwater teaching platforms.............. 127-128
Underwater treadmill...................................... 188
Underwater windows....................................... 82
USEFUL DATA....................... Inside back cover
UV SYSTEMS............................................. 17-18
Vac-Alert SVRS................................................ 78
VACUUM ACCESSORIES.......................... 70-71
Vacuum carts................................................... 65
Vacuum gauges............................................... 41
W
Vacuum head parts..................................... 69-70
VACUUM HEADS............................................ 69
Vacuum heads, water operated....................... 70
Vacuum hose................................................... 70
Vacuum hose reel............................................ 71
Vacuum limit switch......................................... 41
Vacuums, automatic................................... 64-67
Vacuums, battery operated............................. 63
Vacuums, hand operated........................... 63-68
Vacuums, portable........................................... 68
VALVES & PLUMBING FITTINGS............. 45-46
Valves, air relief................................................ 41
Valves, aluminum............................................. 45
Valves, check................................................... 46
Valves, float...................................................... 44
Valves, flow control..................................... 44-45
Valves, PVC...................................................... 45
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD)...................... 29
Venturi................................................... 14-16, 19
VENTURI & EROSION FEEDERS.................. 16
Vest, safety............................................... 98, 128
Vest, swim........................................ 98, 128, 193
Virginia Graeme Baker Act (VGB)
Products................................................. 47-50
Visors............................................................... 93
Volleyball nets........................................ 140, 180
Volleyball, water............................................. 140
Wall anchors.................................................... 99
Wall clocks..................................................... 179
Wall fittings....................................................... 50
Wall mounted storage reel............................. 196
Wall mounting bracket....................... 20, 23, 105
Water basketball............................................ 140
Water broom.................................................... 75
Water exercise books.................................... 130
WATER EXERCISE EQUIPMENT................. 188
WATER EXERCISE GEAR..................... 189-192
Waterfall pump................................................. 31
Water games........................................... 140-151
Water hoses..................................................... 75
Water level controls.......................................... 44
Water park tubes............................................ 145
WATER POLO ACCESSORIES.................... 139
Water polo balls............................................. 138
Water polo caps............................................. 138
Water polo ear guards................................... 138
Water polo goal anchors................................ 136
WATER POLO GOALS........................... 136-137
Water polo manual, instruction...................... 130
Water polo markers................................. 138-139
Water polo rebounder.................................... 137
Water polo safety nets................................... 138
Water polo scoreboards................................ 135
Water polo shot clock............................ 132, 135
WATER POLO TRAINING............................. 138
Water removers................................................ 75
Water slide mats............................................ 147
WATER SLIDES & INTERACTIVE
PLAY.................................................. 152-154
Water slides, inflatable................................... 149
Water slides, permanent......................... 152-154
Water slides, portable.................................... 153
WATER SPORTS & PADDLE BOARDS....... 150
Water test log book.......................................... 61
Water volleyball.............................................. 140
Weight belts, water polo................................ 139
Weirs, skimmer................................................. 51
Wheelchair, water.......................................... 187
Whistles and accessories................................ 97
Windows, underwater...................................... 82
Windscreens.................................................. 180
Winter covers................................................. 195
Winterizing plugs............................................. 51
Wrench, drum/carboy...................................... 26
Wringer, swimsuit........................................... 163
Wrist bands.............................................. 97, 161
Wysiwash......................................................... 75
ZZeobrite.............................................................. 5
Zoomers......................................................... 125
Useful Data
Welcome to Lincoln!
SWIMMING POOL CALCULATIONS
WEIGHTS AND MEASURES
One cubic foot of water contains 7.48 gallons.
One cubic foot of water weighs 62.2 pounds.
One gallon of water weighs 8.32 pounds.
One gallon equals four quarts.
One part per million (ppm) represents 8.32 pounds of
chemical per million gallons of water.
One pound psi equals 2.31 feet of head.
One inch of mercury equals 1.13 feet of head.
We appreciate the opportunity to serve you by meeting your commercial swimming pool
equipment and aquatic supply needs. We are very aware there is one reason why we are
one of the largest swimming pool equipment distributors in the country, and that reason
is you.
Since 1954, Lincoln has served commercial swimming pool operators like you. For over
60 years, our reputation has been built by our knowledgeable staff, by providing
customers with prompt personal service, and by carrying the highest quality products
available. In addition, it remains our goal to offer those products at the best prices
anywhere, delivering you the best value available.
METRIC EQUIVALENTS
1 meter = 39.37 inches
3.2808 feet
1.0936 yards
1 foot = .3048 meters
1 yard = .9144 meters
1 gallon = 3.785 liters
1 liter = .2642 gallons
HIGH RATE SAND FILTERS — 15 gallons per minute per square foot
maximum.
RECTANGULAR OR SQUARE POOLS
Volume = Length x Width x Average Depth x 7.48
RAPID SAND FILTERS — 3 gallons per minute per square foot maximum.
ROUND POOLS
Volume = r2 x π (3.14) x Average Depth x 7.48
TO DETERMINE SQUARE FOOTAGE OF FILTER AREA REQUIRED:
Pool gallonage ÷ 60 minutes ÷ Pool turnover rate (number of hours) ÷
Filtration rate (gpm per square foot of filter area) = Square foot filter area
required.
Customer satisfaction remains our top priority. Our knowledgeable staff is available to
serve you and answer any questions you may have. We appreciate your business and
pledge to do our best to meet your needs and exceed your expectations.
IDEAL POOL CHEMICAL CONTROL
CONTROL
MIN. PPM
IDEAL
MAX. PPM
Chlorine, Free Chlorine
1.0
1.5
3.0
1.5
2.0
4.0
Bromine
1.5
2.5
5.0
Sincerely,
SATURATION INDEX = pH + TF + CF + AF - 12.1
TF
CALCIUM
HARDNESS
EXPRESSED
AS PPM
CaC03
32
0.0
37
0.1
TEMP
ºF
pH
7.2
7.5
7.8
Total Alkalinity
60
120
200
Calcium Hardness
50
150
500
Cyanuric Acid
15
30
100
Dissolved Solids
0
200-1,000
1,500
NOTE: Check with your local Health Department for their water
chemistry requirements in your area.
NUMERICAL VALUES FOR FORMULA
$8.00
WATER CHEMISTRY
Chlorine with Cyanuric Acid
We look forward to being your supplier now and in the future!
Federal Supply
Schedule
Contract No.
GS-07F-9449G
Length x Width x Inches of water lost x .625 = Gallons of water
PRE-COAT
Continuous feed — .1 pounds per square foot of filter area.
Non-continuous feed — .15 pounds per square foot of filter area.
MAXIMUM COAT OF D.E. — Seven times the amount of pre-coat (for
pressure D.E. filter).
Call Toll Free
(800 ) 223-5450 FAX ( 888 ) 680-2825
WATER LOSS
DIATOMACEOUS EARTH FILTERS
FILTER CYCLE — Add 2.5 pounds of D.E. per turnover for 100,000
gallon pool (continuous feed).
Charles R. Luecker
President & CEO
AREA OF A CIRCLE
Area = π r2
Area = 3.14 x r2
POOL GALLONAGES
DIATOMACEOUS EARTH FILTERS — With continuous feed of D.E.,
2.0 gallons per minute per square foot maximum.
Due to space limitations and the technical nature of many of our products, it is not
possible to have them all listed in this catalog. Please contact us for any specific products
you desire. We will be happy to provide you with detailed literature and parts lists for
each of the products we carry.
AREA OF A SQUARE OR RECTANGLE
Area = Length x Width
FILTER SIZING
CARTRIDGE FILTERS — .375 gallons per minute per square foot
maximum.
Our catalog contains the most comprehensive selection of high quality swimming pool
equipment and aquatic supplies available in the industry today. We have organized our
catalog in an easy-to-use format that will help you quickly locate the products you want.
The Lincoln name is recognized around the world for providing customers with quality
products and superior service at competitive prices.
POOL SURFACE AREA
CF
TOTAL
ALKALINITY
EXPRESSED
AS PPM
CaC03
AF
5
0.3
5
0.7
25
1.0
25
1.4
PARTS PER MILLION CALCULATION
46
0.2
50
1.3
50
1.7
53
0.3
75
1.5
75
1.9
60
0.4
100
1.6
100
2.0
66
0.5
150
1.8
150
2.2
76
0.6
200
1.9
200
2.3
84
0.7
300
2.1
300
2.5
94
0.8
400
2.2
400
2.6
105
0.9
800
2.5
800
2.9
128
1.0
1,000
2.6
1,000
3.0
FOR 100% CHEMICAL STRENGTH
Pool Volume (gallons) x 8.32 pounds per gallon
1,000,000 =
Pounds for
1 ppm
FOR LESS THAN 100% CHEMICAL STRENGTH
P 1 pound of chlorine gas
1 gallon of liquid chlorine (sodium hypochlorite)
1.54 pounds of dry chlorine (calcium hypochlorite)
1.8 pounds of S.D.I.C. (sodium dichlor)
SUPER CHLORINATION
Super chlorination = 10 times the weight of the chloramines.
SODA ASH — To maintain pH, add continuously 1.25 to 1.50 pounds of
soda ash for each pound of chlorine gas used. Ideal soda ash solution is
3-6%, with a maximum solution of 12%.
SOLUTION TANK FORMULA — Soda ash tank gallons x 8.32 Ibs. per
gallon x desired soda ash solution percentage = pounds of soda ash for
solution.
INFORMATION RESOURCES
Centers for Disease Control (CDC) — www.cdc.gov
Model Aquatic Health Code (MAHC)
www.cdc.gov/healthywater/swimming/pools/mahc
National Swimming Pool Foundation — www.nspf.org
TOLL FREE (800) 223-5450
California Dept. of Environmental Health
www.cdph.ca.gov
California Swimming Pool Regulations
http://www.cdph.ca.gov/HealthInfo/EnvironHealth/Water/
Pages/CaliforniaPublicSwimmingPoolRequirements.aspx
Commercial Swimming Pool Equipment
( 800 ) 223-5450
ph (800) 223-5450 / fax (888) 680-2825
int’l (925) 687-9500 / fax (925) 680-2825
catalog 62
lincoln AQUATICS
C omme rc ial Sw imming Pool Equipme nt C a talog